Lanier Digital Copier-Printer 5555, 5565, 5580 Parts & Service

Service Information
5555/5565/5580
your document management partner
5555/5565/5580 Service Information
Section 1
Specifications
1-1
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Section 1: Specifications
Digital Copier General Specifications.................................. 1-3 F580/F580S Finisher ............................................................ 1-10 General ........................................................................... 1-10 F580 & F 580S Tray Capacities ..................................... 1-12 F580 & F 580S Tray Capacities/Specifications .............. 1-13 F580 & F 565S (Upper Stapler) Stapling Specifications . 1-14 F580S Saddle Stitcher ......................................................... 1-16 General .......................................................................... 1-16 F580S Stitcher Capacities .............................................. 1-17 Hole Punch 80 ...................................................................... 1-18 PC-80/NIC-80 ........................................................................ 1-19
1-2
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications
1-3 Digital Copier General Specifications
Digital Copier General Specifications

Item
Copy Process Configuration Original Platen Printing Method Original Scan Speed Indirect electrophotographic process (dry) Console RADF 4 beam laser 5555 copier - 55 cpm LT with 6% chart (AG 120V version) 55 cpm A4 with 6% chart (AH/AHP 230v version) 5565 copier - 65 cpm LT with 6% chart (AG 120V version) 65 cpm A4 with 6% chart (AH/AHP 230v version) 5580 copier - 80 cpm LT with 6% chart (AG 120V version) 80 cpm A4 with 6% chart (AH/AHP 230v version) Memory copying 600 dpi X 600 dpi (with smoothing, 2400 dpi X 600 dpi) CCD line sensor 600 dpi 256 steps AG (120V) version - Ledger size AH/AHP (230V) version - A3 size
Description
Copying System Printing Resolution Original Scanning Method Maximum Original Size
RADF: Use sheet originals only (16 lb. to 24 lb., or 60 to 90 gr/m) (without carbon backing, staples and tape)
Original Types First Copy Time Warm-up Time Paper Exit Multiple Copying Maximum Paper Supply Paper Capacity Duplexer Sheets, Books, and 3-dimensional objects 3.6 seconds max. (LT or A4 original, placed in the LCC at 100%) Approximately 420 seconds (at room temperature 24C/73F) Face up 1 to 999, keypad entry 5,600 sheets 60 sheets, Recommended paper: 20 lb/80 gr/m

Item
Paper Tray Default Settings

Description
The following table provides the default (factory settings) for the paper trays in the AG and the AH/AHP version copiers.
Tray
Upper Middle Lower LCC Copy Speed (CPM) Note: Numbers in parenthesis are the CPM for the 5555. When feeding an LT (A4) size single-sided original through the RADF in a continuous copy mode, paper is supplied by the LCC at 65 (55) 80 sheets/ minute.
Paper Size - AG
Letter-R Legal Ledger Letter
Paper Size - AH/AHP

A4-R A3 A4 A4
The following specifications are for manually placed, one-sided originals, in continuous copy modes.
Paper Supply Paper Size LCC 5565 (5555) 5580

65 (55) 80 -
Drawer 5565 (5555) 5580

65 (55) 76 51 (45) 61 44 (39) 52 38 (34) 43
Bypass Size Selected 5565 (5555) 5580

48 (48) 48 42 (42) 42 37 (37) 37 33 (33) 33
No Size Selected 5565 (5555) 5580

33 (33) 33 33 (33) 33 33 (33) 33 33 (33) 33
LT, ST-R, A4, B5, A5-R LT-R, A4-R, B5-R LG, FOLIO, COMP, B4 LD, A3
Duplexer Re-processing Speed
Paper Size
LT, ST-R, A4, A5-4 LT-R, A4-R LG LD, A3
Sheets/minute
5565 (5555) 5580
65 (55) 70 51 (45) 57 44 (39) 50 38 (34) 42
manuals4you.com

Item
System Copy Speed

Description
Ten LT or A4 originals are placed in the RADF. This includes the first copy time.
Copy Mode
Single-sided originals Single-sided copies Single-sided originals Duplex copies Two-sided originals Duplex copies Two-sided originals Single-sided copies 1 set 3 sets 5 sets 1 set 3 sets 5 sets 1 set 3 sets 5 sets 1 set 3 sets 5 sets
CPM 5555
38 45 51 28 39 43 22 35 41 28 421 46
5565
42 55 59 32 43 48 23 39 45 28 45 52
5580
42 61 67 32 44 49 23 40 47 28 49 58

Item
Paper Supply Maximum/Minimum Copy Paper Sizes

Description
AG is the 120V version copier, AH is the 220V/230V version copier, & AHP is the 230V/240V version copier.
Paper Supply
Drawer Bypass
AG Version
Ledger/Statement R (16 - 24 lbs.) Ledger/Statement - R (16 - 41 lbs.) Stack feed: 16 - 24 lbs. Single feed: 16 - 41 lbs. (Bond paper)
AH/AHP Version
A3/A5 -R (60 - 90 gr/m) A3/A5 -R (60 - 157 gr/m) Stack feed: 60 - 90 gr/m, Single feed: 60 - 157 gr/m (Bond paper)
Note
Adjustable to a nonstandard size
Note: Spring Hill, 90 lbs. Index paper can be used for single sided copying by single stack feeding. Recommended special paper: Tracing paper, label paper, OHP film LCC LT (16 - 24 lbs.) A4 (60 - 90 gr/m)
Paper Supply (Systems)
Automatic Feed
System Drawers Bypass LCC Capacity 500 sheets (AG version - 20 lbs.) (AH/AHP version - 80 gr/m) (each of 3 drawers) 100 sheets (AG version - 20 lbs.) (AH/AHP version - 80 gr/m) (Smart bypass w/o APS, AMS) 4000 sheets (AG version - 20 lbs.) (AH/AHP version - 80 gr/m)
manuals4you.com

Item
Original Document Capacity - RADF

Description Paper Size
LT, LT-R, ST-R, A4, A4-R, A5-R LG, B4 LD, A3
Capacity
60 sheets 35 sheets 30 sheets
Reproduction Ratio
Fixed ratio: 1:1 - 100% or 101% (set in adjustment mode) Magnification Auto Calculation AG version - Original/Copy Size: LD, LG, LT, COMP, OTHER (Default: ST) AH/AHP version - Original/Copy Size: A3, B4, FOLIO, A4, OTHER (Default: A5) Zoom ratios: Range 0.25 to 4.00 - 25 to 400% (in 1% increments) Automatic control and manually selectable (11 steps) OPC Drum Dry Toner (Dual Type), Semi Cartridge Type Capacity: 1,500 gr Automatically Controlled Electrical/Mechanical Automatic density detection and replenishment toner hopper supply Magnet Roller (2 rollers) Negative Charge Corona Transfer Belt with DC bias Transfer Belt with DC bias Drum: Blade/Brush Roller Transfer Belt: Transfer Belt Blade and Brush Roller Fuser: Cleaning Rollers Fuser Roller
Image Density Control (Exposure Control) Photoconductor Type Toner Type Toner Cartridge Toner Control Method Toner Empty Detection Toner Supply Developing Method Charging Method Transfer Method Paper Separation Cleaning Methods
Image Fusing Method

Item
Total Counter Mechanical: Total (7 digits) LD/A3 double count: (set by adjust mode) PM Counter: Yes LCD touch-screen and Keypad

Description
Control Panel LDC Language Safety Door Switch Machine Size (height includes the RADF)
3 languages - English (default), French, Spanish (selectable by the user). Front Door and Exit Cover
36.8 (920mm)
29.68 (742mm) 44.44 (1111mm) Copier Weight 550 pounds (250 kg)
manuals4you.com

Item
Power Source AG version - 115 V/20A 50/60Hz AH version - 220-230V/10A 50/60Hz AHP version - 230-240V/10A 50/60Hz AG version - UL/CSA approved plug AH version - German plug AHP version - UK plug 2.0 kW or less The copier supplies power to the RADF, duplexer, and LCC.

Description
Power Cord
Power Consumption
1 - 10 F580/F580S Finisher
F580/F580S Finisher
General
Item
Stacking Method Stacking Orientation Stacking Size Paper Weight Trays Modes Trays 1 through 2: by lifting tray Face-up Inch: LD, LG, LT, LT-R, ST-R AB: A3, A4, AR-R, A5-R, B4, B5, B5-R 16 to 24lb/60 to 128 gr/m 1 and 2 Non-staple - same paper sizes: tray 1, and tray 2 Non-staple - mixed paper sizes: tray 1, and tray 2 Staple: tray 1, and tray 2 By rotating cam Refer to the following graphic LT, A4, B5 LT-R, LD, LG, A3, B4, A4-R, and B5-R Staple Supply Staples Stapling Position Stapling Capacity Refillable staple cartridge (5000 staples) Sheet type Refer to the following information LT, A4, B5 LT-R, LD, LG, A3, B4, A4-R, and B5-R Staple Supply Staples Staple Detection Manual Stapling 50 sheets 30 sheets 20lb/80 gr/m paper 50 sheets 30 sheets 20lb/80 gr/m paper
Description
Stapling Stapling Position Stapling Capacity
Refillable staple cartridge (5000 staples) SC85 Sheet type By sensor Not available
manuals4you.com

Item
Stapling Position 1-point (diagonal)
Description
Front Rear LD, LG, LT, LT-R, A3, B4, A4, A4-R, B5 LD, LT, A3, B4, A4, B5 LT-R, LG, A4-R LD, LT, A3, B4, A4, B5
1-point 2-point Paper Detection Dimensions Weight Power Supply Maximum Power Consumption Trays 1 and 2
Rear
28.64 x 24.12 x 40.52 (716mm x 603mm x 1013mm) (W x D x H) F580: Approximately 79 lbs. (36kg) F580S: Approximately 123 lbs. (56kg) 24V DC from the copier About 170 W (Average for normal operations)
Note: Approximate when computed with reference to 20 lb./ 80 gr/m paper. Alignment may not be correct if 750 or more sheets are stacked on tray 2. The accuracy of the stack height is 7mm. When thicker paper is used, the stack height remains the same, but the sheet quantity decreases. All capacities are based on Lanier 20lb premium paper at a thickness of 0.097 mm/ 0.0038 inches.

F580 & F 580S Tray Capacities
Non Cascade Mode - Copy and Print Modes (does not switch to Tray 2 when Tray 1 becomes full) Paper
Non-sort, Sort and Stack Same paper size including job offset Tray 1 Whichever is reached first: 147mm/ 5.787 inches stack height or 1000 sheets of paper Tray 2 Whichever is reached first: 147mm/ 5.787 inches stack height or 1000 sheets of paper
Modes
Non-sort, Sort and Stack mixed paper sizes (nonstaple mode) Tray 1 Tray 2 Staple same size paper sets Tray 1 Tray 2 Mixed modes Combination of Non-sort, Staple and Non-staple jobs in finisher tray Tray 1 Tray 2
Size
Weight
Letter Statement-R 20lb/ A4, 80 gr/m B5, A5-R
Letter-R, Legal, Ledger, Computer, FOLIO, A4-R, B4-R, A3-R, B5-R
20lb/ 80 gr/m
Whichever is Whichever is reached first: reached first: 30 copy/print 30 copy/print sets or sets or 110mm/ 110mm/ 4.33 inches 4.33 inches Whichever is Whichever is stack height stack height Whichever is Whichever is reached first: reached first: or or reached first: reached first: 74mm/ 74mm/ 750 sheets of 750 sheets of 22mm/ 22mm/ 1.73 inches 1.73 inches paper paper 0.866 inches 0.866 inches stack height stack height Whichever is Whichever is stack height stack height or or or or Whichever is Whichever is 300 sheets of 300 sheets of reached first: reached first: reached first: reached first: 30 copy/print 30 copy/print 150 sheets of 150 sheets of paper paper paper paper 74mm/ 74mm/ sets or sets or 2.91 inches 2.91 inches 74mm/ 74mm/ stack height stack height 2.91 inches 2.91 inches or or stack height stack height 500 sheets of 500 sheets of or or paper paper 500 sheets of 500 sheets of paper paper
Note: All capacities are based on Lanier 20lb. premium paper at a thickness of 0.097mm/0.0038 inches.
manuals4you.com

F580 & F 580S Tray Capacities/Specifications
Cascade Mode - Copy and Print Modes (does not switch to Tray 2 when Tray 1 becomes full) Paper
Size Weight Non-sort, Sort and Stack Same paper size including job offset Tray 1 Letter 20lb/ Statement-R 80 gr/m A4, B5, A5-R Tray 2
Modes
Non-sort, Sort and Stack mixed paper sizes (nonstaple mode) Tray 1 Tray 2 Staple same size paper sets Mixed modes Combination of Non-sort, Staple and Non-staple jobs in finisher tray Tray 1 Tray 2
Tray 1
Tray 2
Whichever is Whichever is Whichever is Whichever is reached first: reached first: reached first: reached first: 37mm/ 37mm/ 125mm/ 125mm/ 1.45 inches 4.92 inches 1.45 inches 4.92 inches stack height stack height stack height stack height or or or or 850 sheets of 850 sheets of 255 sheets of 255 sheets of paper paper paper paper
Whichever is Whichever is Whichever is Whichever is reached first: reached first: reached first: reached first: 25 copy/print 25 copy/print 19mm/ 19mm/ sets or sets or 0.748 inches 0.748 inches 95mm/ 95mm/ stack height stack height 3.66 inches 3.66 inches or or stack height stack height 127 sheets of 127 sheets of paper or or paper 637 sheets of 637 sheets of paper paper Whichever is Whichever is reached first: reached first: 25 copy/print 25 copy/print sets or sets or 63mm/ 63mm/ 2.48 inches 2.48 inches stack height stack height or or 425 sheets of 425 sheets of paper paper
Letter-R, Legal, Ledger, Computer, FOLIO, A4-R, B4, A3, B5-R
20lb/ 80 gr/m
Whichever is Whichever is reached first: reached first: 63mm/ 63mm/ 2.48 inches 2.48 inches stack height stack height or or 425 sheets of 425 sheets of paper paper

F580 & F 565S (Upper Stapler) Stapling Specifications
Paper Size
Letter A4, B5
Weight
Staple Capacity per Set
Stapled Sets Stack Capacity

30 Sets - 2 to 50 copies per set Note: The Sets capacity can be changed to 50 sets or No-Limit by setting the Finisher Logic PWA DIP SW3 number to 6 to ON for 50 sets or number 8 to ON for No-Limit sets. The position of the sets on the tray can unstable above 30 sets whether there are 2 copies/set or 50 copies/set. The 50 set and No-Limit mode is not recommended except for special applications.
20lb/ 80 gr/m
2 - 50 Sheets
Letter-R, Legal, Ledger, A4-R, B4, A3, B5-R
20lb/ 80 gr/m
2 - 30 Sheets
30 Sets - 2 to 30 copies per set
Note: When running jobs of more than 30 sets, the limit of 30 Sets can be exceeded by 1 to 3 sets because the machine can process the copies faster than the finisher. So it is possible to have 31, 32, or 33 sets in the finisher tray before the machine stops and displays Finisher Full. Remove Paper. 50 Set Mode - Example: Letter - 2 copies/set = 50 sets, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. A4 - 2 copies/set = 50 sets, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. Letter-R - 2 copies/set = 38 sets, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. Legal - 2 copies/set = 38 sets, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. Ledger - 2 copies/set = 37 sets, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. Note: Having more than 2 copies per set can produce less sets because the Stack Height limitation is reached first. No-Limit Mode - Example: Letter - 2 copies/set = 60 sets and stack height is reached, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. A4 - 2 copies/set = 60 sets and stack height is reached, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. Letter-R - 2 copies/set = 48 sets and stack height is reached, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. Legal - 2 copies/set = 48 sets and stack height is reached, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. Ledger - 2 copies/set = 47 sets and stack height is reached, then Finisher Full. Remove Paper. manuals4you.com

Refer to the following graphic for the available finisher stapling positions.
1 - 16 F580S Saddle Stitcher
F580S Saddle Stitcher

General
Item
Staple Method Folding Position Paper Size Capacity Paper Weight Stacking Capacity
Descriptions
Center binding (double folding) Refer to the following graphic. LD, LT-R, A3, B4, AR-4 15 sheets 17 to 22lb/64 to 80 gr/m See Note below. 10 sets: stack of 11 to 15 sheets 20 sets: stack of 6 to 10 sheets 25 sets: stack of 5 sheets or less Stapling position Staple capacity Staple supply Staples Staple detection Manual stapling 2 points (center at fixed interval) 2000 staples Cartridge (Not refillable) SC20 Sheet type By Sensor Not available One sheet 25 sets Pressing Rollers Double folding Paper center By Service Technician
Stapling
Folding
Folding capacity Folding method Folding mode Folding position Position adjustment
Power Supply Power Consumption
24V supplied by the finisher. 160W or less
Note: Special paper, postcards, transparencies, reproducibles, label paper and hole-punched paper cannot be handled.
manuals4you.com

F580S Stitcher Capacities
Paper Size
Letter-R, Ledger, A4-R, B4, A3,
1 - 17 F580S Saddle Stitcher
Weight
16 - 20lb 64lb/ 80 gr/m
Stapling Stitcher Stack Capacity

2 to 5 Sheets 25 Sets 6 to 10 Sheets 20 Sets 11 to 15 Sheets 10 Sets
Fold Only Stack Capacity

Approximately 150 single folded sheets.
1 - 18 Hole Punch 80
Hole Punch 80
Paper
Paper Size
US 2/3 Hole
2 Hole: LT-R, LG 3 Hole: LT, LD, COMPUTER 16-41 lb 2 Hole: 3,000 Sheets 3 Hole: 3,000 Sheets 0.315 inches (8.0 mm)
EU 2 Hole
A4, A4-R, B4, B5, B5-R, A3, LT, LT-R, LG, LD, FOLIO, COMPUTER 64 - 200 g/m2 5,000 sheets 6.5 mm (0.25 inches)
EU 4 Hole
A4, A3
Paper Weight Scrap Bin Capacity Hole Diameter
64 - 200 g/m2 5,000 Sheets 6.5 mm (0.25 inches)
Note: Transparencies, reproducibles, and special paper cannot be handled. Refer to the following graphic for the available hole positions.
manuals4you.com
1 - 19 PC-80/NIC-80
PC-80/NIC-80
Please refer to the following manuals for printer and NIC specifications: 5555/5565/5580 Printer Operator Guide 5555/5565/5580 Network Interface Operator Guide
1 - 20 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com
Section 2
Installation
2-1
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Section 2: Installation
Unpacking the Copier............................................................ 2-3 Remove Packing, Tape, and Accessories ........................ 2-3 Remove the Shipping Carton ........................................... 2-4 Remove the Scanner Shipping Screws ............................ 2-8 Remove the Drawer Packing Materials .......................... 2-10 Remove the LCC Packing Material ................................ 2-11 Remove the Inside Packing Materials ............................ 2-12 Remove the Transfer Unit/Fuser Unit Shipping Screws . 2-13 Remove the Developer Unit Shipping Materials ............. 2-14 Installing the Drum .............................................................. 2-16 Installing the Developer ...................................................... 2-26 Installing the RADF Tray ..................................................... 2-29 Leveling the Copier ............................................................. 2-30 Completing the Copier Installation .................................... 2-31 Auto Toner Sensor Adjustment.......................................... 2-32 Add Toner ....................................................................... 2-35 Set the Date and Time ........................................................ 2-35 Making Test Copies ............................................................. 2-36 Installing Damp Heater Kit .................................................. 2-37 F580/F580S Finisher ............................................................ 2-50 Cautions & Warnings ...................................................... 2-50 Unpacking & Installing the F580/F580S ......................... 2-51 F580/F58S Hole Punch Unit ................................................ 2-63 Cautions & Warnings ...................................................... 2-63 Unpacking & Installing the Hole Punch .......................... 2-64 PC-80/NIC-80 ........................................................................ 2-71
2-2
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Installation
2-3 Unpacking the Copier
Unpacking the Copier
WARNING
THE 5555/5565/5580 DIGITAL COPIER WEIGHTS APPROXIMATELY 550 POUNDS (250KG). IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT AT LEAST THREE PEOPLE CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE UNPACKING INSTRUCTIONS AND USE THE RAMPS (PROVIDED) TO REMOVE THE MACHINE FROM ITS PALLET.
Remove Packing, Tape, and Accessories

1. Remove the top from the shipping carton. 2. Remove all packing material and tape from the top of the machine. 3. Remove the accessories sitting on top of the machine.
OPuide G

Remove the Shipping Carton
1. Pull the cardboard side restraint tabs down toward the pallet. 2. Turn the locks to disengage the corner of the shipping carton. 3. Remove the shipping carton.
4. Remove the piece of shipping material (on the pallet) from the rear of the machine. 5. Have at least two people slightly raise one side of the machine. Note: Grasp the machine at the locations indicated in the illustration to avoid possible injury to your hands. 6. Remove the piece of shipping material (on the pallet) from one side of the machine.
manuals4you.com

7. Remove the duplicate shipping material from the other side.

8. Carefully remove the piece of shipping material (on the pallet) lodged under each side of the copier.
9. With the ramps facing up.
10. Position their locking tabs down in the channel on the pallets left side.
11. Align the ramps with the copiers casters. 12. Be sure the two ramps are properly positioned to receive the casters.
manuals4you.com

13. With the assistance of at least one other person, cautiously roll the copier down the ramps and off the pallet.

Remove the Scanner Shipping Screws
1. Temporarily remove the top right paper guide located to the right of the exposure glass (2 screws).
2. Remove and discard the 2 short shoulder shipping screws found under the top right paper guide. 3. Remove and discard the 2 long shoulder screws immediately in front of the guide location.
manuals4you.com

4. Install the top right paper guide. 5. Install the two plastic cover pieces in place at the locations where the 2 long shoulder screws were removed.

Remove the Drawer Packing Materials
2 - 10 Unpacking the Copier
1. Open each of the three drawers. 2. Remove and discard the tray retaining packing material located at the right side of each drawer.
manuals4you.com

Remove the LCC Packing Material
1. Open the LCC door. 2. Remove and discard the tray retaining packing material at the top of the compartment (on top of the tray).

Remove the Inside Packing Materials
1. Open the left and right front doors.
2. Remove and discard the packing material located in the upper left and right of the copiers interior. 3. Remove and discard the 2 fuser unit/transfer unit restraining screws. 4. Remove and discard the 2 duplexer restraining screws.
manuals4you.com

Remove the Transfer Unit/Fuser Unit Shipping Screws
1. Rotate the handle counter-clockwise (left) and pull the transfer unit/fuser unit out.
2. Open the cover on the jam release unit. 3. Remove the 2 shipping screws.
4. Insert the transport unit/fuser unit back into the machine. 5. Push the assembly to the rear and rotate the handle clockwise (right) to lock both units in place.

Remove the Developer Unit Shipping Materials
1. Unscrew the 3 screws securing the middle inner cover. 2. Remove the cover (with screws) to expose the front end of the developer unit.
3. Remove and discard the shipping retainer.
manuals4you.com

4. Disconnect the connector. 5. Turn the developer unit locking lever counter-clockwise. 6. Pull the developer unit out. 7. Remove and discard the packing material.
2 - 16 Installing the Drum
Installing the Drum

1. Loosen the charge corona blue retaining screw. 2. Pull the charge corona out.
3. Disconnect the connector. 4. Loosen the 2 blue screws. 5. Pull the drum unit out.
manuals4you.com

6. On the front of the cleaner unit remove and discard the shoulder shipping screw.

7. Disconnect the drum thermistor connector. 8. Remove the screw securing the drum thermistor bracket to the drum unit frame. 9. Temporarily remove the thermistor and its bracket.
manuals4you.com

10. Remove the 2 screws that secure the drum shaft assembly to the cleaning unit frame. 11. Temporarily remove the shaft assembly. 12. Prior to installing the drum, dust a small quantity of drum lubrication powder onto the separation fingers to protect the drums surface from scratches.
Note: DO NOT apply drum powder to the sensor. The image density sensor is located between the separation fingers.

13. Rotate the cleaning blade service cam in a counter-clockwise direction to lock the cam.
14. Remove the drum from its shipping carton. 15. Remove the black protective sheet. 16. Apply drum lubrication powder to the surface of the drum.
manuals4you.com

17. Carefully insert the drum into the cleaning unit. Note: Be very careful that the drum is not scratched or bumps into any other component as you place it into the cleaning unit. 18. Insert the drum shaft into the drum bearing. 19. Secure the drum shaft assembly to the cleaning unit with the 2 previously removed screws.

20. Rotate the cleaning blade service cam clockwise to unlock the cam.
21. Rotate the drum at least 2 times in the direction of the arrows to ensure that it does not bind, and that the drum powder is evenly spread on the cleaning blade.
manuals4you.com

22. Carefully dust the drum surface again to ensure that it is adequately lubricated with a coating of powder.
23. Rotate the drum at least 2 times in the direction of the arrows.

24. Install the thermistor bracket back onto the cleaning unit and secure it with its mounting screw. 25. Reconnect the connector.
manuals4you.com

26. Slide the drum unit back into its proper position. 27. Tighten the 2 screws. 28. Reconnect the connector.
29. Slide the charge corona back into the machine. 30. Tighten the screw.
2 - 26 Installing the Developer
Installing the Developer

1. Remove the top cover from the (previously removed) developer unit.
2. Careful pour new developer material into the developer units hopper. 3. Be sure to spread the material evenly across the full length of the hopper. 4. Rotate the gear clockwise several times to be sure the material is evenly distributed.
manuals4you.com

5. Install the top cover on the developer unit. 6. Rotate the gear clockwise several times to be sure that there is no binding, and that the developer material is evenly distributed.
7. Slide the developer unit back into the machine. 8. Rotate the locking lever clockwise to lock the unit in place. 9. Reconnect the connector.

10. Position the middle inner cover over the drum unit and the developer unit. 11. Secure the cover in place with its 3 screws.
12. Rotate the transfer unit/fuser unit handle to its vertical position. 13. Close the left and right front doors.
manuals4you.com
2 - 29 Installing the RADF Tray
Installing the RADF Tray

1. Lay the original document tray upside down, and remove the tape restraining the original guide (wire) on the underside of the tray.
2. Install the 2 screws into the tabs on the RADF just far enough to stay in place. 3. Turn the original document tray right side up and move the side guides inward. 4. Align the trays 2 slotted holes with the heads of the 2 screws. 5. Lower the tray down over the screws onto the tabs, and slide the tray to the rear. 6. Lightly tighten the 2 screws to secure the tray in the temporarily. 7. After the machine is installed it is necessary to RADF Side-to-Side Original Registration to the copies.
2 - 30 Leveling the Copier
Leveling the Copier

1. 2. 3. 4. The copier has 4 feet that must be lowered. Use a wrench to loosen the nuts on each foot. Lower the feet to make contact with the floor surface. Do not lock the feet in place yet.
5. Lay a small level on the exposure glass. 6. Check that the copier is level from side to side, and from front to rear. 7. Lower the 4 feet as needed to level the copier. 8. Use the wrenches to lock the feet in place.
manuals4you.com
2 - 31 Completing the Copier Installation
Completing the Copier Installation

1. Install the Operators Guide Holder on the back cover. 2. Plug the copier into an appropriate outlet.
3. Adjust the 3 drawers trays to accept the paper sizes desired. 4. Load the drawers. 5. Load the LCC with paper.
2 - 32 Auto Toner Sensor Adjustment
Auto Toner Sensor Adjustment

When the developer material is replaced, the auto-toner sensor needs to be adjusted, and the developer counter (setting mode 08, code 404) must be set to zero. Note: Make sure that the drum cleaning blade is contacting the drum before performing the auto-toner adjustment.
Use the following procedure (Use Code 05-200 in the 05 mode.): 1. Install the process unit to the copier (cleaning blade contacts the drum). 2. Press the keys 0 and 5 at the same time and turn the power ON. The following is displayed indicating that the adjustment mode has been entered.
LD
3. Enter 200 using the keypad and press the START key. The following is displayed. Note: A: Indicates the control data value of the auto-toner sensor. Use the ZOOM keys to change the numerical values. B: The above display indicates an output voltage of 2.30V. C: Indicates the latest adjustment value. The drum, developer unit, etc., are operating at this time.
LD
manuals4you.com

4. After approximately two minutes, the number in the B display will automatically begin to change.
LD
5. After a short time, the number in the B display will automatically stop changing. The message will also change as shown below, indicating that the auto-toner adjustment is completed. 6. In this status, check if the numerical value in B is within the range of 245 ~ 255 (auto-toner sensor output range of 2.45 V ~ 2.55 V). 7. If the numerical value in B is not within the range of 245 ~ 255, use the ZOOM keys to adjust the numerical values manually to within the range of 245 ~ 255. Note: The relationship between the ZOOM keys and the numerical values in A and B is as shown.
LD

8. Press the SET icon.
The drum, developer unit, etc., will stop operating and the following is displayed.
LD
LT
9. Simultaneously hold down number keys 0 and 9 to cancel the Adjustment Mode. 10. Turn the machine power switch OFF then ON. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Download Mode for the customer to use.
manuals4you.com

Add Toner
1. Open the toner hopper cover. 2. Follow the instructions provided on the inside of the cover and load the toner hopper with the toner made for the 5555/5565/5580 digital copier.
Set the Date and Time

1. Date and time must be set now. 2. Follow the instructions in the Operator Guide Section 5-10 to set the date and time.
2 - 36 Making Test Copies
Making Test Copies

1. Set the original side guides for the document that you wish to copy. 2. Place one or more pages of the document on the tray.
3. Press the START key. 4. The document will feed page by page (bottom page first) into the copier.
5. Check the quality of the single or multiple pages of the copy against the original document.
manuals4you.com
2 - 37 Installing Damp Heater Kit
Installing Damp Heater Kit

(120V version only, this is standard equipment on 230/240V machines)
WARNING
UNPACKING AND INSTALLING THE DAMP HEATER KIT SHOULD BE DONE ONLY BY A QUALIFIED SERVICE TECHNICIAN.

1. When installing the damp heater kit, turn the copiers main power switch OFF and unplug the power cord. 2. Open the damp heater kit, Part Number C2090-6517, shipping carton. 3. Check to make sure that the following components are included: No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Item
Middle Optical Damp Heater (DH2) (Short harness) Right Optical Damp Heater (DH1) (Long harness) Lower Damp Heater (DH3) Lower Damp Heater Cover M band (harness holder) M4 screws-A M4 screw-B M3 screws 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 3
Qty
3 4
The damp heater kit is an option on the 120VAG machines. It is standard equipment on 230/240V AH/AHP machines
7 6 8
manuals4you.com

4. Remove the Exposure Glass. A. Remove the top right paper guide (2 screws).

Top right paper guide
B. Tilt the exposure glass up at an angle as shown by the arrow (1), and carefully remove it in the direction of arrow (2).
Exposure glass
Do this carefully.

5. Remove the Rear Cover. A. Remove the 8 screws securing the rear cover to the machine. B. Tilt the cover out at the top and remove the rear cover.
Tabs
6. Remove the Left Top Cover (2 screws).

Cover
manuals4you.com

7. Remove the Indicator Bracket Assembly. A. Disconnect the connector from the junction harness.

Connector
Junction harness Original indicator unit
B. Remove the indicator bracket assembly (it contains the original indicator unit) (8 screws).
Indicator bracket assembly

8. Remove the Lens Cover. A. Disconnect the connector at the rear of the cover. B. Remove the lens cover (11 screws).

Lens cover
Connector
9. Install the Right Optical Damp Heater (DH1). A. Install the right optical damp heater (DH1) (3 M3 screws). B. Secure the heaters harness with the 3 harness retainers.
Harness retainers
Damp heater
manuals4you.com

10. Install the Middle Optical Damp Heater (DH2). A. Install the middle optical damp heater (DH2) (1 M4 screw). B. Install the harness retainer as shown. C. Plug the heaters connector into the connector on the connector bracket. D. Connect the middle optical damp heaters connector to the right optical damp heater connector. E. Secure the harness in the harness retainer as shown. Note: Before installing the two damp heaters, check that their voltage ratings conform to standards.

Harness retainer Right optical damp heater connector and harness
Damp heater
Connector bracket
11. Remove the Fuser Unit. A. Open the right and left front doors.

B. Remove the fuser retaining screw. C. Turn the release handle to the left (counter-clockwise) and pull the transfer unit (with fuser unit) out. D. Slide the fuser unit out about 6 mm toward the front and lift it out vertically. Note: When removing or installing the fuser unit, always hold it by its front and rear handles.
Mounting screw

Fuser unit
Transfer belt unit
Release handle Front fuser handle
manuals4you.com
12. Remove the Transfer Unit. A. Remove the two blue shoulder screws (1 on each side) securing the transfer unit to the rails. B. Grip the transfer unit by both handles and lift it out. Note: When installing the transfer unit on the rails, fully insert the shoulder pins on the rails into the notches on the transfer unit.
Handle
Handle
Shoulder screw Shoulder screw [Right side] [Left side]

13. Remove the Transfer Belt Unit. A. Remove the transfer unit right front cover (2 screws).
Transfer unit right front cover
B. C. D. E.
Disconnect the transfer roller bias connector. Disconnect the cleaning roller bias connector. Disconnect the 2 ground wires (2 screws). Remove the front clip, and slide the bearing out.
Transfer Roller Connector Cleaning Roller Connector
Ground wire
Ground wire
manuals4you.com
F. Remove the rear bearing bracket 2 mounting screws and the 2 casing shoulder screws. G. Lift the transfer belt unit upward on the front side. Note: During reassembly, tighten the screws in the following order (1), (2), and (3). During reassembly, make sure that the units front lever fits under the cam on the front frame.
Front frame cam Front lever 3

14. Remove the Transfer Guide. A. Remove the transfer guide screw. B. Slide the transfer guide to the front then lift it off its bracket.

Transfer guide
Screw
15. Install the Lower Damp Heater (DH3). A. Mount the lower damp heater on the base of the transfer belt unit (3 screws).
Lower damp heater
manuals4you.com

B. Install the lower damp heater cover to the base of the transfer belt unit (2 screws). Note: When mounting the lower damp heater cover, be very careful that the harness is not crimped or pinched. C. Route the lower damp heater harness through the M band on the transfer belt unit. D. Secure the harness with 1 locking support on the rear frame, and 2 on the base frame.

Lower damp heater cover Locking supports
Locking support
M band
16. Reassemble the Machine. 17. Verify correct operation.
Damp heater connector
F580/F580S Finisher
Cautions & Warnings
WARNING
ALWAYS UNPLUG THE UNIT FROM ITS POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING ANY COVERS.
manuals4you.com

Unpacking & Installing the F580/F580S
1. Open the shipping carton.
2. Remove the accessories carton from the finisher shipping material.
3. Remove the four shipping tubes from the end of the finisher. 4. Remove the F580/F580S from the shipping carton.

5. Remove the packing material from the F580/F580S.
F580S Only
F580S Only
6. Open the top cover and remove the packing material from inside the top of the unit.
F580S
7. Open the front cover and remove the two tagged items.
manuals4you.com

8. On the F580S only, remove the screws securing the saddle stitcher cover and remove the cover.
9. On the F580S only, remove the two tagged shipping retainer.

10. Reinstall the saddle stitcher cover.
11. Remove the items from the accessories container and verify that the pictured items are present. Note: The number next to the component signifies the step in which the component is used.
13 13 20 14 30 22 22 26 18 14 13 24 23 20 21 26 16 21
manuals4you.com

12. Turn the copier OFF and unplug the copier from the wall outlet
13. Remove the four exit panel screws of the copier.
14. Install the Upper Mounting Brackets. A. Use 2 screws (w/star washers) to mount the upper mounting bracket to the copiers exit panel where you previously removed the 2 panel screws. Note: See step 11 for a pictorial description of the screws. B. Mount the bracket with the tabs on the flange facing up. C. Be sure the screws are securely tightened.

15. Install the two Exit Trays.
16. Connect the wire harness plugs to the exit trays. Note: Carefully insert the wiring harness connector into the connector on the left, underside of the tray.
manuals4you.com

17. Install the Finish Molding. A. The plastic upper tray and lower tray finish moldings must be snapped into position very carefully to avoid damage to them or the wiring harness. B. Insert the tabs at the bottom of the molding into the vertical rail and snap the 2 pieces into place. 18. If a hole punch unit is to be installed, install it at this time following the installation procedure. After installing the hole punch then return to this installation procedure at step 23. If a hole punch unit is not to be installed, continue to step 18. 19. Install the exit mylar guide.
20. Remove the exit cover screws.

21. Install the entrance cover.
22. Install the vertical cover.
F580S
F580
manuals4you.com

23. Install lower mounting bracket/rail assembly. A. The lower mounting bracket must be slid onto the Rail Assembly as shown below. B. The Rail Assemblys support roller must roll under the copier. C. Align the mounting brackets two mounting holes with those in the copiers base.
24. Install the Lower Mounting Bracket/Rail Assembly. A. With the mounting holes in the bracket aligned with those in the copiers base, insert 2 screws (w/star washers) through the bracket, and into the copier. B. Securely tighten the screws. C. Grasp the Rail Assembly and move it toward and away from the copier to be sure that it does not bind.
25. Attach the Finisher to the Copier. A. Complete the finisher to copier installation by securing the Rail Assembly to the finishers mounting bracket with the smaller screw (w/star washer). B. Position the channel on top of the finishers permanently mounting bracket, align the holes, and insert the screw. C. Securely tighten the screw. D. Move the finisher toward and away from the copier to check the installation. Be sure the finishers power cord is out of the way. E. Raise the locking latch, push the finisher into position, and lock the finishers double latch onto the copiers upper mounting bracket.

26. Remove the Copiers Rear Cover. A. Remove the screws securing the rear cover to the copiers frame. B. Remove the cover. C. The cover is removed for access to the copiers logic PWA (located on the lower right side).
27. Connect the IPC PWA. A. Plug the copier wire harness connector into J2 on the IPC PWA. Note: The wire harness is located on the upper right side of the logic PWA. B. Insert the standoff into the hole in the logic PWA. C. Plug J1 on the IPC PWA into J327 on the logic PWA.
manuals4you.com

28. Install the Copiers Rear Cover. A. Install the rear covers 3 bottom tabs into the copiers lower frame. B. Install and securely tighten the screws.
29. Remove the Finisher Receptacle Cover. A. Use a small flat blade screwdriver to remove the finisher receptacle cover on the rear of the copier at the exit end.
30. Install the Finisher Interface Cable. A. Depress the lock on the finishers Interface Cable Connector, and insert the plug into the copiers connector.

31. Attach the Paper Feed Label. A. Attach the paper feed label on the location of the RADF original document tray as shown in the illustration below.
32. Test the Finisher. A. Plug the copiers power cord into the outlet. B. Test the functions of the finisher.
manuals4you.com
2 - 63 F580/F58S Hole Punch Unit
F580/F58S Hole Punch Unit

Cautions & Warnings
WARNING
ALWAYS UNPLUG THE UNIT FROM ITS POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING ANY COVERS.

Unpacking & Installing the Hole Punch
1. Unpack the container containing the hole punch unit and verify that all components are present. Note: The number next to the component signifies the step in which the component is used.
2. Remove the two tagged shipping stays.
manuals4you.com

3. Turn the copier OFF and unplug the copier from the wall outlet
4. Remove the mylar sheet from the finisher entrance gate.
5. Remove the finisher cover.

6. Install the two shoulder screws that will support the punch unit.
7. Install the punch unit.
8. Install the screw that secures the punch unit to the finisher.
manuals4you.com

9. Connect the two punch unit connectors to the finisher.
10. Install the new cover.
11. Install the vertical support cover. Note: The screws labeled [A] are packaged with the F580/F580S.

12. Remove the two screws.
13. Install the vertical cover. Note: The cover [A] and screws are packaged with the F580/F580S.
14. Install the cover. Note: This cover [A] the its retaining screws [B] are packaged with the F580/F580S.
manuals4you.com

15. Open the front punch unit cover.
16. Install the punch unit label.
17. Close the cover.

18. Install the other punch unit label.
19. Open the copiers front doors and install the left door stop. 20. Return to the finisher install instructions step 23.
manuals4you.com
2 - 71 PC-80/NIC-80
PC-80/NIC-80
Please refer to the following manuals: 5555/5565/5580 Printer Operator Guide 5555/5565/5580 Network Interface Operator Guide
2 - 72 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com
Section 3
Disassembly
3-1
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Section 3: Disassembly
Covers..................................................................................... 3-7 Right Front Door ............................................................... 3-7 Left Front Door ................................................................. 3-8 Lower Front Cover ............................................................ 3-8 Rear Cover ....................................................................... 3-9 Upper Feed Cover .......................................................... 3-10 Lower Feed Cover .......................................................... 3-11 Power Switch Cover ....................................................... 3-12 Right Top Cover (paper feed side) ................................. 3-12 Used Toner Container Door ........................................... 3-13 Upper Exit Cover ............................................................ 3-13 Front Exit Cover .............................................................. 3-13 Rear Exit Cover .............................................................. 3-13 Exit Door ........................................................................ 3-14 Lower Exit Cover ............................................................ 3-14 Left Top Cover ................................................................ 3-14 Rear Top Cover .............................................................. 3-14 Right Top Cover ............................................................. 3-15 Toner Hopper Cover ....................................................... 3-15 Middle Inner Cover ......................................................... 3-16 Right Inner Cover ........................................................... 3-16 Left Inner Cover .............................................................. 3-16 Transfer Assembly Right Cover ...................................... 3-16 Transfer Assembly Left Cover ........................................ 3-16 LCC Inner Cover ............................................................. 3-17 PWAs .................................................................................... 3-18 Logic PWA (Copier) ........................................................ 3-18 Motor Control PWA ......................................................... 3-19 Lamp Regulator PWA ..................................................... 3-19 SDV (Scan Drive Motor) PWA ........................................ 3-19
3-2
Printer Logic (PLG) PWA ................................................3-20 Charge Corona/Transfer Belt HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) PWA ..............................3-21 Developer Bias HVPS PWA ............................................3-22 Switching Power Supply PWA ........................................3-23 System Logic PWA .........................................................3-24 HDD (Hard Disk Drive) ....................................................3-28 Document Handling .............................................................3-29 RADF Transport Assembly .............................................3-29 RADF Transport Belt .......................................................3-30 RADF Transport Belt Hold Down Rollers ........................3-32 RADF Cleaning Brush .....................................................3-32 RADF Original Tray .........................................................3-33 RADF Feed Assembly .....................................................3-33 RADF Feed Motor ...........................................................3-37 RADF Jam Release Cover ..............................................3-38 RADF Separation Assembly ...........................................3-38 RADF Front Registration Plate ........................................3-39 RADF Registration Roller (Idler) .....................................3-39 RADF Timing Sensor/Size Sensor 1 ...............................3-40 RADF Feed Roller ...........................................................3-42 RADF Pickup Roller ........................................................3-42 RADF Registration Roller ................................................3-43 RADF Transport Motor ....................................................3-43 RADF Reversing Assembly .............................................3-44 RADF Exit Cover .............................................................3-45 RADF Reversing Motor ...................................................3-45 RADF Reversing Roller ...................................................3-46 RADF Exit Sensor ...........................................................3-47 RADF PWA .....................................................................3-48 RADF Fan Motor .............................................................3-48 Document Scanning.............................................................3-49 Exposure Glass ...............................................................3-49 Lens/CCD ........................................................................3-50
manuals4you.com
Table of Contents
Exposure Lamp .............................................................. 3-53 Exposure Lamp Thermofuse ......................................... 3-54 Original Indicator Assembly ............................................ 3-55 Mirror 1 ........................................................................... 3-56 Mirrors 2 and 3 ............................................................... 3-56 Scan Optical Cooling Fans ............................................. 3-57 SLG PWA Cooling Fan ................................................... 3-57 Damp Heater (DH1) (Middle)/ Damp Heater (DH2) (Left) ............................................ 3-58 Scan Motor ..................................................................... 3-59 Carriage 1 ....................................................................... 3-60 Carriage 2 and Drive Cable ............................................ 3-61 Drive Cable ..................................................................... 3-63 Scanner Home Position Sensor ..................................... 3-67 Automatic Paper Size Sensors (APS) ............................ 3-68 Photo conductor Process ................................................... 3-69 Charge Corona ............................................................... 3-69 Charge Corona Wire ....................................................... 3-70 Charge Corona Wire Cleaner ......................................... 3-72 Charge Corona Cleaner Drive Belt ................................. 3-73 Charge Corona Guide Assembly .................................... 3-74 Charge Corona Cleaning Motor ...................................... 3-75 Charge Corona Cleaning Switch .................................... 3-76 Drum Assembly .............................................................. 3-77 Drum Replacement ......................................................... 3-78 Drum Thermistor ............................................................. 3-80 Drum Drive Motor ........................................................... 3-80 Lower Damp Heater (DH3) (for Transfer Belt) ................ 3-82 Transfer Assembly .......................................................... 3-84 Transfer Belt Assembly .................................................. 3-85 Transfer Belt ................................................................... 3-87 Transfer Belt Charge Roller ............................................ 3-89 Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush Roller ............................... 3-90 Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade .......................................... 3-91 Transfer Belt Drive Motor ............................................... 3-91
3-3
Transfer Assembly Belt Up/Down/ Cam Motor Assembly ...................................................3-92 Transfer Belt Up and Down Sensor ................................3-92 Cleaning Assembly .........................................................3-93 Cleaning Blade ................................................................3-94 Recovery Blade ...............................................................3-95 Cleaning Brush Roller .....................................................3-96 Separation Fingers (Drum) ..............................................3-97 Separation Finger Solenoid (Drum) ................................3-99 Discharge LED Array ....................................................3-101 Ozone Filter ...................................................................3-102 Ozone Filter Assembly ..................................................3-103 Exhaust/Intake Fan Motor .............................................3-104 Exit Fan Motor ...............................................................3-105 Exposure .............................................................................3-106 Laser Assembly .............................................................3-106 Duct Intake Fan .............................................................3-110 Development .......................................................................3-112 Auto Toner Sensor ........................................................3-112 Toner Empty Switch ......................................................3-112 Toner Hopper Cover Switch ..........................................3-113 Toner Hopper Assembly ...............................................3-114 Toner Transport Auger Assembly .................................3-115 Toner Motor ...................................................................3-116 Used Toner Auger Motor ...............................................3-117 Used Toner Container ...................................................3-118 Used Toner Full Switch .................................................3-118 Used Toner Transport Auger ........................................3-119 Used Toner Transport Motor .........................................3-119 Toner Filter Assembly ...................................................3-120 Toner Filter Replacement ..............................................3-121 Developer Assembly .....................................................3-122 Developer Material ........................................................3-123 Upper/Lower Developer Spacers ..................................3-126
Table of Contents
Magnet Rollers ............................................................. 3-129 Developer Transport Roller (Magnet) ........................... 3-132 Doctor Blade ................................................................. 3-133 Developer Motor ........................................................... 3-134 Developer Switch .......................................................... 3-135 Developer Drive Oil Seal (Mixer Section) ..................... 3-136 Oil Seal (paddle section) .............................................. 3-140 Developer Drive Oil Seal (Developer and Transport Rollers) ............................. 3-142 Image Density Sensor ................................................. 3-143 Paper Feed ......................................................................... 3-144 LCC Door ...................................................................... 3-144 LCC Feed Cover ........................................................... 3-144 LCC Assembly .............................................................. 3-145 LCC Front Cover .......................................................... 3-146 Tray Lift Cable .............................................................. 3-147 LCC Tray Drive Motor ................................................... 3-151 LCC Door Switch 1/LCC Door Switch 2 ....................... 3-151 LCC Tray Down Sensor ................................................ 3-152 LCC Sensor/Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor ........... 3-153 LCC Pickup Roller ........................................................ 3-155 LCC Feed Roller ........................................................... 3-155 LCC Separation Roller .................................................. 3-156 LCC/Bypass Feed Motor .............................................. 3-156 LCC Varistor ................................................................. 3-157 LCC Paper Empty Sensor/LCC Tray Up Sensor .......... 3-157 LCC Paper Start Sensor ............................................... 3-158 Bypass Pickup Roller .................................................... 3-159 Bypass Feed Roller ...................................................... 3-159 Bypass Feed Separation Roller .................................... 3-160 Bypass Pickup Solenoid ............................................... 3-161 Bypass Feed Sensor .................................................... 3-162 Bypass Feed Tray Assembly ........................................ 3-163 Paper Drawers .............................................................. 3-164 Paper Feed Assemblies .............................................. 3-165
3-4
Paper Feed Assembly Pickup Roller .............................3-166 Paper Feed Assembly Feed Roller/Separation Rollers .3-167 Paper Feed Assembly Registration (metallic) Roller .....3-168 Registration (rubber) Roller (Upper and Middle Paper Feed Assemblies) ..............3-169 Drawer Paper Stop Sensors (Upper and Middle Paper Feed Assemblies) ..............3-170 Drawer Paper Start Sensor ...........................................3-172 Paper Drawer Tray Up Sensor/Drawer Empty Sensor ..3-173 Upper Drawer Registration Assembly ...........................3-175 Upper Drawer Registration (metallic) Roller ..................3-176 Upper Drawer Registration (Rubber) Roller ..................3-177 Drawer Lift Motor ...........................................................3-178 Paper Drawer Feed Clutches ........................................3-179 Paper Drawer Registration Clutches .............................3-179 Paper Drawer Paper Drive Motor ..................................3-179 Paper Drawer Closed Sensors ......................................3-179 Drawer Paper Drive Assembly ......................................3-180 Upper Registration Roller ..............................................3-181 Upper Paper Dust Brush ...............................................3-182 Lower Registration Roller ..............................................3-183 Lower Paper Dust Brush ...............................................3-183 Registration Motor .........................................................3-184 Paper Stop Sensor ........................................................3-186 Registration Assembly ..................................................3-187 Fuser....................................................................................3-189 Fuser Assembly ............................................................3-189 Fuser Cleaning Rollers (1 and 2) ..................................3-190 Upper Fuser Thermistors (TH-1 & TH-2) ......................3-192 Upper Fuser Thermofuse ..............................................3-192 Lower Fuser Thermistor (TH-3) .....................................3-193 Upper Stripper Fingers ..................................................3-194 Lower Stripper Fingers ..................................................3-196 Fuser Lamps (1 & 2) .....................................................3-197 Fuser Roller ...................................................................3-199
manuals4you.com
Table of Contents
Cleaning Roller/Pressure Roller ................................... 3-202 Fuser Exit Rollers ......................................................... 3-204 Fuser Exit Sensor ......................................................... 3-205 Fuser Drive Motor ......................................................... 3-206 Fuser Fan Motor ........................................................... 3-207 Fuser Solid State Relays (SSR1 & SSR2) ................... 3-210 Duplexer/Copy Exit............................................................ 3-211 ADM Front Cover .......................................................... 3-211 ADM Feed Cover .......................................................... 3-211 ADM Stack Guide Assembly ........................................ 3-211 Copy Exit Rollers (Driven & Idler) ................................. 3-212 Duplexer Drive Motor .................................................... 3-213 ADM Empty Sensor/Transport Sensor 1 ...................... 3-213 ADM Width Guide Motor/ Wide Guide Home Position Sensor ........................... 3-214 ADM Length Guide Motor/ Length Guide Home Position Sensor ......................... 3-214 ADM Pickup Roller Guide Assembly ............................ 3-215 ADM Pickup Roller ....................................................... 3-215 ADM Transport Drive Clutch ......................................... 3-216 ADM Paper Transport Rollers 1, 2, and 3 .................... 3-217 ADM Paper Transport Roller 1 ..................................... 3-218 ADM Transport Sensor 2 .............................................. 3-218 ADM Drive Assembly .................................................... 3-219 ADM Feed Clutch/Registration Clutch .......................... 3-220 ADM Feed Roller .......................................................... 3-221 ADM Registration Roller ............................................... 3-223 Duplex Paper Feed Sensor .......................................... 3-225 ADM Registration Sensor ............................................. 3-225 ADM Feed Assembly .................................................... 3-226 ADM Forward Rotation Clutch/Reversing Clutch ......... 3-228 ADM Gate Roller Solenoid (SOL1) ............................... 3-231 ADM Entrance/Reversing (rubber) Roller & Transport (plastic) Roller ............................................ 3-232 ADM Separation Belt .................................................... 3-235
3-5
ADM Pre-stack Discharge Brush ..................................3-237 Duplexer Gate Roller .....................................................3-238 Exit/Duplexer Selector Gate ..........................................3-240 Exit/Duplexer Gate Solenoid (SOL4) ............................3-242 ADM Reversing Selector Gate ......................................3-243 ADM Reversing Transport Roller ..................................3-244 Control Panel ......................................................................3-245 Control Panel ................................................................3-245 F580/F580S Finisher...........................................................3-247 Front Door Cover ..........................................................3-247 Rear Cover ....................................................................3-247 Upper Cover ..................................................................3-248 Front Upper Inner Cover ...............................................3-248 Tray Assembly ..............................................................3-249 Upper Tray Guide ..........................................................3-250 Lower Tray Guide ..........................................................3-251 Right Guide Assembly ...................................................3-252 Swing Assembly ............................................................3-253 Feed Drive Assembly ....................................................3-255 Buffer Roller Assembly ..................................................3-258 Stapler (Upper Stapler F580S) ......................................3-259 Transit Path Assembly ..................................................3-261 Logic PWA ....................................................................3-262 F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher Assembly ............................3-263 Front Lower Door .........................................................3-263 Rear Lower Cover .........................................................3-263 Front Inside Cover .........................................................3-264 Saddle Delivery Tray Assembly ....................................3-264 Upper Delivery Guide Assembly ...................................3-265 PWA Cover ...................................................................3-265 Saddle Stitcher Assembly .............................................3-266 Saddle Stitcher Assembly Folding Rollers ....................3-268 Stitcher Stapler Mounting Assembly .............................3-272 Paper Positioning Guide Assembly ...............................3-273
Table of Contents
Stitcher Upper and Lower Deflecting Guides ............... 3-274 Logic PWA .................................................................... 3-275 F580/F580S Punch Unit ..................................................... 3-276 Right Guide Assembly .................................................. 3-276 Upper Cover ................................................................. 3-276 Punch Motor ................................................................. 3-277 Horizontal Registration Motor ....................................... 3-277 Punch Unit .................................................................... 3-278 LED PWA ..................................................................... 3-282 Photosensor PWA ........................................................ 3-282 Scrap-Full Detector PWA Unit ...................................... 3-283 Punch Driver PWA ........................................................ 3-283
3-6
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Disassembly
3-7 Covers
Covers
Right Front Door
1. Open the right front door. 2. Remove the screws in the 2 hinges (2 screws per hinge), and the door.
Hinge
Right front door

Left Front Door
1. Open the right front door, then open the left front door. 2. Remove the top/bottom hinges (2 screws per hinge) and the door.
3-8 Covers
Left front door
Lower Front Cover

1. Remove the middle drawers and the lower drawers. 2. Remove the lower front cover (2 screws).
manuals4you.com

Rear Cover
3-9 Covers
WARNING
TURN OFF THE MAIN POWER SWITCH AND UNPLUG THE MACHINE BEFORE ATTEMPTING ANY OF THE PROCEDURES IN THIS SECTION.
1. Remove 10 screws. 2. Disengage the 3 lower locking tabs and remove the rear cover.
Tabs

Upper Feed Cover
3 - 10 Covers
WARNING
1. Slide the LCC Assembly out. 2. Remove 2 screws.
manuals4you.com

Lower Feed Cover
1. Remove the LCC Assembly, and the Bypass Feed Assembly.
3 - 11 Covers
2. Remove the lower feed cover (3 screws). Slide the cover down off the tabs.

Power Switch Cover
1. Slide the LCC Assembly out. 2. Remove 3 screws.
3 - 12 Covers
Right Top Cover (paper feed side)

1. Remove the rear top cover (2 screws), on the paper feed side.
Right top cover (paper feed side)
Used Toner Container Cover
manuals4you.com

Used Toner Container Door
1. Remove the 2 coin screws, open the used toner container cover and remove the upper hinge screw. 2. Remove the used toner container door from the lower hinge.
3 - 13 Covers
Used Toner Container Door
Upper Exit Cover

1. Remove the upper exit cover (2 screws).
Front Exit Cover

1. Remove the front exit cover (3 screws).
Rear Exit Cover

1. Remove the rear exit cover (2 screws).

Exit Door
1. Remove the Exit Door cover (4 screws).
Left top cover
Exit door cover
3 - 14 Covers
Lower Exit Cover

1. Remove the Lower Exit Cover (4 screws).
Left Top Cover

1. Remove the left top cover (2 retaining screws).
Lower exit cover
Rear Top Cover

1. Remove the RADF. 2. Remove the rear top cover (2 screws).
Exposure glass
manuals4you.com

Right Top Cover
1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Remove the right top cover (3 screws).
3 - 15 Covers
Toner Hopper Cover

1. Remove the Right Top Cover. 2. Remove the two hinges (1 screw for each), and the toner hopper cover.
Toner hopper cover

Middle Inner Cover
1. Open the Right Front Door and Left Front Door. 2. Loosen 3 blue screws and remove the middle inner cover.
3 - 16 Covers
Right Inner Cover

1. Remove the Middle Inner Cover. 2. Remove the right inner cover. (3 screws)
Left Inner Cover

1. Remove the Middle Inner Cover. 2. Remove the left inner cover. (3 screws)
Left front door Right front door
Transfer Assembly Right Cover

1. Rotate the release handle down, in the direction of the arrow, and pull the Belt Transport Assembly towards you. 2. Remove the cover (2 screws).
Transfer assembly Transfer assembly
Transfer Assembly Left Cover

1. Remove the cover (2 screws).
manuals4you.com

LCC Inner Cover
1. Pull out the duplexer. 2. Remove the LCC Inner Cover (4 screws).
3 - 17 Covers
LCC inner cover
3 - 18 PWAs
PWAs
WARNING
Logic PWA (Copier)

1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Disconnect the 15 connectors (16 with the optional finisher). 3. Remove the 2 screws and the 2 standoffs, then remove the logic PWA.
Standoff Standoff
manuals4you.com

Motor Control PWA
1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Disconnect the 3 connectors. 3. Remove the 4 standoffs, then remove the motor control PWA.
PWA PWA
3 - 19 PWAs
Lamp Regulator PWA

1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Disconnect the 3 connectors. 3. Remove 2 screws, then remove the lamp regulator PWA.
Motor control PWA Standoffs Standoffs
SDV (Scan Drive Motor) PWA

1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Disconnect the 3 connectors. 3. Remove the SDV-PWA (2 screws).

Printer Logic (PLG) PWA
1. Disconnect the 4 connectors at A and B. Refer to Laser Assembly removal.
3 - 20 PWAs
2. Rotate the Laser Assembly over on its motor side, remove the retaining screw on the PLG PWA, and disconnect the connectors at C and section D. Note: During this procedure, do not let the connector at A become disconnected.
manuals4you.com

Charge Corona/Transfer Belt HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply) PWA
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Rear Cover. Disconnect the 5 connectors. Remove the 2 screws and 2 standoffs. Remove the high-voltage power supply for the charge corona and transfer belt. 5. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
High voltage power supply for charge corona/transfer belt
3 - 21 PWAs
Standoffs

Developer Bias HVPS PWA
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Rear Cover. Disconnect the 2 connectors. Remove the 2 screws that secure the assembly. Remove the screw the secures the ground wire. Remove the developer bias power supply. Remove the PWA retainer from the developer bias power supply.
Retainer
3 - 22 PWAs
Ground wire screw
7. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
manuals4you.com

Switching Power Supply PWA
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the exit-side front cover. remove the exit-side rear cover. Remove the Lower Exit Cover. Remove the power supply inner cover (5 screws).
3 - 23 PWAs
5. Remove 9 connectors. 6. Remove the Switching Power Supply Assembly (4 screws). Note: A clip located on the side of Connector A secures the connector on the base frame.
Connector A Clip
Base frame

System Logic PWA
1. Turn the main ON/OFF switch OFF. 2. Unplug the machines power cord from the outlet. 3. Unplug the finisher connector from the rear of the machine, and move the finisher away from the machine.
3 - 24 PWAs
Rear screw
4. Remove the rear cover (8 screws), (10 screws starting with September 1999 production). 5. Remove the right side exposure glass holder (2 screws). 6. Remove the exposure glass. 7. Remove the upper left cover. 8. Remove the Upper Exit Cover and finisher bracket (2 screws). 9. Disconnect the original size indicator motor connector.
manuals4you.com

10. Remove the Original Stop/Size Indicator Bracket Assembly (8 screws). Note: If you touch the glass covering the white shading correction sheet, clean it before installing the Original Stop/Size Indicator Bracket Assembly. 11. Disconnect the connector located on the rear of the lens/scanner logic PWA cover. 12. Remove the lens/scanner logic PWA Cover (11 screws). 13. Disconnect J108 on the scanner logic PWA (coming from J12 on the scanner logic PWA).
3 - 25 PWAs
14. Remove the small access cover located at rear side of the optics base (1 screw). 15. Disconnect J109 on the system logic PWA located through the access hole (harness coming from the laser logic PWA J204).

16. Open the exit door and remove 2 screws at the front and rear ends of the system logic PWA cover. Loosen the 5 upper and 6 lower screws on the cover, and remove the cover. 17. Disconnect the 9 pin square connector located at the rear (left) side of the system logic PWA Bracket Assembly. 18. On the system logic PWA, disconnect connectors J102 (Logic), J103 (Download), and J105 (Control Panel). Do not disconnect connectors J110 (Fan), and J106 (HDD). 19. Remove the hard drive (HDD) wire harness from the retainers. 20. If a controller and NIC PWA are installed, then disconnect their connectors.
3 - 26 PWAs
manuals4you.com

21. Remove the system PWA Bracket Assembly right side screw and lower left side screw located under the HDD. Carefully slide the system PWA Bracket Assembly out of the machine. Be sure that none of the wires get caught on the bracket or PWA. Place the assembly on a stable surface. Note: When installing the system PWA Bracket Assembly lower rear screw, closely examine that there are no wires under the bracket or between the screw and bracket. 22. Install the removed parts and covers in the reverse order.
Flash ROM
3 - 27 PWAs
Note: Be sure to plug the laser logic PWA wire harness connector and scanner logic PWA wire harness connector into the system logic PWA before installing the covers.

HDD (Hard Disk Drive)
1. Remove the Left Top Cover. 2. Remove the System Electronics Cover (15 screws). 3. Remove the screw, connector, and the HDD Assembly.
3 - 28 PWAs
4. Remove the HDD mounting bracket (4 screws), and the 4 dampers.
manuals4you.com
3 - 29 Document Handling
Document Handling
RADF Transport Assembly
1. Remove the 2 clips fastening the transport assembly.
2. Tilt the top of the transport assembly (down). 3. Lift the rear side up from the belt drive section.
Transport assembly
Note: During reassembly, insert the clips at the position shown.
RADF Transport Belt

1. Remove the RADF Transport Assembly. 2. Loosen the screw (front) fastening the belt tension plate.
manuals4you.com

3. Rotate the belt tension plate to provide the transport belt with slack. 4. Remove the transport belt from the front side (Magnet catch side).
Note: 1. During reassembly, make sure that the edges of the transport belt are at the inside of the transport assembly side frame. 2. After reassembly is completed, make sure that the belt tracks in the center of the assembly and does not drift toward the frame on either side.
Correct tracking
Incorrect tracking

RADF Transport Belt Hold Down Rollers
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Transport Belt. Remove the feed-side belt roller weight. Replace the feed-side transport belt hold down roller. Release the belt tension plate. Replace the exit-side transport belt hold down roller. The belt weight roller does not need to be removed.
Hold down roller
Hold down roller
Note: Do not remove the transport assembly side frame when the belt tension roller is replaced. Do not remove the side frame screws except when replacing the side frame.
RADF Cleaning Brush

1. Remove the Transport Belt Hold-down Rollers. 2. Remove 2 screws and brush fastening bracket. 3. Remove the cleaning brush.
manuals4you.com

RADF Original Tray
1. Loosen the 2 screws. 2. Slide the original tray to the front.
Original tray
RADF Feed Assembly

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Original Tray. Remove the Rear Cover. Disconnect the 2 connectors. Disconnect the ground wire. Remove 1 harness retainer.

6. Remove the 2 hinge screws, and slide the RADF assembly to the rear. 7. Lift it up and remove it.
RADF assembly
8. Rotate the assembly over, and remove the cover (3 screws.
manuals4you.com

9. Disconnect the 4 connectors from the RADF logic PWA.
10. Open the jam release cover, and loosen the screw.
Jam release cover

11. Remove the 6 screws shown.
12. Remove the RADF Feed Assembly.
manuals4you.com

RADF Feed Motor
1. Loosen the screw securing the drive belt tensioner. Note: Do not remove the springs attached to the belt tensioner.
2. Remove the motor connector. 3. Remove the 2 motor retaining screws. Note: During reassembly, be sure to fasten the belt tensioner last.

RADF Jam Release Cover
1. Remove the Feed Assembly. 2. Remove 2 screws (front and rear sides). 3. Remove the jam release cover. Note: To reassemble, be sure to insert spring washers to fasten the jam release cover.
Jam release cover
RADF Separation Assembly

1. 2. 3. 4. Open the jam release cover. Remove 2 screws. Remove the assembly. Remove the bracket, making sure that the pressure springs do not become loose.
manuals4you.com

RADF Front Registration Plate
1. Remove the Feed Assembly. 2. Open the jam release cover. 3. Remove the 2 screws identified by the black arrows.
Front registration plate
RADF Registration Roller (Idler)

1. Remove the Feed Assembly. 2. Open the jam release cover. 3. Remove the E-rings, bushings and coil springs from the front and rear sides. 4. Slide the registration roller (idler) to remove it.
Registration roller (idler)

RADF Timing Sensor/Size Sensor 1
1. Remove the Feed Assembly. 2. Remove 4 screws.
3. Pull the entrance guide out while holding the empty sensor. Empty sensor
manuals4you.com

4. Remove the 2 timing sensor bracket screws and the size sensor bracket screw, and disconnect the connectors from the sensors.

RADF Feed Roller
1. Remove the Feed Assembly. 2. Remove the entrance guide. 3. Remove the E-ring, bushing and spring from the front side. 4. Remove the plastic ring securing the feed roller on the front. 5. Pull the roller out through the opening in the front of the frame.
RADF Pickup Roller

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Feed Assembly. Remove the entrance guide. Remove the E-ring and bushing from the front side. Remove the plastic ring securing the roller. Pull the roller out.
Feed roller
Pickup roller Plastic ring Registration roller
manuals4you.com

RADF Registration Roller
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Feed Assembly. Remove the entrance guide. Remove the Timing Sensor and Size Sensor. Remove the pulley from the drive section (1 E-ring). Remove the 2 E-rings from inside the frame. Pull the roller out.
RADF Transport Motor

1. Remove 2 screws. 2. Disconnect 1 connector. 3. Remove the transport motor.

RADF Reversing Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the RADF assembly. Remove the Transport Assembly and Cover. Disconnect the 2 connectors from the PWA. Remove the ground wire that is fastened to the hinge section. 5. Remove the screw from the harness guide.
6. Remove 5 screws. 7. Remove the Reversing Assembly.
Reversing assemb
manuals4you.com

RADF Exit Cover
1. Remove the Reversing Assembly. 2. Remove the screws from the front and rear sides. 3. Remove the cover.
RADF Reversing Motor

1. Disconnect the connector. 2. Remove 2 screws.

RADF Reversing Roller
1. Remove the Reversing Assembly. 2. Remove the bracket (2 screws).
3. Remove the E-rings from the front side.
4. Slide the reversing roller to the rear side. 5. Remove the pin. 6. Pull the reversing roller out while tilting it on its end.
Reversing roller
manuals4you.com

RADF Exit Sensor
1. Remove the bracket (4 screws).
Bracket
2. Remove the exit sensor from the guide (1 screw).

RADF PWA
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the RADF Assembly. Remove the cover. Disconnect the 11 connectors. Remove 2 screws. Slide the PWA from the retainer (on the rear side) and remove it.
RADF Fan Motor

1. Remove the PWA. 2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the screw.
Connector
4.Remove 2 screws 5.Remove the fan.
manuals4you.com
3 - 49 Document Scanning
Document Scanning
Exposure Glass
1. Remove the exposure glass retainer (2 screws). Note: During reassembly, position the mylar sheet under the exposure glass.
Retainer
2. Tilt the exposure glass up at an angle (1), and carefully remove it in the direction of the arrow (2). 3. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.

Lens/CCD
1. Remove the Lens Cover (12 screws and 1 connector).
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Remove the Lens (2 screws). Remove the Damp Heater (when installed). Remove the shield bracket (2 screws). Remove 5 screws. Disconnect the 2 connectors. Carefully move the lens assembly upward and out. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
manuals4you.com

Note: When replacing the lens assembly, DO NOT loosen the 6 paint-locked screws.
(Front)
(Rear)
Note: Also, when handling the assembly, DO NOT hold the assembly by the adjustment section or the lens.
Correct handling technique
Incorrect handling technique

Note: When a defective lens assembly is replaced by a new assembly, or the original assembly has been removed and then installed, the Lens Assembly Adjustment must be performed. Refer to Lens Assembly Adjustment in the Adjustments Section.
manuals4you.com

Exposure Lamp
1. 2. 3. 4. Move the carriage to the center. Remove the upper reflector (2 screws). Loosen the front contact mounting block screw. Loosen the front side screw securing the retainer bracket in place. 5. Slide the block to the front. 6. Remove the exposure lamp from the contact. 7. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
Contact
Front contact mounting block
Screw
Note: When installing the exposure lamp, position the lamps protrusion away from the reflector as shown below. Do not touch the glass surface of the exposure lamp with your bare hand.

Exposure Lamp Thermofuse
1. Remove the screw and the thermofuse from the carriage. 2. Disconnect the terminal harness, and remove the thermofuse. Note: If the thermofuse has overheated once, it should be replaced with a new one, It is designed for one-time use only. Do not push the reset pin to reuse a thermofuse that has overheated once.
Thermofuse
manuals4you.com

Original Indicator Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Rear Cover. Remove the Top Left Cover. Disconnect the connector from the relay harness. Remove the 8 retaining screws. Remove the indicator assembly.
6. Remove the document motor (2 screws). 7. Remove the cover first (2 screws) and then the belt. 8. Remove the leaf springs and glass first (2 screws), and then the white shading sheet.
Shading sheet and glass cover

Mirror 1
1. Remove Carriage 1. 2. Remove mirror 1 leaf springs (2). 3. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
Mirrors 2 and 3
1. Remove Carriage 2. 2. Remove the 2 leaf springs. 3. Remove the mirrors. DO NOT touch the reflective surfaces. 4. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
manuals4you.com

Scan Optical Cooling Fans
1. Remove the Top Left Cover. 2. Remove the Indicator Assembly, and disconnect the 2 connectors. 3. Remove the 2 fans (2 screws from each fan).
SLG PWA Cooling Fan

1. Remove the Exposure Glass and the Lens Cover. 2. Remove the harness from the clamp (2 screws). 3. Disconnect the connector connected to the APS harness, from the lens cover. 4. Remove the fan.

Damp Heater (DH1) (Middle)/Damp Heater (DH2) (Left)
Note: The DH1 and DH2 damp heaters are options on the AG version machine. 1. Remove the Lens Cover. 2. Remove 1 screw, disconnect the cable from the clamp, and disconnect the 2 relay connectors. 3. Remove damp heater (middle). 4. Remove the screw securing damp heater (left) to the mirror.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Remove the clamp securing the cable. Remove 2 screws securing the cable bracket. Disconnect the connector. Remove the cable. Remove damp heater (left).
manuals4you.com

Scan Motor
1. Disconnect the connector. 2. Remove 2 screws, the shoulder screw, and the scan motor bracket.
Scan motor
3. Remove the scan motor (3 screws).

Scan motor

Carriage 1
1. Remove the Exposure Glass. 2. Remove the blind hole cover on the control panel and top rear cover. 3. Remove the power supply cable from the clamp. 4. Disconnect the connector. 5. Disconnect the ground terminal (1 screw).
6. Move the carriage to the feed side. 7. Remove each screw securing carriage 1 on the front and rear. 8. Move carriage 1 to the center. 9. Tilt the entire carriage 1 using the notch on the frame. 10. Raise and remove the assembly. 11. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
manuals4you.com

Carriage 2 and Drive Cable
1. Remove: the Exposure Glass, the Top Rear Cover, the Top Left Cover, the Top Right Cover, the Control Panel and the PWA. 2. Remove the two RADF brackets. 3. Remove the Top Rear Frame (9 screws). 4. Remove the Top Front Frame (8 screws).
Top rear frame
Top front frame
5. Remove the Lens Cover (9 screws).

6. Remove 4 screws, and disconnect the 7 connectors. 7. Remove the Scanner Logic PWA (SLG board).
Scan control PWA
8. Loosen the cable tension bracket, and remove the spring. 9. Remove carriage 2. 10. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly. Note: Adjustment is necessary when reassembling Carriage 2.
Spring hooks
Spring
Carriage cable
manuals4you.com

Drive Cable
Note: Carriage drive cable tension is self adjusting. The tension on the front and rear drive cables must be identical.
1. Remove Carriage 1 and Carriage 2. 2. Remove the shaft and pulley assembly (1 stop ring), and remove the cable from the pulley. Note: Certain models may have a small shaft cover that must be removed first.

3. When attaching the cable, route it as shown below.
CRG-2 pulley CRG-2 CRG-1 Carriage drive cable
Scan motor Motor pulley
Idler pulley
Idler pulley
Cable windup pulley/motor deceleration pulley
When attaching the cable, refer to the Carriage 1/Carriage 2 Position Adjustment. Adjustment is necessary when installing Carriage 1, Carriage 2, and the Drive Cable. Carriage drive cable installation procedure: 4. Insert the spherical terminal (on the center part of the cable) into the hole in the cable winding pulley. Position the cable so that the eye terminal is facing up.
manuals4you.com
5. Wind the cables on the front and the rear cable winding pulleys. Winding turns: 2 and 3/4 turns on the pulleys surface opposite the set screw collar. 4 and 3/4 turns on the pulleys inside (collar side) surface. After winding, secure the cable with the scan pulley cable holding tool.
Rear
Collar
Eye terminal
Eye terminal Collar Eye terminal Collar
Front
Cable winding pulley
Collar
Cables
Eye terminals Cable winding pulley

Cable winding pulley Scan pulley cable holding tool

Note: When winding the cable around the pulley, take the following precautions: Never twist the wire when winding. Wind the cable tightly on the pulley. Wind the cable without any gap between the wraps. Note: When the scan pulley cable holding tool is installed, do not slide or loosen the wound cable.
Tightly wound - with no gaps
Spherical terminal
Positioners
Scan pulley cable holding tool Scan pulley cable holding tool Install tool positioners where shown
6. After installing new cables, make sure you perform the Carriage 1/Carriage 2 Position Adjustment.
manuals4you.com

Scanner Home Position Sensor
1. Remove the 2 retainers that secure the scanner home position sensor mounting section on the base. 2. Remove the scanner home position sensor.
Retainers

Automatic Paper Size Sensors (APS)
1. Remove the exposure glass, and move the carriage to the feed side. 2. Remove the screw, disconnect the connector, and remove the automatic paper size detector. A4 Series: 6 sensors Letter Series: 4 sensors
APS1-6 Sensors
APS1-4 Sensors
A4 Series
Letter Series
manuals4you.com
3 - 69 Photo conductor Process
Photo conductor Process

Charge Corona
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Middle Inner Cover. Loosen the blue screw. Pull the charge corona out from the front. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.

Charge Corona Wire
Charge corona wire: 398 mm long, 0.06 mm dia., tungsten oxide.
Remove the grid cover
Charge corona
Corona wire (Charge corona) Corona wire
1. Remove the grid cover.
manuals4you.com

2. Remove the grid and terminal cover. 3. Remove the corona wire from the charge corona. Note: Follow the installation precautions below:
The corona wire must be inserted into the V grooves at both the front and the rear. Do not touch the corona wire directly with your fingers. Do not allow the corona wire to be twisted or kinked.
Corona wire
Incorrect installation can cause the corona wire to be twisted or kinked.
4. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.

Charge Corona Wire Cleaner
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the grid cover and terminal covers. Remove the Charge Corona Wire. Remove the wire cleaner (1 screw). Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
Note: During reassembly, make sure that the corona wire passes between the pads.
Corona wire
manuals4you.com

Charge Corona Cleaner Drive Belt
1. Loosen the screw securing the tension pulley. 2. Remove the drive belt, the corona wire cleaner base, and the home position switch actuator. Note: 1. When installing the drive belt: Install the corona wire cleaner base first. Position the base so that it is centered between the two arrow cutouts in the corona bracket. Now install the home position switch actuator. Center it on the cutouts. 2. During installation, drive belt tension must be adjusted as follows:
Drive belt
Switch actuator
Notch
Charge corona wire cleaner base
Position the tension pulley bracket so that the belt is deflected by 4 to 5 mm when a force of 200g is applied at the mark.
Charge corona wire cleaner base
Drive belt
Belt tension force position

Charge Corona Guide Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Middle Inner Cover and Right Inner Cover. Remove the Charge Corona and Cleaner Assembly. Disconnect the connector. Remove the screw. Remove the Charge Corona Guide Assembly. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.
manuals4you.com

Charge Corona Cleaning Motor
1. Remove the Charge Corona Guide Assembly. 2. Remove the connector. 3. Remove the Charge Corona Cleaning Motor Assembly (2 screws).
Cleaning motor
4. Remove the motor (2 screws).

Charge Corona Cleaning Switch
1. Disconnect the 2 connectors, and remove the screw. Note: When installing the switch: Press in the direction of arrow A, and then secure the switch. Insert the harness onto the terminals, paying attention to the color. Bend the terminals to an angle of 45.
Sensor screw
manuals4you.com

Drum Assembly
1. Remove the Cleaner Assembly. 2. Disconnect the drum thermistor connector. 3. Remove the thermistor bracket (1 screw).
4. Rotate the service cam until it locks. 5. Remove the drum shaft (2 screws). Pull the drum shaft out from the front.

6. Lift the drum upward and remove it.
Drum Replacement
1. Remove the drum. 2. Remove the 3 front flange retaining screws.
manuals4you.com

3. Remove the front flange.
4. Hold the bottom flange and raise the drum upward.

Drum Thermistor
1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the thermistor connector. Remove the mounting screw. Cut the harness tie. Remove the thermistor.
Drum Drive Motor

1. Remove the flywheel (3 screws).
manuals4you.com

2. Remove the motor bracket (3 screws and connector). 3. Remove the harness from the clamp. Note: When installing the motor bracket, rotate and press it in a clockwise direction (direction of white arrow A), then tighten the screws to secure it.
4. When replacing the motor, remove the 3 screws, and remove the harness from the edge retainer. Note: When installing the motor, pay attention to the position of the harness with respect to the metal plate.

Lower Damp Heater (DH3) (for Transfer Belt)
Note: Refer to Lower Damp Heater Installation in Installation (Section 2), as needed. 1. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly with the Fuser Assembly from the Main Assembly. 2. Disconnect the damp heater connector that is inserted into the Fuser Assemblys rear side connector. 3. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly from the fuser assembly. 4. Remove the transfer guide (1 screw). 5. Remove the lower damp heater cover (2 screws).
Transfer guide

Damp heater connector
Lower damp heater cover
manuals4you.com

6. Remove the locking support on the rear frame, and the 2 on the base frame. 7. Remove the damp heater harness from the M band on the Transfer Belt Assembly.
M band

Locking support
8. Remove the Lower Damp Heater Assembly from the base of the Transfer Belt Assembly (3 screws).

Transfer Assembly
1. Rotate the handle to the left, and pull the Transfer Assembly out. 2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (1 screw). When the lower damp heater is installed, disconnect the rear connector on the right rear of the Fuser Assembly. 3. Remove the 2 shoulder screws (blue) from the rails. 4. Grip the Transfer Assembly by both handles and lift it out. Note: When installing the Transfer Assembly on the side rails, fully insert the shouldered pins on the side rails into the notches on the Transfer Assembly.
Handle
Shoulder screw (blue) [Right side]
Handle
Shoulder screw (blue) [Left side]
manuals4you.com

Transfer Belt Assembly
1. Remove the Transfer Assembly right front cover (2 screws).
Transfer assembly right front cover
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Disconnect the transfer belt connector. Disconnect the cleaning roller connector. Disconnect the ground wires (2 screws). Remove the front clip, and slide the bearing out. Remove the 2 rear bearing bracket mounting screws and the 2 casing shoulder screws. 7. Lift the Transfer Belt Assembly upward on the front side.
Ground wire
Ground wire

Note: 1. During reassembly, tighten the screws in the following order (1), (2) and (3). 2. During reassembly, make sure that the assemblys front lever fits under the cam on the front frame.
manuals4you.com

Transfer Belt
1. Pivot the Transfer Belt Assembly (inside the case) to 90. 2. Pull it upward.
3. Remove the 2 retaining screws from the drive roller support bracket (1 front, and 1 rear).

4. Rotate the drive roller in the direction of the arrow in the following illustration to release the tension on the transfer belt. 5. Remove the transfer belt. Note: Install the belt so that it travels along the center, inside of the housing. Do not touch the belt surface with your hands. The drive roller support bracket retaining screw on the front side is also used for connecting the ground wire. Note the direction of the terminal.
manuals4you.com

Transfer Belt Charge Roller
1. Remove the Transfer Belt. 2. Remove the 2 stop rings on the transfer charge roller shaft. 3. Remove the 2 bearing blocks and 2 springs.
4. Slide the transfer charge roller to the front to disengage the roller shaft at the rear. 5. Remove the transfer charge roller. 6. Install the new roller in the reverse order. Note: 1. Do not touch the surface of the drive roller with your hands. 2. When replacing the transfer charge roller, take care not to scratch or leave any gouges on its surface. 3. Make sure that the two stop rings are firmly fitted in the groove. 4. Make sure that the springs are firmly fitted on the upper and lower projections. 5. After reassembly, make sure that the transfer charge roller rotates smoothly, and moves smoothly up and down by spring action.

Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush Roller
1. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly from the transfer belt case. 2. Remove the narrow transfer guide retaining screw. Slide the guide to the rear and lift it off. 3. Remove the front clip and the 3 gears. Note: 1. Gear B has a clip. 2. Gears A and C have molded in retainers. 3. Remove the gears in the following order: A, B, and then C. 4. Remove the clip on the rear of the rollers shaft and remove the bushing. 5. Push the roller to the rear so that the front end of the shaft clears the frame. 6. Lift the roller by the front end of its shaft and pull it out toward the front. Note: 1. When installing the gear, slide it on the shaft while pressing the shafts opposite end so that the projection on the inner diameter of the gear fits firmly into the groove on the shaft. 2. When the rear bushing comes out of the housing, be sure to install it correctly. 3. Do not touch the surface of the cleaning brush roller with your hands.
manuals4you.com

Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade
1. Remove the transfer belt support and power supply connections from the Transfer Belt Assembly. 2. Remove 3 screws. 3. Remove the cleaning blade support bracket. 4. Remove the cleaning blade. Note: 1. When assembling the cleaning blade, DO NOT touch the blades edge with your bare hand. Also, DO NOT allow hard objects to bump against the blades edge. 2. When assembling the cleaning blade, assemble it so that the projections on both sides of the frame fit properly into the holes in both ends of the blade plate. Secure the blade and bracket with the 3 mounting screws.
Transfer Belt Drive Motor

1. Remove the copiers Rear Cover. 2. Disconnect the connector from the transfer belt drive motor. 3. Remove 2 screws. 4. Remove the transfer belt motor.

Transfer Assembly Belt Up/Down/Cam Motor Assembly
1. Remove the copiers Rear Cover. 2. Remove the flywheel (3 screws). 3. Remove the Toner Transport Auger Assembly (5 screws). 4. Disconnect the cam motor. 5. Disconnect the up and down sensors. 6. Disconnect the harness connector. 7. Remove the 2 mounting screws. 8. Align the cam with the holes on the copier rear frame, and pull the assembly toward you.
Transfer Belt Up and Down Sensor

1. Remove the Transfer Belt Drive Motor and Cam Motor Assembly. 2. Disconnect the connectors for the up and down sensors. 3. Remove the sensor tabs from the bracket holes and remove the sensor. Note: 1. When replacing the sensor, pay attention to the type of sensor (color-coded on the PWA) and its mounting direction. Up sensor - Green color PWA Down sensor - Silver color PWA 2. Make sure that sensor tabs are firmly fitted into the bracket holes. 3. Do not forget to reconnect the connectors. manuals4you.com
(Green PWA) (Silver PWA)

Cleaning Assembly
1. Remove the charge corona and the developer assembly. 2. Disconnect the 2 connectors. 3. Remove 2 screws. 4. Hold the handle and pull the Cleaner Assembly out. Note: 1. The Cleaner Assembly is heavy. Take care not to drop it. 2. When installing the Cleaner Assembly, make sure that the cleaning assembly gear is engaged with the gear on the rear of the used toner auger motor pulley before you secure it.

Cleaning Blade
1. Remove the Drum. 2. Remove the top cover (4 screws).
3. 4. 5. 6.
Rotate the bracket outward. Remove the cleaning blade mounting screw. Hold onto the ends of the 2 screws. Remove the cleaning blade.
Screw ends
manuals4you.com

Recovery Blade
1. Remove the recovery blade.
Note: 1. The recovery blade is secured by double-sided adhesive tape. 2. Make sure that the old tape is completely removed before securing the new blade. 3. When installing the new recovery blade, press the blades edge down and against the cleaner frame (behind the flange) at point A. 4. Make sure there is no gap there is no gap between the blade and the frame.
Cleaner frame Flange

Cleaning Brush Roller
1. Pull the knob on the cleaning roller support shaft in the direction of the arrow to place the cleaning roller in a disengaged state. 2. Remove the cleaning brush roller from the cleaning assembly.
Cleaning brush roller
manuals4you.com

Separation Fingers (Drum)
1. Remove the cover (2 screws).
2. Remove the E-ring. 3. Remove the cam.

4. Slide the Separation Finger Assembly to the front to remove it from the bushing at the rear. 5. Pull the assembly out from the rear.
Separation finger assembly
6. Remove 4 screws. 7. Slide the 2 separation fingers, the stop, and the paper guide off the shaft.
Separation finger
Stop
manuals4you.com

Separation Finger Solenoid (Drum)
1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Disconnect the connector.
3. Remove the Transfer Belt Assembly. Note: Be careful, DO NOT scratch the transfer belt! 4. Remove the 2 mounting screws (from the front side) that secure the Solenoid Assembly to the rear frame. 5. Remove the solenoid assembly.

6. Remove the separation finger solenoid (2 screws, connector, and harness retainer). Note: During assembly, move the solenoid in the direction of the large arrow, and then tighten the screws to secure it.
Harness retainer
manuals4you.com

Discharge LED Array
1. Remove the stop bracket (1 screw). 2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the Discharge LED Array.

Ozone Filter
1. Remove the Upper Exit Cover. 2. Unlock the bracket lock. 3. Rotate the knob and pull out the ozone filter.
4. Remove the ozone filter from its holder.
manuals4you.com

Ozone Filter Assembly
1. Disconnect the 2 connectors. 2. Remove the 2 mounting screws. 3. Remove the Ozone Filter Assembly.

Exhaust/Intake Fan Motor
1. Remove the exhaust fan duct (2 screws).
2. Remove the intake fan duct (2 screws).
3. Remove the 2 fan mounting screws. Note: Install the exhaust fan motor and the intake fan motor in the direction shown.
manuals4you.com

Exit Fan Motor
1. Open the exit door and pull the duplexer out. 2. Remove the exit fan motor bracket (2 screws, connector).
3. Remove the exit fan motor from the bracket (2 screws). Note: Install the exit fan motor in the direction shown.
3 - 106 Exposure
Exposure
Laser Assembly
1. Remove the glass retainer, the Exposure Glass, and Left Top Cover. 2. Slide the carriage to the feed side. 3. Remove the 2 retaining screws from the Laser Assembly panel holes.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Remove the indicator bracket screws. Remove the indicator assembly bracket. Remove the lens cover. Disconnect the harness connecting the system logic PWA to the scanner logic PWA. 8. Remove the small cover on the rear side.
manuals4you.com

9. Disconnect the harness connecting the system logic PWA to the printer logic PWA.
3 - 107 Exposure
10. Remove Upper Exit Cover, and open the lower exit door. 11. Remove the System Electronics Cover on the inside of the upper exit area (15 screws).

12. Disconnect the 4 connectors from the system PWA. 13. Remove the system electronics assembly (2 screws).
3 - 108 Exposure
14. Disconnect the 2 connectors on the printer logic (PLG) PWA and the harness in-line connector. 15. Remove the harness from the clamp (2 screws). 16. Remove the assembly positioning bracket (2 screws).
Bracket
manuals4you.com

17. The black arrow is pointing to where you should hold the Laser Assembly as you pull it along the rail to remove it. Note: Before you remove the Laser Assembly, make sure that the connectors are disconnected.
3 - 109 Exposure
Note: 1. Temporarily place the Laser Assembly with the motor side facing up, so that the Laser Assembly is not subjected to damage or misalignment. 2. Take care not to get dirt, finger prints, or smudges on the Laser Assemblys slit glass. 18. Perform the Automatic Gamma adjustment after reassembly.

Duct Intake Fan
1. Remove the cover behind the toner hopper (2 screws).
3 - 110 Exposure
2. Remove 3 screws. 3. Disconnect the connector.
Connector
manuals4you.com

4. Remove 2 screws and the panel cover. 5. Remove the fan.
3 - 111 Exposure
3 - 112 Development
Development
Auto Toner Sensor
1. Remove the Developer Material. 2. Place the developer assembly upside down. 3. Remove the auto-toner sensor (2 screws). Auto toner sensor
Toner Empty Switch

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Toner Hopper Assembly. Remove the switch mounting screw. Disconnect the connector. Remove the toner empty switch.
Toner empty switch
manuals4you.com

Toner Hopper Cover Switch
1. Remove the switch cover (1 screw).
3 - 113 Development
Switch cover
2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the toner hopper cover switch.
Toner hopper switch

Toner Hopper Assembly
1. Remove the Rear Cover and Right Top Cover. 2. Disconnect the connector.
3 - 114 Development
3. Remove 3 screws.
manuals4you.com

4. Push the Toner Hopper Assembly toward the rear to release the retainers, and then lift the rear up at an angle to remove the assembly.
3 - 115 Development
Toner Transport Auger Assembly

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Right Top Cover. Remove the Developer Assembly. Remove the Toner Hopper Assembly. Pull the LCC out. Remove the 2 screws shown below.

Toner Motor
1. Remove the Toner Hopper Assembly. 2. Disconnect the toner motor connector. 3. Remove the motor bracket (3 screws).
3 - 116 Development
4. Remove the toner motor (2 screws).
manuals4you.com

Used Toner Auger Motor
1. Remove the Cleaner Assembly. 2. Remove the Left Inner Cover. 3. Remove the 4 screws securing the bracket and the reinforcing plate. 4. Disconnect the connector and the harness restraint. 5. Remove the motor assembly.
3 - 117 Development
Reinforcing plate
6. Remove the used toner auger motor (2 screws and a harness tie).
Used toner auger motor

Used Toner Container
1. Remove the 2 coin screws, and open the used toner container cover. 2. Pull the used toner container out.
3 - 118 Development
Used toner container cover
Used toner container
Used Toner Full Switch

1. Remove the Used Toner Container. 2. Disconnect the used toner full switch connector. 3. Remove the screw securing the used toner full switch bracket with switch.
Used toner full switch
manuals4you.com

Used Toner Transport Auger
1. Remove the 5 screws securing the Toner Transport Auger Assembly. 2. Disconnect the transport auger motor connector.
3 - 119 Development
Used Toner Transport Motor

1. Remove the used toner transport motor (2 screws).

Toner Filter Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Rear Cover. Remove 2 screws. Disconnect the connector. Remove the Toner Filter Assembly.
3 - 120 Development
5. Remove 3 screws. 6. Separate the harness from the harness clamp. 7. Remove the developer. Note: After installing the Toner Filter Assembly, make sure that the duct is properly overlapping the Toner Filter Assembly seal. If there is a clearance between the duct and seal, toner may be blown out and contaminate the inside of the copier.
Developer fan
manuals4you.com

Toner Filter Replacement
1. Remove the Upper Rear Feed Cover. 2. Remove the screw. 3. Use the screw handle to remove the filter cover.
3 - 121 Development
4. Pull the toner filter out.

Developer Assembly
1. Remove the Middle Inner Cover. 2. Rotate the developer assembly locking handle counterclockwise. 3. Disconnect 1 connector.
3 - 122 Development
4. Pull the Developer Assembly toward the front.
manuals4you.com

Developer Material
1. Remove the Developer Assembly. 2. Remove the top cover (2 screws).
3 - 123 Development
3. Completely remove the old developer material while rotating the gear on the rear side plate. Remember, use a piece of paper to catch developer material.

4. Fill the Developer Assembly with new developer material.
3 - 124 Development
5. Rotate the gear several times to distribute the developer material evenly. 6. Install the top cover. Note: Rotate the gear only in the direction of the arrow.
manuals4you.com
3 - 125 Development
Note: When installing the top cover, carefully position it so the side frame seals between the 2 cover seals.
Seal of top cover
Urethane seal

Upper/Lower Developer Spacers
1. Remove the Developer Assembly. 2. Remove the Developer Assembly handle (2 screws).
3 - 126 Development
Upper/Lower Developer spacers
3. Remove the 2 E-rings and then the spring. 4. Remove the upper (gray), and the lower (blue) developer spacers from the front end of the magnet roller shafts.
E-ring
Upper developer spacer (gray)
Upper/Lower Magnet rollers Lower developer spacer (blue)
FRONT
E-ring
manuals4you.com

5. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. 6. Remove the rear side plate (4 screws). 7. Disconnect the bias connector.
3 - 127 Development

8. Remove the 2 E-rings and bias plate. 9. Remove the spring and the upper (white), and the lower (black) developer spacers from the rear of the magnet roller shafts.
3 - 128 Development
Upper (white) and lower (black) developer spacers
REAR
manuals4you.com

Magnet Rollers
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Developer Material. Remove the E-ring and the spring. Remove the front developer spacers. Remove the front side plate (3 screws).
3 - 129 Development
5. Remove the 2 screws that secure the front magnet roller support.
Magnet roller support
Magnet rollers

6. Remove the rear side plate (4 screws). 7. Remove the 2 screws that secure the rear magnet roller support. 8. Remove the entire Upper And Lower Magnet Roller Assembly from the developer.
Magnet roller support
3 - 130 Development
Magnet rollers
9. Remove the 2 pole positioning blocks and the 2 E-rings on the inside. 10. Remove the 2 collars.
Pole positioning blocks Collars
manuals4you.com

11. Remove the 2 E-rings and 2 gears. 12. Remove the magnet roller supports from the front and the rear ends. Note: The upper and lower magnet rollers are different internally. The front end of the upper shaft is painted BLACK. The front end of the lower shaft is painted RED.
Magnet roller supports Gears
3 - 131 Development
13. Remove the 2 seals and the 4 shield bushings from both ends of the developer roller, scraper, and the upper and lower magnet rollers.
Shield bushings
Seal
Seal

Developer Transport Roller (Magnet)
1. Remove the Upper/lower Developer Transport (Magnet) Roller Assembly. 2. Remove the front gear and the E-ring.
3 - 132 Development
3. Remove rear side screw, and then the transport roller pole positioning bushing. 4. Remove the front side bearing and transport roller.
Pole positioning bushing
Transport roller
manuals4you.com

Doctor Blade
1. Remove the top cover. 2. Remove 2 screws. 3. Remove the doctor blade.
Doctor blade
3 - 133 Development
Note: When installing the doctor blade, both ends must be contacting the step areas on the front and rear side frames (2 screws). The doctor blade sets the transport rollers magnetic brush thickness to 0.70 mm.
Doctor blade
The doctor blade is positioned on top of the step of the convex part of the sideframe.

Developer Motor
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Rear Cover. Disconnect the developer bias connector. Disconnect the motor connector. Remove the duct (2 screws). Remove the motor assembly (3 screws).
3 - 134 Development
Duct
Developer bias connector
6. Remove the developer motor (2 screws).
manuals4you.com

Developer Switch
1. Remove the Right Inner Cover and the Developer Assembly. 2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the harness from the clamp. 4. Remove the switch bracket (1 screw). 5. Disconnect the 2 connectors. 6. Remove the screw. 7. Remove the developer switch.
3 - 135 Development

Developer Drive Oil Seal (Mixer Section)
1. Remove the rear side plate. 2. Remove the 2 E-rings and 2 gears.
3 - 136 Development
3. Remove the 2 screws and pull the nozzle and mixers out. 4. Remove the 2 E-rings and 2 bushings.
Bushing
Mixer nozzle
manuals4you.com

5. Use grip-ring pliers to remove the 2 exposed oil seals from the mixer nozzle mixer.
3 - 137 Development
Mixer nozzle
6. Remove the 2 bearings. 7. Remove the 2 oil seals located behind the bearings.
3 - 138 Development
Note: When installing a new oil seal, perform the following:

(Mixer nozzle)
1. Carefully push the new oil seal in parallel to the surface of the developer frame mounting hole (or the mixer nozzle). During assembly of the oil seal, pay attention to the direction that you are inserting the seal into the mounting hole (Refer to the illustration). 2. Apply a uniform coating of grease to the inside surface of the oil seal. Amount: Two large drops Grease: Use only recommended bearing grease. 3. Wipe off any surplus grease that oozes into the inside.
Oil seal
manuals4you.com
3 - 139 Development
Note: When installing the rear bearings, perform the following: Coat the bearing contact area of the mixer shafts with grease and install the bearings. Use only recommended bearing grease.

Oil Seal (paddle section)
1. Remove the front side plate, rear side plate, and mixer nozzle. 2. Remove the E-ring, and then the gear and pin.
3 - 140 Development
3. Remove the E-ring and then the rear paddle bushing. 4. Remove the gear and then the E-ring.
Paddle bushing (rear)
manuals4you.com

5. Remove the front paddle bushing.
3 - 141 Development
Paddle bushing (front)
E-ring
6. Remove the bearings from the front and rear paddle bushings. Note: To remove the bearings, insert a phillips (+) screwdriver (larger than the inner diameter of the bearing) into the inner side of the bushing, then push the bearing out.
Bearing Phillips screwdriver Bushing Rear paddle bushing Front paddle bushing
7. Remove the front and rear oil seals from the paddle bushings. Note: Follow the oil seal installation procedures that were previously provided.

Developer Drive Oil Seal (Developer and Transport Rollers)
1. Remove the 2 rear bushings from the upper and lower developer rollers. 2. Remove the front and rear oil seals. 3. Remove the Transport Roller.
3 - 142 Development
4. Remove the oil seal that is press-fit into the front side frame. Note: Follow the oil seal installation procedures that were previously provided.
manuals4you.com

Image Density Sensor
1. Remove the sensor mounting bracket (2 screws).
3 - 143 Development
2. Disconnect the sensor connector. 3. Remove the 2 mounting screws.
3 - 144 Paper Feed
Paper Feed
LCC Door
1. Open the LCC door, remove the 3 mounting screws from the hinge, and remove the door.
LCC door
LCC Feed Cover

1. Remove the LCC Door. 2. Remove 5 screws.
LCC feed cover
manuals4you.com

LCC Assembly
1. Open the right front cover. 2. Remove the LCC handle (2 screws). 3. Push the LCC release lever (as shown by the white arrow in the illustration) to move the LCC Assembly out. Note: Be careful! Do not pinch your fingers.
LCC
3 - 145 Paper Feed
LCC
4. Remove 2 front and rear screws that fasten the LCC Assembly to the rails.
LCC assembly
Rail (front)

5. Lift the LCC Assembly to remove it.
3 - 146 Paper Feed
LCC assembly
LCC Front Cover

1. Remove the LCC front cover (4 screws).
manuals4you.com

Tray Lift Cable
1. 2. 3. 4. Lower the paper tray as for as possible. Turn the power switch OFF. Remove the LCC Front Cover. Remove the lowest vertical transport paper feed guide (2 screws). 5. Remove the drive bracket (2 screws).
3 - 147 Paper Feed
Vertical transport upper feed guide assembly
6. Remove the front and rear cable winding pulleys (with the flanges) from the LCC. 7. While pressing inward on the flange retainers, disassemble the pulley flange. 8. Remove the lift cable.
Lift cable Cable winding pulley
Lift cable
Cable winding pulley
Retainer

9. Remove the 4 clips (front and rear) fastening the lift cable.
3 - 148 Paper Feed
LCC bracket
10. Remove the lift cable clips (2 each on the front and rear) and the 4 lift cables. Note: Take the following precautions when installing the 2 lift cables:
Lift cable clips
1. Select the correct tray lift cable for routing Cable 1 is the longer cable (LCC door cover - side), and cable 2 is the shorter cable (LCC paper feed - side). 2. Carefully examine the routing of the currently installed lift cables.
Lift cable
manuals4you.com

Note the following cable/pulley relationships among the four pulleys (A to D) before removing the 2 old lift cables (1 & 2), so that the new cables follow the same routing when installation is complete.
3 - 149 Paper Feed
A 1 2 Inner side -
B C Inner side Outer side
D Lower side Upper side
3. Remove the old cables.

11. Secure the lift cable pulleys: A. Insert lift end cable 1 into the pulley groove. B. Insert lift end cable 2 into the pulley groove.
3 - 150 Paper Feed
Pulley
12. Installing the pulleys: A. Position the pulleys on their shafts so that an imaginary horizontal line is formed by matching the arrow marks. B. If the arrow marks are out of alignment, the tray will not be level (horizontal) and will travel up and down at an angle.
manuals4you.com

LCC Tray Drive Motor
1. Disconnect the connector. 2. Remove the LCC tray drive motor assembly (3 screws). 3. Remove LCC tray drive motor from the mounting bracket (3 screws). Note: Always remove the LCC tray drive motor assembly with the tray lowered. If the assembly is removed while the tray is up, the tray may drop.
3 - 151 Paper Feed
LCC tray drive motor LCC tray drive motor assembl
LCC Door Switch 1/LCC Door Switch 2

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the LCC Front Cover. Disconnect the 2 in-line connectors. Remove the LCC Door Switch assembly (2 screws). Remove the screw. Remove the cover bracket and the terminal connectors. Remove the LCC Door Switch 2 (2 screws). Remove the LCC Door Switch 1 (2 screws).
LCC door switch 2 Terminal connectors
LCC door switch 1

LCC Tray Down Sensor
1. Raise the tray, and stop it at the middle of the track. 2. Remove the LCC Tray Down Sensor assembly (2 screws).
3 - 152 Paper Feed
LCC tray down sensor assembly
3. Disconnect the connector on the tray down sensor from the Tray Down Sensor Assembly. 4. Remove the sensor.
LCC tray down sensor
manuals4you.com

LCC Sensor/Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor
1. Pull the LCC Assembly out. 2. Remove the front side guide lever and the handle (1 screw for each).
3 - 153 Paper Feed
3. Remove the links top screw. 4. Remove the 2 guides (2 screws for each).

Disconnect the connector. Remove the LCC sensor bracket (2 screws). Remove the LCC sensor (2 screws). Remove the upper drawer paper stop sensor bracket (2 screws). 9. Disconnect the connector. 10. Remove the sensor (1 screw).
LCC sensor
3 - 154 Paper Feed
5. 6. 7. 8.
Upper drawer paper stop sensor
manuals4you.com

LCC Pickup Roller
1. Open the LCC door. 2. Remove the clip and remove the weight from the front side. 3. Slide the shaft to the rear and remove the pickup roller.
3 - 155 Paper Feed
Paper guide Paper guide
LCC pickup roller
LCC Feed Roller

1. Open the LCC door and remove the paper guide (2 screws). 2. Remove the clip and the LCC feed roller from the shaft. Note: The roller can be more easily removed from the shaft by pressing the separation roller shaft down.
LCC feed roller
LCC separation roller

LCC Separation Roller
1. Open the LCC door and remove the paper guide (2 screws). 2. Remove the clip and take the LCC separation roller off the shaft. Note: The roller can be more easily removed from the shaft by pressing the pickup roller up, and by pressing the separation roller shaft down.
LCC pickup roller
3 - 156 Paper Feed
LCC feed roller
LCC feed roller
Built-in clutch spring
LCC/Bypass Feed Motor

1. Pull the LCC Assembly out and remove the Bypass Feed Tray. 2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove 3 screws and the drive belt from the pulley, to remove the motor bracket. 4. Remove the feed motor (3 screws).
manuals4you.com

LCC Varistor
1. Pull the LCC Assembly out and remove the varistor (2 screws). Note: During reassembly, attach the short lead directly to the paper guide. 2. Tighten the screws securely.
3 - 157 Paper Feed
LCC Paper Empty Sensor/LCC Tray Up Sensor

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Lower the LCC tray. Open the LCC cover. Disconnect the 2 connectors. Remove the sensor bracket (1 screw). Release the 4 retainers to remove the sensors.

LCC Paper Start Sensor
1. Slide the LCC Assembly out and remove the Bypass Feed Tray Assembly. 2. Remove the paper guide (2 screws on the rear). 3. Remove the screw and disconnect the connector. 4. Remove the sensor bracket. 5. Release the 4 retainers to remove the sensor.
3 - 158 Paper Feed
manuals4you.com

Bypass Pickup Roller
1. Remove the clip. 1. Pull the shaft from the support arm while pressing down the bypass pickup roller. 2. Remove the pickup roller.
3 - 159 Paper Feed
Bypass pickup roller Roller support arm
Drive belt Bypass pickup roller
Bypass Feed Roller

1. 2. 3. 4. Slide the LCC Assembly out. Remove the clip securing the bypass pickup roller. Remove the bypass feed roller clip on the front. Remove the bypass feed roller (with the shaft) from the support arm.

Bypass Feed Separation Roller
1. Slide the LCC Assembly out. 2. Remove the front paper guide (1 screw). 3. Remove the clip and slide the bypass feed separation roller off the shaft.
Front paper guide
3 - 160 Paper Feed
Bypass feed roller Bypass feed separation roller Bypass feed separation roller Spring connector
Note: Perform the following procedures when reassembling the pickup roller, feed roller, and separation roller: 1. Mount the drive belt securely on the pulleys. 2. Mount the drive belt in the correct position. 3. Securely engage and seat the clips into the shaft grooves. 4. Check that there is no oil on the drive belt, pulley, or roller surfaces.
manuals4you.com

Bypass Pickup Solenoid
1. Slide the LCC Assembly out. 2. Remove the rear paper guide (1 screw).
3 - 161 Paper Feed
3. Disconnect the connector. 4. Remove the bypass pickup solenoid (2 screws).

Paper guide
Note: During reassembly, insert and tighten the screws diagonally as shown below.
Bypass pickup solenoid Solenoid
Screws

Bypass Feed Sensor
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the paper guide. Disconnect the connector. Remove the sensor bracket (1 screw). Release the sensors 4 retainers from the sensor bracket. Remove the bypass feed sensor.
3 - 162 Paper Feed
Bypass feed sensor
manuals4you.com

Bypass Feed Tray Assembly
1. Slide the LCC Assembly out 2. Disconnect the 2 rear connectors.
3 - 163 Paper Feed
3. Remove the Bypass Feed Tray Assembly (2 screws). 4. Slide the width guide toward the outside. 5. Pull the Bypass Feed Tray Assembly out while pressing the bypass pickup roller down.

Paper Drawers
1. Pull the drawer out, remove the 2 stop screws, and remove the drawer. Repeat the procedure for the upper), middle), and lower drawers.
3 - 164 Paper Feed
manuals4you.com

Paper Feed Assemblies
There are three paper feed assemblies (upper, middle, and lower). The upper and middle assemblies are identical. Each feeds paper from its associate drawer. The lower assemblys registration roller and paper-stop sensor are not located in the assembly, they are in the middle registration assembly (vertical transport assembly).
3 - 165 Paper Feed
1. Slide the LCC Assembly out. 2. Pull the drawer out slightly (the drawer that corresponds to the Feed Assembly to be removed). 3. Remove 2 screws. 4. Remove the corresponding Paper Feed Assembly. The three paper feed assemblies are removed in the same manner. Note: After installing the feed assemblies, push the drawers in completely.

Paper Feed Assembly Pickup Roller
1. Remove the Paper Feed Assembly. 2. Press the arm in the direction of the arrow (left illustration), to remove the pickup roller from the arm. Then remove the pickup roller from the drive belt.
Pickup roller
3 - 166 Paper Feed
Pickup roller
Pickup roller
Drive belt
Paper feed assembly
manuals4you.com

Paper Feed Assembly Feed Roller/Separation Rollers
1. Remove the pre-separation roller guide (2 screws). Refer to the previous illustration. 2. Remove the clips and the rollers from the shafts.
Separation roller Feed roller
3 - 167 Paper Feed
Feed roller
With built-in spring connector clutch
Separation roller

Paper Feed Assembly Registration (metallic) Roller
1. Remove the 3 E-rings, gear, pin, collar, and bushing. 2. Remove the E-rings and bushings on the opposite end. Note: During reassembly, be sure to mount the gear and collar as shown below 3. Slide the roller assembly in the direction of arrow A. 4. Lift out the shaft and remove the metallic roller. 5. When replacing the roller, remove the E-ring, gear, and pin.
3 - 168 Paper Feed
Registration rollers
Note: During reassembly, mount the gear in the direction shown below.
Registration roller
manuals4you.com

Registration (rubber) Roller (Upper and Middle Paper Feed Assemblies)
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the metal roller. Remove the spring, E-ring, and bushing on each end. Remove the rubber roller. When replacing the rubber roller, remove the E-ring, gear and pin.
3 - 169 Paper Feed
Note: Refer to the following information during reassembly: Springs - Front: yellow spring Rear: black spring Gear - note the mounting direction
Registration roller

Drawer Paper Stop Sensors (Upper and Middle Paper Feed Assemblies)
1. Remove the Pre-separation Roller Guide. 2. Remove the 2 E-rings, gear pin and bushing at the rear of the separation roller shaft. 3. Pull the separation roller (with its shaft) out toward the front.
3 - 170 Paper Feed
Guide screws
4. Remove the guide (4 screws, front and rear). Note: When removing the guide, handle the attached harness with care.
Guide
manuals4you.com

5. Remove the screw. 6. Disconnect the connector. 7. Remove the drawer paper stop sensor.
3 - 171 Paper Feed
Drawer paper stop sensor
Drawer paper stop sensor

Drawer Paper Start Sensor
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the guide. Disconnect the connector. Remove the sensor bracket (2 screws). Release the 4 tabs from the bracket and remove the drawer paper start sensor.
Drawer paper start sensor
3 - 172 Paper Feed
Drawer paper start sensor
manuals4you.com

Paper Drawer Tray Up Sensor/Drawer Empty Sensor
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Paper Feed Assembly. Remove the E-ring and bushing. Slide the pickup roller assembly in the direction of arrow. Remove the bushing, take the drive belt off the pulley. Remove the pickup roller assembly.
3 - 173 Paper Feed
Pickup roller assembly
Drive belt
6. Remove the sensor cover (1 screw).

7. The drawer tray up sensor and the drawer empty sensor are mounted on a PWA. 8. Disconnect the connector. 9. Remove the screw that secures the PWA to the assembly. 10. Remove the PWA with the sensors attached.
3 - 174 Paper Feed
Drawer tray up sensor
Connector Paper empty sensor
Note: When installing the pickup roller assembly, remember to secure the spring in the proper position.
Spring
manuals4you.com

Upper Drawer Registration Assembly
1. Slide the LCC Assembly out. 2. Remove 2 screws and pull the upper registration assembly out to the paper feed side.
3 - 175 Paper Feed

Upper Drawer Registration (metallic) Roller
1. Remove the Upper Registration Assembly. 2. Remove the 3 E-rings, gear, pin, collar and bushing. 3. Remove the E-ring and bushing on the opposite end.
Upper registration roller
3 - 176 Paper Feed
Note: During reassembly, mount the gear and collar in the same direction as they were disassembled.
manuals4you.com

Upper Drawer Registration (Rubber) Roller
1. Remove the Upper Registration Assembly. 2. Remove the spring, E-ring, and bushing on each end and then remove the rubber roller. 3. When replacing the rubber roller, remove the E-ring, gear and pin. Note: Refer to the following information during reassembly: Spring - Front: yellow spring Spring - Rear: black spring Gear - note the mounting direction
3 - 177 Paper Feed

Drawer Lift Motor
1. Remove the inner cover. 2. Remove the harness from the harness clamp (unnecessary for the upper tray). 3. Disconnect the connector. 4. Remove the motor bracket (3 screws).
3 - 178 Paper Feed
5. Remove the 2 gear assemblies (2 screws). 6. Remove the lift tray motor (3 screws).
Lift motor
Motor retaining screws
manuals4you.com

Paper Drawer Feed Clutches
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Rear Cover. Disconnect the connector. Loosen the setscrew securing the clutch. Remove the clutch.
Registration clutch
3 - 179 Paper Feed
Feed clutch
Paper Drawer Registration Clutches

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Rear Cover. Disconnect the connector. Loosen the setscrew securing the clutch. Remove the clutch.
Drawer paper drive motor Drawer Closed Sensor Connectors
Paper Drawer Paper Drive Motor

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Rear Cover. Disconnect the connector. Remove 2 screws. Remove the motor.
Paper Drawer Closed Sensors

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Rear Cover. Release the 2 sensor retainers from the tray rail. Disconnect the connector. Remove the sensor.

Drawer Paper Drive Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Rear Cover. Remove the harness from the 2 harness clamps. Remove the bracket. (2 screws) Remove the PWA. (2 screws and 1 standoff) Remove the spring from the used toner transport pipe. Disconnect the feed clutch, registration clutch and tray sensor connectors (9 connectors). 7. Disconnect the lower assembly motor connector. 8. Remove the harness from the 3 harness clamps.
Bracket
3 - 180 Paper Feed

Charge corona transfer belt high voltage power supply PWA Feed clutch
Registration clutch
Drawer paper
drive motor
Drawer Closed Sensor Connector
9. Remove 8 screws. 10. Remove the drawer paper drive assembly by pulling it toward you.
manuals4you.com

Upper Registration Roller
1. Remove the Registration Motor and the developer support front and the rear (3 screws for each support). 2. Remove the front E-ring, bearing and bushing. 3. Slide the upper registration roller to the rear, take off the rear bushing, and then remove the roller. 4. When replacing the roller, also remove the 2 E-rings, pulley, bearing, bushing, gear and pin.
3 - 181 Paper Feed
Developer support
Bushing
[Front] [Rear]

Upper Paper Dust Brush
1. Remove the Developer and 1 brush retaining screw. 2. Remove the upper paper dust brush in the direction of the arrow.
3 - 182 Paper Feed
Brush retaining screw
manuals4you.com

Lower Registration Roller
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Registration Assembly. Remove the paper guide (2 screws). Remove the spring hooked on the roller end (2 screws). Remove the clip on the front end, and slide the roller together with the bushing and bearing to the front end, and pull the rear end from the frame. 5. Lift the roller upward to remove it. 6. When replacing the roller, remove the gear and the pin.
Registration roller (L)
3 - 183 Paper Feed
Lower Paper Dust Brush

1. Remove the Developer and the Cleaner. 2. After removing the Transfer Belt Assembly, remove the brush retaining screw. 3. Remove the lower brush in the direction of the gray arrow. Note: During reassembly, insert the brushs projection securely into the hole in the rear frame.

Registration Motor
1. Remove the flywheel. 2. Remove the Used Toner Transport Auger Assembly. 3. Remove the motor bracket (3 screws).
3 - 184 Paper Feed
Note: When installing the motor bracket, make sure that the bracket is positioned correctly. Align the embossed sections for proper positioning, as shown in the illustration. Rotate the motor bracket clockwise so that the bottom edge of the upper left hole contacts the embossed dowel.
manuals4you.com

4. When replacing the motor, loosen the 2 setscrews, remove the flange and pulley, and then the 3 screws. Note: During reassembly, align the notched surface of the pulley with the matching one on the shaft.
3 - 185 Paper Feed
Registration motor

Paper Stop Sensor
1. Remove the Registration Assembly. 2. Remove the paper stop sensor (2 screws and 1 bracket).
3 - 186 Paper Feed
3. Disconnect the connector, remove the two retainers, and the paper stop sensor.
Registration assembly frame
Note: When installing the sensor bracket, install it so that the positional relationship between the actuator and sensor is the same as shown to the right.
Sensor
Mounting the sensor
manuals4you.com

Registration Assembly
1. Disconnect the connector at the rear.
3 - 187 Paper Feed
2. Remove the Developer, the Cleaner, the Transfer Belt, and the pin bracket (1 screw).

3. Slide the Registration Assembly toward the front (in the direction of arrow 1). 4. Remove the assembly by moving it to the left (in the direction of arrow 2). Note: When installing the Registration Assembly, be careful not to bend the 2 leaf springs.
3 - 188 Paper Feed
manuals4you.com
3 - 189 Fuser
Fuser
Fuser Assembly
1. Remove the fuser mounting screw. 2. Pull the Transfer Belt Assembly (with the Fuser Assembly) out.
Fuser assembly Transfer belt assembly Screw
3. Disconnect the damp heater connector at the rear of the Fuser Assembly (220 ~ 240V versions) 4. Slide the Fuser Assembly to the front about 6 mm, and then lift it vertically to remove it. Note: The Fuser Assembly must be held by the front and rear handles. The Fuser Assembly must be removed from the machine, before replacement of the parts in the fuser section can be performed.

Fuser Cleaning Rollers (1 and 2)
1. Remove the Fuser front cover and rear cover (2 screws). 2. Remove the Fuser upper cover (3 screws).
Fuser assembly upper cover
3 - 190 Fuser
3. Remove the rear E-ring securing each roller on the rear.

Cleaning roller 1 (paper dust) E-ring
Cleaning roller 2 (oiler/cleaning) Spring (black) REAR Spring (silver)
manuals4you.com

4. Remove the shaft and the transfer gear. 5. Remove the paper dust roller (cleaning roller 1). 6. Remove the oiler/cleaning roller (cleaning roller 2).
3 - 191 Fuser
Transfer gear
Bushing
Bushing
Bushing
Bushing

Upper Fuser Thermistors (TH-1 & TH-2)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the front cover and rear cover. Remove the Fuser Assembly Upper Cover. Remove the Drawer Connector Bracket (1 screw). Disconnect the thermistor connector. Remove the 3 harness clamps. Remove the 2 upper thermistor brackets (2 screws for each).
Thermofuse bracket
3 - 192 Fuser
Upper Fuser Thermofuse

1. Remove the thermofuse bracket (1 screw). 2. Remove the thermofuse (2 screws). Note: When installing the thermofuse, make sure that the gap shown between the thermofuse and the fuser roller is maintained. See Thermofuse adjustment.
Note: When removing the 2 upper thermistors (TH-1 & TH-2) and the thermofuse, wrap the fuser roller and the pressure roller with paper to prevent them from becoming scratched. Cover the rollers with paper as shown.
manuals4you.com

Lower Fuser Thermistor (TH-3)
1. Remove the harness cover (1 screw). 2. Remove the lower thermistor (TH-3) (1 screw).
3 - 193 Fuser
Lower Fuser Thermistor
Harness Cover

Upper Stripper Fingers
1. Remove the jam release assembly (1 screw on the front side). 2. Remove the upper stripper finger assembly (1 screw on the front). Note: 1. When securing the shaft screws, make sure that the section of the shaft with the D cut fits into the D hole in the bracket. 2. The position of each separation finger can be moved 3 mm to the front or to the rear by repositioning the E-ring on the shaft. Refer to the Preventive Maintenance Schedule. Stripper fingers on the 5555 should be moved after 170,000 copies have been run. Stripper fingers on the 5565 should be moved after 200,000 copies have been run. Stripper fingers on the 5580 should be moved after 220,000 copies have been run. Before the copier is shipped from the factory, the E-ring is at the center groove.
3 - 194 Fuser
manuals4you.com
3 - 195 Fuser
Before the copier is shipped from the factory, the E-ring is at the center groove.
Rear
Front
3. Remove the spring and upper stripper finger. Note: The spring is attached in the direction shown below.
Springs
Spring Stripper finger Separation finger
Stripper fingers

Lower Stripper Fingers
1. Remove 1 screw from the front and 1 screw from the rear of the Lower Stripper Finger Assembly. 2. Open the Lower Stripper Finger Assembly.
3 - 196 Fuser
Lower stripper finger assembly
3. Remove the spring and lower stripper finger. 4. When the Lower Stripper Finger Assembly is opened, cleaning roller 4 is exposed. Bushing and springs connect cleaning roller 4 to the Lower Stripper Finger Assembly.
Cleaning roller 4 Lower separation stripper fingers fingers
Springs
manuals4you.com

Fuser Lamps (1 & 2)
1. Remove the front lamp bracket (1 screw). 2. Disconnect the 2 connectors from the front of the fuser lamps.
3 - 197 Fuser
3. Remove the drawer connector bracket (1 screw). 4. Remove the rear lamp bracket (1 screw). 5. Disconnect the 2 connectors from the rear of the fuser lamps. 6. Remove the 2 fuser lamps.

Note: 1. When installing the 2 fuser lamps, make sure that they are attached with the manufacturers name facing toward the front.
Fuser lamp 1
3 - 198 Fuser
Manufacturers name
Fuser lamp 2
2. The wattage of the 2 lamps is different, as indicated by different diameters. 3. Carefully install/align the correct lamp in the hole in the fuser lamp mounting bracket having the same diameter. 4. DO NOT touch the glass with your hands! Do not touch the lamps glass tubes with bare hands. Do not leave smudges, grease, dirt, or debris of any kind on the glass tubes. Use a clean cloth or tissue when handling fuser lamps.
manuals4you.com

Fuser Roller
1. Remove the fuser upper cover and jam release. 2. Carefully remove the 2 fuser lamps. 3. Completely loosen the 2 screws securing the pressure springs.
3 - 199 Fuser
4. Remove the front handle bracket (as indicated by the arrows (1 screw at the right arrow). 5. Remove the front grip ring and gear. 6. Remove the 2 front screws. 7. Remove the bearing. 8. Remove the drive belt.
Grip ring

9. Remove the rear grip ring and remove the pulley.
Grip ring
3 - 200 Fuser
Drive belt
10. Remove the rear handle bracket (2 screws). 11. Remove the bearing (2 rear screws).
Rear handle bracket
Bearing
manuals4you.com

12. Raise the end of the fuser roller. 13. Remove it by moving it in the direction of arrow A. Note: 1. Take care not to deform the lead spring on the upper thermistor. 2. Cover the fuser roller with paper, to prevent it from being scratched.
3 - 201 Fuser
Paper covering the fuser roller

Cleaning Roller/Pressure Roller
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Fuser Roller. Open the lower stripper finger assembly (2 screws). Open the lower entrance guide assembly (2 screws). Cleaning roller 3 is exposed when the lower entrance guide is opened. A spring is used to attach the cleaning roller 3 to the lower entrance guide. 5. Remove the pressure roller with its bearings
3 - 202 Fuser
.
Lower entrance guide assem Cleaning roller 3 (for the pressure roller)
Note: 1. When removing the pressure roller, cover it with paper to prevent it from being scratched. 2. Also, to prevent damage during installation, cover the roller.
Pressure roller
Paper
manuals4you.com

Note: Exercise the following precautions during replacement: 1. Make sure that the pressure rollers front and rear bearings properly fit into the pressure lever. 2. Take care not to bump the pressure roller against the bracket or other parts, or scratch its surface. 3. Take care not to bend or deform the thermistor.
3 - 203 Fuser
4. Make sure that the screws securing the pressure springs are firmly tightened (2 locations). When thin paper is frequently used, or paper wrinkles often, loosen these screws to make adjustments for the paper thickness. 5. If paper jams occur frequently in the fuser or paper frequently wrinkles, adjust the lower entrance guide. Use the 2 screws to make adjustments, use the markings for references.
Lower entrance guide

Fuser Exit Rollers
1. Remove the front and rear stop rings. 2. Remove the roller. 3. Remove the 2 stop rings, screw, knob, gear and 2 pins.
3 - 204 Fuser
4. Pull the shaft out to replace the exit roller.
Knob
manuals4you.com

Fuser Exit Sensor
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the front cover. Disconnect the connector. Release the retainers from the bracket. Remove the fuser exit sensor.
3 - 205 Fuser
Retainer
Connector

Fuser Drive Motor
1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Remove the Rear Exit Cover. 3. Remove the connector cable bracket (2 screws).
3 - 206 Fuser
Connector cable bracket
4. Disconnect the connector from the fuser drive motor PWA. 5. Remove the motor (3 screws).
Fuser drive motor PWA
Fuser drive motor
manuals4you.com

Fuser Fan Motor
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the system electronics assembly. Remove the screw (at black arrow). Disconnect the 2 connectors. Raise and remove the fuser fan duct in the direction of the gray arrow.
3 - 207 Fuser
5. Remove the Rear Exit Cover. 6. Remove the connecting cable mounting bracket (2 screws).

7. Disconnect the fuser fan motors connector.
3 - 208 Fuser
8. Remove the motor bracket (1 screw).

Fuser fan
manuals4you.com

9. Remove the fuser fan motor from the bracket (2 screws). Note: During installation, install the fan with air moving in the direction of the arrow, to move air away from the inside of the machine.
3 - 209 Fuser

Fuser Solid State Relays (SSR1 & SSR2)
1. Remove the protective cover (3 screws). 2. Disconnect the 4 connectors, and remove the 2 screws to remove each SSR. Note: Refer to the wiring diagram below when reconnecting the connectors:
3 - 210 Fuser
SSR1
SSR2
manuals4you.com
3 - 211 Duplexer/Copy Exit
Duplexer/Copy Exit
ADM Front Cover
1. Remove the duplexer from the copier. 2. Remove the screw securing the rotation knob, and then remove the knob. 3. Remove the duplexer front cover (3 screws). 4. Remove the upper guide cover fastened by the stop ring.
Feed cover Stop ring Upper guide cover
ADM Feed Cover

1. Remove the feed cover (2 screws).
ADM Stack Guide Assembly

1. Remove the stack guide assembly (6 screws). 2. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the stack guide assembly.
Front cover
Connector

Copy Exit Rollers (Driven & Idler)
1. Remove the exit cover. 2. Remove the rear E-ring, and slide the bearing to the inside of the frame. 3. Slide the exit roller to the rear. 4. Remove the bearing from the frame. 5. Remove the exit roller.
manuals4you.com

Duplexer Drive Motor
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Rear Cover. Disconnect the connector. Remove the drive motor bracket (3 screws). Remove the duplexer drive motor (2 screws).
ADM Empty Sensor/Transport Sensor 1

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly. Disconnect the connector. Release the sensor retainer from the bracket. Remove the duplexer empty sensor. Disconnect the connector. Release the sensor retainer from the bracket. Remove transport Sensor 1.
Length guide home position sensor Width guide home position sensor Transport Sensor 1
Empty sensor

ADM Width Guide Motor/Wide Guide Home Position Sensor
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly. Disconnect the connector. Remove 2 screws. Remove the width guide motor (2 screws). Disconnect the connector. Release the sensor retainer from the bracket. Remove the width guide home position sensor.

Note: The position of the width guide home position sensor is adjusted before the copier is shipped from the factory. DO NOT remove the adjustment screw.
Width guide motor Length guide motor

Empty sensor
ADM Length Guide Motor/Length Guide Home Position Sensor

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly. Disconnect the connector. Remove 2 screws. Remove the length guide home position motor (2 screws). Disconnect the connector. Release the sensor retainer from the bracket. Remove the length guide home position sensor.
Width guide motor Length guide motor

Empty sensor
manuals4you.com

ADM Pickup Roller Guide Assembly
1. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly. 2. Remove the pickup roller guide (4 screws).
ADM Pickup Roller

1. Remove the Pickup Roller Guide Assembly. 2. Remove 3 clips securing the pickup roller and clutch. 3. Remove the pickup roller and clutch.

ADM Transport Drive Clutch
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Duplexer Front Cover. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly. Remove the Pickup Roller Guide Assembly. Remove the clutch bracket (2 screws).
Note: Install the clutch bracket in its original position by making sure that the protrusion on the clutch is fitted into the notch on the clutch bracket.
5. Remove the 2 setscrews securing the transport clutch. 6. Disconnect the connector. 7. Remove the clutch.
manuals4you.com

ADM Paper Transport Rollers 1, 2, and 3
1. Remove the PWA. 2. Remove the front E-ring and bushing.
3. Remove the rear E-ring, pulley pin and belt. 4. Remove the E-ring and bushing. 5. Remove the transport roller. Transport rollers 2, 3 use the same components.

ADM Paper Transport Roller 1
1. Remove the front clutch bracket and the Transport Clutch. 2. Remove the front E-ring and bushing. 3. Remove the rear connector bracket (3 screws). 4. Remove the rear E-ring, pulley pin and belt. 5. Remove the E-ring and bushing. 6. Remove the transport roller. Transport rollers 1 and 4 use the same components.
ADM Transport Sensor 2

1. 2. 3. 4. Turn the duplexer over. Disconnect the connector. Release the sensor retainers from the bracket. Remove transport sensor 2.
manuals4you.com

ADM Drive Assembly
1. Disconnect the 2 connectors. 2. Remove the Duplexer Drive Assembly (5 screws).

ADM Feed Clutch/Registration Clutch
1. Remove the Duplexer Drive Assembly. 2. Remove the bracket (2 screws). 3. Remove the 4 bushings.
4. Remove the E-ring, gear and pin. 5. Remove the 2 setscrews securing the feed clutch and the registration clutch. 6. Remove the feed clutch and registration clutch. Note: The gear on the feed clutch side has 32 teeth, and the gear on the registration clutch side has 22 teeth.
manuals4you.com

ADM Feed Roller
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Duplexer Front Cover. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly. Remove the Pickup Roller Guide Assembly. Remove the Duplexer Drive Assembly. Remove the Transport Clutch Bracket. Remove the front E-ring and bushing.
7. Remove the rear E-ring and gear pin (black gear). 8. Remove the E-ring and bearing.

9. Remove the springs from the transport guide.
10. Slide the feed roller assembly to the rear to remove it. 11. Remove the spring and separation belt gear drive assembly. 12. Remove the E-ring, pickup gear drive assembly and pin.
manuals4you.com

ADM Registration Roller
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Duplexer Front Cover. Remove the Stack Guide Assembly. Remove the Pickup Roller Guide Assembly. Remove the Duplexer Drive Assembly. Remove the Transport Clutch Guide. Remove the front E-ring and bearing.
7. Remove the rear E-ring, pin, and white gear. 8. Remove the E-ring and bearing.

9. Slide the registration roller to the rear and remove it.
manuals4you.com

Duplex Paper Feed Sensor
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Duplexer Feed Cover. Remove the screw securing the feed sensor bracket. Disconnect the connector. Release the sensor retainers from the bracket. Remove the feed sensor.
ADM Registration Sensor

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Duplexer Feed Cover. Disconnect the connector. Release the sensor retainers from the bracket. Remove the registration sensor.
Duplex paper feed sensor Registration sensor

ADM Feed Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Duplexer Front Cover. Remove the Duplexer Feed Cover. Remove the Transport Clutch Holder. Disconnect the 5 connectors. Release the harness from the feed bracket. Remove the E-ring from the front side of the fulcrum shaft that secures the Duplexer Feed Assembly.
Black/Black White/White White/Black
7. Remove the rear E-ring. 8. Remove the rear spring. 9. Slide the fulcrum shaft out the front.
Fulcrum shaft
manuals4you.com

10. Lift the feed assembly upward to remove it.

ADM Forward Rotation Clutch/Reversing Clutch
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Duplexer Feed Assembly. Remove 2 E-rings. Remove 2 screws. Remove the feed drive assembly.
manuals4you.com

5. Remove 2 E-rings, 2 screws and the bracket.
6. Remove 2 E-rings and the bushing.

7. Remove both setscrews that secure the forward rotation clutch and the reversing clutch. 8. Remove the clutches.
E-ring
manuals4you.com

ADM Gate Roller Solenoid (SOL1)
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Duplexer Feed Assembly. Remove the feed drive assembly. Remove the screw that secures the gate roller solenoid. Remove the solenoid.

ADM Entrance/Reversing (rubber) Roller & Transport (plastic) Roller
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the Duplexer Feed Assembly. Remove the feed drive assembly. Remove the front E-ring, gear and pin. Remove the 2 screws supporting the transport guide.
E-ring Pin
Transport guide
5. Remove the rear E-ring, and the bushing. 6. Remove the transport guide (2 screws).
Bushing
E-ring
manuals4you.com

7. Slide the entrance/reversing roller (rubber roller) to the front and remove it.
8. Remove the front springs and rear springs (2 each). 9. Remove the front E-ring, and the bushing. 10. Remove the rear E-ring, and the bushing.
Spring
E-ring

11. Slide the transport roller (plastic roller) to the front, and remove it.
manuals4you.com

ADM Separation Belt
1. Remove the Duplexer Assembly. 2. Remove the feed drive assembly. 3. Remove the 4 screws securing separation mounting bracket and the bracket.
Separation mounting bracket
4. Remove the E-ring, collar, gear, pin and bushing. 5. Remove the E-ring, bushing and bracket.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Remove the E-ring. Slide the bushing from the bracket. Remove the separation belt roller. Remove the 2 E-rings. Remove the weight roller.

Weight roller
11. Remove the 3 E-rings and collar. 12. Pull the shaft to the rear. 13. Replace the 4 separation belts.
manuals4you.com

ADM Pre-stack Discharge Brush
1. Remove the Duplexer Feed Cover. 2. Remove the 2 screws securing the pre-stack discharge brush and mylar sheet bracket. 3. Remove the brush.

Discharge brush
Sheets

Duplexer Gate Roller
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Duplexer Feed Assembly. Remove the feed drive assembly. Remove the E-ring and clutch assembly. Remove the 2 front E-rings and each of the 2 gear pins. Slide Arm F out to the front.
E-ring
Arm F
6. Remove the 2 rear E-rings and each of the 2 gear pins. 7. Slide Arm R out to the rear.
Arm R
manuals4you.com

8. Slide the gate roller to the front and remove it.

Exit/Duplexer Selector Gate
1. Open the exit assembly. 2. Remove the spring from the arm, and the screw securing the link to the arm. Note: During reassembly: Be careful, do not tighten the screw securing the link to the arm, too tightly.
3. Remove the E-ring and bushing.
manuals4you.com

4. Slide the exit/duplexer selector gate to the front. 5. Remove the gate.
6. Remove the E-ring, arm, pin and bushing from the gate.
Arm E-ring
Bushing

Exit/Duplexer Gate Solenoid (SOL4)
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the exit cover (4 screws). Remove the screw that secures the link to the gate arm. Disconnect the connector. Remove the gate solenoid (2 screws).
manuals4you.com

ADM Reversing Selector Gate
1. Open the exit assembly. 2. Remove the E-ring that secures the reversing selector gate. 3. Remove the arm, spring and bushing. 4. Slide the reversing selector gate to the rear. 5. Remove the gate.
Reversing selector gate

ADM Reversing Transport Roller
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Open the exit assembly. Remove the rear E-ring, gear pin and bushing. Remove the E-ring. Slide the transport roller to the front. Remove the bushing from the frame, and the transport roller. 6. Remove the E-ring from the transport roller and bushing. 7. Replace the reversing transport roller.
Reversing transport roller
manuals4you.com
3 - 245 Control Panel
Control Panel
Control Panel
1. Open the control panel. 2. Remove the Left Inner Cover, Middle Inner Cover, and Right Inner Cover (3 screws for each). 3. Disconnect the connector inserted through the copier frame. 4. Remove the 3 screws securing the control panel. 5. Raise the control panel upward, and remove it. 6. Disconnect the connector.
7. Remove the 5 standoffs and screw. 8. Disconnect the 7 connectors, and remove the control panel PWA.

9. Remove the serrated screw and aluminum sheet (2 places). 10. Remove 4 screws and bracket.
11. Remove keypad PWA (8 screws). 12. Remove keypad PWA (9 screws). 13. Remove the LCD (4 screws).
PWA Keypad PWA
LCD
PWA Keypad PWA
manuals4you.com

5 4
F580/F580S Finisher
Front Door Cover
1. 2. 3. 4. Open the front door [1]. Remove the screw [2] and bushing [3]. Remove the screw [4] and bushing [5]. Remove the front door.
1 3 2 6
Rear Cover
1. Open the upper cover [6]. 2. Remove the screws [7] securing the rear cover [8] and remove it.

Upper Cover
1. Open the upper cover [1]. 2. Remove the 2 claws [2]. 3. Remove the upper cover.

1
Front Upper Inner Cover

1. Open the front door cover [3]. 2. Remove the screw [4] securing the front upper inner cover [5]. 3. Remove the cover
3
manuals4you.com

Tray Assembly
1. Remove the rear cover. For the Saddle Stitcher, also remove the rear lower cover. 2. Disconnect the ground wire [1]. 3. Disconnect the J201 connector [2]. 4. Release the harness stop [3].

1
3 4 5
5. Remove the slide guide [4]. 6. Remove the front [5] & rear [6] end caps. 7. Lift the tray assembly [7] out of the finisher.

Note: 1. When installing the tray assembly, carefully release the tray lift motor gear clutch [1] with a screwdriver as shown. 2. Be sure to hold the tray assembly up when releasing the clutch, otherwise the assembly will fall rapidly and may cause damage. 3. The specification for the difference between the height of the left and right sides of the tray assembly is 2 mm.

1
Upper Tray Guide

1. Remove the rear cover. 2. Release the tray lift motor gear clutch with a screwdriver or similar object while supporting the tray assembly, and gently lower the tray assembly down to its lowest position. 3. Remove the slide guide [5]. 4. Remove the screws [2]. 5. Remove the screw [3] and remove the upper tray guide [4].
4 5
2 2
manuals4you.com

Lower Tray Guide
1. Remove the Tray Assembly. 2. Remove the screws [1], securing the lower tray guide. 3. Open the guide [2].
4. 5. 6. 7.
Disconnect the wire harnesses [3] from its retainer [4]. Disconnect the connectors [5]. Remove the lower tray guide. Lift and remove the lower tray guide [6].
3 6

Right Guide Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the screws [1] securing the latch unit [2]. Remove the latch unit [2]. Remove the rear cover. Open the front door cover [3]. Remove the screws [4] securing the right guide assembly. 6. Remove the assembly [5].
5 3 2
1 4
manuals4you.com

Swing Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the Tray Assembly. Remove the Upper Tray Guide. Remove the Lower Tray Guide. Remove the Rear Cover. Free the wire harness from the harness stops [1] and disconnect the connectors [2]. 6. Remove the screw [3] that secures the stapler stay holder [4] and remove the holder. 7. Open the front door. 8. Move the stapler unit to its center position.
1

4
3 2
9. Remove the spring [5].

5

10. Remove the screws [1] that secure the swing guide assembly [2] in place. 11. Slide the assembly [2] towards you and remove it.
1

2
manuals4you.com

Feed Drive Assembly
1. Remove the Logic PWA. 2. Free the wire harnesses [1] from their retainers [2]. 3. Disconnect the two connectors [3].
2

1 2 1
4. Remove the screw that secures the ground lead [4] for the PWA base [5]. 5. Remove the screws [6] that secure the PWA base [5].

6. Free the wire harnesses [1] from their retainers [2] and remove the PWA base.
1 2 2
7. Remove the screws [3] that secure the feed drive assembly [4] and remove it. (See note on following page.)
3 3
manuals4you.com

Note: Before reattaching the removed feed drive unit on the finisher unit, loosen the move gear stop screw [1] to relieve the tension, and then fasten the screw after attaching the feed drive unit. The move gear attachment must be adjusted also when removing and attaching the swing unit. If you forget to fasten the screw, the gear teeth may disengage, resulting in defective feeding.

Buffer Roller Assembly
1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Remove the feed drive assembly. 3. Disconnect the connector (inside the harness guide assembly), coming from the buffer roller assembly. 4. Remove the screw [1] that secures the guide support plate assembly and remove the guide support plate assembly [2]. 5. Slide the wire harnesses [3] towards the buffer roller assembly side.
1
6. Remove the front door cover. 7. Remove the screw [4] and remove the guide support plate assembly [5]. Then remove the buffer roller assembly [6].
4
manuals4you.com

Stapler (Upper Stapler F580S)
1. Open the front door, and move the stapler assembly to the front. 2. Rotate the blue catch counter clockwise and slide the stapler assembly out. 3. Remove screws that secure the upper entrance cover [1] and remove it.
4. Remove the 2 shoulder screws [2] supporting the stapler assembly [3].
2 2
5. Disconnect the stapler assembly connector [1]. 6. Remove the screw [2] that secures the ground wire and free the ground wire.

7. Remove the screw [3] that secures the ground wire and free the ground wire.
8. Remove the screws [4] that secure the stapler cover to the stapler assembly and remove the cover [5].
4
5 4 4
9. Remove the screws [1] that secure the stapler assembly [2] to its bracket [3] and remove it.
2
1 1 3
manuals4you.com

Transit Path Assembly
1. Remove the screws [1] securing the right cover [2] and remove it. 2. Open the upper cover assembly [3], remove the screws [5] securing the rear cover [4] and remove it.
1 2

3 4
3. Free the wire harness from its retainers [6] and disconnect the connectors [7]. 4. Remove the screws [8] used to secure the transit path assembly (three screws in the rear and two in the front). 5. Remove the transit path assembly.
8 8

Logic PWA
1. Remove the Rear Cover. 2. Disconnect connectors from the Logic PWA [1]. 3. Remove the screws securing the Logic PWA and remove it.
manuals4you.com
3 - 263 F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher Assembly
F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher Assembly

Front Lower Door
1. Open the front lower door assembly [1]. 2. Remove the screw [2] then remove the bushing [3]. 3. Remove the front lower door assembly.
3 1
Rear Lower Cover

1. Remove the screws [4] securing the rear lower cover and remove the rear lower cover [5].

Front Inside Cover
1. Open the front lower door assembly [1]. 2. Remove the screw [2] securing the folding roller knob [3] and remove it. 3. Remove the screws [4] securing the front inside cover [5] and remove it.
1 5
4 4
2 3
Saddle Delivery Tray Assembly

1. Open the saddle delivery tray assembly [7] by lifting the open/close lever [6] of the saddle delivery tray assembly.
manuals4you.com

Upper Delivery Guide Assembly
1. Remove the Lower Tray Guide. 2. Remove the screw securing the ground lead [2]. 3. Remove the screws [1] securing the upper delivery guide assembly [3], then remove it.

2
1 3 1
PWA Cover
1. Remove the screws [4] securing the PWA cover [5], then remove it.

Saddle Stitcher Assembly
1. Remove the following: Lower Tray Guide Right Guide Assembly Front Lower Door Rear Lower Cover Saddle Delivery Tray Assembly Upper Delivery Guide PWA Cover 2. Disconnect two connectors [1]. 3. Remove the screws securing the bracket [2] and free the bracket. 4. Free the wire harness [3] from the retainers [4].
4 3
manuals4you.com

5. Remove the screw [1] securing the bracket. 6. Remove the screws [2] securing the saddle stitcher assembly [3].
7. Lift the saddle stitcher assembly up slightly and remove it.
Caution
When removing the saddle stitcher assembly, make sure the timing belt [4] does not catch on the communication cable bracket [5].
5 4

Saddle Stitcher Assembly Folding Rollers
1. Remove the following: Front Lower Door Front Inside Cover Upper Delivery Guide PWA Cover 2. Disconnect the connectors [1] at the paper entrance side.
3. Disconnect 2 connectors [2]. 4. Remove the screws [3] securing the motor mount and remove the motor mount [4].
manuals4you.com

5. Remove the front [1] and rear [2] tension springs.
2
6. Remove the two C-rings [3]. 7. Remove the sensor flag [4] and the two bearings [5].
5 3

8. Remove the two C-rings [1] and gears [2] in the front of the unit.
5 2
9. Remove the two bearings [3].
manuals4you.com

10. Open the saddle delivery tray assembly [1]. 11. Remove the two screws [2] securing the alignment plates [3] and remove the two alignment plates. 12. Slide the paper folding rollers 4] to the front and remove it.

4
Note: When installing the paper folding rollers do the following: Attach the gears [5] so that the grooved sections [6] on the gears are facing each other to align the phases.

Stitcher Stapler Mounting Assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the front inside cover. Remove the E-ring [1]. Remove the plastic sliding roller [2]. Remove the shaft [3].
5. Slide the stitcher stapler mounting assembly [4] out toward the front of the unit. Note: See Adjusting the Stitcher Stapler Position in the Adjustment Chapter.
manuals4you.com

Paper Positioning Guide Assembly
1. Remove the saddle stitcher Logic PWA. 2. Disconnect the two connectors [1], remove the three harness retainers [2], and remove the wire harness [3] from the two retainers [4]. 3. Take out the two screws [5], slide the positioning plate unit [6] once towards the front and remove it. 4.

2
3 6 1

Stitcher Upper and Lower Deflecting Guides
1. Remove the following: Rear Cover Rear Lower Cover Note: Only the upper deflection guide is shown. Follow the same procedure for the lower guide. 2. Release the deflection guide lever [1] from deflection guide lever spring [2]. 3. Remove the deflection guide lever from the end of the shaft [3]. 4. Remove the deflecting guide [4].
manuals4you.com

Logic PWA
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the PWA cover. Disconnect the wire harness connectors [1] from the PWA. Remove the screws [2] securing the PWA [3]. Remove the PWA.

2 1 3 1 1 2
3 - 276 F580/F580S Punch Unit
F580/F580S Punch Unit

Right Guide Assembly
1. Remove the two screws [3] and take out the latch unit. 2. Remove the four screws [1] and take out the right guide assembly [2].
1
Upper Cover
1. Remove the right guide assembly. 2. Open the front door [4], remove the three screws [5], and take off the upper cover [6].
6 5 4 5
manuals4you.com

Punch Motor
1. Remove the upper cover. 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove the two screws [2] and take out the punch motor [3].
1
Horizontal Registration Motor

1. Remove the right guide assembly. 2. Disconnect the connector [4]. 3. Remove the two screws [5] and slide the horizontal registration motor [6] in the direction of the arrow.
6
5 4

Punch Unit
1. Remove the right guide assembly. 2. Remove the three connectors [1]. 3. Remove the wire harness [3] from the three wire harness clamps [2]. 4. Remove the wire-harness band [4].
2 4

1
1 4 2 3
5. Remove the upper inlet guide [5] (three screws). 6. Remove the connectors [6].
manuals4you.com

7. Remove the E-ring [1] and washer [2]. 8. Remove the puncher spring [3].
9. Turn the gear [4] in the direction of the arrow and move the punch unit section [5] to the front side.

10. Disconnect the connector [1]. 11. Remove the screw [2]. 12. Remove the horizontal registration sensor [3].
13. Turn the gear [4] in the direction of the arrow and move the punch unit [5] to the inner side.
5
manuals4you.com

14. Remove the punch unit [1] by first lifting the front side of the punch unit, then moving it in the direction of the arrow.
WARNING
WHEN REMOVING THE PUNCH UNIT, THE UNIT SOMETIMES FLIES UP.

LED PWA
1. Remove the punch unit. 2. Remove the screw [1] that secures the LED PWA [2], then remove the PWA.
2 1
Photosensor PWA
1. Remove the upper cover. 2. Remove the screw [3], then remove the sensor bracket [4]. 3. Disconnect the connector [5] and remove the photosensor PWA [6].
6 5
4 3
manuals4you.com

Scrap-Full Detector PWA Unit
1. Remove the right guide assembly. 2. Disconnect the connector [1]. 3. Remove the screw [2] that secures the scrap-full detector PWA 3] and remove the PWA.

3
Punch Driver PWA

1. Remove the punch unit. 2. Disconnect the connectors [4], from the punch driver PWA [5]. 3. Remove the [6] securing the punch driver PWA and remove the PWA.
6
manuals4you.com
Section 4
Adjustments
4-1
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Section 4: Adjustments
Service Mode ..................................................................4-5
Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode ................................... 4-5 Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 1 . . . . . . 4-6 Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 2 . . . . . . 4-6 Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 3 . . . . . . 4-7 Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 4 . . . . . . 4-7 Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 5 . . . . . . 4-8 Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 6 . . . . . . 4-8 Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 7 . . . . . . 4-9 Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 8 . . . . . . 4-9 Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode ..................................4-10 Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 1 . . . . . 4-10 Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 2 . . . . . 4-11 Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 3 . . . . . 4-11 Access Control Mode ......................................................4-12 Procedure to enable and disable Access Control Mode: 4-12 Procedure to register ID Codes: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Procedure to View and Edit ID Codes: . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
4-2
Setting Mode/08 Codes ................................................... 4-67
Counters ....................................................................... 4-71

Setting Mode/08 Codes ..................................................4-71
Document Handling...................................................... 4-75

RADF Skew ....................................................................4-75 RADF Side-to-Side Original Registration ........................ 4-77 RADF Height ................................................................... 4-79 RADF Magnetic Catch .................................................... 4-81 RADF Separation Plate ................................................... 4-82 RADF Leading Edge Position (Simplex) ......................... 4-84 RADF Leading Edge Position (Duplex) ........................... 4-85 RADF EEPROM / Sensor Initialization ............................ 4-87 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ............................................ 4-88 Setting Mode/08 Codes ................................................... 4-89
Document Scanning ..................................................... 4-91

Image Skew ....................................................................4-91 Lens Reproduction (1:1) Adjustment ..............................4-91 Carriage 1/Carriage 2 Position Adjustment ..................... 4-96 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ............................................ 4-97
Digital Image Processing.............................................. 4-98

Print Image Procedure ....................................................4-98 Paper Aligning ................................................................. 4-99 Paper Aligning Value (Codes 05-450 to 05-458) . . . 4-99 Print Unit ....................................................................... 4-101 Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Printer (Code 05-401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 Laser Starting Position (Codes 05-411 and 05-410) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 Transfer Belt Drive Motor Speed (Fine) (Code 05-488) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106 Leading Edge Registration - (Paper) (Codes 05-442, 05-444, 05-445, and 05-443) . . . . 4-108 Scan Unit ....................................................................... 4-110
Control Panel.................................................................4-14
Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................. 4-14
System ..........................................................................4-17
Formatting the HDD ....................................................... 4-17 Flash ROM and EPROM Version ....................................4-18 System PWA Flash ROM Download Procedure ..............4-19 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Preparing the laptop PC to use a Network. . . . . . . . 4-20 Installing the FTP server program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 System Firmware Download Procedure. . . . . . . . . . 4-49
manuals4you.com
Table of Contents
Image Skew - Optics (Non-rectangular image) . . . 4-110 Image Skew - Original Stop (Non-rectangular image) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112 Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Copier (Code 05-405) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114 CCD Main Scanning Start Position Deviation Adjustment (Code 05-306) . . . . . . . . . . 4-116 Front edge of copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116 Scanner Copy Length Reproduction Ratio (Code 05-340) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118 Copy Leading Edge Image Position (Code 05-305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120 Leading Edge Void (Code 05-430) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122 Front to Rear Void (Codes 05-432 & 05-431) . . . . 4-124 Trailing Edge Void Adjustment (Code 05-433) . . . 4-126 Automatic Gamma .........................................................4-128 Gamma Curve Correction ..............................................4-130 Sharpness (HPF) ...........................................................4-132 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ..........................................4-134 Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-144
4-3
Developer Bias .............................................................. 4-166 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes .......................................... 4-169
Paper Feed................................................................. 4-172

LCC Paper Sizes ..........................................................4-172 Drawer Paper Sizes ......................................................4-174 Side to Side Deviation - Paper Feed Drawers .............. 4-177 Side to Side Deviation - Stack Feed Bypass ................. 4-179 Side to Side Deviation - LCC ........................................ 4-181 Paper Aligning ...............................................................4-183 Image Registration ........................................................4-183 Main Registration Roller Compensation ........................ 4-184 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes .......................................... 4-185 Setting Mode/08 Codes ................................................. 4-188
Fuser .......................................................................... 4-192

Fuser Roller Pressure (Side-to-Side) ............................4-192 Fuser Roller Temperature & Pressure .......................... 4-194 Fuser Temperature: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194 Fuser Pressure: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196 Fuser Entrance Guide ................................................... 4-197 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes .......................................... 4-199 Setting Mode/08 Codes ................................................. 4-200
Photo Conductor Process ...........................................4-145

Charge Corona Voltage Adjustment ............................. 4-145 Drum to Developer Magnet Roller Gap .........................4-148 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ..........................................4-149 Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-152
Duplexer/Copy Exit..................................................... 4-202

Duplex Stack Unit Side-to-Side Deviation .....................4-202 Duplexer Pre-feed Compensation ................................. 4-204 Duplexer Length Guide Position Compensation ........... 4-205 Duplexer Width Guide Gap ........................................... 4-206 Duplexer Gate Roller Position ....................................... 4-207 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes .......................................... 4-209 Setting Mode/08 Codes ................................................. 4-210
Photoconductor Exposure ...........................................4-154

Image Density .............................................................. 4-154 Adjustment Mode/05 Codes ......................................... 4-157 Setting Mode/08 Codes .................................................4-159
Development ...............................................................4-161
Doctor Blade Gap ......................................................... 4-161 Developer Mag Pole Position ....................................... 4-161 Developer Auto Toner Sensor .......................................4-162
F580/F580S................................................................ 4-211
Registration Roller Compensation ................................4-211 Finisher Alignment ........................................................4-211 Paper Stack Height Sensor ........................................... 4-213
Table of Contents
Alignment Guide Position ..............................................4-214 Staple Position (Stapler Movement Range) ..................4-216 Sort/Staple Capacity ......................................................4-219 Saddle Stitcher Folding Position ....................................4-220 Saddle Stitcher Center Position - Fine Adjustment .......4-224 Adjusting the Stitcher Stapler Anvil ...............................4-225 Paper Pushing Plate Position ........................................4-229 Adjustment Mode 05 Codes ..........................................4-231 Setting Mode 08 Codes .................................................4-232 Punch Unit Sensor Output .............................................4-233 Punch Unit Registration .................................................4-234
4-4
PS Tab .......................................................................... 4-281 Option Tab ....................................................................4-283 Other Tab ......................................................................4-285 Register User Information .............................................4-287 Password Setting .......................................................... 4-288
PC-80/NIC-80..............................................................4-235
Assigning the IP Address ............................................. 4-235 Setting Initial Windows Values ...................................4-237 Printing Through Each Application ................................4-238 Screen Details ...............................................................4-240 Paper Tab ......................................................................4-241 Enlarge/Reduce Printing Screen ...................................4-244 Enlarge/Reduce by Paper Size .....................................4-245 Enlarge/Reduce Printing by Zoom .................................4-246 Margin Tab ....................................................................4-247 Output Tab .....................................................................4-248 Special Printing Screen .................................................4-265 Cover Sheet Tab ...........................................................4-267 Cover Sheet ...................................................................4-269 Sheet Insertion ..............................................................4-270 Watermark Tab ..............................................................4-271 Watermark Entry/Edit Screen .......................................4-273 Print Quality Tab ............................................................4-274 For the PS Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-274 Substitution Table Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-276 Operating the Substitution Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-277 PCL5e Driver ................................................................ 4-278 PCL6 Driver ..................................................................4-280
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Adjustments
4-5 Service Mode
Service Mode
Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode
1. 2. 3. 4. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys. Press the START key to view the current value. Enter a new value using the number keys or the UP and DOWN icons when required. If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value prior to pressing the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. 5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory. 6. When a test copy or test print is required: Select the paper source indicated in the adjustment. Example: Letter/A4 100% from the LCC. To make a test copy press the ENERGY SAVER key. To make a test print press the 1 or 2 key as indicated in the adjustment, then press the ENERGY SAVER key. Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up. 7. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification. 8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. Note: To prevent machine lockup after accessing any of the service modes or diagnostic test modes; always turn the machine OFF, wait a few seconds then turn the machine ON. 9. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 1 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key to view the current value. 4. Enter a new value using the number keys. If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value prior to pressing the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. 5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory. 6. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 7. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 8. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 2 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key to view the current value. 4. Enter a new value using the UP and DOWN icons. If you make a mistake, press the RESET icon to reset to the previous value prior to pressing the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. 5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory. 6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.
4-6 Service Mode
manuals4you.com

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 3 Note: This setting cannot be adjusted. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys. Press the START key to view the current value. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to exit the adjustment code. This code is for displaying a value only. It cannot be adjusted. 5. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 6. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 4 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key to view the current value. 4. Automatic adjustment begins. 5. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 6. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.
4-7 Service Mode

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 5 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Select the Ledger/A3 paper drawer. 3. Enter a 2 using the number keys. 4. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print. 33 degree gradation pattern generated from sub scanning. 5. Enter the adjustment code using the number keys. 6. Press the START key. The machine will make the adjustment automatically. 7. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 8. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 6 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key. 4. Enter the Sub-Code using the number keys. 5. Press the START key. 6. Enter the new value using the number keys. If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value prior to pressing the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. 7. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory. 8. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy when required. 9. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 10. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.
4-8 Service Mode
manuals4you.com

Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 7 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key. 4. Enter the Sub-Code using the number keys. 5. Press the START key to view the current value. 6. Adjust the Sub-Code using the UP and DOWN icons. 7. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory. 8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 9. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Procedure for the 05 Adjust Mode - Group 8 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Adjustment Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key. 4. Press the SET icon to store the new value in memory. 5. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 6. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode.
4-9 Service Mode

Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys and turn the power switch ON. Enter the Setting Code using the number keys. Press the START key to display the current value. Enter a new value using the number keys, when applicable. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to return to store the value in memory. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode.
4 - 10 Service Mode
Note: To prevent machine lockup after accessing any of the service modes or diagnostic test modes; always turn the machine OFF, wait a few seconds then turn the machine ON. 7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 1 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Setting Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key to display the current value. 4. Enter a new value using the number keys. If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value. 5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to enter the new value in memory. 6. If you want to return to the first 08 Setting Mode screen to select another Setting Code, press the CANCEL icon key. 7. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode. 8. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
manuals4you.com

Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 2 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Setting Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key to display the current value. 4. Enter a new value using the number keys, when applicable. 5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to return to store the value in memory. 6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode. 7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. Procedure for the 08 Setting Mode - Group 3 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys and turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the Setting Code using the number keys. 3. Press the START key to display the 1st value. 4. Enter a new value using the number keys. If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value. 5. If you want to return to the first 08 Setting Mode screen to select another Setting Code, press the CANCEL icon key. 6. Press the START key to view the 2nd value. 7. Enter a new value using the number keys. If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value. 8. If you want to return to the first 08 Setting Mode screen to select another Setting Code, press the CANCEL icon key. 9. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new values in memory. 10. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode. 11. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
4 - 11 Service Mode

Access Control Mode
Procedure to enable and disable Access Control Mode: 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 8 keys as you turn the power switch ON. 2. Enter the 08-600 Setting Code. 3. Press the START key to view the current value. 4. Enter a new value using the number keys (0=Disabled, and 1=Enabled). If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value. 5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to enter the new values in memory. 6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 08 Setting Mode. 7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. Procedure to register ID Codes: 1. Press and hold down the START key and 8 keys as you turn the power switch ON. 2. The ID Code entry screen _ _ _ _ will be displayed. 3. Input the ID Code. If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value. 4. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to enter the new ID Code in memory. 5. Press the HELP key to step to the next ID Code entry screen. 6. Enter additional codes by repeating steps 1 through 3. A total of 40 access ID Codes can be entered. 7. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
4 - 12 Service Mode
manuals4you.com

Procedure to View and Edit ID Codes: 1. Press and hold down the START key and 8 keys as you turn the power switch ON. 2. The first ID Code will be displayed with its copy count. 3. Press the HELP key to display each ID Code and its copy count 4. To view all ID Codes, continue to press the HELP key to display each ID Code and its copy count. The HELP key can also be used to step to the ID Code you wish to view and then edit. To remove an ID Code: A. Press the CLEAR key to remove an ID Code. B. Press the ENERGY SAVE key to save the clearing action. To edit an ID Code copy count: A. Press the COPY key. B. Use the number keys to enter a new copy count or press the CLEAR key to reset the copy count to 0. C. Press the ENERGY SAVE key to save changes made. 5. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
4 - 13 Service Mode
Control Panel
Setting Mode/08 Codes
Setting Service Codes 08 Mode
Mode xx Main code yyy
08 - 204
Sub code z
Name
Clear control panel settings and return to default setting time out Message display language priority
Mode
ALL
Default
3
Allowable Input Value

0-10
Contents
0: Disabled 1 to 10: Set number x 15 seconds 0: English 1: French 2: Spanish After setting the desired language, turn the machine power OFF then ON to change the current language in the display. Note: The customer can change the language from the display, by using the ADJUST icon key.
08 - 220
ALL
0-2
08 - 645
Reproduction ratio in Special Feature Modes: 2ON1, 4ON1, and Magazine Sort.
Copier
10
0-10
0: 90% 1: 91% 2: 92% 3: 93%
4: 94% 5: 95% 6: 96% 7: 97%
8: 98% 9: 99% 10: 100%
08 - 646
2ON1, 4ON1, and Magazine Sort placement of images
Copier
0-1
0: Horizontally centers the 2 on 1 images. 1: Vertically centers 4 on 1 images
1 3
2 4
manuals4you.com

08 - 649 08 - 650
0-1 0-1
Sub code z
Name
Magazine sort 2 on 1 and 4 on 1 order of image placement
Mode
Copier Copier
Default
0 0
Contents
0: Opening from the front of the Book 1: Opening from the back of the Book 0: Forward image placement 1: Reverse image placement Forward 1 2 Reverse 2 1
1 3 08 - 651 Page numbering Copier 0 0-3 Hyphen 0: OFF 1: ON 2: OFF 3: ON
2 4
2 4
1 3
White area provided on black solids for number OFF OFF ON ON
Hyphen = -1Example of Hyphen and White area:
-1-

08 - 657
0-1 0: Short edge
1234567
Sub code z
Name
Annotation default direction when the power is turned ON
Mode
Copier
Default
0
Contents
1: Long edge
1234567
manuals4you.com
4 - 17 System
System
Formatting the HDD
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn the main power switch OFF. Press 0 and 8 keys simultaneously while turning the main power switch ON. Enter Code 08-690 then press the START key. Press the 2 key then press the INTERRUPT key in sequence. The WAIT message is displayed. After the WAIT message is no longer displayed turn the main power switch OFF. After a few seconds turn the main power switch ON the HDD is now formatted and the machine is ready for customer use.

Flash ROM and EPROM Version
Specification: System Logic, Main Logic and ROM versions must match values in the specifications chart. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Set code 05-488 to 1.
4 - 18 System
manuals4you.com

System PWA Flash ROM Download Procedure
Specification: Protocol specifications between the laptop PC and the copier System PWA.
Speed Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Flow Control Echo 115200 bps 8 Bits none 1 Bit None Off
4 - 19 System
Special Tools: Software for the laptop PC Microsoft Windows 95 Virtual Modem FTP server tools. (Example War FTP Daemon) Note: The Virtual Modem and FTP programs (utilities) are available on all 5555/ 5565/5580 firmware update CD ROM's from the Lanier parts department. Hardware Laptop computer Null Modem Serial Cable (female DB9 to female DB9).

System Configuration
4 - 20 System
Laptop PC
Null Modem Serial Cable
5555/5565/5580 Copier System
Measurement/Adjustment: The following instructions explain how to: Set up your laptop PC to perform a system Flash ROM download procedure using FTP (File Transfer Protocol). Install a virtual modem. Install a FTP program. Download new firmware to the System PWA Flash ROM. Preparing the laptop PC to use a Network. 1. Installing and configuring the Virtual Modem. The connection between the laptop PC and the copier is made using PPP (Point-to-Point Protocol). A dial-up networking program and a virtual modem program are required to download new firmware to the System Flash ROM.
manuals4you.com

2. Installation of the virtual modem program. A. Insert the 5555/5565/5580 Service Utilities/Firmware Updates CD ROM into your laptop PC. Click on the "Start" button, next click on "Settings", and then click on Control Panel. In the ICON list, doubleclick on "Modems".
4 - 21 System
B. Click on the "ADD" button to open "Install New Modem Wizard".

C. In the window What type of modem do you want to install?, click on "Other", then click on "Next".
4 - 22 System
manuals4you.com

D. Check "Don't detect my modem; I will select it from a list", and click on the "Next" button. You will also see the following screen if no modem has been installed.
4 - 23 System
E. Click on the "Have Disk..." button.

F. Click on the "Browse" button, then from the CD: Navigate to System> Utility> Virtual Select the file "mdmcisc2.inf"
4 - 24 System
Note: If you cannot navigate enter in the Copy manufactures files from field: D:\System\Utility\Virtual\mdmcisc2.inf Then click "OK".
manuals4you.com

G. Select Virgina Tech in the Manufactures box and "Direct Connection" in the Models box, then click the "Next" button.
4 - 25 System
H. Select "Communications Port (COM1)", then click the "Next" button.

I. Click the "Finish" button. The Virtual Modem installation is now completed.
4 - 26 System
manuals4you.com

J. Click on the "Close" button to close the Modem properties window.
4 - 27 System
3. Installing Dial-Up Adapter and Network Protocols. Note: Your computer may already be set up to use a network. If Windows prompts you for a network password at startup and/or the Network Neighborhood icon is displayed on your Windows desktop, your network is already set up. In this case, you can skip this set of instructions and go to step 4.

A. At the Start prompt click on "Control Panel", then double-click on the "Network" icon.
4 - 28 System
manuals4you.com

B. In the Network dialog box click the "Configuration" tab. Confirm that "Dial-UP Adapter" and "TCP/IP" are displayed.
4 - 29 System

C. If your PC does not have "Dial-Up Adapter, then click the "Add" button, and then click on "Adapter".
4 - 30 System
D. Select "Microsoft" in the Manufactures list box, and select "Dial-Up Adapter" in the Network Adapters list box, and then click the "OK" button.
manuals4you.com

E. Next in the Select Network Component Type window click on "Protocol", then click on the "Add" button.
4 - 31 System
F. From the Manufactures list select "Microsoft", then from the Network Protocols list select "TCP/IP", and then click the "OK" button. To complete the installation of the Dial-Up Adapter and TCP/IP it may be necessary to install the Windows 95 CD.

G. Click on "Yes" to restart your computer so that the settings are in effect.
4 - 32 System
4. Installing and configuring Dial-Up Networking. Note: Double-click on "My Computer". If the "Dial-Up Networking" icon is in the window skip to step 5 Using Dial-Up Networking New Connection. A. If it is not in the window continue with these steps before going to step 5. B. Double click on the "Control Panel" icon and then double click the "Add/Remove Programs" icon.
manuals4you.com

C. Click on the "Windows Setup" tab, click on "Communications"make sure it is checked black, and then click on the "Details" button.
4 - 33 System

D. Select all components by checking each box, then click on the "OK" button. Click on the "OK" button on the "Add/Remove Programs Properties" window.
4 - 34 System
E. Click on "OK" in the Dial-Up networking Setup" window.
F. This will install "Dial-Up Networking on your system. Note: You may need to insert the Windows 95 CD to complete the installation.
manuals4you.com

G. Click on the "Yes" button in the "System Settings Change" window, to restart your computer.
4 - 35 System
5. Using Dial-Up Networking New Connection. A. On the Desk Top window double-click on the "My Computer" icon, then double-click on the "Dial-Up Networking" icon.

B. Double-click on the icon "Make New Connection".
4 - 36 System
C. In the box "Type a name for the computer you are dialing" enter a name you want to know the 5555, 5565, or 5580 as (example 5565 copier). Select "Direct Connection" in the box "Select a modem", and then click the "Configure" button.
manuals4you.com

D. Click the "General" tab in the "Direct Connection Properties" box, select 115200 for the "Maximum speed", and check "Only connect at this speed".
4 - 37 System

E. Click the "Connection" tab, confirm that all check boxes in the "Call preferences" box are NOT selected, and click the "Advanced" button.
4 - 38 System
manuals4you.com

F. Confirm that all check boxes in "Advanced Connection Settings" dialog box are NOT selected, click on the "OK" button, and then click "OK" again to return to the "New Connection" dialog box.
4 - 39 System
G. After returning to the "Make New Connection" dialog box, click the "Next" button. For the "Telephone number" enter #39.

H. "Make New Connection" is now completed, click the "Finish" button.
4 - 40 System
I. Then click OK.
manuals4you.com

Installing the FTP server program.
4 - 41 System
In the following steps you will install the software program "War FTP Daemon Version 1.65" as a FTP server on your laptop PC. A. Create a folder named c:\webshare. B. Create a folder within the "webshare" folder named "FTPROOT". C. Browse the CD and execute the "Setup.exe" file within the "WAR-FTP Daemon 1.65" folder. D. Enter "C:\WEBSHARE\FTPROOT" as the "Destination Path", then click on the "Next" button.

E. Select "Typical -This will install the typical modules for this program", then click on the "Next" button.
4 - 42 System
F. Enter the name to be displayed in the Start menu for this program or use the default name "WarFTPDaemon". Click on the "Next" button.
manuals4you.com

G. Click on the "Finish" button. The program will complete the installation, then click on the "OK" button.
4 - 43 System
H. Click on the "Start" button, then click on "Programs, next click on "War FTP Daemon", and then click on "War FTP Daemon".

I. Click on "Properties", then "Security..." and then "Edit User...".
4 - 44 System
J. Under "User" click on the "Add" button.
manuals4you.com

K. Enter dppc (in lower case letters) for the "New Name".
4 - 45 System
L. Enter dppc (in lower case letters) for the "New Password" and "Verify Password", and click the "OK" button.
M. Select "dppc" and click the "File Access" tab. Click the "Add" button.

N. Double-click "WEBSHARE".
4 - 46 System
O. Double-click "Ftproot", then click "OK".
manuals4you.com

P. Change "Read", "Write", "Delete", "Execute", "List", "Create" and "Remove" from Gray check marks to Black check marks. In the Special box check "Root", "Home" and "Recursive" as shown. Then click "Apply" and "OK". Note: Create and Remove cannot be checked black until Root is checked black.
4 - 47 System

Q. Before downloading firmware make a connection by clicking on the button to set it in the "Online" mode.
4 - 48 System
R. To exit the FTP program first set it to the "OFFLINE" mode by clicking on the button, next click on "Properties" and then click on "EXIT".
manuals4you.com

System Firmware Download Procedure. 1. Connecting the copier and the laptop PC. With the copy machine power switch turned OFF remove the connector cover located at the rear of the upper left cover. Connect the serial null modem cable to the copier and to the laptop computer serial connector. 2. Preparing the update files. Copy the following update files from the CD ROM to the file folder C:\Webshare\Ftproot. sysfirm.tz uidata0.tz uidata1.tz uidata2.tz uidata3.tz uidataf.tz
4 - 49 System
3. Downloading the System Firmware. A. On the copier control panel press and hold the 3 and 9 keys down while turning the machine power switch ON. This sets the machine in Download Service Mode 39.

The following message is displayed on the copier display panel. Firmware Version Up Mode > Make a connection from PC.
4 - 50 System
B. On the laptop PC open the program WarFTPDaemon. C. Set it in the "ONLINE" mode by clicking on the button.
manuals4you.com

D. Make the serial connection by opening the Dial-Up Network program on your laptop PC. Double click on the 5565 copier icon (or the icon you created for the connection).
4 - 51 System

E. When the "Connect To" window is displayed enter #39 for the "Phone number", then click on "Connect".
4 - 52 System
F. On the copier display panel the following screen will be displayed when the serial connection is successful. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Established serial connection with PC. > Press START key to install new firmware.
> Please select a target with DIGITAL keys.
manuals4you.com

G. Before updating the System FLASH ROM firmware, press the HELP key and confirm the current version numbers of the firmware and UI data. To return to the previous screen press the HELP key again. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Established serial connection with PC. Target 1 2 3 4 5 6 Version 005.101 004.001 005.002 006.001 006.001 006.003 Code U 0 0 3 7 11
4 - 53 System

Target number descriptions Target number descriptions. Number
1 2 3 4 5 6 #1 #2 #3
4 - 54 System
Description
System program data Fixed UI data Common UI data 1st language UI data 2nd language UI data 3rd language UI data All data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 All UI data 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 All language data 4, 5 and 6
Version number description The Version number is displayed as 6 digits (example: 000.001). The first 3 digits are for Major Version changes and the last 3 digits are for Minor Version changes.
manuals4you.com

Code - Letter and Number descriptions. Program Data Target 1 description. (The letter code means the country). Letter
U E X
4 - 55 System
Description
USA and Canada European countries Australia and Asian countries
UI Data Targets 4 through 6. (The number code means the language). Code
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Language
Japanese American English English reserved French German Swedish Dutch Italian Spanish Danish Finnish Norwegian reserved reserved reserved

H. Select the target area number using the number keys. To insert the # sign press the INTERRUPT key prior to pressing a number key. I. Press the START key and the copier begins updating the data. Note: After pressing the START key do not: Turn the power off to the copier Turn the power off to the computer Disconnect the connection between the copier and the computer. Interrupting the transmission of a file will result in corrupting the copier FLASH ROM file. When the file is corrupted, you must reinstall the data file again. 1). The display will be as follows for targets 1 - 6: Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Established serial connection with PC. > Installing a new firmware. As the firmware is being update the message will change to the following: - reading a file. - checking a file. - checking the device. - setting NvRAM flags. - reading a file. - writing to the device. - verifying the device. Note: Some messages may be displayed for less than 1 second.
4 - 56 System
manuals4you.com
4 - 57 System
The following screen will be displayed after the firmware is updated. In the case of targets 1 - 6, you can update each area consecutively by pressing the START key and repeating the procedure in step G. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Firmware version up is completed. version: 006:517 code: U Updated data version number
Press START key to continue.
2). The display will be as follows for targets #1 - #3: Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Installing a new firmware. - reading a file. Target 1 Version installing Displays the current data area being loaded. Code

In the case of Targets #1 - #3 the following screen is displayed after the downloading is completed. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Firmware version up completed. Updated version numbers.
4 - 58 System
Target 1 2 3 4 5 6
Version 001.002 002.001 002.031 003.011 003.022 003.033
Code U 0 0 3 6 11
manuals4you.com

J. To stop the downloading process press the CLEAR key prior to " - erasing the device" is displayed. "Program canceled" will then be displayed. You then must start with step A again. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Program canceled.
4 - 59 System
4 - 60 System
After the downloading is completed, turn the power switch OFF (or press the CLEAR key, "Program canceled" is displayed, then turn the machine power switch OFF). Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Firmware version up completed.
Target 1 2 3 4 5 6
Version 001.002 002.001 002.031 003.011 003.022 003.033
Code U 0 0 3 6 11
manuals4you.com

Error Messages
4 - 61 System
When any part of the updating has failed one of the following messages will be displayed. When this occurs perform the recovery procedure. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Failed to install a new firmware > Installing a new firmware. ERROR MESSAGE - file read error. - file information error. - unfit device. - device erase error. - file read error. - device write error. - verify error.

Recovery Mode
4 - 62 System
After an error message is displayed turn the power switch OFF then ON again while pressing the 3 and 9 keys. The following is then displayed. Firmware Version Up Mode Recovery mode: target 3-6 failed. > make a connection from PC
Re-connect with the Dial-Up Network connection (refer to step 5), and the display changes to: Firmware Version Up Mode Recovery mode: target 3-6 failed. > Press START key to install new firmware.
Press the START key to resume the normal download procedure.
manuals4you.com

The following screens will be displayed in the Service Mode 39. Power ON
4 - 63 System
Firmware Version Up Mode > Make a connection from PC. When a connection failure occurs.
Firmware Version Up Mode Cannot connect with PC.
Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Established serial connection with PC. > Press START key to install new firmwares. > Please select a target with the Digital keys Change the Target number by pressing a number key. Press the INTERRUPT key for the # sign.

When performing Targets 1 - 6 Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 To stop the download press the CLEAR key during "reading a file". Firmware Version Up Mode - reading a file. Program canceled. Displays the following status messages: - reading a file. - checking a read file. - checking the device. Firmware Version Up Mode Firmware version up completed. Version: 001.003 Established serial connection with PC. > Press START key to continue. Updated data version number - setting NvRAM flags. - erasing the device. - writing to the device.
4 - 64 System
manuals4you.com

When using targets #1 - #3. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: #1 Installing a new firmware. - reading a file. Target 1 Version installing Displays the current data being updated. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: #1 Firmware version up is completed. Target 1 2 3 4 5 6 Version 006.101 004.001 005.002 006.001 006.001 006.003 Code U 0 0 3 7 11 The following screen will be displayed when the download is successful. Power OFF Press the CLEAR key to cancel a download Program canceled. Target 1 2 Version 006.101 canceled Messages will change to the following: - reading a file. - checking a read file. - checking the device. - setting NvRAM flags. - erasing the device. - writing to the device. - verifying the device.
4 - 65 System
Firmware Version Up Mode Target: #1
Updated version numbers Power OFF

When a failure of the firmware download occurs the following screens will be displayed. Firmware Version Up Mode Target: 1 Failed to install a new firmware. - file read error. - file read error. - file information error. - unfit device. - device erase error. - device write error. When Targets 1 - 6 are selected and an error occurs the following messages will be displayed:
4 - 66 System
Power OFF Firmware Version Up Mode Target: #1 Failed to install a new firmware. - file read error. Target Version When Targets #1 - #3 are selected and an error occurs the following messages will be displayed: - file read error. - file information error. - unfit device. - device erase error. - device write error. - verify error. - cannot set NvRAM flags.
Power OFF
manuals4you.com

08 - 200 08 - 209 08 - 223
4 - 67 System
Sub code z
Name
Date and time setting Timer for Print job start up time from copy mode Copy or Printer priority mode
Mode
ALL ALL ALL -
Default

13 digits 1-10 0-1
Contents
Year/month/date/day/hour/minute/second Example: 99:08:07:5:11:30:48 1 to 10 Set number x 15 seconds (Example: 3X15 = 45 seconds) 0: Copy Mode can interrupt the Print Mode during a Print Job. 1: Copy Mode can not interrupt the Print Mode during a Print Job. A telephone number up to 14 digits can be entered. Use the HELP key to enter hyphens (-). Set the counter to the amount of copies/prints that the customer wants to have preventive maintenance performed at. Note: When this counter is set to 0, the counter in Code 08 - 252 will not count up, it remains at 0.
1 0
08 - 250
Telephone number for CALL FOR SERVICE PM (Preventive Maintenance) counter setting value
ALL
14 digits
08 - 251
ALL
0-999999
08 - 252
PM (Preventive Maintenance) counter current value
ALL
0-999999
Set to 0 after the PM is performed. Note: When Code 08 - 251 is set to 0, this counter will remain at 0.
08 - 253 08 - 300
Error history display Maximum number of copies allowed
ALL Copier 0 0-2 0: 999 1: 99 2: 9

08 - 488 see note 12
4 - 68 System
0-1
Sub code z
Name
Compatibility of the system Logic PWA Flash ROM and the Main Logic EPROM Exposure priority at power ON Image Mode
Mode
ALL
Default
0
Contents
To set the firmware compatibility between the system Logic PWA Flash ROM and Main Logic PWA EPROM Set to 1 0: Automatic exposure 1: Manual exposure 0: Text/Photo 1: Photo 2: Text 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 0: 1999.10.16 1: 28.11.1999 2: 11.28.1999
08 - 503 08 - 550
Copier Copier
0 0
0-1 0-2
08 - 639 08 - 640
Date and Time display Data format
Copier Copier
1 0 - Japan 1 - Eur 2 - USA/ others 0 0 -
0-1 0-2
08 - 680 08 - 681 08 - 690
SCSI ID setting Tandem copy setting HDD formatting (Hard Disc Drive) Perform the formatting when the HDD is replaced or the data has been corrupted, F10 Error code.
DSS ALL ALL
0-15 0-1 2-4 0: Disabled 1: Enabled 2: Formatting is performed The power switch must be turned OFF/ON after the WAIT message is no longer displayed. 3: Tandem type formatted 4: Only tandem area formatted
manuals4you.com

08 - 691
4 - 69 System
0-3
Sub code z
Name
Type of HDD (Hard Disc Drive) is displayed WAIT will be displayed first, then the number of HDD type formatted will be displayed. Normally it will be a 2, unless it is a new hard drive that has not been formatted, then it will be a 0.
Mode
ALL -
Default
Contents
0: Not formatted 1: Not used 2: DSI formatted (DSI is the type of system interface utilized in the 5555/5565/5580). 3: Tandem type formatted The power switch must be turned OFF/ON after the type of HDD is displayed.
08 - 692 08 - 805
HDD size display Displays the value of Test Pattern data-1 The value in this code is used in the troubleshooting of Image Quality Control problems.
ALL ALL
88
0-255
X.X GB Example: 2.1 GB When the Test Pattern data-1 value does not equal the default value of 88. Refer to the Section 5, Flashing Service IQC Troubleshooting for complete information. Do Not set to any value other than 88 or image density problems will occur. To enter a value press the FUNCTION CLEAR key, a dash (-) will now be displayed in the value on the right hand side of the display. Key in 88, then press the START key.
08 - 900
Displays the System FLASH ROM version for all 6 programs data Displays the Main Logic EPROM version Displays the Laser Logic EPROM version Displays the Scanner Logic EPROM version
ALL
US/Canada: L331SUXXXX Europe: L331SEXXXX Example: L331SU0022 30*M XX 300L-XX Example: 300L-08 300S-XX Example: 300S-080
08 - 903 08 - 904 08 - 905
ALL ALL ALL

08 - 921
4 - 70 System
-
Sub code z
Name
Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM Program data version Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM Fixed UI (User Interface) data fixed area version Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM Common UI (User Interface) data common area version Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM 1st language UI (User Interface) data version Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM 2nd language UI (User Interface) data version Displays the System Logic FLASH ROM 3rd language UI (User Interface) data version
Mode
ALL -
Default
Contents
VXXX.XXX Example: V006.148 U VXXX.XXX Example: V006.000 0
08 - 922
ALL
08 - 923
ALL
VXXX.XXX Example: V005.000 0
08 - 924
ALL
VXXX.XXX Example: V010.001 3 VXXX.XXX Example: V006.000 0 VXXX.XXX Example: V004.001 11
08 - 925
ALL
08 - 926
ALL
Note 12: This code is available only for the 5580.
manuals4you.com
4 - 71 Counters
Counters
08 - 202
Sub code z
Name
Externally installed copy counter/ control device
Mode
ALL
Default
0

0-3
Contents
0: No external copy counter/control device 1: Coin controller 2: Copy key card 3: Key counter 1: Factory mode Mechanical counter does not count and copies can be made without the developer unit installed.
08 - 203
Factory Running Mode Note: Do not set this mode to 1 except for servicing.
ALL
0-1
0: Normal mode 08 - 302 Resettable Copy and Original counter display ALL 3 0-3 0: OFF (Not displayed here) 1: Resettable Copy counter 2: Resettable Original counter 3: Resettable Copy and Original counters Electronic counter counts all copies and prints, including all test mode copies. Note: The mechanical counter only counts the customer copies and prints, not test mode copies or prints. 08 - 352 Ledger/A3 double count ALL 1 0-1 0: Single count (count LD or A3 copies and prints as a 1 page) 1: Double count (count LD or A3 copies and prints as 2 pages)
08 - 351
Electronic total copy/print counter
ALL
0-99999999

08 - 358 08 - 359 08 - 360 08 - 370 08 - 371 08 - 372 08 - 374 08 - 375 08 - 376 08 - 382
4 - 72 Counters
0-99999999 0-99999999 0-99999999 0-99999999 0-99999999 0-99999999 0-99999999 0-99999999 0-99999999 0-1 The LCC tray operation is disabled when there is a problem detected with the tray raising or lowering. The machine logic disables the LCC tray movement by placing a 1 in the memory at Code 382. To enable the LCC, set Code 382 to 0 and determine the cause of the LCC tray movement problem. When an internal problem with the HDD occurs, an error is recorded in the memory at Code 390. When too many errors occur, it is then necessary to replace the HDD.
Sub code z
LCC counter
Name
Bypass counter
Mode
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
Default
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Contents
Each counter can be set to 0 (zero) or any other value. When set to 0, this will accurately record the number of pages from each area from the last PM or service call. The counter information can also be supplied to the customer for tracking the usage of an area of the machine.
Upper drawer counter Middle drawer counter Lower drawer counter Duplexer counter RADF original counter Copy job counter Print job counter LCC tray lockout counter Note: For tray lockout clearing to take effect, set to 0, then turn the machine power switch OFF then ON.
08 - 390
HDD (Hard Disc Drive) error counter Note: Only the counter value can be displayed. A value cannot be entered or changed.
Copier
0-32767
manuals4you.com

08 - 393
4 - 73 Counters
0-32767
Sub code z
Name
HDD (Hard Disc Drive) machine (system) error counter Note: Only the counter value can be displayed. A value cannot be entered or changed.
Mode
Copier/ Printer (sys)
Default
0
Contents
When there is a problem communicating to the HDD through the machine interfaces, an error is recorded in memory code 393. When this occurs often, the machine interface cables and PWAs that provide communications to the HDD must be checked and replaced as necessary. 0: No error has occurred 1: C41 occurred once 2: C41 occurs continuously 3: C46 error 4: C43 error 5: C44 error 6: C43 error 7: C44 error 8: C45 error 9: C44 error Note: Refer to Section 5 (Troubleshooting) for additional information.
08 - 400
Thermistor status counter
ALL
0-9
Note: To clear an error code

enter 0 then press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key.
Note: Entering a value other

than 0 will create a CALL FOR SERVICE condition. 08 - 401 Drum counter ALL 0 0-999999
Set this counter to 0 anytime the drum is replaced. The count is determined by the amount of time the drum drive motor runs. Set this counter to 0 anytime the developer material is replaced. The count is the total of all copies and prints, including all test mode copies and prints.
08 - 404
Developer counter
ALL
0-999999

08 - 600
4 - 74 Counters
0-1 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Note: How to set the Electronic Access Codes is provided in the separate operators manual that is included with the copier at the time of shipping. The information is also provided in this service manual. ALL 0 0-16 Refer to Flashing Service IQC, Section 5, Troubleshooting for complete information. When the count value becomes 3 a Service Recommended for IQC message blinks in the display. Set this code to 0 and perform the troubleshooting for problems with Image Quality Control.
Sub code z
Name
Electronic access code Note: When this is enabled, it does not provide Electronic Access control for the Print mode.
Mode
Copier
Default
0
Contents
08 - 800
Image Density Sensor error counter display and error counter clearing. Displays the number of times when the Image Density Sensor or the test pattern on the drum has failed to meet specification.
manuals4you.com
Document Handling
RADF Skew
Specification: The RADF must transport the original so the copied image is correctly aligned on the copy paper. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Perform the following adjustments: Print Image RADF Height RADF Magnetic Catch RADF Original Side-to-Side Registration RADF Leading Edge Position (Simplex) RADF Leading Edge Position (Duplex) 2. Place a Letter-R original in the RADF and make a copy. 3. Verify that the copy is within specification. If it is not, proceed to step 4.
4. If the copy is not within specifications, loosen the RADF hinges front mounting screws only enough to allow the hinges to slide.
Direction of copy paper movement
Mounting screw
RIGHT HINGE
Image Image skew
If the copy is skewed in the direction of example A, rotate the RADF CW. Refer to the following illustration. If the copy is skewed in the direction of example B, rotate the RADF CCW. Refer to the following illustration. Note: The left hinge is used as the pivot point. 5. Tighten the front mounting screw on each RADF hinge.
Mounting screw
RIGHT HINGE
6. Repeat this procedure until the specification is met.
manuals4you.com

RADF Side-to-Side Original Registration
Specification: The RADF must transport the original so the image is centered, front to rear on the copy paper. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the: RADF Skew Adjustment 2. Draw a line down the center of a blank sheet of Letter/A4 copy paper. This sheet is now the Test Original. 3. Place the test original in the RADF, making sure that the side guides are flush against the test original. 4. Select the LCC as the copy paper source. 5. Make a copy of the test original. 6. Measure the distance from the line on the copy paper to each end. To meet the specification, the distances must be equal. 7. If they are not equal, proceed to step 8.
Letter/A4

8. Loosen the screws that secure the original tray. 9. Adjust the guide to meet the specification. Move the tray to the rear if the distance from the center of the copy to the rear edge is smaller. Move it 1/2 of the amount of the difference of the two distances from the center line. 10. Tighten the screws. 11. Verify that the adjustment meets the specification. 12. Repeat the procedure until the specification is met.
Original tray
manuals4you.com

RADF Height
Specification: The gap between the exposure glass and the RADF SPACERS equals 0~0.5mm. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Using a narrow strip of paper, place it under the RADF SPACERS and check if it can be easily slid out. 2. If it can, then stack 5 narrow strips of paper together and place the stack under each spacer. 3. If the stack cannot easily be pulled out then the height is correct. If the stack can be easily pulled out then adjustment is required.
Spacers
. .
. .
Bottom of RADF

4. Turn each hinge adjustment screw counterclockwise to make the gap narrower. Adjustment screw
SPACER 5. Check the RADF Magnetic Catch.
Exposure Glass
SPACER
manuals4you.com

RADF Magnetic Catch
Specification: The magnetic catches should contact and be aligned with the magnet plates. Spacers L and R should align with the exposure glass.
The space between the spacers and the exposure glass should be 0.5mm (0.002 inch) or less. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the RADF Height adjustment. 2. Lower the RADF onto the exposure glass. 3. Loosen each magnets 2 mounting screws and adjust the magnet height to meet the specification. 4. Tighten the mounting screws.
Mounting screws Mounting screws

RADF Separation Plate
Specification: The Vertical gap between the separation mylar and the feed roller must 0.6 2mm (0.024 inch 0.008 inch). The Horizontal gap between the tabs of the separation mylar and the edges of the feed roller must be 0.3mm (0.012 inch) or more. Special Tools: Feeler gage. Measurement/Adjustment:
Tabbed separation mylar
Use a feeler gage and the following procedure to adjust the vertical and horizontal gaps between the tabbed separation mylar and the feed roller: Separation feed roller 1. For the Vertical gap, loosen the separation plate screws View B to make the adjustment. (Looking inward from the Vertical clearance between the edge of the separation Jam/Access Door) mylar and the surface of the feed roller should be 0.6 0.2mm (0.024 inch 0.008 inch). 2. Move the separation plate up/down to make the adjustment. 3. Tighten the screws. The difference in clearance between the mylars edge and the surface of the roller (at the front and rear of the assembly) should be 0.2mm (0.008 inch) or less.
manuals4you.com
4. For the Horizontal gap, loosen the bracket screws to adjust the horizontal gap between the separation mylar and the feed roller. 5. Slide the bracket right/left until the gaps are 0.3mm (0.012 inch) or more. Refer to view B.
Tabbed separation mylar
Bracket screw
Separation plate screws
Bracket screw feed roller
Side View A (Looking from the Front)
View B (Looking inward from Jam/Access Door)
Tabbed separation mylar feed roller
6. Tighten the screws.

RADF Leading Edge Position (Simplex)
Specification:
The leading-edge of the test original paper and the test originals image on the paper, when fed onto the exposure glass, must be in the same position on the copy as it is on the original. Special Tools: Lanier RADF Test Original (T1200-5468 Letter/T1200-5476 A4) Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Print Image adjustments. 2. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously, and turn the power switch ON. 3. After confirming that AJ is displayed, key in 3, 5, and 0 then press the START key. 4. To register the original closer to the original stop, enter in a number smaller than that displayed, and press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. 5. If you want to stop the original at a position closer to the RADF exit, enter a number larger than the one displayed, and press SET icon or INTERRUPT key. Note: 1 step = approximately 1.0mm (0.04 inch). Allowable input values: 0 ~ 15 6. With an original on the original feed tray, press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 7. Compare the registration of the test copy to the original. If incorrect, return to step 3. If correct go to step 8. 8. After completing the adjustment, press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust mode and go into the normal copy mode. 9. Turn the machine power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
manuals4you.com

RADF Leading Edge Position (Duplex)
Specification:
The leading-edge of the test original paper and the test originals image on the paper, when fed onto the exposure glass, must be in the same position on the copy as it is on the original, when using the reversing method to position the original. Special Tools: Lanier RADF Test Original (T1200-5468 Letter/T1200-5476 A4) Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the following adjustments: Print Image RADF Leading Edge Position (Simplex) 2. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously, and turn the power switch ON. 3. After confirming that AJ is displayed, key in 3, 5, and 1 then press the START key. 4. To make the original stop at a position closer to the original stop, enter in a number smaller than that displayed, then press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. 5. If you want to stop the original at a position closer to the RADF exit, enter a number larger than the one displayed, then press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. Note: 1 step = approximately 2mm (0.08 inch). Allowable input values: 0 ~ 15 6. Place an original on the original feed tray then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 7. Compare the registration of the test copy to the original. If incorrect, return to step 3. If correct go to step 8.
8. After completing the adjustment, press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust mode and go into the normal copy mode. 9. Turn the machine power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
manuals4you.com

RADF EEPROM / Sensor Initialization
Specification:
The RADF Logic PWA EEPROM must be initialized and the sensors adjusted when any one of the sensors are replaced. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: When either the RADF logic PWA, registration/paper length sensor - S202, timing sensor - S203, or exit sensor - S206 is replaced, it is necessary to initialize the EEPROM to perform the automatic adjustment of the sensors. Note: If the adjustment is not performed, errors (paper jams, etc.) may occur. 1. Power the machine ON in the 05 Adjustment Mode. 2. Key in Code 05-356 and press the START key. The EEPROM initialization is performed and the sensors are automatically adjusted. 3. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 4. Turn the machine power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. 5. Refer to the Troubleshooting section for error information: 03-281 03-282 03-283 03-284 03-285

Adjustment Mode/05 Codes
Adjustment Service Codes 05 Mode
05 - 350 see note 4
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
RADF single sided original stop position.
Mode
ALL
Default
8
Range
0-15
Description
The higher the value, the more the original is fed towards the paper feed side of the machine. 1 step is equal to approximately 1mm change. Test copy can be made in 05 test mode. The higher the value, the more the original is fed towards the exit side of the machine. 1 step is equal to approximately 1mm change. Test copy cannot be made in 05 test mode. Press 09 to enter normal copy mode and toggle back to 05 Mode to adjust. Perform RADF EEPROM initialization when the EEPROM, RADF logic PWA or one of the sensors are replaced.
05 - 351 see note 4
RADF double sided original, side 2 stop position.
ALL
0-15
05 - 356
RADF sensor automatic adjustment and EEPROM initialization. Press the START key, WAIT is displayed while the automatic adjustment is performed.
ALL
Note 4: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.
manuals4you.com

08 - 460
Sub code z
Name
RADF reversing of transfer belt during original feed to align originals against the original stop RADF automatic detection of the original size
Mode
ALL
Default
0

0-1 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
Contents
08 - 461
ALL
0-1
0: Non-standard (Machine will not stop and prompt operator to select copy size when non-standard originals are used). 1: Standard (Machine will stop and prompt operator to select copy size when nonstandard originals are used).
08 - 604
APS (Auto Paper Size) AMS (Auto Magnification Selection) Mode priority at power ON RADF priority mode at power ON
Copier
0-2
0: APS mode 1: AMS mode 2: None 0: START key (place originals in the tray, then press the START key) 1: Auto Start (the machine automatically starts copying when originals are placed 1 at a time in the RADF) 0: Same size originals 1: Mixed originals
08 - 607
Copier
0-1
08 - 618
Mixed size originals priority selection
Copier
0-1
Note:
For USA only, Letter-R and Legal size originals can be mixed. For Europe, only A4 and A3 size originals can be mixed.

08 - 641
0-3 0: OFF 1: STAPLE 2: SORT 3: STACK
Sub code z
Name
Automatic sorting mode from the RADF
Mode
Copier
Default
2
Contents
manuals4you.com
Document Scanning
Image Skew
See Print Image for Image Skew adjustments.
Lens Reproduction (1:1) Adjustment

Specification: The 100% (1:1) copy made of a millimeter scale must match the millimeter scale when measured by it.
Millimeter scale
Note: This adjustment must be performed when the scanner lens unit has been removed or replaced. Note: This adjustment is for checking that the main scanning (front to rear of copier) reproduction scale for the printer is correct. Note: Important! Do not disassemble the lens unit. Its internal components are integrally adjusted with the CCD unit at the factory. If the unit is defective, replace the entire unit with a new one.
Note: Important! Do not loosen or remove the 6 painted locked screws when replacing the lens unit! They have been sealed at the factory.
Front Rear
Note: When handling the unit, hold it by either end, DO NOT handle it by the center of the unit where the factory adjustments were made.
Proper handling
Improper handling
manuals4you.com

Special Tools: 1. Lens adjustment pins - C2089-1924 (2 required) 2. Millimeter scale Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Place the millimeter scale on the exposure glass and parallel to the original stop. 2. Make an A4/LT 100% copy. 3. Measure the copied scale with the millimeter scale that was placed on the glass. If it does not measure exactly the same, perform the rest of this procedure.
Millimeter scale
4. Remove the exposure glass, lens cover (and damp heater unit - AH/AHP models) and install the 2 lens unit adjusting pins into the oblong holes on the lens unit base. Be careful not to damage the harness located under the lens base when screwing in the pins. Do not over tighten them. Note: Only finger tighten the pins!
After adjusting the lens reproduction scale, be sure to adjust the deviation in the CCD main scanning direction. Lens adjustment pins Scale Marks
5. Use a pencil to mark the initial position of the lens unit on the scale marks on the scanner base. 6. Then slightly loosen the 2 lens unit retaining screws located on each end of the silver lens base bracket.
manuals4you.com

7. The lens unit can now be slid to the exit side and to the feed side and referenced to the scale on the scanner base. The following table shows the estimated lens unit movement from the reproduction scale error of the copied scale. Reproduction Scale Error
0.1% 0.2% 0.3% 0.4% 0.5% 0.6% 0.7% 0.8% 0.9% 1.0%
Lens Unit Movement

0.5mm 1.1mm 1.6mm 2.1mm 2.6mm 3.2mm 3.7mm 4.2mm 4.8mm 5.3mm Copied scale is larger Copied scale is smaller
Note: Fine adjustment in excess of the movement indicated above should be performed using Code 05-405 (Copier Polygonal Motor Speed Adjustment). 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Temporarily install the lens cover and exposure glass, make a copy and check the reproduction scale. After making any final adjustments, tighten the 2 lens unit retaining screws to lock the lens unit in place. Remove the lens adjusting pins. Install the lens cover and exposure glass. Check Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/ Copier Adjustment.

Carriage 1/Carriage 2 Position Adjustment
Specification: Carriage 2 will be in full contact with the paper feed side frame in the scanner housing and carriage 1 will be in full contact against it when adjustment is complete after replacing the carriage drive cables. Carriage drive cable tension is self adjusting. The tension on the front and rear drive cables must be identical. Special Tools: Scan pulley cable holding tool (C2089-7344), 2 required.
Exit side frame
Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Loosen the front and rear screws securing Carriage 1 to the drive cable. 2. Loosen only the 2 front screws securing Carriage 2 to the drive cable. 3. Slide Carriage 2 to the right and press it against the paper feed side frame of the scanner housing (at A & B). 4. Tighten the 2 front Carriage 2 retaining screws. Paper feed side frame of scanner housing 5. Slide Carriage 1 on the cables to the right and Rear Front press Carriage 2 against the feed side frame (at C & D). 6. Tighten the Carriage 1 retaining screws (1 front & 1 rear).
manuals4you.com

05 - 310
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Exposure lamp intensity. Set to default value: 55 Scanner acceleration curve setting (50-59%). Scanner acceleration curve setting (60-79%). Scanner acceleration curve setting (80-95%). Scanner acceleration curve setting (96-103%). Scanner acceleration curve setting (104-190%). Scanner acceleration curve setting (191-400%).
Mode
ALL
Default
55
Range
30-70
Description
The exposure lamp voltage increases or decreases 0.25V/step. 0: Acceleration ratio (1) 1: Acceleration ratio (2) 2: Acceleration ratio (3)
05 - 335 - 0 see note 3 05 - 335 - 1 see note 3 05 - 335 - 2 see note 3 05 - 335 - 3 see note 3 05 - 335 - 4 see note 3 05 - 335 - 5 see note 3
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
2 0 1 1 1 1
0-2 0-2 0-2 0-2 0-2 0-2
Adjustment corrects for blurs in the leading 50mm (2 inches) of the copy. Set to the default values when memory has been corrupted. Adjust only when replacing the scan drive motor.
Note 3: Key in Code 335 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. Key in the value, press SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.
4 - 98 Digital Image Processing
Digital Image Processing

Print Image Procedure
The order of the Print Image adjustments are provided below. They must be performed in the order listed. Print Image Adjustments
1 - Paper Alignment Paper Drawers, Duplexer, LCC, and Bypass Paper Aligning adjustments 2 - Print Unit a) Main scan direction reproduction ratio. Polygonal motor speed fine adjustment (Printer) b) Laser starting position (front to rear of machine image registration) c) Sub scan reproduction ratio. Transfer belt drive motor speed fine adjustment (Printer) d) Registration adjustments - leading edge of paper 3 - Scan Unit a) Image skew b) Main scan reproduction ratio. Polygonal motor speed fine adjustment (Copier) c) CCD main scanning start position deviation d) Scanner copy length reproduction ratio adjustment e) Leading to trailing edge image shift f) Copy leading edge void adjustment g) Front to Rear edge void adjustment (front & rear of machine) h) Copy trailing edge void adjustment 05-405 05-306 05-340 05-305 05-430 05-432, 05-431 05-433 05-401 05-411, 05-410 05-488 05-443, 05-444, 05-442, 05-445 05-450, 05-452, 05-456, 05-455, 05-457, 05-458
Mode - Code
Note: When the machine is in the 05 adjustment mode, only simplex copies can be made with the ENERGY SAVER key.
manuals4you.com

Paper Aligning
Paper Aligning Value (Codes 05-450 to 05-458) Specification:
The copies must have no image voids in the 50-100 mm (2-4 inch) area from the leading edge of the copy. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: Perform the following 05 Mode adjustments in the following order.
Paper Drawer
Upper 05-450 Middle 05-452 Lower 05-456
Duplexer
05-455
LCC
05-457
Bypass
05-458
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. Press the 6, 9, 0 keys in sequence (Code 450) then press the START key. Press the 0 and 8 keys display the current value. Press the 1 and 5 keys to input a new value. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. Select a drawer. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.
Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up.

8. Check the copy for any image voids. Image voids will normally be 50100mm (2-4 inches) from the leading edge of the copy. If there is a void, reduce the new value to 31 30 29 until no void occurs. Check for paper misfeed. When the aligning value is increased, noise caused by the paper scraping against the mylar may possibly be increased. 9. Perform the same procedure for the Duplexer, LCC and bypass feed. Note: When frequent paper jams occur near the aligning roller caused by using special thin paper other than that specified, the aligning value can be changed (reduced) as a counter measure. However, when the aligning value is reduced excessively, this may cause the registration to be shifted. Therefore, make sure that no registration shifting occurs while adjusting the value.
Void
0 50-1
0m m
10. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 11. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. 12. Check the Print Unit Adjustments. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
manuals4you.com

Print Unit
Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Printer (Code 05-401) Specification: The printed image width (front to rear) of the machine must be exactly 1:1 when compared with the image of the original. The distance between lines 1 and 21 of the test print must be 200 mm 0.5 mm. Special Tools: Millimeter scale. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Paper Alignment adjustment. Note: Paper supply: LCC, Paper size: A4/LT 2. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 3. Enter 1 and then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 4. Measure distance A, the distance between the 1st line and 21st line from the bottom end of the test print (front side of copier). 5. To set distance A to 200mm 0.5mm, adjust as follows: A. Enter Code 05-401 and press the START key. B. Enter the value and press SET icon or INTERRUPT key. Note: An increase in the set value increases the distance A.

C. Enter 1 and then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. D. Repeat the adjustment until specification is met. Note: In order to make a test print, make sure the message display indicates [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed, and then enter 1 for the print mode test copy followed by pressing the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print. Note: Allowable input values are 86 to 168. The default value is 140. 6. Perform the Laser Starting Position adjustment.
manuals4you.com

Laser Starting Position (Codes 05-411 and 05-410) Specification: The distance from the edge of the test print paper to line 6 equals 52 mm 0.5 mm (2.0 0.020 inch). Special Tools: Millimeter scale. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the previous Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Printer adjustment. Note: Always perform Adjustment Code 05411 first. Note: Paper supply: LCC, size: A4/LT
bottom edge of paper Direction of paper travel
6th line 52mm
2. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 3. Enter 1 and then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.

4. Measure the distance B (the distance from the bottom edge of the test print paper to the 6th line.) 5. In order to set the distance B to 52 mm 0.5 mm (2.0 0.020 inch), adjust as follows: A. Enter Code 05-411 and press the START key. B. Set the value and press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. Note: Increasing the value increases the distance B. Each increment is 0.0423mm/step.
Direction of paper travel
6th line 52mm
bottom edge of paper
C. Enter 1 and then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. D. Repeat the adjustment until specification is met. E. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. F. Enter Code 05-410 and press the START key. G. Enter value set in Code 05-411 and press the INTERRUPT key. H. Turn the power switch OFF.
manuals4you.com

6. In order to make a test print, in Code 05411 the message display must indicate [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed, and then enter 1, press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print. For Code 05-411. Code 05-410 is set to the same value set in Code 05-411. Allowable input values are 0 to 255. The default value is 140. The first line may disappear. 7. Perform the Transfer Belt Drive Motor Speed (Fine) procedure.
6th line 52mm
bottom edge of paper

Transfer Belt Drive Motor Speed (Fine) (Code 05-488) Specification: The distance between line 5 and line 25 equals 200mm 0.5mm. Special Tools: Millimeter scale.
Direction of Paper Travel
Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Laser Starting Position adjustment. 2. Follow the procedure below to make a test print. A. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. Front Edge B. Select the Ledger/A3 paper drawer. C. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key 3. Measure the test print copy distance A between the 5th line and 25th line on the front edge.
manuals4you.com

4. To adjust the distance A to 200mm 0.5mm: Note: The allowable input values are 1 to 255. The default value is 130. A. Enter Code 05-488 and press START. B. Enter the value and press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. Note: An increase in the value lengthens the distance A. Each increment is 0.25mm/step. C. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print.
Front Edge Direction of Paper Travel
Note: The message display must indicate [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed. 5. Perform the next adjustment.

Leading Edge Registration - (Paper) (Codes 05-442, 05-444, 05-445, and 05-443) Specification: The distance from the papers leading edge to line 6 on the test image equals 52 mm + 0.5 mm. Special Tools: Millimeter scale. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Transfer Belt Drive Motor Speed (Fine) adjustment.
Paper travel direction
Front edge
2. Perform the adjustments in the order listed. Adjustment Order

LCC Middle/lower Drawer Duplexer Bypass Feed
Code
05-443 05-444 05-445 05-442
Paper size
A4/LT LD/A3 LD/A3 LD/A3
3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 4. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print. 5. Measure the distance B the distance from the front edge of the test print paper to the 6th line.
manuals4you.com

6. To change distance B to 52mm 0.5mm (2.0 0.020 inch), adjust as follows: Note: Increasing the value increases distance B and the blank space at the leading edge (each increment is 0.5 mm/step or 0.080 inch/step). A. Enter the code and press START. B. Enter a value and press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. Note: For Codes 05-442, 05-444 and 05-445, the adjustment range is 1 to 15 and the default value is 8. For Code 05-443 (LCC): The adjustment range is 0 to 40 and the default value is 20. All LCC (Code 05-443) values become the reference for adjustment values. Therefore, follow the adjustment order listed. For Code 05-445, a test print cannot be made until the SET icon or the INTERRUPT key has been pressed. C. Enter 1 and press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test print. Note: To make a test print, the message display must indicate [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed Note: The first line in the main scanning direction may not be printed depending on the initial setting for the leading edge void. 7. Check the Scan Unit Adjustments.
Paper travel direction
Front edge

Scan Unit
Image Skew - Optics (Non-rectangular image) Specification: The image on the copy must have 90 corners. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Leading Edge adjustment. 2. Make a LD/A3-size copy. 3. Remove the exposure glass. (Adjustment order: Perform step 1 then step 2) Step 1 In case of A: Turn the mirror-2 adjustment screw (CCW). In case of B: Turn the mirror-2 adjustment screw (CW).
Step 2 Step 1
Direction of the copy paper movement
Direction of the copy paper movement
Step 2 In case of C: Turn the mirror-1 adjustment screw (CCW). In case of D: Turn the mirror-1 adjustment screw (CW). Note: CW = Clockwise CCW = Counterclockwise
manuals4you.com
4. Coat the screws exposed thread with Loc-Tight after performing the image skew adjustment.
Apply Loc-Tight in this area
5. Check the Image Skew - Original Stop adjustment.

Image Skew - Original Stop (Non-rectangular image) Specification: The image on the copy must have 90 corners. Special Tools: None.
Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Image Skew - Optics adjustment. 2. If image skew occurs with edges of original properly aligned with the original stop, adjust original stop on the front side
Direction of the copy paper movement Image Paper A B Direction of the copy paper movement
manuals4you.com

3. In the case of A, move the Original Stop in the direction indicated by . 4. In the case of B, move the Original Stop in the direction indicated by . 5. Check the Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Copier adjustment.

Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Copier (Code 05-405) Specification: The width of the copied image is 1:1 with the original (not stretched or compressed). Adjustment range: 86 to 168. Default value: 120 Special Tools: Millimeter Scale. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Image Skew - Original Stop adjustment. 2. Place the scale on the exposure glass as shown below (parallel to the original stop), and make a A4/LT 100% test copy from the LCC. 3. Measure and compare the copy of the scale to Paper Travel the scale. 4. Measure 200mm between the 10mm and 210mm marks. If they do not match, go to step 5. Use the procedure below to adjust the interval between 10 mm and 210 mm on the scale to 200 0.5 mm. 5. Enter Code 05-405 on the number keys and press the START key. 6. Input new value and press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. manuals4you.com
0mm 0mm
Increasing the value increases the distance 0.1mm/step. 7. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. To make a test copy, make sure that the message display indicates [100% A] after the SET icon or INTERRUPT key is pressed. 8. Check the CCD Main Scanning Start Position Deviation Adjustment.

CCD Main Scanning Start Position Deviation Adjustment - Code 05-306 Specification:
The distance A must equal 100mm 1mm. The adjustment range is 0 to 90. The default value is 45. Note: Increasing the value makes the image shift to the front of the machine by 0.169mm/step. Special Tools: Millimeter scale. Measurement/Adjustment: Front edge of copy 1. Check the Polygonal Motor Speed (Fine)/Copier adjustment. 2. Place the scale on the exposure glass with its 0 mm end aligned with the REAR Ledger/A3 line on the original stop scale, and its side against the stop. 3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 4. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC. 5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up. 6. Measure the distance A (as shown in the illustration) for the correct specification. 7. If the copy does not meet the specification, go to step 8 and perform the adjustment. manuals4you.com
A = 100mm
Copied scale
Front edge of copy
8. Enter Code 05-306. 9. Press the START key. 10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value. If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value. 11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. 12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 13. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification. 14. Press the 0 and 9 keys together to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 15. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. 16. Check the Scanner Copy Length Reproduction Ratio adjustment.

Scanner Copy Length Reproduction Ratio - Code 05-340 Specification:
Copy length (image) must be 1:1. The copied 200mm must match the 200mm of the scale. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 128. Note: Increasing the value decreases the length of the copy by 0.1mm/step. Special Tools: Millimeter scale. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the CCD Main Scanning Start Position Deviation Adjustment. 2. Place scale on the exposure glass with its 0 mm end against the stop 3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 4. Select Letter/A4 100% from LCC. 5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up. 6. Measure the copied scale from the 10mm mark to the 210mm mark. It should measure 200mm 0.5mm.
0mm
manuals4you.com

7. If it does not meet the specification, go to step 8 and perform the adjustment. 8. Enter Code 05-340. 9. Press the START key. 10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value. If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to previous value. 11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. 12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 13. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification. 14. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 15. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.
0mm
Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. 16. Check the Copy Leading Edge Image Position adjustment.

Copy Leading Edge Image Position - Code 05-305 Specification:
Image starting position must be 2mm ahead of the paper. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 24. Note: Increasing the value moves the image toward the trailing edge of the paper by 0.22mm/step. Special Tools: Millimeter scale Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Scanner Copy Length Reproduction Ratio adjustment. 2. Place the scale on the exposure glass with its leading edge against the original stop. 3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 4. Enter Code 05-430 and set its value to 0. 5. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC. 6. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy.
Edge of paper
Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up. 7. Check the scale on the copy to see if the 2mm mark is aligned with the edge of the paper. If it does not meet the specification, go to step 8 and perform the adjustment.
Scale is copied starting at 2mm
manuals4you.com

8. Enter Code 05-305. 9. Press the START key. 10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value. If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value. 11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. 12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 13. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification. 14. When the adjustment is finished, enter Code 05-430 and set its value to the original value. 15. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 16. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.
Edge of paper
Scale is copied starting at 2mm
Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. 17. Check the Leading Edge Void adjustment.

Leading Edge Void - Code 05-430 Specification:
The void at the leading edge of the copy must equal 3mm 0.5mm. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 24. Note: When the value is set to 0, the minimum void is 2mm. An increase in the value increases the void 0.0423mm/step. Special Tools: Millimeter scale. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Copy Leading Edge Image Position adjustment. 2. Raise the RADF up (to make a black out copy). 3. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC. 4. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up.
manuals4you.com

6. Check the leading edge void for the correct specification. 7. If it does not meet the specification go to step 8 and perform the adjustment. 8. Enter Code 05-430. 9. Press the START key. 10. Use the numeric keys to enter a new adjustment value. 11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. 12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 13. Check the copy against the specification If it meets the specification, continue to step 14. If it does not meet the specification, return to step 6 and repeat the procedure. 14. Press the 0 and the 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 15. Turn the power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. 16. Check the Front to Rear Void adjustment.


Front to Rear Void - Codes 05-432 & 05-431 Specification:
The void on the copy at the front and rear of the machine must equal to 2mm 0.5mm. The combination of the voids at the front and rear of the machine should equal 4mm 1mm. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 0. Special Tools: Millimeter scale. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the previous Leading Edge Void adjustment. 2. Raise the RADF up (to make a black out copy). 3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 4. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC. 5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up. 6. Check the void on the copy at the front of the machine for the correct specification. 7. If it does not meet the specification, go to step 8 and perform the adjustment. 8. Enter Code 05-432 for front void. 9. Press the START key.
2mm
manuals4you.com

10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value. If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value. Note: Increasing the value increases the void by 0.0423mm/step.
11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. 12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 13. Check the copy and repeat the adjustment procedure until the front 2mm void is in specification. 14. Enter Code 05-431. 15. Press the START key. 16. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value. If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value. Note: Increasing the value increases the void by 0.0423mm/step. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. Check the copy and repeat the adjustment procedure until the rear void is in specification. Press the 0 and 9 keys together to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. Turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode.
Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use. 22. Check the Trailing Edge Void adjustment.

Trailing Edge Void Adjustment - Code 05-433 Specification:
The void at the leading edge must equal to 3mm 0.5mm. The adjustment range is 0 to 255. The default value is 24. Note: Increasing the value increases the void by 0.0423mm/step. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Front to Rear Void adjustment. 2. Raise the RADF up (to make a black out copy). 3. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. 4. Select Letter/A4 100% from the LCC. 5. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. Note: The machine will not make a test copy until it is fully warmed up. 6. 7. 8. 9. Check the trailing edge void for the correct specification. If it does not meet the specification, perform the adjustment. Enter Code 05-433. Press the START key.
3mm
manuals4you.com

10. Use the number keys to enter a new adjustment value. If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value. 11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. 12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. 13. Repeat the adjustment procedure until the image is in specification. 14. Press the 0 and 9 keys together to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 15. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
3mm

Automatic Gamma
Specification:
The correct gamma curves are contained in the programmed logic. The automatic gamma adjustment corrects any errors that may have developed. Special Tools: Machine Generated Gradation Test Original (Diagnostic Code 04) Measurement/Adjustment: Note: The automatic gamma adjustment must be performed only after the Print Image adjustments and then the Image Density adjustments, have been performed. When the tone reproduction deviation is too high or low, it can be corrected by performing the automatic gamma adjustment. When any of the following parts are replaced, check the Gamma on the test print and determine if the adjustment is required. Halogen exposure lamp Exposure glass with shading sheet Lens/CCD unit Laser optical system unit Optical system position (CRG1, CRG2 position) Mirror 1, 2, 3 Reflector Drum Developer Charge Corona Development bias Transfer Supply
manuals4you.com

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Check the Print Image adjustments. Check the Image Density adjustments. Turn the power switch ON with 0 and 5 pressed. Select A3 or LD paper for the output paper size. Press the 0 and 2 keys and then ENERGY SAVER key. One 33-gradation pattern copy is output. 6. Confirm that there is no blank or line on the gradation pattern output in the above step and the density changes gradually. If there is any problem in the gradation pattern, repeat step 5 to output a gradation pattern again. 7. Place the dense side of the output gradation pattern face down against the original stop, at the exit side. Note: An error code will be generated if the test pattern is not paced on the exposure glass. If the light side of the test pattern is placed against the original stop, no error code will occur, but the auto adjustment procedure will be performed incorrectly. 8. Input the Code 05-580 through the control panel and press the START key. (The scanner automatically reads the original and the operation for the automatic gamma adjustment will be done in approximately 10 seconds.) 9. When the operation completes normally, the machine returns to the stand-by status. If the operation terminates abnormally, TEST MODE ERROR will be displayed. (See the indication on the next page.) For the abnormal termination, press the C key to reset the error indication. When reset, the display on the control panel returns to the stand-by status. Check the position, direction and skew of the graduated test original on the exposure glass, and repeat the steps 7-9.

Gamma Curve Correction
Specification:
The gamma curve is factory set. The default setting is (0). This is the same setting as 5 in the range settings. The default value range is 0 = 5. The range of values is 1 - 9. The darkness of the image can be changed to meet the copy quality requirements of the customer. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Press the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously, while turning the main power switch ON. 2. Enter the desired code(s) below for the Mode/05 that need adjustment: 05-593 - Text/Photo mode 05-594 - Photo mode 05-595 - Text mode 3. Press the START key. 4. Input the new value. Note: If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value. 5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory. Note: The larger the setting, the darker the image. 6. Place an original on the exposure glass. 7. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy. If the change in the image darkness due to gamma curve correction is correct, go to step 8. If additional changes are required, return to step 2.
manuals4you.com

8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Service Code. 9. Turn the main power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Code. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.

Sharpness (HPF)
Specification: The default HPF (High Pass Filter) values are pre-programmed into logic. Adjust if necessary to meet the customers copy quality requirements. Special Tools: None.
Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously and turn the main power switch ON. 2. Enter the desired code in the 05 Mode to adjust HPF to meet the customers needs: 05-620 -Text/Photo mode 05-621 - Photo mode 05-622 - Text mode Default Range
620 621 622 1 2 3 0-99 0-99 0-99 1st digit: 1 (fixed): Text/Photo 2 (fixed): Photo 3 (fixed): Text 2nd digit: 0: Default value used 1-9: Increasing the strength setting enhances the image sharpness
3. Press the START key.
manuals4you.com

4. Input a new value. Note: If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.
Code No.
100%
XXX
LT
TEST MODE Current entered adjustment value YYY ZZZ Entered adjustment value (If no change, enter YYY)
5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory. 6. Place an original on the exposure glass. In the adjust mode: Only one copy of single-sided originals can be made. Duplex copying and memory copying cannot be carried out. Test copies can not be made until the machine is warmed up. 7. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to obtain a test copy. If the HPF setting change is correct, go to step 8. If additional change is required, return to step 2. 8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 9. Turn the main power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.

05 - 305
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Leading to trailing edge image shift. Scanner (sub scan) start position deviation.
Mode
ALL
Default
128
Range
0-255
Description
When the value is increased by 1, the image shifts approximately 0.22mm towards the papers trailing edge. When the value is increased by 1, the image shifts approximately 0.22mm towards the papers trailing edge. When making this adjustment set code 430 to 0, after completing the adjustment reset to original value. See Scan Unit in the Print Image adjustments.
05 - 306
CCD main scanning start position deviation.
ALL
45
0-90
When the value is increased by 1, the image shifts approximately 0.0423mm towards the front side of the paper (machine). See Scan Unit in the Print Image adjustments.
05 - 340 see note 4
Scanner copy length reproduction ratio adjustment.
Copier
128
0-255
Adjust the length of the copy image to 1:1 so that it is not stretched or compressed. Use a millimeter scale and Ledger/A3 paper to adjust. Increasing the value decreases the length 0.05%/step (0.1mm/step) See Scan Unit in the Print Image adjustments.
manuals4you.com

05 - 401 see note 4
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Polygonal motor fine adjustment. The adjustment value is effective within the range of 86 to 168.
Mode
Printer
Default
128
Range
0-255
Description
Adjust the width of the printed image (front to rear) to 1:1, so that it is not stretch or compressed. When the value is increased by 1, the width reproduction ratio is enlarged by approximately 0.05% (0.1mm/step). After setting the value select A4/LT paper, select 1, then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make the test print. See Print Unit in the Print Image adjustments
05 - 405 see note 4
Polygonal motor fine adjustment.
Copier
120
0-255
Adjust the width of the copied image (front to rear) to 1:1 so that it is not stretched or compressed. When the value is increased by 1, the width reproduction ratio is enlarged by approximately 0.05% (0.1mm/step). After setting the value select A4/LT paper, then press the ENERGY SAVER key to make the test copy. See Scan Unit in the Print Image adjustments.

05 - 410
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Laser starting position (front to rear machine image registration main scanning direction). After adjusting Code 05 - 411, set 410 to the same value set in the code 411, press the SET key to store in memory or the CLEAR key to reset. Laser starting position (front to rear image registration main scanning direction). Copy leading edge void adjustment.
Mode
Copier
Default
140
Range
0-255
Description
Always perform Code 05 - 411 first, then set the value of Code 410 to the value set in Code 05 - 411. When the value is increased by "1", the image on the drum is shifted by 0.0423mm to the rear of the copier (main scanning direction.) See Print Unit in the Print Image adjustments before performing this adjustment. Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm. See Scan Unit in the Print Image adjustments.
05 - 411 see note 4 05 - 430 see note 4
Printer
140
0-255
Copier
24
0-255
05 - 431 see note 4
Copy top edge void adjustment (rear of machine). Top of copy A4/LT or right side edge of ST-R/ A5-R, LT-R/A4-R, Legal/B4 and Ledger/A3.
Copier
0-255
Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm. See Scan Unit in the Print Image adjustments.
05 - 432 see note 4
Copy bottom edge void adjustment (front of machine). Bottom of copy A4/LT or left side edge of ST-R/A5-R, LT-R/A4-R, Legal/B4 and Ledger/A3.
Copier
0-255
Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm. See Scan Unit in the Print Image adjustments.
manuals4you.com

05 - 433 see note 4 05 - 435 see note 4 05 - 436 see note 4
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Copy trailing edge void adjustment.
Mode
Copier
Default
30
Range
0-255
Description
Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm. Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm. Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm.
Printed page leading edge void adjustment. Printed page top edge void adjustment (rear of machine). Top of printed page A4/LT or right side edge of ST-R/A5-R LT-R/A4R, Legal/B4 and Ledger/A3. Printed page bottom edge void adjustment (front of machine). Top of printed page A4/LT or left side edge of ST-R/A5-R LT-R/A4R, Legal/B4 and Ledger/A3. Printed page trailing edge void adjustment. Bypass registration adjustment. Image on drum to papers' leading edge.
Printer
24
0-255
Printer
0-255
05 - 437 see note 4
Printer
0-255
Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm.
05 - 438 see note 4 05 - 442 see note 4
Printer
0-255
Increasing the value by 1 increases the void by approximately 0.04233mm. Increasing the value by 1 shifts the image on the paper by approximately 0.5mm towards the papers' leading edge. Increasing the value makes the paper arrive later. See Print Unit in the Print Image adjustments
ALL
0-15

05 - 443 see note 4
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
LCC registration adjustment. Image on the drum to the papers' leading edge.
Mode
ALL
Default
15
Range
0-40
Description
Increasing the value by 1 shifts the image on the paper by approximately 0.5mm towards the papers' leading edge. Increasing the value makes the paper arrive later. See Print Unit in the Print Image adjustments
05 - 444 see note 4
Drawer registration adjustment. Image on the drum to the papers' leading edge.
ALL
0-15
05 - 445 see note 4
Duplexer registration adjustment. Image on the drum to the papers' leading edge.
ALL
0-15
manuals4you.com

Mode xx Main code yyy Sub code z Group Adjustment Mode Default
Range
Description
Note: Set codes 450 ~ 458 to the default value. Adjust only when there is a problem feeding to the registration rollers because of worn
feed rollers. Be sure to set the codes back to the default values after replacing worn rollers. 05 - 450 - 0 see note 5 Upper drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 330mm and longer. Upper drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 220mm to 329mm. Upper drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 219mm and less. Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 330mm and longer. Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 220mm to 329mm. Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 219mm and less. ALL 14 0-31 Increasing the value by 1 increases the aligning (buckle) by 0.9mm. See Paper Aligning in the Print Image adjustments
05 - 450 - 1 see note 5
ALL
0-31
05 - 450 - 2 see note 5
ALL
0-31
05 - 452 - 0 see note 5
ALL
0-31
Increasing the value by 1 increases the aligning (buckle) by 0.9mm. See Paper Aligning in the Print Image adjustments
05 - 452 - 1 see note 5
ALL
0-31
05 - 452 - 2 see note 5
ALL
0-31

05 - 455
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Duplexer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller.
Mode
ALL
Default
10
Range
0-31
Description
05 - 456 - 0 see note 6
Lower drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 330mm and longer. Lower drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 220mm to 329mm. Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller. Paper length 229mm and less. LCC paper alignment (buckle) at the main registration roller.
ALL
0-31
05 - 456 - 1 see note 6
ALL
0-31
05 - 456 - 2 see note 6
ALL
0-31
05 - 457 see note 7
ALL
16
0-31
05 - 458 see note 7
Bypass feed paper alignment (buckle) amount at the main registration roller.
ALL
14
0-31
manuals4you.com

05 - 487 see note 9
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Transfer belt drive motor speed fine adjustment. Perform all of the Print Image adjustments, when codes 488 and 405 are performed code 487 is automatically adjusted. Transfer belt drive motor motor speed fine adjustment. Image mode automatic gamma adjustment for error diffusion. The TEST PRINT must be on the exposure glass or an ERROR will occur. Image mode gamma data slope correction. Data adjustment for gamma correction. Image mode gamma data slope correction. Data adjustment for gamma correction. Image mode gamma data slope correction. Data adjustment for gamma correction.
Mode
Copier
Default
128
Range
0-255
Description
Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.127% (0.254mm/step). Refer to the Print Unit in the Print image adjustments before performing this adjustment.
05 - 488 see note 9 05 - 580
Printer Copier
132 None
0-255 None
Automatically corrects the image quality after reading the test print pattern. Before performing this adjustment refer to the complete adjustment. Increasing the value darkens the image. 0: Default value is the center value (same as set value 5). 1-9: Slope correction (the higher the value, the darker the image becomes).
05 - 593
Copier (Text/ Photo) Copier (Photo)
0-9
05 - 594
0-9
05 - 595
Copier (Text)
0-9

05 - 620
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
*HPF strength setting. Normally set it to 1, this places the filtering in the optimum range of the Text/Photo mode. When the value is set too high the Moire pattern may occur. * High Pass Filter (sharpness)
Mode
Copier (Text/ Photo)
Default
1
Range
1 Right digit 0-9 Left digit
Description
Right hand digit (2nd digit entered): 1: Text/Photo (fixed at optimum level) do not enter values other than 1 for the right hand digit. Left Hand digit (1st digit entered): 0: Default is used 1-9: Increasing the value setting enhances the image sharpness. Only Set to these values: 1, 11, 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71, 81, 91 Right hand digit (2nd digit entered): 2: Photo (fixed at optimum level) do not enter values other than 2 for the right hand digit. Left Hand digit (1st digit entered): 0: Default is used 1-9: Increasing the value setting enhances the image sharpness. Only Set to these values: 2, 12, 22, 32, 42, 52, 62, 72, 82, 92 Right hand digit (2nd digit entered): 1: Text (fixed at optimum level) do not enter values other than 3 for the right hand digit. Left Hand digit (1st digit entered): 0: Default is used 1-9: Increasing the value setting enhances the image sharpness. Only Set to these values: 3, 13, 23, 33, 43, 53, 63, 73, 83, 93
05 - 621
*HPF strength setting. Normally set it to 2, this places the filtering in the optimum range of the Photo mode. When the value is set too high the Moire pattern may occur. * High Pass Filter (sharpness)
Copier (Photo)
05 - 622
*HPF strength setting. Normally set it to 3, this places the filtering in the optimum range of the Text mode. When the value is set too high the Moire pattern may occur. * High Pass Filter (sharpness)
Copier (Text)
manuals4you.com
Note 5: Key in Code 450 or 452 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. Key in the value, press SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 6: Key in Code 456 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. Key in the value, press SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 7: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 9: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.

08 - 464
Sub code z
Name
Gamma data slope correction
Mode
ALL
Default
1

0-1 0: Disabled
Contents
1: Enabled
manuals4you.com
4 - 145 Photo Conductor Process
Photo Conductor Process

Charge Corona Voltage Adjustment
Specification: The voltage measured between the charge corona rail tab and frame (GND) equals -720VDC +5V. The value of codes 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212 are set to same value stored in 05-210-0 Special Tools: Digital volt/ohm meter with an input resistance of 10 Meg ohm or greater. Door Switch Jig (Lanier part number 78-8035-8751-4). Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Open the front doors and remove the center upper inner cover (3 blue screws). 2. Insert the door switch jig. 3. Disconnect the developer connector from the cleaner unit connector, then remove the developer Charge corona rail tab unit. 4. Connect the digital volt/ohm meters positive (+) lead to the tab (protrusion) on the left side of the charge coronas rail as shown in the illustration. 5. Connect the digital volt/ohm meters negative (-) lead to the machines frame (ground). 6. Set the meters measurement range to 1000V DC.

7. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. Code
05-210-0 05-210-1 05-210-2 05-212 Copier Copier Copier Printer

Image Mode
(Text/Photo) (Text) (Photo) -
Mode
Specification
-720 V DC 5V Set to the same value set in Code 05-210-0 Set to the same value set in Code 05-210-0 Set to the same value set in Code 05-210-0
Note: No voltage is output when setting Codes 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212. Only the value stored in memory needs to be set to the same as Code 05-210-0. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Enter Code 05-210-0. Press the START key. In the displays upper left hand corner 0% is displayed, this is Sub Code 0. Press the START key a second time. The high voltage power supply is now turned on. For Codes 05-210-0, use the UP/DOWN icon keys to adjust the charge corona grid voltage to the specified value. When the voltage reading is correct, press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. Also press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key after setting the value in Codes 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212 to the same value set in Code 05-210-0. For Codes 05-210-1 and 05-210-2 after entering 05-210-0, press the START key, then enter 1 or 2 with the number keys - they will be displayed as 1% and 2%. Press the START key a second time to enter the Sub Code. For Codes 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212, use the number keys to enter the value. If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value. For 212 there is no Sub Code. Only press the START key one time.
14. 15. 16. 17.
Note: The power supply will not turn on for these 3 codes since it is only necessary to enter the same value set in Code 05-205-0.
manuals4you.com
18. When the adjustment is completed, press the 0 and 9 keys together to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 19. Turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.

Drum to Developer Magnet Roller Gap
The 5555/5565/5580 Digital copier requires no adjustment since a guide roller is used.
manuals4you.com

05 - 210 - 0 see note 2
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Charge corona grid voltage adjustment. The developer unit must be removed. Output IS available for measurement. Adjust by measuring the grid voltage output. -720VDC +5V Charge corona grid voltage adjustment. Output is NOT available for measurement. Set to the value set in Code 05 - 210 - 0. Charge corona grid voltage adjustment. Output is NOT available for measurement. Set to the value set in Code 05 - 210 - 0. Charge corona grid voltage adjustment. Output is NOT available for measurement. Set to the value set in Code 05 - 210 - 0. Image Quality Control circuit check value, it is not adjustable. Value indicates Status: Acceptable or Error
Mode
Default
93
Range
0-255
Description
The charge corona power supply output is increased when the value is increased. Before performing this adjustment refer to the complete adjustment. Check or adjust the output voltage using Code 05 - 210 - 0 first, then set the remaining Codes 05 - 210 1, 05 - 210 - 2 and 05 - 212 to the value set in 05 - 210 - 0.
05 - 210 - 1 see note 2
Copier (Text)
93
0-255
05 - 210 - 2 see note 2
Copier (Photo)
93
0-255
05 - 212 see note 2
Printer
93
0-255
05 - 291
ALL
0-255
A value of 2 or 4 indicates an error in the Image Quality Control circuit. All other values 0-255 indicate that the Image Quality Control circuit is working correctly. See Flashing Service IQC Troubleshooting section.

05 - 292
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Image Density Sensor output check value when the LED (light source) is turned OFF. (This is the current value stored in memory from the last time the machine performed the Image Quality Control compensation adjustment) it is not adjustable. Normal value is 102~307. Image Density Sensor output check value when the LED (light source) is turned ON. (This is the current value stored in memory from the last time the machine performed the Image Quality Control compensation adjustment) it is not adjustable. Normal value is 388~819.
Mode
ALL
Default
0
Range
0-1023
Description
Use this code only when checking or troubleshooting Image Quality Control problems. See Flashing Service IQC in the Troubleshooting section. The value is used to check if the sensor and its condition are normal. Use this code only when checking or troubleshooting Image Quality control problems. The sensor output is the amount of light reflected off of the drum to the sensor detector side. The lower the value the dirtier the sensor or the greater the amount the drum is worn. See Flashing Service IQC in the Troubleshooting section. Use this code only when checking or troubleshooting Image Quality control problems. The higher the number the dirtier the sensor or the greater the amount the drum is worn. 255 = Sensor is too dirty or drum is too worn for compensation. See Flashing Service IQC in the Troubleshooting section.
05 - 293
ALL
0-1023
05 - 296
Service automatic adjustment of Image Density Sensor LED intensity. The value displayed is the output check value after the light source is adjusted. (This is used to adjust the source voltage to the LED. The higher the number the brighter the LED light.)
ALL
0-255
manuals4you.com

05 - 481 see note 9 05 - 482 see note 9
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Drum motor speed fine adjustment. Drum motor speed fine adjustment.
Mode
Copier Printer
Default
128 120
Range
0-255 0-255
Description
Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.067%. Set value to 128 for the copier and 120 for the printer.
Note 2: Key in Code 210 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. For 210 - 0 use the UP or DOWN key to change the value, press the SET icon to store or the RESET icon. For Codes 210 - 1, 210 - 2 and 212 key in the value set in Code 210 - 0, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset Note 7: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 9: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.

08 - 418 08 - 449
Sub code z
Name
Charge corona wire cleaning Temporary laser running Service Mode when the laser beam position adjustment fails. Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Set to 1 until copier laser unit can be replaced. Service call Error Codes CA3, CA4, CA5, CA6, CAA, CAB, CAC, CAD, CAE, CAF or CD0. See Troubleshooting section for additional information.
Mode
ALL ALL
Default
0 0

0-1 0-1
Contents
0: Enabled (clean every 2,000 copies/prints) 1: Disabled (no cleaning) 0: Normal Mode The laser unit operates in this mode unless a service call is indicated when the beam position adjustment fails. 1: Continuous Mode Set to this mode when the laser beam adjustment has failed. The results of this setting places the laser beam close to target even though the beam position adjustment has failed.
08 - 802
Image Quality Control ON/OFF Set to 0 - ON to allow the Image Quality Control circuit to maintain the correct image quality.
ALL
0-1
0: OFF 1: ON Set to the OFF mode when there is a problem with the Image Density Sensor and related circuitry.
08 - 803
Image Quality Control counter setting Set to 2 so that Image Quality Control is performed every 2,000 copies/prints.
ALL
0-30
0: For Troubleshooting only. Image Quality Control is performed on every copy/print. 1-30: Image Quality Control can be adjusted to be performed in increments of 1,000 copies/prints. Refer to the Section 5, Flashing Service IQC for complete information.
manuals4you.com

08 - 814

0-255
Sub code z
Name
Displays the Image Density Sensor value for normal and abnormal conditions
Mode
ALL
Default
97
Contents
Refer to the Section 5, Flashing Service IQC for complete information. The value of the Image Density Sensor light reflected off the drum.
4 - 154 Photoconductor Exposure
Photoconductor Exposure
Image Density
Specification: Individual copy mode density settings may be changed to satisfy a customers needs. Special Tools: Lanier Gray Chart Test Original (T1200-8520) Measurement/Adjustment: Note: This adjustment does not change the exposure lamp setting. The amount of charge remaining on the drum is varied. Note: In the Adjustment Mode: Only one copy of single-sided originals can be made. Duplex copies and memory copies cannot be made. Check the copies in these modes after exiting the adjustment mode.
manuals4you.com
1. Adjust each image density setting to meet the customers needs using the following codes in the 05 Mode: .
Copy Mode Text/ Photo 05-503 Code 05-505 05-508 05-514 Photo 05-501 05-506 05-509 05-512 Text 05-504 05-507 05-510 05-515 Center setting Lightest setting Darkest setting Auto Exposure setting Automatic exposure setting fine adjustment Adjustment Remarks
Manual exposure fine adjustment for center setting Manual exposure fine adjustment for lightest and darkest settings
The larger the value, the darker the image The larger the value, the lighter the light range The larger the value, the darker the dark range The larger the value, the darker the image
2. Press the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously and turn the main power switch ON.
100% A TEST MODE LT
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Input the 5 - - code to be changed, and press the START key. Place the Lanier Gray Chart Test Original (T1200-8520) on the exposure glass. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the current value in memory. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy of the test original. Save this copy as the reference for the density change being made. List the current adjustment value on it. 8. Input the 5 - - code again. 9. Press the START key.

10. Input the new adjustment value. If you make a mistake, press the CLEAR key to reset to the previous value.
Code No. 100% XXX LT
TEST MODE Current value YYY ZZZ Entered adjustment value (If no change, enter YYY)
11. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value.
100% A LT TEST MODE
12. Press the ENERGY SAVER key to make a test copy of the test original. Note: A copy will not be made until the machine is fully warmed up. 13. Compare the new test copy with the reference copy. If more image density correction is needed, return to step 7. If image density is correct, go to step 14. 14. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 15. Turn the main power switch OFF then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
manuals4you.com

05 - 415 see note 4 05 - 416 see note 4 05 - 501 see note 11 05 - 503 see note 11 05 - 504 see note 11 05 - 505 see note 11 05 - 506 see note 11 05 - 507 see note 11 05 - 508 see note 11 05 - 509 see note 11 05 - 510 see note 11
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
First beam laser power. First beam laser power. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the center setting. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the center setting. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the center setting. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the lighter setting. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the lighter setting. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the lighter setting. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the darker setting. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the darker setting. Manual exposure fine adjustment for the darker setting.
Mode
Copier Printer Copier (Photo) Copier (Text/ Photo) Copier (Text) Copier (Text/ Photo) Copier (Photo) Copier (Text) Copier (Text/ Photo) Copier (Photo) Copier (Text)
Default
103 103 128 128
Range
0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255
Description
Laser power increases 2.34uW/step Set to 103. Do not change from this setting.
Increasing the value darkens the copy at the center setting of manual exposure.
128 20
0-255 0-255 Increasing the value lightens the copy at the lighter setting of manual exposure.
10 30 13
0-255 0-255 0-255 Increasing the value darkens the copy at the darker setting of manual exposure.
20 12
0-255 0-255

Mode xx Main code yyy Sub code z Group Adjustment
Automatic exposure fine adjustment. Automatic exposure fine adjustment. Automatic exposure fine adjustment.
Mode
Copier (Photo) Copier (Text/ Photo) Copier (Text)
Default
128 128
Range
0-255 0-255
Description
Increasing the value darkens the copy at the automatic exposure setting.
05 - 512 see note 11 05 - 514 see note 11 05 - 515 see note 11
128
0-255
Note 4: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 11: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.
manuals4you.com

08 - 449
Sub code z
Name
Temporary laser running Service Mode when the laser beam position adjustment fails. Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Set to 1 until copier laser unit can be replaced. Service call Error Codes CA3, CA4, CA5, CA6, CAA, CAB, CAC, CAD, CAE, CAF or CD0. See Troubleshooting for additional information.
Mode
ALL
Default
0

0-1
Contents
0: Normal Mode The laser unit operates in this mode unless a service call is indicated when the beam position adjustment fails. 1: Continuous Mode Set to this mode when the laser beam adjustment has failed. The results of this setting places the laser beam close to target even though the beam position adjustment has failed.
08 - 483
Polygonal motor pre-running
ALL
0-2
0: Enabled - RADF (when originals are placed in the tray) and exposure glass (when the RADF is lifted) 1: Disabled - (Motor starts running when the START key is pressed. This will delay the start of copying by 30 seconds. 2: Enabled - RADF only (when originals are placed in the tray)
Note:
08 - 484 Polygonal motor stops at an auto clear (time out) of the control panel settings. ALL 0 0-1
This code is effective only when 08 - 485 is set to 1.
0: Enabled - RADF and exposure glass 1: Disabled
Note:

08 - 485

0-1 0: Rotation 1: Stop When set to 0: The polygonal motor runs all the time. When set to 1: The polygonal motor runs according to the settings of Codes 08 - 483 and 08 - 486.
Sub code z
Name
Polygonal motor rotation or stop mode
Mode
ALL
Default
0
Contents
08 - 486
Polygonal motor stop time
ALL
0-2
0: 1 minute 1: 3 minutes 2: 5 minutes
Note:
manuals4you.com
4 - 161 Development
Development
Doctor Blade Gap
Specification: The doctor blade gap is not adjustable. The correct gap is automatically set when the blade is correctly installed. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: Align both ends of the doctor blade against the stop on the front and rear side frames. The stops automatically set the doctor blade gap.
Doctor blade
Developer Mag Pole Position

No adjustment is required. The developer mag pole position is determined by the magnet roller and polarity bushing.

Developer Auto Toner Sensor
Specification:
4 - 162 Development
The output voltage of the auto toner sensor must be +2.5V (+0.05V) when new developer material is installed. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: Note: The auto toner sensor must be adjusted when developer material is replaced. In addition, the developer copy counter (Mode 08 - 404) must be reset to zero. 1. Install new developer material into the developer unit and install the developer unit. Note: Before installing the developer unit with new developer material be sure the drum cleaning blade is in contact with the drum. 2. Press the 0 and 5 keys simultaneously and turn the copier ON. The following is displayed.
100% TEST MODE A LD
manuals4you.com

3. Enter Code 05-200 then press the START key. The following is displayed.
B
230% ADJUST MODE 128128 200 LD
4 - 163 Development
Note: Explanations of items A, B, and C in the above are explained as follows: A. Indicates the control data value of the auto toner sensor. The UP and DOWN icons allow you to change the numeric value. This will be used later in the procedure. B. Indicates the developer auto sensor output voltage. (In the above display 230% = 2.30V) C. Indicates the latest adjustment value. 4. After approximately two minutes, item B (see below) in the display automatically begins to change. A short time later, item B (see below) in the display automatically stops changing and the display changes as shown below. The auto toner adjustment has finished the automatic portion of this adjustment.
250% TEST MODE
200
LD
128128

5. Verify that the numeric value for item B (see above) is between 245 and 255.
4 - 164 Development
250% TEST MODE
200
LD
128128
Note: If Item B is between 245 and 255, that corresponds to a developer auto toner sensor output voltage of between 2.45V and 2.55V. 6. If item Bs numerical value is not between 245 and 255, use the UP and DOWN icons to manually adjust the numerical value to 250. Note: The relationship between the UP and DOWN icons and numerical values of items A and B are:
Key Pressed UP Key DOWN Key Value of Item A Increases Decreases Value of Item B Increases Decreases
7. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key. The drum, developer unit, etc. will stop operating and the display will show.
100% TEST MODE A LD
manuals4you.com

8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously. This exits the developer auto toner sensor adjustment and the display will show.
100% READY A LD
4 - 165 Development
9. Turn the copiers main switch OFF. This exits the 09 Service Mode. 10. Enter 08 mode and reset Code 08-404 to zero.

Developer Bias
Specification: Developer Bias Level DC-1 is set to -387 V DC 5V. Codes 05-205-1, 05-205-2, and 05-203 are set to equal the value in Code 05-205-0. Developer Bias Level DC-2 is set to -387 V DC 5V. Developer Bias Level DC-3 is set to -452 V DC 5V. Special Tools: Digital volt/ohm meter with an input resistance of 10 Meg ohm or greater. Door Switch Jig (Lanier part number 78-8035-8751-4). Measurement/Adjustment: Note: No voltage is output for Codes 05-205-1, 05-205-2, and 05-203. Only the value stored in memory needs to be set to the same as Code 05-205-0. 1. Open the front doors and remove the center upper inner cover (3 blue screws). 2. Insert the door switch jig. 3. Connect the digital volt/ohm meters positive (+) lead to the developers upper magnet roller as shown in the illustration. 4. Connect the digital volt/ohm meters negative (-) lead to the machines frame (ground). 5. Set the meters measurement range to 1000V DC.
4 - 166 Development
manuals4you.com

6. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. Item
Developer Bias DC-1
4 - 167 Development
Mode Image Mode
(Text/Photo) (Text) (Photo) -
Code
05-205-0 05-205-1 05-205-2 05-203
Specification
-387 V DC 5V Set to the same value set in Code 205-0 Set to the same value set in Code 205-0 Set to the same value set in Code 205-0 -387 V DC 5V -452 V DC 5V
Copier Copier Copier Printer All All
Developer Bias DC-2 Developer Bias DC-3
05-207 05-216
7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Enter Code 05-205. Press the START key. In the displays upper left hand corner 0% is displayed, this is Sub Code 0. Press the START key a second time. The high voltage power supply is now turned on. For Codes 05-205-0, 05-207, and 05-216, use the UP/DOWN icon keys to adjust the developer bias voltage to the specified value. 12. When the voltage reading is correct, press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the value in memory. Also press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key after setting the value in Codes 05-205-1, 05-205-2, and 05-203 to the same value set in Code 05-205-0. 13. For Codes 05-205-1 and 05-205-2 after entering 05-205, press the START key, then enter 1 or 2 with the number keys - they will be displayed as 1% and 2%. For 05-203 there is no Sub Code. Only press the START key one time. 14. For Codes 05-205-1, 05-205-2, and 05-203, use the number keys to enter the value. If you make a mistake while entering the number, press the CLEAR key to reset it back to the previous value. Note: The power supply will not turn on for these 3 codes since it is only necessary to enter the same value set in Code 05-205-0.

15. When the adjustment is completed, press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 16. Then turn the power switch OFF and then ON to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
4 - 168 Development
manuals4you.com

05 - 200
4 - 169 Development
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Automatic adjustment of the AutoToner sensor. (ATS)
Mode
ALL -
Default
Range
-
Description
Increasing the value increases the sensor output. Output is automatically set in the range of 2.45~2.55V. Refer to the complete Auto-Toner adjustment. The current value of the Auto-Toner sensor is displayed and can be manually set. The developer power supply output is increased when the value is increased. Before performing this adjustment refer to the complete adjustment. Developer Bias DC1 is applied in the image forming area of the drum.
05 - 201
Manual adjustment of the AutoToner sensor. (ATS) Developer DC 1 adjustment. Output is NOT available for measurement. Enter the value set in Code 05 - 205 - 0. Developer DC 1 adjustment. Output IS available for measurement. Adjust by measuring the output. -387VDC +5V Developer DC 1 adjustment. Output is NOT available for measurement. Enter the value set in Code 05 - 205 - 0. Developer DC 1 adjustment. Output is NOT available for measurement. Enter the value set in Code 05 - 205 - 0.
ALL
128
0-255
05 - 203 see note 1
Printer
104
0-255
05 - 205 - 0 see note 1
104
0-255
05 - 205 - 1 see note 1
Copier (Text)
104
0-255
05 - 205 - 2 see note 1
Copier (Photo)
104
0-255

05 - 207 see note 1
4 - 170 Development
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Developer DC 2 adjustment. Output IS available for measurement. Adjust by measuring the output.
Mode
ALL
Default
104
Range
0-255
Description
The developer power supply output is increased when the value is increased. Before performing this adjustment refer to the complete adjustment. Developer Bias DC2 is applied in the non-image forming area of the drum.
05 - 216 see note 1
Developer DC 3 adjustment. Output IS available for measurement.
ALL
133
0-255
The developer bias power supply output is increased when the value is increased. Before performing this adjustment refer to the complete adjustment. Developer Bias DC3 is applied when making adjustments, such as the Auto-Toner sensor adjustments. Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 3.85%. Set to the default value 6.
05 - 493 - 0 see note 10 05 - 493 - 1 see note 10 05 - 493 - 2 see note 10 05 - 495 see note 11
Developer drive motor speed fine adjustment. Developer drive motor speed fine adjustment. Developer drive motor speed fine adjustment. Developer drive motor speed fine adjustment.
Copier (Text/ Photo) Copier (Text) Copier (Photo) Printer
0-15
6 6 6
0-15 0-15 0-15 Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 3.85%. Set to the default value 6.
Note 1: Key in Code 210 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. For 210 - 0 use the UP or DOWN key to change the value, press the SET icon to store or the RESET icon. For Codes 210 - 1, 210 - 2 and 212 key in the value set in Code 210 - 0, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.
manuals4you.com
4 - 171 Development
Note 10: Key in Code 493 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 11: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset.
4 - 172 Paper Feed
Paper Feed
LCC Paper Sizes
Specification: 1mm -0.0/+.5mm between the side guides of the LCC and the paper being used. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Lower the LCC tray. 2. Unlatch and slide the LCC unit out and remove the bypass feed unit. 3. Remove two screws from each guide bracket and remove the brackets. 4. Install the side guides to match the size of the paper to be used. Note: If B5 size paper is to be installed, the paper holder bracket must be installed onto the LCC door cover as shown. Two screws secure the bracket. 5. Install the correct size paper. 6. Slide the LCC unit back into the machine making sure it latches. 7. Raise the LCC tray.
Screw
Screw
Paper Holder Bracket
manuals4you.com

8. Use the fine adjustment holes to finalize the adjustment of the side guides.
Fine Adjustment Holes
4 - 173 Paper Feed
9. Using 08-225, change the LCC paper size in the display to the correct size.

Drawer Paper Sizes
Specification:
4 - 174 Paper Feed
The desired paper size must fit in the drawer without excessive binding or skewing. The gap between the edge of the copy paper and the rear side guide must be 1 mm to 1.5 mm gap with the copy paper against the front side guide. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Pull out the drawer you wish to adjust. 2. Remove the two drawer stop screws (one each on feed and exit sides).
Stop screw Stop screw
3. Remove the drawer from the machine. 4. Remove the drawer side guides (2 screws for each) on the front and rear sides. Install the guides at the correct position for the desired paper. (Paper sizes are marked on the guide frame.) 5. Remove the trail edge guide (1 screw). 6. Install the trail edge guide at the correct position for the desired paper. (Paper sizes are marked on the adjustment plate.) 7. Place the correct size paper in the drawer. manuals4you.com

8. Verify that the gap between the edge of the paper and the rear side guide is 1 mm to 1.5 mm with the paper against the front side guide.
Side Guides
4 - 175 Paper Feed
Drawer
Trail Edge Guide
Guide Frame
9. Remove the drawer size label (on the right front of the drawer). 10. Fold the drawer size label so that the desired paper size will face out, and reinsert it.
Label
11. Install the drawer into the machine. Note: Be sure to install the two stop screws.

12. Change the drawer paper size in the display to the correct size using the following codes. 08-226 (upper drawer) 08-227 (middle drawer) 08-228 (lower drawer)
4 - 176 Paper Feed
manuals4you.com

Side to Side Deviation - Paper Feed Drawers
Specification:
4 - 177 Paper Feed
The center of the reproduced image on the copy paper must match that of the original. Refer to the illustrations below.
Direction of paper movement
Special Tools: Lanier Registration Test Original (T1200-5468 Letter/T1200-5476 A4)

Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Place the Lanier Registration Test Original on the exposure glass. Make sure that it is correctly positioned. 2. Make a 100% copy of the original, feeding paper from the paper drawer. 3. Verify that the center of the image on the copy matches the center of the original. If not, proceed to step 4. 4. Remove the paper from the paper drawer. 5. Loosen the screws that secure the paper guides. 6. Slide the front and rear guide brackets, equally, in the appropriate direction. Use a pencil to make indicator reference points. To move the copied image to the front, slide the guides toward the rear of the copier. To move the copied image to the rear, slide the guides toward the front of the copier.
4 - 178 Paper Feed
manuals4you.com

Side to Side Deviation - Stack Feed Bypass
Specification:
4 - 179 Paper Feed

Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Place the Lanier Registration Test Original on the exposure glass. Make sure that it is correctly positioned. 2. Make a 100% copy of the original, feeding paper from the bypass feeder. 3. Verify that the center image on the copy matches the center of the original. If not, proceed to step 4. 4. Remove the bypass feeder from the copier. 5. Loosen the 2 screws that secure the bottom plate of the bypass feeder. Refer to the illustration. 6. Slide the plate in the appropriate direction. To move the copied image to the front, slide the plate toward the rear. To move the copied image to the rear, slide the plate toward the front. 7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 until the copied image is correctly positioned.
4 - 180 Paper Feed
manuals4you.com

Side to Side Deviation - LCC
Specification:
4 - 181 Paper Feed

Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Place the Lanier Registration Test Original on the exposure glass. Make sure that it is correctly positioned. 2. Make a 100% copy of the original, feeding paper from the LCC. 3. Verify that the center image on the copy matches the center of the original. If not, proceed to step 4. 4. Remove the paper from the LCC. 5. Slide the LCC from its home position to its open position. 6. Remove the 4 screws that secure the top of the front and rear guide brackets. Refer to the illustration. 7. Install the screws in the slotted screw holes of the front and rear guide brackets. Do not tighten them at this time. 8. Slide the front and rear guide brackets, equally, in the appropriate direction. To move the copied image to the front, slide the guides toward the rear of the copier. To move the copied image to the rear, slide the guides toward the front of the copier.
4 - 182 Paper Feed
manuals4you.com

Paper Aligning
Note: See Print Image for Paper Aligning adjustments.
4 - 183 Paper Feed
Image Registration
Note: See Print Image for Image Registration adjustments.

Main Registration Roller Compensation
4 - 184 Paper Feed
Note: Only make this adjustment when the paper exiting to the finisher becomes misaligned or there are staple jams. Specification: Adjust timing until paper skew (to finisher) or staple jams cease. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: Note: Use this adjustment when paper exiting the finisher is misaligned or jams. 1. Check the following adjustments: Finisher Alignment Alignment Guide Position 2. Set Code 469 to 1 first then make copies and determine if the problem has been corrected. If the problem continues, change the value to the next higher setting and test again. 3. Repeat the adjustment until the compensation has corrected the problem.
manuals4you.com

05 - 459 see note 7 05 - 460 see note 7 05 - 461 see note 7 05 - 470
4 - 185 Paper Feed
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Upper drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the upper drawer registration roller. Middle drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the middle drawer registration roller. Lower drawer paper alignment (buckle) at the middle drawer registration roller. Paper remaining indicator. Automatic adjustment for EMPTY condition. LCC and Drawers. Paper remaining indicator. LCC manual adjustment for LESS than the capacity. Paper remaining indicator. Upper Drawer manual adjustment for LESS than the capacity. Paper remaining indicator. Middle Drawer manual adjustment for LESS than the capacity. Paper remaining indicator. Lower Drawer manual adjustment for LESS than the capacity.
Mode
ALL
Default
4
Range
0-15
Description
Increasing the value by 1 increases the aligning (buckle) by 0.9mm. Increasing the value by 1 increases the aligning (buckle) by 0.9mm. Increasing the value by 1 increases the aligning (buckle) by 0.9mm. Remove all of the paper from the LCC and Drawers, then perform the automatic adjustment. Perform the manual adjustment when the remaining amount of paper is less than . Perform adjustment Code 05 - 470 first. Then adjust as necessary. Decrease the value in these codes when the remaining amount of paper indication is slower than the actual amount of paper. Example: When the paper remaining indicator display shows paper remaining. Then it changes suddenly to empty.
ALL
0-15
ALL
0-15
ALL
0-31
05 - 471
ALL
0-31
05 - 472
ALL
10
0-31
05 - 473
ALL
10
0-31
05 - 474
ALL
10
0-31

05 - 475
4 - 186 Paper Feed
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Paper remaining indicator. Automatic adjustment for FULL condition. LCC and Drawers. Paper remaining indicator. LCC manual adjustment for MORE than the capacity. Paper remaining indicator. Upper Drawer manual adjustment for MORE than the capacity. Paper remaining indicator. Middle Drawer manual adjustment for MORE than the capacity. Paper remaining indicator. Lower Drawer manual adjustment for MORE than the capacity.
Mode
ALL -
Default
Range
-
Description
Load 4000 sheets of paper in the LCC and 500 sheets in the Drawers, then perform the automatic adjustment. Perform the manual adjustment when the remaining amount of paper is greater than . Perform adjustment Code 05 - 475 first. Then adjust as necessary. Increase the value in these codes when the remaining amount of paper indication is greater than the actual amount of paper. Example: When the paper remaining indicator display shows paper remaining. Then it changes suddenly to empty. Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.097. Set value to 128 for the copier and printer. Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.061%. Set value to 128 for the copier and the printer.
05 - 476 see note 9 05 - 477 see note 9 05 - 478 see note 9 05 - 479 see note 9
ALL
0-31
ALL
LT size: 2 A/B size: 3 LT size: 4 A/B size: 8 LT size: 7 A/B size 3
0-31
ALL
0-31
ALL
0-31
05 - 483 see note 9 05 - 484 see note 9 05 - 489 see note 9 05 - 490 see note 9
Registration motor speed fine adjustment. Registration motor speed fine adjustment. Drawer drive motor speed fine adjustment. Drawer drive motor speed fine adjustment.
Copier Printer Copier Printer
128 128 128 128
0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255
manuals4you.com

4 - 187 Paper Feed

08 - 201
4 - 188 Paper Feed
Sub code z
Name
Country paper size change
Mode
ALL
Default
0/1*

0-2
Contents
0: Europe (A4/A3/Folio) 1: USA/Canada (Letter/Ledger) 2: Japan (A4/B4) Select a paper size from the display ICON list of paper sizes. The range changes with the paper size selected.
08 - 224 08 - 225 08 - 226 08 - 227 08 - 228
Bypass paper size selection LCC paper size selection Upper drawer paper size selection Middle drawer paper size selection Lower drawer paper size selection
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255
Undefined Letter Letter-R/ A4-R Legal/A3 Ledger/A4
manuals4you.com

Mode xx Main code yyy Sub code z Name Mode Default Allowable Input Value Contents
4 - 189 Paper Feed
Enter the length first, then the width on Codes 229 through 242. 08 - 229 08 - 230 08 - 231 08 - 232 08 - 233 08 - 234 08 - 235 08 - 236 08 - 237 08 - 238 08 - 239 08 - 240 08 - 241 08 - 242 Paper size (A3) length/width Paper size A4-R length/width Paper size A5-R length/width Paper size B4 length/width Paper size B5-R length/width Paper size Letter-R length/width Paper size Ledger length/width Paper size Legal length/width Paper size ST-R length/width Paper size Computer length/ width Paper size Folio length/width Paper size 13 inch Legal (Official) length/width Paper size 8.5 x 8.5 inches length/width Paper size other - length/width ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL 420 x 297 297 x 210 210 x 148 364 x 257 257 x 182 279 x 216 432 x 279 356 x 216 216 x 140 356 x 257 330 x 210 330 x 216 216 x 216 432 x 279 182~432 x 140~297 182~432 x 140~297 420 x 297mm 297 x 210mm 210 x 148mm 364 x 257mm 257 x 182mm 279 x 216mm 432 x 279mm 356 x 216mm 216 x 140mm 356 x 257mm 330 x 210mm 330 x 216mm 216 x 216mm When setting the other paper size, remember that the size entered here will limit the maximum size paper the customer can load in a drawer when other is selected from the display.

08 - 480
4 - 190 Paper Feed

0-4 0: A4/LT 1: LCC 2: Upper drawer 3: Middle drawer 4: Lower drawer 0: Automatic paper Source Change disabled. 1: Automatic paper Source Change enabled. 2: Automatic paper Source Change enabled but the paper size and direction does not matter. When set to 1: When a paper source becomes empty and the same size paper is present in another source. the machine will automatically switch to that source of paper.
Sub code z
Name
Paper source priority selection
Mode
ALL
Default
1
Contents
08 - 481
Automatic paper source change
ALL
0-2
08 - 482
Paper feed retry
ALL
0-1
0: Disabled 1: Enabled When set to 0: The machine will only attempt to feed the paper 1 time before displaying a misfeed condition. When set to 1: The machine will attempt to feed the paper 2 times before displaying a misfeed condition.
08 - 613
User paper size selection for the OTHER key Note: The customer can change the paper size using the adjust selections.
Copier
USA: ST-R EUR: A5-R
0-255
Select the icon of the paper size requested.
08 - 625
Non-printed sheet prevention mode.
Copier
0-1
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
manuals4you.com

08 - 626
4 - 191 Paper Feed

0-1
Sub code z
Name
Bypass feed paper size recognition
Mode
Copier
Default
1
Contents
0: Disabled - The bypass tray does not recognize the paper size. Always set to the maximum paper size. 1: Enabled - The bypass tray recognizes the paper size. 0: All paper sizes and inserts available from the Adjust Drawer Size icon menu. 1: Adjust Drawer Size icon is removed from the display. Paper size adjustment and insert function are disabled. 2: Insert function is only available 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
08 - 638
Operator allowed to change the paper size in a drawer or the LCC enable/disable. Affects 08 Mode Code 613.
Copier
0-2
08 - 658
Continue paper size setting after running out of paper in the bypass tray during a job.
Printer
0-1
4 - 192 Fuser
Fuser
Fuser Roller Pressure (Side-to-Side)
Specification: The maximum nip width measurement deviation front side versus the rear side is 0.5 mm.
Fuser Nip (Shinny Bar)
Special Tools: Millimeter Scale. Measurement/Adjustment: Note: Normally, fuser roller pressure does not need not be adjusted. Adjustment must be performed if wrinkles frequently appear on copies made on standard copy paper. 1. Make an A3/LD size copy (entirely black) with the RADF open. 2. Turn the power switch OFF when the paper enters the fuser. 3. Open the front cover, and slide the transfer/fuser unit out. 4. Quickly turn the jam removal knob CCW until the copy paper has exited the fuser. Note: CW = Clockwise CCW = Counterclockwise
manuals4you.com

5. Measure the width of the fuser nip (shinny bar) on the copy paper at the front and the rear.
4 - 193 Fuser
Fuser Nip (Shinny Bar)
6. The front to back nip width difference must be within 0.5 mm. If not, remove the fuser unit and loosen the pressure spring retaining screw on the side having the wider area. Note: One half turn will narrow the gap by approximately 0.5 mm. 7. Install the fuser unit. 8. Return to step 1 and repeat the process until fuser nip is within specifications. 9. After performing this adjustment, make five A3/LD size white copies with the RADF closed, to clean the fuser rollers.

Fuser Roller Temperature & Pressure
Specification:
4 - 194 Fuser
Copies (simplex or duplex) exiting the machine must have minimal amounts of wrinkling, curling, toner offsetting, and toner pick off. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Fuser Roller Pressure (Side-to-Side) adjustment. Note: The fuser unit has been factory set for a fuser roller surface temperature of 200oC (392oF) and a pressure roller pressure of 100kg (220lb). These specifications are optimum set points for the best simplex and duplex copying with the least amount wrinkling, curling, toner offsetting, and toner backfill when Lanier recommended paper is used. When customers use non-Lanier recommended paper (abnormal paper) the fuser unit performance will deteriorate. To compensate for abnormal paper the following methods may be tried. Doing these adjustment will not guarantee that copies will meet the customers requirements. When using Service Mode 08-411 to set the temperature, DO NOT set the value above 11. Setting the value to 12 or above will cause overheating and causes the thermofuse to open.
Caution
Fuser Temperature: 2. To change the Fuser Temperature, access Service Mode 08-411.
manuals4you.com

3. Press the START key. 4. Input a new value. The greater the number the greater the heat. The maximum allowable value is 11. The factory default is 8. Note: When a higher temperature is set, an increase in paper wrinkling, curling, or toner pick off may occur. 5. Press the SET icon or INTERRUPT key to store the new value in memory. 6. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjustment Mode. 7. Turn the main power switch OFF then ON. Note: Do not leave the copier in the Service Mode when making copies. 8. Run several copies and verify the results. Repeat this procedure if necessary or if the preset fuser temperature is set to 11 continue to the next step (Fuser Pressure).
4 - 195 Fuser

Fuser Pressure: 9. If raising the preset fuser temperature does not produce the desired results, add pressure spring spacers using the following procedure. 10. Set the preset fuser temperature (08-411) to 8. 11. Remove the fuser assembly from the machine. 12. Remove the pressure springs from the Fuser Roller. (See disassembly section for procedure.) 13. Insert one spacer under each spring (as shown). Lanier Part Number C2081-1477 14. Reassemble the machine. 15. Run several copies and verify the results. Repeat this procedure if necessary by adding up to 3 spacers under each spring. Note: For each spacer inserted the pressure is increased by 5kg (11lbs). On difficult cases, a combination of both temperature and pressure adjustments may be required. The same number of inserts must inserted at the front and rear. Otherwise skewing will occur causing fuser paper jams.
4 - 196 Fuser
Pressure spring
manuals4you.com

Fuser Entrance Guide
Specification: The fuser entrance guide must not cause: Toner spots or smears on the backside of the copy. Fuser jams Wrinkled paper The guide to Pressure Roller Gap = 0.4 mm to 1.7 mm. Note: The guides front setting should equal the rear setting. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: Note: Under normal conditions the screws securing the entrance guide are in the inner round holes of the guide. The stamped mark, lines up with the pointer center on the guide. 1. Remove the 2 screws securing the entrance guide. 2. Install the 2 screws in the outer vertical oblong holes.
4 - 197 Fuser

3. Adjust the entrance guide height using the stamped markings. Note: Each end must be adjusted to the same height.
4 - 198 Fuser
manuals4you.com

05 - 485 see note 9 05 - 486 see note 9
4 - 199 Fuser
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Fuser drive motor speed fine adjustment. Fuser drive motor speed fine adjustment.
Mode
Copier Printer
Default
128 128
Range
0-255 0-255
Description
Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.061%. Set value to 128 for the copier and printer.

08 - 205
4 - 200 Fuser
Sub code z
Name
Timer for switching from Ready mode to Energy Saver mode
Mode
ALL
Default
11

0-15 0: Disabled 1: 30 sec. 2: 60 sec. 3: 90 sec. 4: 120 sec. 5: 150 sec.
Contents
6: 3 min. 7: 4 min. 8: 5 min. 9: 7 min. 10: 10 min. 11: 15 min.
12: 20 min. 13: 30 min. 14: 45 min. 15: 60 min.
08 - 206
Timer for switching from Ready mode to Auto-Power Shut OFF or Low Power Mode. US Energy Star Compliance
ALL
12
0-20 0: 3 min. 1: 5 min. 2: 10 min. 3: 15 min. 4: 20 min. 5: 25 min. 6: 30 min. 7: 40 min. 8: 50 min. 9: 60 min. 10: 70 min. 11: 80 min. 12: 90 min. 13: 100 min. 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20: 110 min. 120 min. 150 min. 180 min. 210 min. 240 min. Disabled
08 - 407
Fuser pre-running time Note: The time allowed for the fuser to rotate during the warm up mode.
ALL
0-14
0: 120 sec. 1: 135 sec. 2: 150 sec. 3: 165 sec. 4: 180 sec.
08 - 410
Fuser temperature in the print mode
Printer
0-14
0: 173C 1: 180C 2: 183C 3: 186C 4: 189C 5: 192C
6: 195C 7: 198C 8: 200C 9: 203C 10: 206C 11: 209C
12: 212C 13: 215C 14: 218C 15: 221C
manuals4you.com

08 - 411
4 - 201 Fuser
0-15 0: 173C 1: 180C 2: 183C 3: 186C 4: 189C 5: 192C
Sub code z
Name
Fuser temperature when the copier is Ready
Mode
ALL
Default
8
Contents
6: 195C 7: 198C 8: 200C 9: 203C 10: 206C 11: 209C 12: 212C 13: 215C 14: 218C 15: 221C
08 - 412
Fuser temperature in the ENERGY SAVER mode
ALL
0-15
0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5:
160C 164C 167C 170C 173C 180C
6: 183C 7: 186C 8: 189C 9: 192C 10: 195C 11: 198C
12: 200C 13: 203C 14: 206C 15: 210C
08 - 602
Automatic Energy Saver Icon Automatic power OFF Icon
ALL
0: Australia, Taiwan, Saudi Arabia, Asian region 1: All other countries
0-1
0: OFF - Icons are NOT in the display.
Note: The customer cannot adjust the

Energy Saver and Auto Power Off times. They can only be set by a service technician using 08 - 205 and 08 - 206. 1: ON - Icons are in the display.
Note:
The customer can adjust the Energy Saver and Power Off times.
Duplexer/Copy Exit
Duplex Stack Unit Side-to-Side Deviation
Specification: The back side image of a duplexed copy should not vary from the front side by more than 2mm. Special Tools: Lanier Registration Test Original (T1200-5468 Letter/T1200-5476 A4) Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Check the Paper Feed Side-to-Side Deviation and Paper Feed Registrations adjustments. 2. Place a Lanier Registration Test Original on the exposure glass at the A4/LT indicator marks. Make a manual duplexed copy of it. 3. Adjust the original position until it is centered on the letter indicator marks. Check that the back side of the duplex copy does not vary from the center line by more than 2mm. 4. If the copy does not meet the specification adjust the position of the Loosen, do not remove stack tray. 5. Loosen the front left and front right screws securing the duplex stack tray. 6. Use the 1mm scale marks and the duplex tray position indicator at the front left side of the duplexer to align the stack tray. 7. Move the stack guide unit to obtain the specification, using the scale that is etched on the frame (left front corner). If the duplex image is shifted toward the rear, move the assembly to the rear of the copier by the same amount the copy is incorrect. If the duplex image is shifted toward the front, move the assembly to the front of the copier by the same amount the copy is incorrect.
manuals4you.com

8. Move the stack tray to the front or the rear as needed to bring the duplex copy into specification. 9. Make a test copy. Verify that the image is centered on the copy. 10. Repeat the procedure until the specification is met.

Duplexer Pre-feed Compensation
Specification:
When duplexing 6 or more Letter/A4 size copies the duplexer will pre-feed the first 2 sheets to the duplexer transfer section for better productivity. When side-to-side skewing or folded corners occur the pre-feed function can be disabled to reduce skewing and folded corners. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Using Code 08-487, set the value to: 0: Enable - Duplexer pre-feeds Letter/A4 size papers. Normal machine operation. 1: disable - Duplexer does not pre-feed Letter/A4 size papers. Set to this value only when side-to-side skewing or folded corners occur.
manuals4you.com

Duplexer Length Guide Position Compensation
Specification: Set compensation to eliminate duplexer jams. Note: The adjustment is only effective when duplexing 10 or less copies per set. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: Note: Only perform this adjustment when the duplexer jams (E54 Error codes) occur because the copy paper has: Excessive leading edge curl The edges are wavy The paper is longer than standard size. The length guide position can be changed to move the paper away from the pick-up roller. This will help to decrease the possibility of future jams. 1. Using Code 05-464, set the value to: 2: Default value, set it to 2 when there are NO duplexer jams (E54 Error codes). 0: When duplexing only LD/A3 paper sizes. 4: When duplexing only LG, LT, LT-R or ST-R paper sizes. 3: When duplexing all paper sizes.

Duplexer Width Guide Gap
Specification:
The duplexer width guides should have a gap of 1mm + 0.5mm gap between the guide and the edge of a LD/A3 sheet of paper. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Place a LD/A3 sheet of paper in the duplexer stack tray. 2. Push the paper to the rear guide and measure the gap between the front guide and the edge of the paper. The gap should be 1mm + 0.5mm. 3. If the gap is outside the specification, move the rear width guide towards the center of the stack tray. 4. Loosen the retraining screw located in the cavity at the rear of the stack tray. Loosen do not remove 5. Using the scale marks in the frame as a reference, turn the adjusting cam the amount required to bring it into specification: To make the gap wider - turn the cam counterclockwise To make the gap narrower - turn the cam clockwise 6. Tighten the retaining screw. 7. Close the doors to the machine and turn the power switch on so the width guides can go to the home position. 8. Check that the specification has been met. 9. Repeat the adjustment until the specification is met.
manuals4you.com

Duplexer Gate Roller Position
Specification:
The gate roller must be properly repositioned if it has been removed. The clutch unit must be removed. The dowels of drive gear 1 and drive gear 2 must align as shown below when gears are installed. The dowels of drive gear 2 and gate roller drive gear must be offset CCW 2 gear teeth as shown below.
Drive Gears
Dowel Drive Gear 1 Drive Gear 2
Gate Roller
Gate Roller Drive Gear Offset
Special Tools: None.

Measurement/Adjustment: 1. With the clutch unit removed install drive gear 1. 2. Install drive gear 2 with its dowel directly opposite the dowel on drive gear 1. 3. Keeping gear 1 and gear 2 aligned, install the gate roller drive gear with the dowel on it offset CCW 2 gear teeth. 4. Install the drive gears retaining rings. 5. Install the clutch unit. Make sure the arbor projection of the spring clutch is aligned beneath the stop.
Stop and Arbor Projection
Spring Clutch
manuals4you.com

05 - 462 see note 7 05 - 464 see note 12
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Duplexer registration roller paper alignment (buckle). Duplexer length guide position composition adjustment. Only perform this adjustment when the duplexer jams (E54 Error Code) occur because the copy paper has excessive leading edge curl, the edges are wavy, or the paper is longer than the standard paper size. The position of the length guide can be changed top move the paper away from the pickup roller. This will help decrease the possibility of future jams.
Mode
ALL ALL
Default
4 2
Range
0-15 0-3
Description
Increasing the value by 1 increases the aligning (buckle) by 0.9mm. The following values are for small paper stacks: 0: LD/A3 2mm,other paper sizes 2mm 1: LD/A3 2mm,other paper sizes 0mm 2: LD/A3 4mm,other paper sizes 2mm 3: LD/A3 4mm,other paper sizes 0mm
05 - 491 see note 9 05 - 492 see note 9
Duplexer drive motor speed fine adjustment. Duplexer drive motor speed fine adjustment.
Copier Printer
128 128
0-255 0-255
Increasing the value by 1 increases the motor speed by 0.148%. Set value to 128 for the copier and the printer.
Note 7: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 9: Key in the value, press the SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 12: This code is available only for the 5580.

08 - 487 see note 12 08 - 603
Sub code z
Name
Duplexer Pre-feed
Mode
ALL
Default
0

0-1
Contents
0: Enabled 1: Disabled - Set to this value only when sideto-side skewing or folded corners occur. 0: Disabled 1: Single-sided to Double-sided 2: Double-sided to Double-sided 3: User selection 0: Opening book (copying) from the front 1: Opening book (copying) from the back
Automatic duplexing mode
Copier
0-3
08 - 611
Book double-sided original selection
Copier
0-1
Note 12: This code is available only for the 5580.
manuals4you.com
4 - 211 F580/F580S
F580/F580S
Registration Roller Compensation
See the Main Registration Roller Compensation adjustment in the Paper Feed group.
Finisher Alignment
Specification: The finisher must align with the copier frame in the vertical direction, and side to side horizontally at the top and the bottom of the unit. Alignment is corrected by adjusting the copiers 4 leveling pads (under its lower unit). Note: Paper travel between the copier and the finisher may be impaired if the copiers lower unit is misaligned with the finisher. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Measure the clearance at A (top) and A (bottom) between the finisher and the copier. 2. Adjust the pads on the copier so that A and A are equal.
Copier lower unit

3. Measure the horizontal (side-to-side) difference of the finisher relative to the copier, at the rear. 4. Adjust the pads on the copier so that B (top) and B' (bottom) are equal.
4 - 212 F580/F580S
Copier lower unit
manuals4you.com

Paper Stack Height Sensor
Specification: LED 1 on the finisher logic PWA will turn ON and OFF during and after the adjustment is performed correctly and finished. Note: The paper stack height sensor S402 is an automatic adjustment. Note: This adjustment must be made when the logic PWA or the sensor is replaced. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Turn the finisher SW3 dip switches on as shown in the illustration. 2. Place a blank sheet of plain paper (A4/LT) on both trays. 3. Press SW1 on the finisher logic PWA to perform the automatic adjustment. The tray unit will shift tray 1 and then tray 2 in sequence. When the adjustment has been completed, trays will return to their home positions. During the adjustment, LED 1 flashes. When the adjustment is finished, LED 1 will stay on. If the automatic adjustment fails, the shift tray will stop and LED 1 will turn OFF. 4. Turn all the SW3 dip switches to OFF. 5. Turn the copier OFF and then back ON to return to normal operation.
4 - 213 F580/F580S
SW3

Alignment Guide Position
Specification:
4 - 214 F580/F580S
When the finisher logic PWA is replaced, or if a registration fault occurs, the alignment guide must be adjusted. Note: The adjustment corrects for all paper sizes. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Remove the finisher units rear cover. 2. Set the SW3 dip switches on the finisher logic PWA as shown in the illustration. 3. Press SW2 on the finisher logic PWA if LT paper is being used. or Press SW1 on the finisher logic PWA if A4 paper is being used. Note: Pressing SW1/SW2 will open the swing guide and move the alignment guide to the A4/LT position.
manuals4you.com

4. Place 2 sheets of A4/LT paper between the alignment guide and the guide plate, butting them against the paper stops. 5. Press SW1/SW2 on the finisher logic PWA, and butt the alignment guide against the sheets. Pressing SW2 will shift the alignment guide to the front in increments of 0.35mm. Pressing SW1 will shift the alignment guide to the rear in increments of 0.35mm. 6. Press SW1 and SW2 simultaneously to store the adjustment value. This will lower the swing guide. 7. Turn all the SW3 dip switches to OFF. 8. Turn the copier OFF and then back ON to return to normal operation.
Alignment Guide
4 - 215 F580/F580S
Alignment Guide Movement When SW2 is Pressed Alignment Guide Movement When SW1 is Pressed
Paper Stop A4/LT
Paper Stop
Front Guide

Staple Position (Stapler Movement Range)
Specification: The position of the staple must be 290 +2mm for A4 paper or 273 +2mm for LT paper. Note: The adjustment affects all paper sizes and all stapling positions. This adjustment must be performed if the finisher logic PWA is replaced.
290 +2mm for A4 273 +2mm for LT
4 - 216 F580/F580S
A4/LT Staple
Staple Position Staple Position Movement When Movement When SW1 is pressed SW2 is pressed
Paper Feeding Direction
Special Tools: None.
manuals4you.com

Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Remove the finisher units rear cover. 2. Set the SW3 dip switches on the finisher logic PWA as shown in the illustration. Note: Staples must be installed or the staple cartridge empty switch (SW408) actuator will not be held down and the adjustment will not function. 3. Press SW1, on the finisher logic PWA if A4 paper is being used. or Press SW2, on the finisher logic PWA if LT paper is being used. 4. Press SW1 and SW2 simultaneously to open the swing guide and cause the feed belt to rotate. 5. Within 5 seconds after pressing the switch, place two sheets of A4/LT paper between the alignment guide and the front guide, butting it against the paper stops. The finisher will detect the paper and lower the swing guide and then staples at 1-position. Note: The stapled paper must be removed manually. 6. If the stapling position is correct, turn all dip switches on SW3 to OFF to end the adjustment. If the stapling position is incorrect continue to step 7. 7. To adjust the position where the staple penetrates the paper, press SW1, or SW2 on the finisher logic PWA as required. One press on SW1 will shift the stapling position to the rear in steps of 0.3mm). One press on SW2 will shift the stapling position to the front in steps of 0.3mm. 8. Press SW1 and SW2 simultaneously to open the swing guide and cause the feed belt to rotate.
Stapler
4 - 217 F580/F580S
SW3
Alignment Guide
Paper Stop A4/LT
Paper Stop
Front Guide
4 - 218 F580/F580S
9. Within 5 seconds after pressing the switch, place two sheets of A4/LT paper between the alignment guide and the front guide, butting it against the paper stops. The finisher will detect the paper and lower the swing guide and then staples at 1-position. Note: The stapled paper must be removed manually. 10. Check the stapling position. If it is correct, set all SW3 dip switches to OFF to end the adjustment. If readjustment is necessary, return to step 7. Note: Current finisher logic PWA settings are changed when either the SW1 or SW2 are pushed. To go back to a previous setting after either switch is pushed, the other switch must be pushed as many times as the first switch was pushed.
290 +2mm for A4 273 +2mm for LT
A4/LT Staple
Staple Position Staple Position Movement When Movement When SW1 is pressed SW2 is pressed
Paper Feeding Direction
manuals4you.com

Sort/Staple Capacity
Specification: The sort/staple capacity comes adjusted for 30 sets.
4 - 219 F580/F580S
The number of stapled sets can be changed from 30 to 50 or No-Limit by setting SW3 No.6 or No.8 to ON. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: When the sort/staple stack capacity limit exceeds 30 sets, stack defects may occur. When defects occur, reset the set limit from 50 or No-Limit sets to 30 sets.
SW3 Switch setting

Sort/Staple Stack Capacity limit of 30 sets.
SW3 Switch setting

Sort/Staple Stack Capacity limit of 50 sets.
SW3 Switch setting

Sort/Staple Stack Capacity No-limit.

Saddle Stitcher Folding Position
Specification:
4 - 220 F580/F580S
The folding position and the saddle (staple) stitching position must be in the same location on a LD/A3 sheet of paper. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: The folding position is adjusted by changing the settings of SW1 dip switches 6 through 8 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA. The distance over which the paper positioning guide is moved to the folding position from the stitching position will be changed, depending on the switch settings. Replacing the saddle stitcher logic PWA, requires that the new logic PWA SW1 dip switches be set the same as those on the old SW1. If the folding position must be changed, perform the following steps: 1. Remove the stitcher logic PWA cover, and set SW1 dip switches 1 through 4 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA as shown in the illustration. 2. Remove the rear cover of the saddle stitcher unit, and tape the actuator of the entrance guide interlock sensor (S429) and the stitcher entrance guide interlock switch (SW411) of the saddle stitcher unit in place. 3. Press SW2 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to start the stitcher paper feed motor (M409). If SW2 is pressed for 1 second or less, the adjustment mode will be for A3 size paper. If SW2 is pressed for 3 seconds or more, the adjustment mode will be for LD size paper.
Do not change SW1 dip switches 5 through 8 at this time.
manuals4you.com

4. Obtain 2 sheets of LD/A3 paper. 5. Place a reference mark at the top of each sheet of paper to assure that the measurement which will be made later in this adjustment, will be make correctly.
4 - 221 F580/F580S
Reference mark
A3/LD paper
Insert in this direction
6. Open the entrance cover and Insert the two sheets of paper with each sheets reference mark at the trailing edge until their leading edges butt against the paper positioning guide.
.
Reference mark
2 sheets
Trailing edge of paper

7. Close the entrance cover. 8. Press SW2 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA. The saddle stitcher unit will stitch the sheets, and fold and deliver the stack automatically. 9. Measure the distance (L) between the stitching position and the folding position. 10. Perform the positive L gap difference adjustment or negative L gap difference adjustment. If the stitching position is below the folding position (reference mark is above): Perform the positive L gap difference adjustment. If the stitching position is above the folding position (reference mark is above): Perform the negative L gap difference adjustment. Note: The stitching position and the folding position must match.
Negative L gap difference adjustment Positive L gap difference adjustment
4 - 222 F580/F580S
Reference mark
Folding position Unit: mm
Stitching position
Example: If L is +1mm, provide 1mm.
Reference mark
Stitching position Unit: mm
Folding position
Example: If L is -0.75mm, provide 0.75mm.
manuals4you.com

11. Refer to the table below for switch settings for stitch position movement. 12. Return to step 3 and repeat the procedure to verify the fold and stitch positions are within specifications. 13. Turn SW1 dip switches 1 through 4 to OFF.
4 - 223 F580/F580S
SW1 Dip Switch Settings

Switch 6 Switch 7 Switch 8
L Gap Difference Settings (in units of 0.5mm)

Prior to EPROM Version 5 +3 (+0.75MM) +2 (+0.50MM) +1 (+0.25MM) 0 -1 (-0.25MM) -2 (-0.50MM) -3 (-0.75MM) Beginning with EPROM Version 5 +3 (+1.5MM) +2 (+1.0MM) +1 (+0.5MM) 0 -1 (-0.5MM) -2 (-1.0MM) -3 (-1.5MM)
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON

Saddle Stitcher Center Position - Fine Adjustment
Specification: The paper must be folded at its center line position. Special Tools: None.
4 - 224 F580/F580S
Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Make saddle stitched copies in LT-R/A4-R, B4, or LD/A3 paper sizes. 2. Check that the paper is folded and stitched at the center line position. 3. If the paper is not folded and stitched at the center line position for any paper size continue with step 4. 4. Adjust the code for the appropriate paper size. The adjustment values are -14 to +14 with 0.25mm/step. 05 Mode Codes
05-468-0 05-468-1 05-468-2 LT-R/A4-R B4 LD/A3
5. Press and hold down the 0 and 5 keys and turn the power switch ON. Note: To enter a negative value press the STOP key prior to entering the value. 6. Change the value to negative or positive according to the direction the paper is folded off from the center line and make a test saddle stitched copy. 7. Repeat the procedure until the paper is folded and stitched at the center line. 8. Press the 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the 05 Adjust Mode. 9. Turn the power switch OFF then ON, to exit the 09 Service Mode. Note: Do not leave the machine in the 09 Service Mode for the customer to use.
manuals4you.com

Adjusting the Stitcher Stapler Anvil
Specification: Stitcher Stapler unit is aligned with the anvil. Special Tools: Stapler positioning tool. Measurement/Adjustment: Note: This adjustment must be preformed whenever one of the stitcher staplers is removed for servicing or is replaced. 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the front inner cover. Remove the front lower door. Slide the stitcher unit out toward the front. Remove the stitcher stapler mounting unit cover (3 screws).
Screws
4 - 225 F580/F580S
Cover

5. Remove the stapler positioning tool from the back of the cover.
4 - 226 F580/F580S
Stapler positioning tool
6. To adjust the front stitcher stapler, remove the center paper positioning plate and the front paper positioning plate (1 screw each). 7. To adjust the rear stitcher stapler, remove the center positioning plate and the rear positioning plate (1 screw each).
Front Rear Center positioning positioning positioning plate plate plate
manuals4you.com

8. Loosen the 2 anvil mounting screws (2 screws per anvil), prior to adjusting each stitcher stapler.
2 screws per anvil
4 - 227 F580/F580S
Anvils
9. Insert the positioning tool into the stitcher stapler slot.
Stapler Stapler positioning tool

10. Position the stitcher stapler unit down, and turn the stapler gear so that the projection on the tool and the recess in anvil align. 11. Tighten the anvil screws to secure the anvil in place.
4 - 228 F580/F580S
Stapler positioning tool Anvil Tool projection
manuals4you.com

Paper Pushing Plate Position
Specification: The hole in the pushing plate bracket must be aligned with the embossed section of the backup plate. Special Tools: None. Measurement/Adjustment: Note: This adjustment must be preformed when installing the paper pushing plate. 1. Align holes [1] on the paper pushing plate with the embossed sections [2] on the backup plate. The correct side of the paper pushing plate must be facing up.
4 - 229 F580/F580S

2. Insert the paper pushing plate and backup plate into the opening shown, and temporarily place them on the pushing plate bracket. The hole in the pushing plate bracket must be aligned with the embossed section of the backup plate.
4 - 230 F580/F580S
Paper pushing plate
Backup plate
3. Push the backup plate forward against the tips of the 2 screws that you installed earlier. 4. Use the 3 previously removed screws to fasten the paper pushing plate and the backup plate. 5. Remove the 2 screws that were used for positioning the backup plate.
Backup plate
manuals4you.com

Adjustment Mode 05 Codes
05 - 468 - 0 see note 8 05 - 468 - 1 see note 8 05 - 468 - 2 see note 8 05 - 469 see note 12
4 - 231 F580/F580S
Sub code z
Group
Adjustment
Binding position/folding position fine adjustment (LT-R/A4-R). Binding position/folding position fine adjustment (B4). Binding position/folding position fine adjustment. (LD/A3) Main registration roller compensation adjustment.
Mode
ALL ALL ALL ALL
Default
0 0 0 0
Range
-14-14 -14-14 -14-14 0-4
Description
Position shifts to the right page 0.25/step.
Note: Use this adjustment when paper exiting the finisher is mis-stapled, misaligned, or jams.
0: High 1: Middle-high 2: Middle 3: Middle-low 4: Low The higher the value the more the delay between sheets of paper fed to the finisher.
Note 8: Key in Code 468 press the START key, key in the Sub Code, then press the START key. Key in the value, press SET icon to store or the CLEAR key to reset. Note 12: This code is available only for the 5580.

Setting Mode 08 Codes
08 - 642
4 - 232 F580/F580S
Sub code z
Name
Finisher mode priority selection at power ON
Mode
Copier
Default
0

0-3 0: NON SORT 1: STAPLE 2: SORT 3: STACK 0: OFF 1: ON 0: OFF 1: ON
Contents
08 - 652 08 - 653
Copy Mode finisher cascade mode. Print Mode finisher cascade mode.
Copier Printer
0 0
0-1 0-1
manuals4you.com

Punch Unit Sensor Output
Specification:
4 - 233 F580/F580S
Perform this adjustment when the punch driver PWA, transmission sensor (photosensor PCB/LED PWA) or reflection sensor (scrap-full detection PWA unit) has been replaced. Special Tools: None Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Remove the rear cover of the finisher unit. 2. Set bits 1 through 6 of DIPSW3 on the finisher controller PWA as indicated.
3) Press SW1 on the finisher controller PWA. Note: Pressing this switch automatically adjusts sensor output. 4) Set all bits on DIPSW3 to OFF.

Punch Unit Registration
Specification:
4 - 234 F580/F580S
This operation registers which punch unit is attached to the IC on the punch driver PWA so that the punch unit can be identified by the finisher. For this reason, this operation must be performed when the punch driver PWA has been replaced. Special Tools: None Measurement/Adjustment: 1. Remove the rear cover of the finisher unit. 2. Set bits 1 through 6 of DIPSW3 on the finisher controller PWA as indicated.
3. Set bits 7 and 8 on DIPSW3 on the finisher controller PWA to match the number of punch holes of the attached puncher unit as defined in the table below. Punch Unit
2-hole (MJ-6002E) 2/3-hole (MJ-6002N) 4-hole (MJ-6002F) 4-hole (MJ-6002S)
DIPSW3 Bit 7
OFF OFF ON ON
Bit 8
OFF ON OFF ON
4. Press SW1 on the finisher controller PWA to register the 2-hole (MJ-6002E), 4-hole (MJ-6002F), or 4-hole (MJ-6002S) unit. - or - Press SW2 on the finisher controller PWA to register the 2/3-hole model (MJ-6001N) unit. 5. Set all bits on DIPSW3 to OFF. manuals4you.com
4 - 235 PC-80/NIC-80
PC-80/NIC-80
Assigning the IP Address
Note: Assign the IP address, the Subnet Mask, and the Gateway address of this unit on the Control Panel. Where there is a DHCP server, this operation is to be performed before connecting the network cable. Assign the Gateway address when the printer is used in network through a router. Enter the routers address which is the Gateway address. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the PRINTER/NETWORK key. The Message Display changes to show the JOB LIST display. Touch the ON/OFF key. Touch the OFF LINE key.
5. SETTING and UTILITY keys are displayed.

6. Touch the SETTING key. 7. Touch the IP ADDRESS key. Touch the SUBNET MASK key or the GATEWAY ADDRESS key depending on the requirements.
4 - 236 PC-80/NIC-80
8. Enter the IP Address to be assigned. Enter the address using the keypad. The number cannot exceed 255. Move the cursor using the left or right arrow keys. To stop assigning the IP address, touch the CANCEL key. The following numbers cannot be assigned. IP Address: 0.0.0.0 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 9. Touch the SET key. 10. The IP Address has been assigned and the Message Display returns to the Setting Screen. 11. Assign the Subnet Mask and the Gateway Address depending on the requirements. Note: After assigning the IP Address: Turn OFF the power of your unit and then back ON, or Reset the printer by referring to the section on Resetting the Printer. The IP Address becomes valid after your unit is restarted.
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Adjustments Setting Initial Windows Values

The settings are the initial value settings for printing through applications. 1. Click the START button. Select Settings. Click Printers.
4 - 237 PC-80/NIC-80
2. Select the icon of this printer and select Properties from the File menu.
3. The properties screen of the printer is displayed.

Printing Through Each Application
Note: The procedure to display the properties varies with each application. The following uses WordPad as an example. 1. Click Print... in the File menu. The Print screen is displayed.
4 - 238 PC-80/NIC-80
2. Click Properties.
manuals4you.com

3. The Property screen of the printer is displayed.
4 - 239 PC-80/NIC-80

Screen Details
Note: The following description covers the tab exclusive for settings of this printer: Option, Paper, Margin, Output, Watermark, Cover Sheet, Print Quality, PS, and Other. Other tabs displayed such as General, Details, and Sharing are related to the functions of Windows 95/98/2000/NT4.0. You can view these using: Settings, Printers, Properties. 1. Model name and Driver type 2. Items Tabs The setting menu items of the print driver are displayed as tabs. Clicking on a tab displays the setting contents of the selected tab. The number of tabs displayed varies depending on the way to display the properties. 3. Setting Contents Setting contents of each selected tab are displayed. 4. Restore Defaults Click on this to return the setting contents to the original setting. This tab is not provided in some tabs. 5. OK Click on this to enter the input settings and complete the print driver settings. 6. Cancel Click on this to cancel the input settings and complete the print driver settings. 7. Apply Click on this to enter the input settings 8. Help Click on this when you want to see the HELP text for the print driver. Note: Some applications may require their own settings. Also, some settings may differ from those in this print driver. In such cases, refer to the instructions for each application. manuals4you.com
4 - 240 PC-80/NIC-80

Paper Tab
Note: This sets factors of paper for printing. Setting items are: Paper Size, Number of Copies, Orientation for Printing, Order for Printing, and Zoom Ratio. 1. Paper Size This select the size of paper for printing. Note: By the selection of the Main Paper Size System in installing the printer driver, the initial value is set. Selecting the A System sets A4 here, and selecting the LT system sets LETTER here, as the initial value. LEDGER LEGAL LETTER STATEMENT COMPUTER 13 inch LG 8.5SQ 2. Location This selects the source for feeding paper. When paper of different sizes is loaded on several paper sources, selecting a paper feed method can use paper of appropriate size. Note: It is set to Auto Select when shipped from the factory. Auto Select: It automatically selects paper set in the printer according to the document size for feeding. Upper Cassette: Feeds paper from the Copier cassette upper attached to the machine body. Middle Cassette: Feeds paper from the Copier cassette middle attached to the machine body.
4 - 241 PC-80/NIC-80

Lower Cassette: Feeds paper from the Copier cassette lower attached to the machine body. Bypass (Short Edge): Paper is fed from the printer's Bypass in the landscape mode. Bypass (Long Edge): Paper is fed from the printer's Bypass in the portrait mode. Large Capacity Feeder: Feeds paper from the Large-capacity Feeder attached to the main body. Note: When printing with the Paper Source set to either Bypass (Short Edge) or Bypass (Long Edge), the following screen appears. To prevent this screen from displaying every time, check the check box.
4 - 242 PC-80/NIC-80
3. Number of Copies This sets the number of printed copies. You can set any integer in the range from 1 to 999. Note: It is set with 1 when shipped from the factory. When the paper size is LETTER or STATEMENT, the attention message that indicates the number of copies cannot be set over 60 appears. When other paper sizes are selected, the attention message that indicates the number of copies cannot be set over 35 appears. When Duplex printing and Group printing at Sort mode are set. When Duplex printing is set and Sort mode is not set.
manuals4you.com

4. Orientation This sets the paper printing direction, to either Portrait or Landscape. Note: It is set to Portrait when shipped from the factory. 5. Printing Order This sets the order of printing, selecting one of Normal (printing from the first to last pages) and Reverse (printing from the last to first pages). When Magazine Sort or Cover Sheet is selected, the printing order is fixed as Reverse and cannot be changed. It is set to Reverse (Default) when shipped from the factory. As the printed paper comes out with the printed side up, setting to Reverse will sort all the pages in the normal order with the 1st page on top. 6. Enlarge/Reduce Printing Click on this for changing the size of the printed page image. This [Enlarge /Reduce Printing] screen appears to allow setting the print data. See [Enlarge /Reduce Printing] screen. When Layout Printing is selected, enlarge/reduce printing cannot be selected. Note: This is not available when Raster is set for the Graphic mode in Print Quality with PCL5e. 7. Setting Confirmation Screen: The status of the printed page with the input settings is displayed as an illustration. 8. Setting Confirmation List: The current settings of the printer driver is displayed.
4 - 243 PC-80/NIC-80

Enlarge/Reduce Printing Screen
Note: This screen is displayed by clicking on the Enlarge /Reduce Printing under the Paper tab. 1. Paper Size Displays the paper size set for the Paper Size under Paper tab. 2. Actual Size Selects this for printing actual size. 3. Output Paper Size This sets the size of the print paper. 4. Zoom This sets the zoom ratio of printing in a numeric value. 5. Information Displays the printing status and information on zoom ratio. 6. Setting Confirmation Screen Displays the printing status and information on zoom ratio.
4 - 244 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

Enlarge/Reduce by Paper Size
Note: Enlarge/reduce printing is performed according to the size of paper to be printed.
4 - 245 PC-80/NIC-80
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Display the Enlarge/Reduce Printing screen. Click the Output Paper Size setting. Click the down arrow to see the selections. Click on the paper size you desire Click OK. Your settings are displayed.

Enlarge/Reduce Printing by Zoom
Note: Enlarge/reduce printing is made by designating the zoom ratio. Paper size remains unchanged.
4 - 246 PC-80/NIC-80
1. Display the Enlarge/Reduce Printing screen. 2. Click the check circle for Zoom setting. 3. Click the up or down arrow to set the zoom ratio. Note: You can also enter the value into the list box. 4. Click OK. 5. Your settings are displayed.
manuals4you.com

Margin Tab
Note: The setting of the Margin Tab sets the gutter or margin space.
4 - 247 PC-80/NIC-80
1. Binding Margin This selects whether or not the Binding Margin is set on paper to be printed. None: Select this when no gutter is to be set. Left: Select this when the gutter is set on the left side. Right: Select this when the gutter is set on the right side. Top: Select this when the gutter is set on the top side. Center: (Available only when Magazine Sort is selected). Select this when the gutter is set in the center. 2. Width of a Binding Margin This sets the gutter width in millimeters or inches. To set for millimeters, select mm and set a value in the range from 10.0 to 50.8 mm in increments of 1 mm. To set for inches, select inch and set a value in the range of 0.39 to 2.00 inch in increments of 0.01 inch. 3. Paper Margin This set the top, bottom, left, and right margins in millimeters or inches. When any gutter is set in Binding Margin, the Binding Margin is added to the width of the Paper Margin. To set for millimeters, select mm and set a value in the range from 3.3 to 25.4 mm in increments of 1 mm. To set for inches, select inch and set a value in the range of 0.13 to 1.00 inch in increments of 0.01 inch. Note: The default value is 0.20 inches (5.0 mm) 4. Setting Confirmation Screen The status of printing with the input settings is displayed as an illustration. 5. Setting Confirmation List The current settings of the printer driver are displayed.

Output Tab
Note: This sets sorting, stapling, duplex printing, layout printing (printing multiple pages on one sheet) and special printing. 1. Sort Mode When the plural number of copies is made for the same document, printed sheets can be sorted and stapled.This function is useful for printing meeting materials and questionnaires. For sort printing, check the check box, then click on the illustration for your requirement. The illustration for Stapling is displayed only when the optional Finisher or Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed. The illustrations for Magazine Sort + Saddle Stitch are displayed only when the optional Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed. Sort Select this for sort-printing only (1,2,3...1,2,3...).
4 - 248 PC-80/NIC-80
Group Select this for group-printing (1,1,1..2,2,2...i.e.,to print copies of the same pages as a group).
manuals4you.com

Sort + Staple Upper Left (available only when the Finisher is installed) Select this for sort-printing and stapling upper left (to staple at 1 position of the upper left).
4 - 249 PC-80/NIC-80
Sort +Staple Upper Right (available only when the Finisher is installed) Select this for sort-printing and stapling upper right (to staple at 1 position on the upper right). Sort + Staple Left (Double) (available only when the Finisher is installed) Select this for sort-printing and stapling Left (Double) (to staple at 2 positions on the left). Sort + Staple (Double) (available only when the Finisher is installed) Select this for sort-printing and stapling (Double) (to staple at 2 positions on the top). Magazine Sort This mode makes copies so they can be bound like a book.
Magazine Sort + Saddle Stitch Note: Select this for stapling at 2 places in the center after saddle stitching like magazine binding.

Note: The following stapling positions are available.
4 - 250 PC-80/NIC-80
Note: When the Staple in Sort mode is set, following messages may be displayed. A. When Sort + Staple Upper Left, Sort + Staple Upper Right, or Sort + Staple Left (Double) is selected:
manuals4you.com

B. When the designated number of copies exceeds the specification, if Sort mode is not selected or Group is selected in Sort mode in Duplex Printing:
4 - 251 PC-80/NIC-80
C. When Sort Mode is set to Magazine Sort + Saddle Stitch: When Paper size is A4 or LT and Sort + Staple Upper Left or Sort + Staple Left (Double) is set, the staple location will be different from the Confirmation screen depending on the orientation of paper set on a feeder. When it cannot be stapled because of paper size or any other conditions, the printouts come out without stapling. Set the stapling as confirming the setting of the Binding Margin at the Margin tab.

Note: The following information pertains to magazine sort. The printer automatically performs sorting of the printed pages and 2 in 1 printing.The binding margin can be set in the center of paper.The 2 in 1 printing is done by changing the reduction rate according to the width of the binding margin.Stapling can be selected only for saddle stitching.Therefore,stapling is available only when the optional Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed. Ex:8 pages printed on A4,with a width of binding margin of 10 mm, and top, bottom, left and right paper margins of 5 mm each, in Magazine Sort mode.
4 - 252 PC-80/NIC-80
1). When Magazine Sort is selected, [Zoom] in [Enlarge/reduce Printing] are grayed out. The [Output Paper Size] is only allowed to be designated. 2). When the printer driver is the PCL5e, and [Raster] is selected in [Graphics] of the [Print Quality] tab page, this option is always changed to [HPGL/2]. 3). Saddle stitching is available on A3, B4, A4-R, LD, and LT-R.
manuals4you.com

2. Hole Punch When the optional Hole Punch Unit is installed, the position where holes are punched can be set. If Magazine Sort or Magazine Sort and Saddle Stitch is selected in the Sort Mode, this setting is not available. Left: The holes are punched at the left of the paper. Top: The holes are punched at the top of the paper.
4 - 253 PC-80/NIC-80
A. Punch Positions for 2-Hole Punch Units Orientation =Portrait and Layout printing =Do not carry out,4in1,9in1,16in1 Orientation =Landscape and Layout printing =2in1,6in1 Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing

Orientation =Landscape and Layout printing =Do not carry out,4in1,9in1,16in1 Orientation =Portrait and Layout printing =2in1,6in1 Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing
4 - 254 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

B. Punch Positions for 2/3-Hole Punch Units Orientation =Portrait and Layout printing =Do not carry out,4in1,9in1,16in1 Orientation =Landscape and Layout printing =2in1,6in1 Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing
4 - 255 PC-80/NIC-80

4 - 256 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

C. Punching Positions for 4-Hole Punch Units (F) Orientation =Portrait and Layout printing =Do not carry out,4in1,9in1,16in1 Orientation =Landscape and Layout printing =2in1,6in1 Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing
4 - 257 PC-80/NIC-80

4 - 258 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

D. Punching Positions for 4-Hole Punch Units (S) Orientation =Portrait and Layout printing =Do not carry out,4in1,9in1,16in1 Orientation =Landscape and Layout printing =2in1,6in1 Paper size of Enlarge/reduce printing
4 - 259 PC-80/NIC-80

4 - 260 PC-80/NIC-80
Note: If the holes cannot be punched due to the selected paper size, the printer ejects the paper without punching holes.
manuals4you.com

3. Duplex Printing This sets duplex printing (printing on both sides of paper) and the way of binding duplexprinted pages. For duplex printing, check the check box, then click on whichever way of binding. Note: It is set with Nothing: Do not carry out (non-check in the check box) when shipped from the factory. Book - Binds paper in the vertical way for the paper to be opened. Select this to bind along the vertical side of the paper.
4 - 261 PC-80/NIC-80
Tablet - Binds paper in the horizontal way for the paper to be opened. Select this to bind along the horizontal side of the paper.

4. Layout Printing Not available when enlarge/reduce printing or magazine sort is selected and/or Raster is set for Graphics at Print Quality tab of PCL5e. This sets Layout printing (to print multiple page images size-reduced on one page). For N in 1 printing, check the check box, then click on whichever illustration desired. Note: It is set with Nothing: Do not carry out when shipped from the factory. 2 in 1 right order: Print images of 2 pages are placed in the forward sequence on one page. 2 in 1 reverse: Print images of 2 pages are placed in the backward sequence on one page. 4 in 1 right order landscape: Print images of 4 pages are placed in the forward and horizontal sequence on one page. 4 in 1 right order portrait: Print images of 4 pages are placed in the forward and vertical sequence on one page. 4 in 1 reverse landscape: Print images of 4 pages are placed in the backward and horizontal sequence on one page. 4 in 1 reverse portrait: Print images of 4 pages are placed in the backward and vertical sequence on one page. 6 in 1: Print images of 6 pages are placed on one page. 9 in 1: Print images of 9 pages are placed on one page. 16 in 1: Print images of 16 pages are placed on one page
4 - 262 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

Placing sequence of layout printing when orientation is set to Portrait.
4 - 263 PC-80/NIC-80
Placing sequence of layout printing when orientation is set to Landscape:

5. Special Printing (Available for PS driver only) Click on this button for printing using special effects such as document data rotation, mirror image, and negative image printing. The [Special Printing] screen appears to allow special effect settings. See the [Special Printing] screen. 6. Setting Confirmation Screen Displays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration. 7. Setting Confirmation List Displays the current settings of the printer driver.
4 - 264 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

Special Printing Screen
4 - 265 PC-80/NIC-80
This screen appears on clicking on [Special Printing] button in the [Output] tab. It allows to set document data Rotation, Mirror Image, Negative Image Printing.
1. Rotation Printing (for PS driver only). This prints the document data after being rotated. Click on the item of the desired angle. The rotation occurs in the clockwise direction. Note: It is set with 0 degree when shipped from the factory. 0 degree 180 degrees

Rotation Printing is available only when the Orientation is set as Landscape at the Paper tab. When any gutter is set in Binding Margin, the location of the gutter remains unchanged. When the Paper Margin is set, the image is rotated for printing, including the paper margin. 2. Mirror Image Printing (for PS driver only) This prints a mirror image of the document data (inverting left and right). For printing a mirror image, click on Mirror. It is set to Normal when shipped from the factory. 3. Negative Image Printing (for PS driver only) This prints a negative image of the document. For printing a negative image, click on Negative. It is set with Positive when shipped from the factory. 4. Setting Confirmation Screen Displays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration. 5. Setting Confirmation List Displays the current settings of the printer driver.
4 - 266 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

Cover Sheet Tab
4 - 267 PC-80/NIC-80
This tab is used to designate printing and/or insertion of a front cover, insertion of a back cover, and printing and insertion of dividing sheets.
1. Cover Sheet Blank: cover sheet is inserted without printing Printing: printed cover sheet is inserted Location: selects the paper tray to be used Adding Blank Back Cover: back cover sheet is added. It cannot be printed. 2. Sheet Insertion (this is grayed out when Magazine Sort, Duplex Printing, or Layout Printing is selected)

Blank: cover sheet is inserted without printing Printing: printed cover sheet is inserted Insert Page: selects the page where sheet is inserted Location: selects the paper tray to be used. Save: this save the settings Delete: cancels the setting Delete All: cancels all settings Information: provides information regarding the page and location of insert sheets.
4 - 268 PC-80/NIC-80
3. 4. 5. 6.
Note: Up to 15 insert sheets can be set. When an attempt is made to set more than 15 insert sheets, the following error message is indicated.
When printing with the Paper Source set to either Bypass (Short Edge) or Bypass (Long Edge), the following screen appears:
If the check box is checked, this screen will not display this message again.
manuals4you.com

Cover Sheet
4 - 269 PC-80/NIC-80
The drawer other than the drawer usually used is selected to supply paper for the first or last page attached as a front or back cover.The cover sheet can be inserted and printed.

Sheet Insertion
The drawer other than the drawer usually used is selected to supply paper for the designated pages inserted as dividing sheets.Setting for printing and insertion of the dividing sheets can be made.When insertion is selected, a sheet is inserted before the designated page. Ex:10 pages printed, sheets inserted before the third and the last pages, and the seventh printed page used as another insert sheet. 1. When the Cover Sheet mode is selected, the printing order is always fixed as Reverse. 2. When front cover printing and insert sheet printing on the first page are selected at the same time, only the front cover printing becomes effective
4 - 270 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

Watermark Tab
1. This sets a Watermark printed over documents to be printed through applications. A maximum of 30 different Watermarks may be entered as watermark files. 2. Watermark This sets Watermarks to be used or edited. For using a Watermark only on the first page, check the check box. Note: It is set with Nothing when shipped from the factory. Noting: Select this for not using any Watermark. Company Confidential Company Private Company Proprietary Confidential COPY Copyright Draft File Copy Final For Internal Use Only Preliminary Proof Review Copy Sample Top Secret Urgent 3. [New] (not available for PCL6 for Windows NT4.0 or Windows 2000) Click on this for creating a new Watermark.
4 - 271 PC-80/NIC-80

4. [Edit] (not available for PCL6 for Windows NT4.0 or Windows 2000) Click on this for editing a Watermark. Click on it only when a Watermark to be edited has been selected. 5. [Delete] (not available for PCL6 for Windows NT4.0 or Windows 2000) Click on this for deleting the selected Watermark. 6. Watermark Detail screen: Settings here become possible on clicking on the [New] or [Edit] button. Details on Watermarks are set here. See The screen of Registration and Edit. 7. Setting Confirmation Screen Displays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration. Setting Confirmation List - Displays the current settings of the printer driver. Note: If the default Watermarks are deleted or edited, they cannot be restored. The Watermark is set to nothing by clicking on [Restore Defaults]. The Watermark deleted and edited cannot be restored to the default settings by the [Restore Defaults] button.
4 - 272 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

Watermark Entry/Edit Screen
1. Text This inputs and displays the name of the Watermark to be created. 2. Fonts This sets the font for the Watermark 3. Size This sets the size for the Watermark. The size can be set from 8 point to 400 points 4. Darkness This sets the shading of the Watermark. Shading ranges from 0 the lightest to 100 the darkest. 5. Orientation This sets the angle of the Watermark from -90 degrees to +90 degrees 6. Save This saves the Watermark settings 7. Cancel This cancels the Watermark settings.
4 - 273 PC-80/NIC-80

Print Quality Tab
4 - 274 PC-80/NIC-80
This sets factors related to the printing quality. Settings are on the gray scale, graphic mode, bitmap compression, Font Manager starting, TrueType fonts and Smoothing process. The screen to appear differs depending on the driver.
For the PS Driver 1. Gray Scale This sets the way to express colors for printing pictures or photos. Note: It is set with A setup of a printer is used when shipped from the factory. Use Printer Settings: This sets grayscale as the standard value. Use Settings Below: This sets the number of grayscale screen lines and angle. The number of screen lines can be set in the range from 1 to 999 in units of 1 line. The angle can be set in the range from 0.0 to 360.0 in units of 0.1 2. Bitmap Compression This compresses transfers bitmaps.When compressed, the transfer time may be shortened. Note: It is set with Yes when shipped from the factory. Yes Select this for compressing bitmaps. No Select this for not compressing bitmaps.
manuals4you.com

3. TrueType Options This sets TrueType fonts to be used for printing. Note: It is set with Use Font substitution table when shipped from the factory. Always use Printer Fonts (can not be set on Windows NT4.0 or Windows 2000) Select this for replacing all the TrueType fonts with the printer fonts for printing. It will shorten the printing time but there may be differences between screen images and print results. Always use TrueType Fonts Select this for turning all the TrueType fonts into images for printing. Screen images match the print results, but it will take too much time to print. Use Font Substitution Table Select this for replacing some TrueType fonts with printer fonts using the substitution table (Replacing Table). [Edit Font Substitution Table] Click on this for replacing TrueType fonts with printer fonts. The Replacing Table appears. See Substitution table edit. [Run Font Manager] Click on this for starting the Font Manager. Use Smoothing Function Check this check box when the smoothing function is used. Setting Confirmation List Displays the current settings of the printer driver.
4 - 275 PC-80/NIC-80
4.
5. 6. 7.

Substitution Table Edit
4 - 276 PC-80/NIC-80
This table appears on clicking on [Edit Font Substitution Table] in the [Print Quality] Tab. For printing with TrueType fonts, designate which printer fonts of all the internal fonts of this printer will replace the corresponding TrueType fonts.
1. Font Substitution Table Displays the current status of the substitution table. Note: Select a TrueType font to be replaced, and the printer font to be replaced is displayed on the right. 2. Printer font for The TrueType font selected in the Replacing Table above is displayed. 3. Substituted Printer font Select the substituted printer font or the sending type for the TrueType font to be substituted. When using Windows 95 and Windows 98: You may select a desired font of all the Internal Fonts, Send as Bitmaps, or Send as Outlines.When Send As Bitmaps is designated, the font data will be sent in the bitmap format. When Send As Outlines is designated, the font data will be sent in the outline format. When using Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000: You may select a desired font of all the Internal Fonts or Download as Soft Fonts.
manuals4you.com

Operating the Substitution Table Example: To Substitute the TrueType font of Arial Black with Swiss 721 SWA: 1. Display the [Font Substitution Table] screen. 2. Click on Arial Black displayed in the Substitution Table. The printer font (Send as Outlines) currently set as the printer font for replacement appears.
4 - 277 PC-80/NIC-80
3. Click on Substitution Printer Font, and select Swiss 721 SWA. The printer for the TrueType font Arial Black is replaced with Swiss 721 SWA.
4. Click on [OK]. The setting is entered and the [Print Quality] Tab is returned to be displayed.

PCL5e Driver
1. Gray Scale This sets the way of expressing colors for printing pictures or photos. Note: It is set with None when shipped from the factory. None: Select this for printing others than pictures and photos are to be printed. Coarse: Select this for printing documents such as drawings with clear border lines between white, black, and gray shades. Fine: Select this for printing documents such as drawings with fine dots or lines. 2. Graphics This designates which configuration is used for sending the graphics information to the printer. The default setting is: HPGL/2. Raster: This prints all the graphics as raster images. This cannot be set when Layout printing is set at Finish. HPGL/2: This prints some geometrical patterns faster. When HPGL/2is selected, the Print Text as Graphics is not available. 3. TrueType Options This sets TrueType fonts to be used for printing. Note: It is set with Download as TrueType when shipped from the factory. Download as TrueType: TrueType fonts are downloaded as software fonts, which makes the print speed faster. Download as Bit Image: Select this for printing with all TrueType fonts turning into images, which makes the print speed slower.
4 - 278 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

4. Run Font Manager Click on this for starting the Font Manager. 5. Print Text as Graphics Check this check box when a text is printed as graphics. This setting is available when Raster is selected in Graphics. 6. Use Smoothing Function Check this check box when the smoothing function is used. 7. Setting Confirmation Screen Displays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration. 8. Setting Confirmation List Displays the current settings of the printer driver.
4 - 279 PC-80/NIC-80

PCL6 Driver
1. Gray Scale This sets the way to express colors for printing pictures and photos. It is set with Normal when shipped from the factory. Normal: Select this for printing normal pictures or photos. Line art: Select this for printing pictures with clear borders between white, black, and gray shades. 2. Run Font Manager Click on this for starting the Font Manager. 3. Use Smoothing Function Check this check box when the smoothing function is used. 4. Setting Confirmation Screen Displays the status of printing with the input settings as an illustration.
4 - 280 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

PS Tab
This appears only when the PS driver is installed, to allow PS settings. 1. Print PS Information This sets whether or not PS error information is printed, if any, on completion of printing. To print it, check the check box. Note: It is checked on when shipped from the factory. 2. Job Time-out This sets the limit time for sending a print job from the computer to the printer. On exceeding the set time limit, printing is canceled (i.e., Job Time-out). The Job Time value may be set in the range from 1 to 999 (seconds) in units of 1 second. If the Job Time is set to 0 (zero), no canceling of printing (Job Time-out) will occur. It is set with 0when shipped from the factory. Do not set with 0when the printer is used in the network connection 3. Output to: This selects the PS file output type. Note: It is set with Printer when shipped from the factory. It cannot be changed and set with Printer when using Windows NT or Windows 2000. Printer: This outputs data to the printer, which will perform printing. Encapsulated PS file: This does not output data to the printer but the data is stored as a file.The stored file can be used by DTP application.
4 - 281 PC-80/NIC-80

Note: When Encapsulated PS file is selected, the following screen is displayed to designate the file name for saving.
4 - 282 PC-80/NIC-80
Note: When [Network] is clicked, the network drive assignment screen appears
manuals4you.com

Option Tab
This tab allows to set whether optional devices for this printer are installed or not. ITems to be set depend on the options configuration. It is recommended that such items be set before printing or setting the Other tab page.
1. Finisher This selects how the finisher is installed. NOTE: Not Installed is selected when shipped from the factory. Not Installed: Select this when neither the Finisher nor the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed. Finisher: Select this when the Finisher (MJ-1015)is installed. Saddle Stitch Finisher: Select this when the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed. Note: When the Finisher is installed, printed sheets can be sorted and stapled.When the Saddle Stitch Finisher is installed, up to 15 sheets (60 pages) can be saddle-stitched and ejected 2. Hole Punch Unit Not Installed: Select this when neither the 2 Holes Punch Unit, the 2/3 Holes Punch Unit, the 4 Holes Punch Unit (F), nor the 4 Holes Punch Unit (S), is installed. 2 Holes Punch Unit: Select this when the 2 Holes Punch Unit is installed. 2/3 Holes Punch Unit: Select this when the 2/3 Holes Punch Unit is installed. 4 Holes Punch Unit (F): Select this when the 4 Holes Punch Unit (F) is installed. 4 Holes Punch Unit (S): Select this when the 4 Holes Punch Unit (S) is installed.
4 - 283 PC-80/NIC-80

3. Destination This selects the destination of printed paper. Note: As default setting, Tray is selected when the finisher is not installed, and Auto Select is selected when the finisher is installed. Tray: Select this when no finisher is installed. Auto Select: Select this when the finisher is installed. Printed paper is ejected on Tray 2 (lower tray) of the finisher. Tray 1: Select this when printed paper is to be ejected on Tray 1 (upper tray) of the finisher. Tray 2: Select this when printed paper is to be ejected on Tray 2 (lower tray) of the finisher. If Windows NT4.0 is used for OS of your computer, it is necessary to log on as Administrators or Power Users to setup the Finisher or Hole Punch Unit.Refer to the Windows NT Manual for log-on details. Note: There items cannot be set when the driver properties are opened from an application. 4. Optional Device Installed Status The status of optional finisher is indicated in the illustration. The destination of the printed copy is indicated with blue paper when it is set with any others except default destination.
4 - 284 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

Other Tab
This displays the entered Group Numbers, Users Name, and information on the version.
4 - 285 PC-80/NIC-80
1. Group Number Displays the Group Number entered at the time of installing the print driver 2. User Name Displays the Users Name entered at the time of installing the print driver. 3. Version Information Click on this to display information on the version. The version information screen at right appears.

4. [Password Setting] Password can be set for the Secure Print. Enter the Group Number and the User Name first. 5. [Secure Print] Secure Print function can be set. Enter the Group Number, the User Name and the password first. Otherwise the Secure Print can not be set. The Secure Print function allows the user privacy in printing confidential documents.The Secure Print job (the print job in this function) will only proceed once the password has been entered in the control panel of the copier. Refer to CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONS-[JOB LIST] screen. Secure Print in order to have more details of the Secure Print. 6. [Restore Global Defaults] Settings in the Printer Properties are set to the defaults except Group Number, User name, Saved Water-marks and Option Tab Page.
4 - 286 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com

Register User Information
4 - 287 PC-80/NIC-80
When the user information has not been entered, Group Number and User name can be entered in the Other tab page. 0 is entered as the Group Number and nothing is entered as the User Name that is ready for any entry.
1. Select the Group Number from 1 to 30. 2. Enter the User Name. Up to 32 character can be entered. The printer has a function to count the printing number of copies for each Group number.The administrator can confirm the printing number of copies at TopAccess. The following characters and space can be entered for User name. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvw xyz0123456789
3. Click Save. 4. Click OK. Group number and User name can be set when: These are not set at the installation of a driver. Once the User Information is set, it cannot be changed.

Password Setting
Password can be set for the Secure Print. Enter the password in the control panel of the copier when you make the Secure Print job proceed.
1. Click on [Password Setting]. 2. Enter a password. Enter 4 digit password. Enter the same password in [Verify]. 3. Click on [Set]. [Other] tab screen appears. [Confidential Printing] check box can be check. 4. Click on [OK]. Password can be changed at anytime. Refer to CONTROL PANEL FUNCTIONS-[JOB LIST] screenThe Secure Print in order to have more details of the Secure Print. Please keep the password you set for the Secure Print. Otherwise the Secure Print job never proceed.
4 - 288 PC-80/NIC-80
manuals4you.com
Section 5
Troubleshooting
5-1
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Section 5: Troubleshooting
5555/5565/5580 Fuses & Circuit Breakers ........................... 5-5 Accessing Service Modes & Diagnostic Test Modes......... 5-6 Diagnostic Test Mode 01....................................................... 5-7 Diagnostic Test Mode/03 Input Signal Checks ................... 5-8 Diagnostic Test Mode 03 Output Signal Checks .............. 5-13 Accessing Output Group 1 ............................................. 5-13 Accessing Output Group 2 ............................................. 5-13 Accessing Output Group 3 ............................................. 5-14 Accessing Output Group 4 ............................................. 5-14 Output Signal Checks Table ........................................... 5-15 Diagnostic Test Mode 04..................................................... 5-20 Error History Display........................................................... 5-21 Accessing ....................................................................... 5-21 Explanation of Display .................................................... 5-21 Error Code Table.................................................................. 5-24 Error Code Hints .................................................................. 5-31 C26 Error Code ............................................................. 5-31 C27 Error Code ............................................................. 5-31 C28 Error Code ............................................................. 5-32 C29 Error Code ............................................................. 5-32 C36 Error Code ............................................................. 5-33 C37 Error Code ............................................................. 5-33 C41 Error Code ............................................................. 5-34 C43 Error Code ............................................................. 5-35 C44 Error Code ............................................................. 5-36 C45 Error Code ............................................................. 5-36 C46 Error Code C56 Error Code C57 Error Code C58 Error Code C59 Error Code C72 Error Code C73 Error Code C74 Error Code C80 Error Code C94 Error Code C99 Error Code CA1 Error Code CA2 Error Code CA3 Error Code CA4 Error Code CA5 Error Code CA6 Error Code CAA Error Code CAB Error Code CAC Error Code CAD Error Code CAE Error Code CAF Error Code CA9 Error Code CB1 Error Code CB2 Error Code CB3 Error Code CB4 Error Code CB5 Error Code CB6 Error Code CB7 Error Code CB8 Error Code CB9 Error Code CBA Error Code CBB Error Code
5-2
..............................................................5-37 ..............................................................5-37 ..............................................................5-37 ..............................................................5-37 ..............................................................5-38 ..............................................................5-38 ..............................................................5-38 ..............................................................5-39 ..............................................................5-39 ..............................................................5-39 ..............................................................5-40 ..............................................................5-40 ..............................................................5-41 ..............................................................5-41 ..............................................................5-41 ..............................................................5-42 ..............................................................5-42 .............................................................5-42 .............................................................5-43 .............................................................5-43 .............................................................5-43 .............................................................5-44 .............................................................5-44 ..............................................................5-44 ..............................................................5-45 ..............................................................5-46 ..............................................................5-47 ..............................................................5-47 ..............................................................5-48 ..............................................................5-48 ..............................................................5-49 ..............................................................5-49 ..............................................................5-50 .............................................................5-50 .............................................................5-51
manuals4you.com
Table of Contents
CBC Error Code ............................................................ 5-51 CBD Error Code ............................................................ 5-51 CBE Error Code ............................................................. 5-52 CBF Error Code ........................................................... 5-52 CD0 Error Code ............................................................. 5-52 F07 Error Code .............................................................. 5-53 F10 Error Code .............................................................. 5-53 Image Quality Hints ............................................................. 5-54 Flashing Service IQC ...................................................... 5-54 RADF HInts .......................................................................... 5-57 F580/F580S ........................................................................... 5-59 Finisher Unit ................................................................... 5-59 Communication error between the finisher and the copier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Communication error between the finisher and the saddle stitcher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 Faulty paper stack height sensor (S402) . . . . . . . . 5-60 Faulty back-up RAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 Faulty exit delivery motor (M402) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62 Faulty Alignment motor (M403) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 Faulty stapler cam drive motor (M406) . . . . . . . . . 5-63 Faulty stapler positioning motor (M404) . . . . . . . . . 5-64 Faulty tray drive motor (M405) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 Faulty feed motor 2 (M408) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66 Saddle Stitcher Unit ........................................................ 5-67 Faulty paper positioning plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67 Faulty paper folder motor (M410) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67 Faulty shutter guide motor (M411) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68 Faulty aligning motor (M413) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68 Faulty stitcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69 Faulty paper pushing plate motor (M416) (1) . . . . . 5-70 Disconnected shutter guide home position sensor (S433) connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
5-3
Disconnected paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434) connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disconnected paper pushing plate extended position sensor (S435) connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Faulty entrance guide interlock switch (SW411) or stitcher entrance guide interlock sensor (S429) . . . Faulty lower front door interlock switch (SW412) or lower front door interlock sensor (S422) . . . . . . . . . Faulty exit cover interlock switch (SW413) or stitcher exit cover interlock sensor (S423) . . . . . . .
5-71 5-72 5-72 5-73 5-73
F580/F580S Operational Checks .........................................5-74 Saddle Stitcher Paper Feed Motor (M409) .....................5-74 Paper Folder Motor (M410) .............................................5-74 Paper Pushing Plate Motor (M416) .................................5-75 Aligning Motor (M413) .....................................................5-75 Paper Positioning Guide Motor (M412) ...........................5-76 Shutter Guide Motor (M411) ...........................................5-76 Aging Mode .....................................................................5-77 Alignment Motor (M403) ..................................................5-77 Stapler Positioning Motor (M404) ....................................5-78 Entrance Paper Feed Motor (M407) ...............................5-78 Tray Drive Motor (M405) .................................................5-79 Tray Shift Time ................................................................5-79 Exit Delivery Motor (M402) ..............................................5-80 Finisher Aging Mode .......................................................5-81 Finisher Stapler Cam Drive Motor (M406) ......................5-81 Feed Motor 1 (M401) ......................................................5-82 Tray Drive Motor Shift Up (M405) ...................................5-82 Tray Drive Motor Shift Down (M405) ...............................5-83 F580/F580S Electrical System .............................................5-84 F580 Logic PWA .............................................................5-84 F580S Logic PWA ...........................................................5-85 F580/F580S Punch Unit........................................................5-86 Transmission Sensor Sensitivity Level ............................5-86
Table of Contents
PC-80/NIC-80 Error Messages ............................................ 5-87 Error Messages .............................................................. 5-87 Lanier Access Error Messages ....................................... 5-89 Lanier Access Errors Without Messages ........................ 5-90 Printing Problems ........................................................... 5-91
5-4
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Troubleshooting
5-5 5555/5565/5580 Fuses & Circuit Breakers
5555/5565/5580 Fuses & Circuit Breakers

Symbol
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12
Rating
250VAC/12A (3AG Ceramic Fast-Acting) 250VAC/12A (3AG Ceramic Fast-Acting) 125VAC/4A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 125VAC/3.15A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 125VAC/3.15A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 125VAC/4A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 125VAC/3.15A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 125VAC/3.15A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 125VAC/4A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 125VAC/5A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 250VAC/1.0A (medium acting time delay fuse, 5 x 20mm) 250VAC/1.0A (3AG Ceramic Fast-Acting)
Function
It fuses the input for +12V, +24VF, +24VG, +24VH, +5V and +3.3V. It fuses the input for +5VB, +5VD, +5VE, +5VH, +5VI, +24VA, +24VB, +24VC, +24VD, +24VE, +36VA, +36VB, +36VC and +36VD. It fuses the output for +24VA and +24VB. It fuses the output for +24VC. It fuses the scanner logic for +24VD, +24VE. It fuses the output for +36VA and +36VB. The output for medium acting time delay fuse. It fuses the scanner drive motor. It fuses the RADF for +24VF, +24VG. It fuses the finisher for +24VH. It fuses the PM365 (Time Delay Fuse) controller option. It fuses the damp heater.
Fuses- Switching Power Supply
Circuit Breakers - Incoming Circuit (AC) CB1 250VAC/20A Its function is to protect the incoming circuit by preventing the machine from drawing excessive current.
5-6 Accessing Service Modes & Diagnostic Test Modes
Accessing Service Modes & Diagnostic Test Modes

Note: To prevent machine lockup after accessing any of the service modes or diagnostic test modes; always turn the machine OFF, wait a few seconds then turn the machine ON. 1. Turn the machine OFF. 2. While pressing the two keys listed under Input Codes (see table below), turn the machine ON. 3. After a slight pause, the machines display indicates the service mode or diagnostic test mode accessed. Input Code
0+1 0+3 0+4 0+5 0+8 9 + START
Mode
Display Test Test mode Test print mode Adjustment mode Setting mode List print mode
Definition
All LEDs on the control panel are lit, and all pixels on the LCD light and go out. Component Operation Check Test print Adjustment of items Setting of each priority mode, PM counter, etc. To print the following data lists, press: 9 + START + 101 to print the 05 codes list. 9 + START + 102 to print the 08 codes list. 9 + START + 201 to print the User codes list. To execute the following, press: 6 + START +1 to execute the auto toner adjustment. 6 + START + 2 to execute drum counter clear. Print Controller ROM Updating System Flash ROM Updating
Clearing Method
C or 0 + 9 0 + 9 +power off 0 + 9 +power off 0 + 9 +power off 0 + 9 +power off Power Off
Display
Service Mode 100% C LT Test Mode 100% P LT Test Mode 100% A LT Service Mode 100% D LT Service Mode 100% L LT Service Mode
6 + START
Module replacement mode Upload Mode Download Mode
Power Off
100% K LT Service Mode
0+9 3+9
Power Off Power Off
Service Mode Service Mode
manuals4you.com
5-7 Diagnostic Test Mode 01
Diagnostic Test Mode 01

1. Turn the machine OFF. 2. Press and hold down the 0 and 1 keys and turn the power switch ON. 3. After a slight pause, all Control Panel LEDs light. If a LED does not light, there is a problem with the LED or its circuitry. 4. Press the START key. The display changes to the 100% KEY CHECK. Pressing a key associated with the LED will turn the LED off momentarily. 5. Pressing any of the number keys (1-0), the HELP key, or the STOP key will display the number or letter associated with it in the LCD. 6. Press the CLEAR key to exit the mode. 7. Turn the machine OFF. Note: If exiting the mode before step 4, pressing 0 and 9 simultaneously then turning the power off will exit the mode.
5-8 Diagnostic Test Mode/03 Input Signal Checks
Diagnostic Test Mode/03 Input Signal Checks

1. Turn the machine OFF. 2. Press and hold down the 0 and 3 keys and turn the power switch ON. 3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate Test Mode. Note: Be sure to leave the percentage set to 100%. 4. Press the START key and the ENERGY SAVER key. 5. Pressing a number key, listed in the following tables will change the display. An icon with a white letter and black background indicates an ON state. An icon with a black letter and white background indicates an OFF state. Example of display results after pressing the 1 key.
100% 1
A B C D
E F G H
manuals4you.com
5-9 Diagnostic Test Mode/03 Input Signal Checks
6. The following two tables can be used to verify that the machine is correctly sensing the various switches and sensors. Input Signal Checks - ENERGY SAVER LED OFF
Icon Key
A
LCC Tray Down Sensor (S40) Tray Down = ON
B
LCC Door Switch 2 (SW49) *Door Closed = OFF LCC Paper Start Sensor (S25) *Paper Present = OFF -
C
LCC Tray Up Sensor (S39) *Tray Up = ON
D
LCC Paper Empty Sensor (S26) *Tray Empty = OFF Duplexer Transport Sensor 1 (S5) * Paper Present = ON -
E
Bypass Paper Width Detection Switch 3 (SW21) *Letter & Ledger = OFF LCC Position Switch (SW23) *LCC Installed = OFF Duplexer Length Guide Home Position Sensor (S4) *Home Position = ON -
F
Bypass Paper Width Detection Switch 2 (SW21 *Legal & LTRR = OFF LCC Tray Down Key Switch PWA *Key Pressed = OFF Duplexer Registration Sensor (S8) *Paper Present = ON Lower Drawer Closed Sensor (S48) *Closed = ON
G
Bypass Paper Width Detection Switch 1 (SW21) *Statement = OFF Bypass Feed Sensor (S22) *Paper Present = OFF Duplexer Width Guide Home Position Sensor (S9) *Home Position = ON Middle Drawer Closed Sensor (S47) *Closed = ON
H
Bypass Paper Width Detection Switch 0 (SW21) *Guides Closed = OFF -
Duplexer Transport Sensor 2 (S3) *Paper Present = ON
Duplexer Paper Feed Sensor (S6) *Paper Present = ON -
Duplexer Stack Tray Empty Sensor (S7) *Tray Empty = ON Upper Drawer Closed Sensor (S20) *Closed = ON
Upper Drawer Paper Start Sensor (S28) *Paper Present = OFF
Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor (S27) *Paper Present = ON
Upper Drawer Tray Up Sensor (S30) *Tray Up = ON
Upper Drawer Paper Empty Sensor (S29) *Tray Empty = ON
5 - 10 Diagnostic Test Mode/03 Input Signal Checks
Input Signal Checks - ENERGY SAVER LED OFF

Icon Key
A
Middle Drawer Paper Feed Start Sensor (S32) *Paper Present = OFF Lower Drawer Paper Feed Start Sensor (S36) *Paper Present = OFF -
B
Middle Drawer Paper Stop Sensor (S31) *Paper Present = ON Lower Drawer Paper Stop Sensor (S35) *Paper Present = ON -
C
Middle Drawer Tray Up Sensor (S34) *Tray Up = ON Lower Drawer Tray Up Sensor (S38) *Tray Up = ON -
D
Middle Drawer Paper Empty Sensor (S33) *Tray Empty = ON Lower Drawer Paper Empty Sensor (S27) *Tray Empty = ON -
E
-
F
-
G
-
H
-
Duplexer Closed Connection *Installed = OFF
Paper Stop Sensor (S13) *Paper Present = OFF -
Front Door Interlock Switch (SW41) *Door Closed = OFF Fuser Interlock Switch (SW46) *Fuser Installed = ON
Reversing Sensor (S18) *Paper Present = ON -
Exit Reversing Sensor (S17) *Paper Present = ON -
Used Toner Container Full Sensor (S15) Container Full = ON
Fuser Exit Sensor (S10) *Paper Present = OFF
Sorter Interface PWA Connection *PWA Installed = OFF
Developer Latch Switch (SW14) *Developer Unit Latch = OFF -
manuals4you.com
Input Signal Checks - ENERGY SAVER LED ON

Icon Key
A
-
B
-
C
Total Counter Connection *Connected = OFF
D
Auto Toner Sensor (ATS) Connection *Connected = OFF
E
-
F
Drum Cleaning Unit Connected *Unit Connected = OFF
G
Charge Corona Cleaning Switch (SW16) *Home Position = OFF Toner Supply Cover Switch (SW11) *Door Closed = OFF Transfer Belt Up Sensor (S43) *Belt Up = ON RADF Connection *Connected = OFF
H
Exit Door Closed Sensor (S19) Door Closed = ON
1 2
Key Counter Installed or Connection Jumpered *Installed = OFF -
Toner Hopper Empty Switch (SW12) *Toner Empty = OFF Transfer Belt Down Sensor (S44) *Belt Down = ON Scanner Home Sensor (S2) *Home Position = OFF
RADF APS Start Switch (SW204) *RADF Closed = ON
Input Signal Checks - ENERGY SAVER LED ON

Icon Key
A
-
B
APS Sensor (S1-3) *Paper Detected = OFF
C
APS Sensor (S1-2) *Paper Detected = OFF RADF Original Present Sensor (S201) *Original Present = ON
D
APS Sensor (S1-1) *Paper Detected = OFF RADF Cover, Open, & Closed Switches (SW201, SW202, SW203) *Closed = OFF -
E
APS Sensor (S1-6) (AH/AHP) *Paper Detected = OFF RADF APS Start Switch (SW204) *RADF Closed = OFF
F
APS Sensor (S1-5) (AH/AHP) *Paper Detected = OFF RADF Exit Sensor (S206) *Paper Present = ON
G
APS Sensor (S1-4) *Paper Detected = OFF RADF Timing Sensor (S203) *Paper Present = ON
H
-
RADF Original Width Sensor 1 (S204) *Paper Present = ON
RADF Original Width Sensor 2 (S205) *Paper Present = ON
RADF Registration/ Paper Length Sensor (S202) *Paper Present = ON -
8 9 0
manuals4you.com
5 - 13 Diagnostic Test Mode 03 Output Signal Checks
Diagnostic Test Mode 03 Output Signal Checks

Accessing Output Group 1
1. Turn the machine OFF. 2. While pressing the 0 and 3 keys, turn ON the machine. 3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate Test Mode. Note: Be sure to leave the percentage set to 100%. 4. 5. 6. 7. Enter the three digit start code and press START. Verify correct operation of component tested. Enter the three digit stop code and press START. Press 0 and 9 simultaneously to exit the test mode.

1. Turn the machine OFF. 2. While pressing the 0 and 3 keys, turn ON the machine. 3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate Test Mode. Note: Be sure to leave the percentage set to 100%. 4. 5. 6. 7. Enter the three digit code and press START. Verify correct operation of component tested. Press the CLEAR key. Press 0 and 9 simultaneously to exit the test mode.

1. Turn the machine OFF. 2. While pressing the 0 and 3 keys, turn ON the machine. 3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate Test Mode. Note: Be sure to leave the percentage set to 100%. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Enter the three digit code and press START. Verify correct operation of component tested. Press the START key to stop test. Press the CLEAR key. Press 0 and 9 simultaneously to exit the test mode.

1. Turn the machine OFF. 2. While pressing the 0 and 3 keys, turn ON the machine. 3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate Test Mode. Note: Be sure to leave the percentage set to 100%. 4. Enter the three digit code (295) and press START. 5. The machine will move the ON/OFF Switch to its OFF position turning the machine OFF.
manuals4you.com

Output Signal Checks Table
Output Signal Checks Mode Start Code

Toner motor (M14) Polygonal motor (600 dpi) (M5) Registration motor (M17) Drawer paper drive motor (M31) Duplexer drive motor (M24) Drum separation finger solenoid (SOL3) Developer motor (M16) Fuser drive motor (M18) Transfer belt drive motor (M25) Cleaning roller motor (M10) Used toner transport motor (M15) Laser Fuser drive motor (M18) low speed. Note: Run Code 119 prior to Code 113. If Code 113 is run first the machine must be powered down and restarted in the 03 Test Mode for Code 119 to work.
Component
Drum drive motor (M12)
Function
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
Mode
Stop Code
Stop Function
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Output Group
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Note
see 1
03 - 101 03 - 102 03 - 103 03 - 108 03 - 109 03 - 110 03 - 111 03 - 112 03 - 113 03 - 114 03 - 115 03 - 116 03 - 118 03 - 119
03 - 151 03 - 152 03 - 153 03 - 158 03 - 159 03 - 160 03 - 161 03 - 162 03 - 163 03 - 164 03 - 165 03 - 166 03 - 168 03 - 169
see 1
see 2

Output Signal Checks
Mode
Start Code
Total counter Exit fan motor (M27)
Component
Function
Count up ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON
Output Group
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
Note
03 - 218 03 - 219 03 - 220 03 - 221 03 - 222 03 - 223 03 - 226 03 - 227 03 - 228 03 - 229 03 - 230 03 - 231 03 - 233 03 - 234 03 - 235 03 - 236 03 - 237 03 - 239 03 - 240 03 - 241 03 - 242 03 - 243
Duplexer transport roller drive clutch (CL1) Duplexer registration clutch (CL4) Duplexer feed clutch (CL5) Duplexer forward rotation clutch (CL3) Upper drawer paper feed clutch (CL6) Middle drawer paper feed clutch (CL10) Lower drawer paper feed clutch (CL11) Upper drawer registration clutch (CL7) Middle drawer registration clutch (CL8) Lower drawer registration clutch (CL9) LCC/Bypass feed motor (M32) Bypass pickup solenoid (SOL5) Discharge lamp Drum cleaner cooling fan motor (low speed) (M19) Drum cleaner cooling fan motor (high speed) (M19) Charge corona cooling fan (M13) Developer fan motor (M21) Fuser fan (low-speed) (M20) Fuser fan (high-speed) (M20) Charge corona cleaning motor (M11)
see 4
manuals4you.com

Start Code
Developer bias - DC1 Developer bias - DC2 Developer bias - DC3 Charge corona Transfer belt brush bias

Output Signal Checks Output Group
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 see 8 see 10 see 10 see 3 see 4 see 7
Mode
Component
Transfer belt cam motor (M26)
Function
UP/Down ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON ON/OFF ON ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF UP/DOWN ON Bidirectional ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF UP/DOWN UP/DOWN
Note
03 - 244 03 - 249 03 - 250 03 - 251 03 - 252 03 - 255 03 - 257 03 - 259 03 - 261 03 - 262 03 - 263 03 - 264 03 - 265 03 - 266 03 - 270 03 - 271 03 - 272 03 - 273 03 - 274 03 - 275 03 - 277 03 - 278 03 - 279
Duct (intake/exhaust) fan motor (low speed) (M22 and M23) Duct (intake/exhaust) fan motor (high speed) (M22 and M23) Scanner drive motor (M1) Original size motor (indicator) (M2) Halogen lamp (exposure) Scanner optical cooling fan A (M3A) Scanner optical cooling fan B (M3B) Scanner logic PWA cooling fan (M4) LCC bypass/feed motor (M32) LCC tray drive motor (M30) Duplexer width guide motor (M9) Duplexer length guide motor (M8) Duplexer feed gate solenoid (SOL1) Exit/Duplexer gate solenoid (SOL4) Duplexer reversing clutch (CL2) Upper drawer lift motor (M33) Middle drawer lift motor (M28)

Start Code

Output Signal Checks Output Group
2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 2 2 see 5 see 6 see 8 see 9 see 9 see 9 see 9 see 9
Mode
Component
Lower drawer lift motor (M29) RADF pickup roller rotation RADF registration roller rotation RADF transport belt CW rotation RADF transport belt CCW rotation RADF reversing roller rotation RADF gate solenoid (SOL201) Laser fan motor (M6) Power OFF mode Displays page memory size Page memory read/write check
Function
UP/DOWN ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF Powers OFF -
Note
03 - 280 03 - 281 03 - 282 03 - 283 03 - 284 03 - 285 03 - 288 03 - 292 03 - 295 03 - 401 03 - 402
Note: 1.Developer Unit must be removed. 2.Used in conjunction with start code 103 to detect the laser with developer unit removed. 3.Automatically stops at the limit positions and the speed is variable using the UP and DOWN keys in the LCD. 4.Automatically stops at the limit positions. 5.Displays the amount of page memory in megabits. The normal is 32MB but 0 will be displayed if it cannot determine the amount of page memory.
manuals4you.com
6.Preforms Read/Write check to page memory. The test time is approximately one minute. 0 = Test OK 1 = Fail
7.Automatically turns OFF after 6 seconds, and the fan motors rotate at low speed. 8.To minimize noise, insert a sheet of paper into the rollers. 9.Delay OFF time @ 2-3 seconds. 10.Cool the HDD, System PWA, and optional PWAs.
5 - 20 Diagnostic Test Mode 04
Diagnostic Test Mode 04

This Diagnostic Test Mode allows the printing of test patterns generated by ASIC (Application Specific Intergrated Circuit). Diagnostic test mode 04 is for printing patterns only. 1. Turn the machine OFF. 2. While pressing the 0 and 4 keys, turn ON the machine. 3. After a slight pause, the display will indicate the test mode. 4. The machine will then go into its warm up cycle. Note: Be sure to leave the percentage set to 100%. 5. After the machine warms up, enter the three digit code and press START. The machine will begin printing the selected test pattern continuously. 6. Press the CLEAR key to stop printing the selected test pattern. 7. Press 0 and 9 keys simultaneously to exit the test mode.
Main code Sub code
Test Pattern Type

Main scan, 33 dithered gradations (letter) Sub scan, 33 dithered gradations (ledger) 2 dot grid pattern (10mm Pitch) 1 1 2
Note
04 - 111 04 - 113 04 - 142
Note: Used to check shading capability. If the gradation tests are not consistently smooth transitions, examine the lens/CCD assembly connections. The lens/ CCD PWA also contains the application specific ICs (ASIC) to create these test patterns. Used to check printer reproduction ratios and lead edge positions.
manuals4you.com
5 - 21 Error History Display
Error History Display

Accessing
1. While pressing the 0 and 8 keys, turn the unit ON. 2. Press the 2 5 3 and START keys in sequence. 3. After a slight pause, the display will show the last eight error codes with some additional information. 4. To exit the error history press SET on the display and then 0 and 9 simultaneously. 5. The machine will return to its normal operating condition.
Explanation of Display
1. Example: Error Code 3 Digits EAI 12 Digit Reproduction Date and Time Ratio YYMMDDHHMMSS Y X 12 Digits 990326175732 3 Digits 064 3 Digits 064 12 Digit selected Copy Modes 12 Digits 236210000000
2. Error Code Refer to Error Code Table. 3. Date & Time YY = Year; (first) MM = Month; DD = Day; HH = Hour (24 hour clock); (second) MM = Minutes; SS = Seconds 4. Reproduction Ratio (Y) This is a hexadecimal number (64 Hex. = 100%, 0C8 = 200%). This is the scanning reproduction ratio in the Y direction.

5. Reproduction Ratio (X) This is a hexadecimal number (64 Hex. = 100%, 0C8 = 200%). This is the scanning reproduction ratio in the X direction.
manuals4you.com

6. Copy Mode
A Paper feed tray
0: Non-select 1: SFB 2: LCC 3: Upper drawer 4: Middle drawer 5: Lower drawer 6: Duplexer B Paper size copy 0: Non-select 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5 A: FOL/COM B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13LG G: 8.5*8.5 C Sort mode/Staple mode 0: Non-select 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Staple (Front) 8: Staple (2 places) 9: Staple (Rear) A: Saddle stitch D DF mode 0: Not used 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED E APS/AMS mode 0: Non-select 1: APS 2: AMS F Duplex mode 0: Non-select 1: Book 2: Dual-sided/One-sided 4: Dual-sided/Dual-sided 8: One-sided/Dual-sided G Not used 0: Not used H Image shift 0: Not used 1: Book 2: LEFT 3: RIGHT I Editing 0: Not used 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirroring 4: Negative/Positive J Edge-erase/Dual-page 0: Not used 1: Edge-erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge-erase & Dual page K Not used 0: Not used L Function 0: Not used 1: PPC 2: Not used 3: Not used 4: GDI 5: DSS
5 - 24 Error Code Table
Error Code Table

Note: When the CLEAR PAPER or CALL SERVICE symbols appear, press the CLEAR/STOP and 8 keys simultaneously and the corresponding error code will be displayed.
Group
Duplexer call for service INSTALL ADM displayed LCC or drawers call for service ADD PAPER displayed with paper present
Error Code
C11 C12 C15 C16 C17 C18 Duplexer width guide error Duplexer length guide error Upper drawer error Middle drawer error Lower drawer error LCC error
Machine Status
Optical system call for service
C26 C27 C28 C29
Peak detection error (no light is detected by CCD from white shading sheet or the exposure lamp during scanner initialization and in the copy mode) Scanner home position sensor (S2) does not turn OFF Scanner home position sensor (S2) does not turn ON Exposure lamp burned out or carriage cable disconnected Charge corona cleaning operation error Transfer belt operation error occurs when one or both limit switches do not operate within the set time, during belt movement.
Process call for service
C36 C37
manuals4you.com

Group
Fuser call for service Note: The fuser error codes can be cleared by using 08-400

Machine Status
Abnormal thermistor (TH1 or TH2) or fuser disconnection at power ON Drum Thermistor (TH4) disconnected. Fuser disconnected during warm up or thermistor (TH1 or TH2) becomes abnormal after warm up. Fuser is disconnected during warm up or fuser temperature is abnormal after warm up. Fuser Upper Rear thermistor (TH2) failure, disconnected, or broken wire. Lower thermistor (TH3) errors after machine reaches the ready condition. Low temperature is detected because of thermistor failure, disconnected or broken wire. Communication error between paper feed controller and main logic PWA Communication error between main logic PWA and interface process control Communication error between interface process control and the finisher Communication error between main logic PWA and laser logic PWA Communications error between system and logic PWAs Communications error between the system logic PWA CPU and the scanner logic PWA CPU Timing sensor error Defective adjustment by the registration sensor detected EEPROM defective initialization Defective adjustment by the exit/reversing sensor detected Pick-up motor lock up Transmission time-out error Transmission buffer full RADF power ON I/F error Reception time-out error Defective adjustment of RADF timing sensor
Error Code
C41 C42 C43 C44 C45 C46
Communications call for service
C56 C57 C58 C59 F07 F11
RADF call for service
C7A C72 C73 C74 C75 C76 C77 C78 C79 C80

Group
Laser call for service

Machine Status
Polygonal motor is abnormal Laser synchronization (HSYNC) is abnormal Sub scanning rough adjustment error Main scanning counter load error Laser power adjustment error Laser pulse width modulation (PWM) calibration error Image data transfer malfunction from logic PWA Sub scanning fine adjustment error Sub scanning inter-page compensation error Main scanning dot adjustment error Main scanning tap adjustment error Main scanning tap amount measurement error Main scanning inter-page compensation error Laser initialize time out error
Error Code
CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 CA5 CA6 CA9 CAA CAB CAC CAD CAE CAF CD0
manuals4you.com

Group
Finisher call for service

Machine Status
Feed motor 1(M401) or feed motor 2 (M408) is abnormal Delivery motor (M402) is abnormal Tray Drive motor (M405) is abnormal Alignment motor (M403) is abnormal Stapler motor (M404) is abnormal Paper stack height sensor (S402) is abnormal Stack sensor is abnormal Backup RAM data is abnormal Note: The RAM ICon the finisher logic PWA is not field replaceable) Saddle stitcher paper pushing plate motor (M416) is abnormal Saddle stitcher front staple motor 3 (M415) is abnormal Saddle stitcher rear staple motor 2 (M414) is abnormal Saddle stitcher aligning motor (M413) is abnormal Saddle stitcher shutter guide motor (M411) is abnormal Saddle stitcher paper positioning guide motor (M412) is abnormal Saddle finisher positioning guide motor is abnormal Saddle stitcher has an abnormal sensor Saddle stitcher has an abnormal microswitch Communications error between the finisher logic PWA and the saddle stitcher logic PWA Swing Motor is abnormal. Horizontal registration is abnormal. Punch motor is abnormal. Punching jam.
Error Code
CB1 CB2 CB3 CB4 CB5 CB6 CB7 CB8 CB9 CBA CBB CBC CBD CBE CBF CC0 CC1 CC2 CC4 CC5 CC6 E9F

Group
Transporting jam inside the copier

Machine Status
Fuser exit sensor (S10) did not actuate Fuser exit sensor (S10) held actuated (exit or reversing sensor must be actuated) Paper remaining inside the copier when the power is turned on, at one or more sensors (S10, S13, S17, S18) Paper jam caused by HDD reading error. Open machine doors and remove paper jam then close doors on machine to recover Image transport ready time-out. An image data transport error between system logic PWA and printer logic PWA has occurred Bypass tray misfeed Upper drawer misfeed Middle drawer misfeed Lower drawer misfeed LCC misfeed Paper feed jam at upper drawer feed start sensor (S28) Paper feed jam at middle drawer feed start sensor (S32) Paper feed jam at lower drawer feed start sensor (S36) Paper did not arrive at upper drawer feed paper stop sensor (S27) Paper did not arrive at middle drawer feed paper stop sensor (S31) Paper did not arrive at lower drawer feed paper stop sensor (S35) Copier front door was opened during copying Copy exit door was opened during copying
Error Code
E01 E02 E03 E09 E0A
Paper misfeed
E12 E15 E16 E17 E19
Paper feed or transport jam from drawers
E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36
Paper jam when a door is opened during copying.
E41 E47
manuals4you.com

Group
Duplexer reversing section or duplexer paper transport path jam

Machine Status
Duplexer registration (aligning) sensor (S8) did not actuate Duplexer transport sensor 1 (S5) did not actuate Duplexer transport sensor 2 (S3) did not actuate Upper drawer paper stop sensor (S13) did not actuate when paper was fed from the duplexer Duplexer paper feed sensor (S6) did not actuate Paper on transport path at copy end Paper remains in the paper drawer transport path after the door close Reversing sensor (S18) did not actuate Reversing sensor (S18) did not de-actuate Exit sensor (S17) did not de-actuate Exit sensor (S17) did not actuate Duplexer transport start time-out error Original feed jam Original transport jam Original exit jam
Error Code
E50 E51 E52 E53 E54 E55 E56 E57 E58 E59 E5A E5B
RADF jam
E71 E72 E73

Group
Paper jam in the finisher

Machine Status
Paper path sensors did not actuate Paper path sensors did not de-actuate Jam when power is turned ON F565door/F580S upper door was opened during copying F580 staple jam/F580S upper staple jam Paper early arrival jam Saddle stitcher staple jam Saddle stitcher jam when power switch is turned ON Saddle stitcher jam when power switch is turned ON Saddle stitcher transport sensors did not de-actuate saddle stitcher transport sensors did not actuate Print end command time-out jam Finisher receive time-out jam Finisher ready time-out error Drawer paper stop sensor - L standby time-out error (The code displays after a multiple paper misfeed occurs in paper feed path) Drawer paper stop sensor - R standby time-out error (The code displays after a multiple paper misfeed occurs in the paper feed path behind the registration roller.) Logic PWA main CPU is abnormal Logic PAW paper feed control CPU is abnormal Drum cleaning brush drive motor (M10) is abnormal Used toner auger drive motor (M15) is abnormal HDD formatting error Note: Use 08-690 to reformat the HDD or to format a new HDD
Error Code
EA1 EA2 EA3 EA4 EA5 EA6 EA8 EA9 EAA EAB EAC EAD EAE EB3
Body transport jam 2
EB5 EB6
Other call for service
C94 C99 CD1 CD2 F10
manuals4you.com
5 - 31 Error Code Hints
Error Code Hints

C26 Error Code
Code
C26
Error
Exposure lamp disconnection detection/ peak detection
Question
Does the exposure lamp light?
Solution
If yes: Check the connectors on the CCD and scanner logic PWAs for disconnection. Check the shading plate on the rear of the original scale for dirt. Check the CCD PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Replace the lens unit. Replace the scanner logic PWA. If not: Check the lamp connectors for disconnection. Check electrical continuity or the lamp. Check scanner logic PWA connector pins J9-22, 23, 24, 25, and 26 for disconnection and harness for breaks and short-circuits. Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Replace the scanner logic PWA. Replace the lamp regulator.
C27 Error Code

Code
C27
Error
Carriage Initialization
Question
Does the carriage move only slightly in the feed direction, or does it stay in a position other than the home position and does not move?
Solution
If yes: Check the circuits on the scanner logic PWA and scan drive motor PWAs for trouble. If not: Check the connector pins for disconnection and harness for breaks and short-circuits. Check the scan drive motor PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Replace the scan drive motor PWA. Replace the scanner logic PWA.

C28 Error Code
Code
C28
Error
Carriage Initialization
Question
Is a loud sound emitted after the carriage bumps into the home position?
Solution
If yes: Cause: The home switch does not turn ON. Make sure that the switch connector is connected. Check the circuits on the scanner logic PWA and scan drive motor PWAs for trouble. If not: Cause: The carriage is located at the home position and does not move. Check the connector pins for disconnection and the harness for breaks and short-circuits. Check the scan drive motor PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Replace the scan drive motor PWA. Replace the scanner logic PWA.
C29 Error Code

Code
C29
Error
Exposure lamp disconnection detection/ peak detection
Question
Does the exposure lamp light?
Solution
If yes: Check the connectors on the CCD and scanner logic PWAs for disconnection. Check the shading plate on the rear of the original scale for dirt. Check the CCD PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Replace the lens unit. Replace the scanner logic PWA. If not: Check the lamp connectors for disconnection. Check electrical continuity or the lamp. Check scanner logic PWA connector pins J9-22, 23, 24, 25, and 26 for disconnection and harness for breaks and short-circuits. Check the scanner logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. Replace the scanner logic PWA. Replace the lamp regulator.
manuals4you.com

C36 Error Code
Code
C36
Error
Charge corona operation 1. Check the cleaning motor: Is the motor operating? 2. Replace the logic PWA. 3. Check the charge corona: Is the corona disconnected? 4. Check charge corona power supply 5. Check wiring and connections
Solution
C37 Error Code

Code
C37
Error
Transfer belt operation
Solution
1. Check the transfer belt: Are the connectors disconnected? Are the contact switches and limit switches normal? 2. Replace the logic PWA

C41 Error Code
Code
C41
Error
Thermistor trouble or heater break at power ON
Solution
1. Check the thermistor: Are the connectors disconnected? Are the main and sub (end section) thermistors firmly contacting the fuser roller? Are the harnesses of the main and sub (end section) thermistors broken? 2. Check the heater lamp and the SSR: Is the heater lamp broken? Is the heater lamp connector disconnected? Is the thermostat blown? Is the SSRs connector disconnected? Are the SSR and switching power supplies damaged? 3. Check the logic PWA: Is connector J326 disconnected? Check the circuits for breaks, short-circuits or other problems. Replace the logic PWA. 4. Reset the status counter. Perform the following after you have repaired the location where error C41 occurred: Turn the power ON while holding the 0 and 8 keys down. Enter 400 on the keypad, and then press START. Overwrite currently displayed status counter 1 or 2 to 0, and press the SET or INTERRUPT key to cancel error C41}. Turn the power OFF then back ON, and check to see if the machine enters a normal standby state.
manuals4you.com

C43 Error Code
Code
C43
Error
Thermistor trouble during warm-up after completion of break judgment or after becoming ready
Solution
Perform the following checks (similar to those for error 41: 1. Check the thermistor: Are the connectors disconnected? Are the main and sub (end section) thermistors firmly contacting the fuser roller? Are the harnesses of the main and sub (end section) thermistors broken? 2. Check the fuser lamp and the SSR: Is the fuser lamp broken? Is the fuser lamp connector disconnected? Is the thermostat blown? Is the SSRs connector disconnected? Are the SSR and switching power supplies damaged? 3. Check the logic PWA: Is connector J326 disconnected? Check the circuits for breaks, short-circuits or other problems. Replace the logic PWA. 4. Reset the status counter. The status counter for error C43 indicates 4 or 6. The status counter for error C44 indicates 5, 7, or 9. Note: Reset these counters to 0 by following the same procedure as used for error C41.

C44 Error Code
Code
C44
Error
Fuser break during warm-up after completion of break judgment or after becoming ready
Solution
Perform the following checks (similar to those for error 41): 1. Check the thermistor: Are the connectors disconnected? Are the main and sub (end section) thermistors firmly contacting the fuser roller? Are the harnesses of the main and sub (end section) thermistors broken? 2. Check the fuser lamp and the SSR: Is the fuser lamp broken? Is the fuser lamp connector disconnected? Is the thermostat blown? Is the SSRs connector disconnected? Are the SSR and switching power supplies damaged? 3. Check the logic PWA: Is connector J326 disconnected? Check the circuits for breaks, short-circuits or other problems. Replace the logic PWA. 4. Reset the status counter. The status counter for error C43 indicates 4 or 6. The status counter for error C44 indicates 5, 7, or 9. Note: Reset these counters to 0 by following the same procedure as used for error C41.
C45 Error Code

Code
C45
Error
Fuser end section thermistor broken
Solution
1. Check the sub (end section) thermistor. Are the connectors disconnected? Is the sub (end section) thermistor firmly contacting the fuser roller? Is the sub (end section) thermistor harness broken? 2.Check the logic PWA. Is connector J326 disconnected? Check the circuits for breaks, short-circuits or other problems. Replace the logic PWA. 3. Reset the status counter. Note: Reset these counters to 0 by following the same procedure as used for error C41.
manuals4you.com

C46 Error Code
Code
C46
Error
Pressure roller thermistor circuit opens after warm-up. 1. Check the thermistor 2. Check the wiring. 3. Replace the logic PWA.
Solution
C56 Error Code

Code
C56
Error
Paper feed controller communications with the main logic PWA
Solution
1. Check the signal patters (REQ, ACK, RXD, TXD) between IC11 (G/A) and IC21 (paper feed controller) on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 2. Replace the logic PWA.
C57 Error Code

Code
C57
Error
Main logic PWA communications with interface process control
Solution
1. Check the circuit patterns mainly on IC50 and IC56 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 2. Check the pattern on the interface process control PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 3. Replace the interface process control PWA. 4. Replace the logic PWA.
C58 Error Code

Code
C58
Error
Interface process control communications with the finisher
Solution
1. Make sure that only the specified finisher is attached. 2. Check the pattern on the interface process control PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 3. Check the harness connected to connector J2 on the interface process control PWA for disconnected pins and breaks. 4. Check fuse F5 on the power supply unit to see if it is blown. 5. Check the pattern on the logic PWA inside the finisher for breaks and short-circuits. 6. Check the connectors leading up to the PPC PWA for disconnected pins, and the harness for breaks. 7. Replace the interface process control PWA. 8. Replace the logic PWA.

C59 Error Code
Code
C59
Error
Main logic PWA communications with the laser logic PWA
Solution
1. Check the harness between the logic PWA and the laser unit for disconnection and breaks. 2. Check the IC circuits on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 3. Replace the logic PWA. 4. Replace the laser optical unit.
C72 Error Code

Code
C72
Error
Registration sensor defective adjustment detection
Solution
1. Check between the registration sensor and the reflection mirror for foreign objects, and check the reflection mirror for dirt. 2. Check the harness between the registration sensor and the logic PWA for breaks. 3. Check ICR, IC5, and CN6 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 4. Replace the registration sensor. 5. Replace the logic PWA. 6. Initialize the RADF EEPROM, and perform automatic sensor adjustment.
C73 Error Code

Code
C73
Error
EEPROM initialization
Solution
1. Check IC1 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 2. Replace the logic PWA. 3. Initialize the RADF EEPROM, and perform automatic sensor adjustment.
manuals4you.com

C74 Error Code
Code
C74
Error
Exit sensor defective adjustment detection
Solution
1. Check between the exit sensor and the reflection mirror for foreign objects, and check the reflection mirror for dirt. 2. Check the harness between the exit sensor and the logic PWA for breaks. 3. Check IC4, and CN7 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 4. Replace the exit sensor. 5. Replace the logic PWA. 6. Initialize the RADF EEPROM, and perform automatic sensor adjustment.
C80 Error Code

Code
C80
Error
Timing sensor defective adjustment detection
Solution
1. Check between the timing sensor and the reflection mirror for foreign objects, and check the reflection mirror for dirt. 2. Check the harness between the timing sensor and the logic PWA for breaks. 3. Check IC4, IC5, and CN6 on the logic PWA for breaks and short-circuits. 4. Replace the timing sensor. 5. Replace the logic PWA. 6. Initialize the RADF EEPROM, and perform automatic sensor adjustment.
C94 Error Code

Code
C94
Error
Abnormal Main logic PWA
Question
Does the service call reappear after the main unit power switch is turned OFF and then ON again?
Solution
If not: Leave as is, and monitor the outcome. If yes: Check the circuit pattern between Main logic PWA (IC32) and MROM (IC31) for breaks and short-circuits. Replace the logic PWA if the problem occurs frequently.

C99 Error Code
Code
C99
Error
Abnormal Paper feed controller microcomputer
Question
Does the service call reappear after the main unit power switch is turned OFF and then ON again?
Solution
If not: Leave as is, and monitor the outcome. If yes: Check the circuit pattern around the paper feed controller microcomputer (IC21) for breaks and short-circuits. Replace the paper feed controller microcomputer or logic PWA if the problem occurs frequently.
CA1 Error Code

Code
CA1
Error
Polygonal mirror motor defect
Question
Is the polygon motor rotating?
Solution
If not: Check connector J206 on the image processing/print control logic PWA for disconnection. Check connector CN1 on the polygonal motor drive PWA for disconnection. Check the harness for breaks and the connector pins for disconnection. Check the patterns on the image processing/print control logic and polygonal motor drive PWAs for breaks and short circuits. Replace the polygonal motor drive PWA. Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA. If not: Check the image processing/print control logic and polygonal motor drive PWAs for breaks and short circuits. Replace the polygonal motor drive PWA. Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA. If yes: Check the image processing/print control logic PWA for breaks and short circuits. Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA.
The polygon motor is rotating but are pins 2 and 3 of connector CN1 on the polygonal motor drive PWA low at all times?
manuals4you.com

CA2 Error Code
Code
CA2
Error
Laser synchronization (HSYNC)
Question
Is the harness between the image processing/print control logic PWA and the HSYNC PWA defective? Are the connectors disconnected?
Solution
If yes: Replace the harness, and reconnect any disconnected connectors. If not: Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA. Replace the unit.
CA3 Error Code

Code
CA3
Error
Laser beam adjustment
Question
Are any harnesses between the image processing/print control logic PWA and the galvanomirror, image processing/ print control logic PWA and laser drive PWA, and image processing/print control logic PWA defective? Are the connectors disconnected?
Solution
CA4 Error Code

Code
CA4
Error
Question
Solution

CA5 Error Code
Code
CA5
Error
Question
Solution
CA6 Error Code

Code
CA6
Error
Question
Solution
CAA Error Code

Code
CAA
Error
Question
Solution
manuals4you.com

CAB Error Code
Code
CAB
Error
Question
Solution
CAC Error Code

Code
CAC
Error
Question
Solution
CAD Error Code

Code
CAD
Error
Question
Solution

CAE Error Code
Code
CAE
Error
Question
Solution
CAF Error Code

Code
CAF
Error
Question
Solution
CA9 Error Code

Code
CA9
Error
Image data communications
Question
Is the harness between the image processing/print control logic PWA and the system PWA defective? Are the connectors disconnected?
Solution
If yes: Replace the harness and reconnect any disconnected connectors. If not: Replace the image processing/print control logic PWA. Replace the system PWA.
manuals4you.com

CB1 Error Code
Code
CB1
Error
Feed motor 2 (M408) (Procedure 1)
Question
Is feed motor 2 (M408) operating in reverse at the set timing? Is the shutter correctly coupled to the shutter upper/lower bars? Try turning the feed roller 2 in reverse by hand. Do the shutter upper/lower bars move up and down? Is the shutter close switch (SW404) normal?
Solution
If not: Replace the motor or the finisher logic PWA. If not: Correct the coupling. If not: Check the shutter upper/lower bars and the feed roller 2 gears. Make mechanism corrections as needed.
If not: Replace the switch If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA. If not: Replace the motor or the finisher logic PWA. If not: Correct the coupling. If not: Check the shutter upper/lower bars and the feed roller 2 gears. Make mechanism corrections as needed. If not: Replace the sensor If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA. If not: Replace the switch. If not: Correct the mechanical mechanism. If not: Replace the switch. If not: Correct the mechanical mechanism. If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA.
Feed motor 2 (Procedure 2)
Is feed motor 2 (M408) operating in reverse at the set timing? Is the shutter correctly coupled to the shutter upper/lower bars? Try turning the feed roller 2 in reverse by hand. Do the shutter upper/lower bars move up and down? Is the shutter sensor (S405) normal?
Feed motor 2 (Procedure 3)
Check tray position safety switch (SW403). Is the switch normal? Is safety area detection switch (MS3) correctly pressed? Is the shutter close switch (SW404) normal? Is the shutter close switch (SW404) correctly pressed?

CB2 Error Code
Code
CB2
Error
Delivery motor (M402) (Procedure 1)
Question
Try rotating the delivery motor (M402) by hand. Does it operate smoothly? Is the paper delivery motor timing sensor (S410) normal? Is the voltage across J11-6 and -7 on the finisher logic PWA 24V when the delivery motor operates? Is the wiring from the motor to the logic PWA normal?
Solution
If not: Correct the mechanical problem. If not: Replace the sensor. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.
If not: Correct the wiring. If yes: Replace the motor. If not: Correct the swing guide mechanism.
Delivery motor (Procedure 2)
Try rotating the delivery motor in the reverse direction, by hand. Does the swing guide move up and down? Is swing guide close switch 2 (SW406) normal? Is the delivery motor (M402) operating in reverse at the set timing?
If not: Replace the switch. If not: Replace the motor. If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA. If not: Correct the swing guide mechanism.
Try rotating the delivery motor in the reverse direction by hand. Does the swing guide move up and down? Is swing guide sensor (S418) normal? Is the delivery motor (M402) operating in reverse at the set timing?
If not: Replace the sensor. If not: Replace the motor. If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA If not: Replace the switch. If not: Correct the mechanical problem. If not: Replace the switch. If not: Correct the mechanical problem. If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA.
Is the tray position safety switch (SW403) normal? Is the tray position safety switch (SW403) correctly pressed? Is the swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406) normal? Is the swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406) correctly pressed?
manuals4you.com

CB3 Error Code
Code
CB3
Error
Tray drive motor (M405) (Procedure 1)
Question
Is the paper tray home position sensor (S408) normal? Is the tray lift mechanism normal? Is 24V DC being supplied to the tray drive motor (M405) from the finisher controller during tray drive? Is the wiring from the finisher logic PWA to the tray drive motor (M405) normal?
Solution
If not: Replace the sensor. If not: Correct the problem. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA. If not: Correct the wiring problem. If yes: Replace the tray drive motor (M405). If yes: Lower the tray position. If not: Replace the switch. If not: Correct the wiring problem. If yes: Replace the finisher logic PWA. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA. If not: Replace the tray drive motor (M405)). If yes: Correct the problem. If not: Replace the sensor. If yes: Replace the finisher controller.
Tray drive motor (Procedure 2)
Is the tray arriving at the tray up limit safety switch (SW405) position? Is the tray up limit safety switch (SW405) normal? Is the wiring from the finisher logic PWA to the tray up limit safety switch normal?
Tray drive motor (Procedure3)
Is power being supplied to the motor from the finisher logic PWA during the trays upward movement? Is there a problem with the tray lift mechanism? Are the tray drive motor timing sensors (S409 & S419) normal?
CB4 Error Code

Code
CB4
Error
Alignment motor (M403)
Question
Is the aligning guide home position sensor (S406) normal? Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the alignment motor normal? Is there a mechanical object caught on the aligning plate movement path? Does replacement of the alignment motor (M403) correct the problem?
Solution
If not: Replace the sensor. If not: correct the wiring problem. If not: Correct the problem. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.

CB5 Error Code
Code
CB5
Error
Stapler positioning motor (M404)
Question
Is the wiring between the stapler and the finisher logic PWA normal? Does replacement of the stapler correct the problem?
Solution
If not: Correct the wiring problem. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.
CB6 Error Code

Code
CB6
Error
Stapler positioning motor (M404)
Question
Is the stapler home position sensor (S407) normal? Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the stapler positioning motor (M404) normal? Is there a mechanical object caught on the stapler stand movement path? Does replacement of the stapler positioning motor (M404) correct the problem?
Solution
If not: Replace the sensor. If not: Correct the wiring problem. If not: Correct the problem. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.
manuals4you.com

CB7 Error Code
Code
CB7
Error
Paper stack height sensor (S402) (Procedure 1)
Question
Does turning the copiers power switch OFF and then ON again correct the problem? Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the sensor normal? Is the voltage across J6-2 (+) and J6-4 (-) on the finisher logic PWA 5V DC?
Solution
If yes: The problem has been corrected. If not: Correct the wiring problem. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA. If yes: Readjust the paper stack height sensor (S402). Replace the paper height sensor if the problem occurs frequently. If yes: Reconnect any disconnected connectors. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA. If not: Correct the wiring problem. If yes: The problem has been corrected. If not: Correct the wiring problem. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.
CB7
Paper stack height sensor (Procedure 2)
Is connector J6 on the finisher logic PWA, J114 on the height sensor, or relay connector J212 disconnected? Is the voltage across J6-2 (+) and J6-4 (-) on the finisher logic PWA 5V DC? Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the sensor normal?
Paper stack height sensor (Procedure 3)
Does readjusting by the DIP switches correct the problem? Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the sensor normal? Is the voltage across J6-2 (+) and J6-4 (-) on the finisher logic PWA 5V DC?
CB8 Error Code

Code
CB8
Error
Backup RAM data
Question
Does turning the main units main power switch OFF and then ON again correct the problem?
Solution
If yes: The problem has been corrected. If not: Replace the finisher logic PWA.

CB9 Error Code
Code
CB9
Error
Paper pushing plate motor (M416)
Question
Is the paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434) normal? Is the paper pushing plate motor (M416) operating at the set timing?
Solution
If not: Replace the sensor. If yes: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. If not: Correct the mechanism. If not: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
(saddle stitcher)
Is the paper pushing plate drive mechanism normal? Does replacement of the paper pushing plate motor (M416) correct the problem?
CBA Error Code

Code
CBA
Error
Stitcher
Question
Are the front or rear stitcher and receptacles installed properly? Are the stitching stapler cam home position switch 3 (SW409 -rear) and stitching stapler cam home position switch 2 (SW410-front) on the front/rear stitchers normal? Is the front or rear stitcher operating at the predetermined timing?
Solution
If not: Install them correctly. If not: Replace the front or rear stitcher.
(saddle stitcher)
If not: Replace the front or rear stitcher. If yes: Check the wiring between the stitcher and saddle stitcher logic PWA. If it is normal, replace the logic PWA.
manuals4you.com

CBB Error Code
Code
CBB
Error
Stitcher
Question
Are the front or rear stitcher and receptacles installed properly? Are the stitching stapler cam home position switch 3 (SW409 -rear) and stitching stapler cam home position switch 2 (SW410-front) on the front/rear stitchers normal? Is the front or rear stitcher operating at the predetermined timing?
Solution
If not: Install them correctly. If not: Replace the front or rear stitcher.
(saddle stitcher)
If not: Replace the front or rear stitcher. If yes: Check the wiring between the stitcher and saddle stitcher logic PWA. If it is normal, replace the logic PWA.
CBC Error Code

Code
CBC
Error
Aligning motor (M413)
Question
Is the stitcher alignment guides sensor (S425) normal? Is the aligning motor (M413) operating at the set time? Is the alignment guide drive mechanism normal?
Solution
If not: Replace the sensor. If not: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. If not: Correct the problem. If not: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
(saddle stitcher)
Does the replacement of the aligning motor (M413) correct the problem?
CBD Error Code

Code
CBD
Error
Shutter guide motor (M411) (saddle stitcher)
Question
Is the shutter guide home position sensor (S433) normal? Is the shutter guide motor (M411) operating at the set timing? is the guide plate drive mechanism normal? Does replacement of the shutter guide motor (M411) correct the problem?
Solution
If not: Replace the sensor. If yes: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. If not: Correct the problem. If not: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

CBE Error Code
Code
CBE
Error
Paper folder motor (M410) (saddle stitcher)
Question
Is the folder motor timing sensor (S424) normal? Is the paper folder motor (M410) operating at the set timing? Is the fold roller drive mechanism normal? Does replacement of the paper folding motor (M410) correct the problem?
Solution
If not: Replace the sensor. If yes: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. If not: Correct the problem. If not: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
CBF Error Code

Code
CBF
Error
Paper position guide
Question
Is the stitcher paper positioning guide home position sensor (S427) normal? Is the paper positioning guide operating at the set timing? Is the paper positioning guide drive mechanism normal?
Solution
If not: Replace the sensor. If yes: Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. If not: Correct the problem. If not: Replaced the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
(saddle stitcher)
Does replacement of the paper positioning guide motor (M412) correct the problem?
CD0 Error Code

Code
CD0
Error
Question
Solution
manuals4you.com

F07 Error Code
Code
F07
Error
Communications error between system and main logic PWAs.
Solution
1. Check connector J102 and connector J108 on the system PWA for disconnection. 2. Check connector J330 on the logic PWA for disconnection. 3. Check connector 12 on the scanner logic PWA for breaks, and check the connector pins for disconnection. 4. Check the harness between the system PWA and the scanner logic PWA for breaks, and check the connector pins for disconnection. 5. Check the harness between the system PWA and the main logic PWA for breaks, and check the connector pins for disconnection. 6. Check the version of the FROM on the system PWA. 7. Check the version of the EROM (IC36) on the main logic PWA. 8. Check the version of the EROM on the scanner logic PWA. 9. Replace the system PWA. 10. Replace the scanner logic PWA. 11. Replace the main logic PWA.
F10 Error Code

Code
F10 HDD unitization
Error
Solution
1. Initialize the HDD. 2. Make sure the correct HDD is installed. 3. Make sure that the HDD is mounted correctly. 4. Make sure that the HDD connector pins are not bent. 5. Check HDD connector J106 on the system PWA for disconnection. 6. Replace the harness 7. Replace the HDD. 8. Replace the system PWA.
5 - 54 Image Quality Hints
Image Quality Hints

Flashing Service IQC
Display flashes: IQC Maintenance Required 05-291 = 2: Image Pattern Trouble. The test pattern cannot be read correctly.
Does 05-291=2 ? Does 05-291=4 ? Yes Go to 05-291 = 4
No
Yes
No
Values of 2 and 4 are errors, all other values are normal Replace the following items 1 at a time in the order listed. After replacing an item perform the forced execution/ confirmation: 1. Developer material and set the developer counter to zero. 2. Check the developer bias and adjust it to specification. 3. Check the drum ground resistance, it should be 0~5 ohms. 4. Drum and set the drum counter to zero.
Does 08-805= Default value 88 ?
Yes
Make a Test Print from the 04-113
Is the image correct?
No
Is the Developer Unit firmly locked?
Yes
Is the Charge Corona clean and securely fastened?
No
No Secondary Scanning 33 Gradations Set 08-805 to the default value 88
Yes
No
No
Replace the Image Density Sensor
Lock the developer unit
Replace the Charge Corona wire, clean the grid and corona frame.
Perform the Image Quality Control forced execution/ confirmation procedure.
End
manuals4you.com

Flashing Service IQC (continued)
Display flashes: IQC Maintenance Required
05-291 = 4: Image Density Sensor Trouble. The Image Density Sensor output is not within the normal range.
Does 05-291=4 ? Does 05-291=2 ?
No
No
Go to 05-291 = 2 Image Density Sensor light intensity adjustment result.
No Yes
Values of 2 and 4 are erros all other values are normal.
Is the value of self diagnostics 05-292 within the range of 102~307?
Yes
Is the value of 05-293 self-diagnostics within the range of Yes 08-814's value X 4 up to a value of 819?
No
05-293 self-diagnostics value less than the value of 08-814's value X 4? No
Yes
Does the value of 05296 self diagnostics = 255?
No
1.Replace the Image Density Sensor 2. Replace the Main Logic PWA No
No
Image Density Sensor output when the LED light is turned OFF.
Yes
1. Check the connector at the Image Density Sensor and the Cleaning Unit. 2. Replace the Image Density Sensor. 3. Replace the Main Logic PWA.
Is the value of 05-293 self-diagnostics greater than 819?
Is the Image Density Sensor window dirty?
No
Is the center of the drum scratched or dirty?
Yes
Yes 1.Replace the Image Density Sensor 2. Replace the Main Logic PWA
Yes Clean the Image density Sensor window.
Yes
Replace the drum
Perform the Image Quality Control forced execution/ confirmation procedure.
*05-291 is the Value of the Image Quality Control after it has completed its check. Output values 2 and 4 are errors. Any other values are normal.

Flashing Service IQC (continued)
Image Quality Control forced execution/confirmation procedure.
Number of copies between machine performing Image Quality Control Start Image Quality Control Operation Enabled 0 = every copy 1 = every 1,000 copies 2 = every 2,000 copies
Is the value of 08-800 less than 3?
Yes
Set 08-802 to 0 (zero)
Set 08-803 to 0 (zero)
Make a Test Print in the 04-113, select Letter or A4 paper. When the Test Print exits press the CLEAR key to stop the machine.
No
Set 08-800 to 0 (zero) 05-291 is the value other than 2 or 4 and does 08-800 = 0 No
Go to the 05-291 = 2 or the 05-291 = 4 Troubleshooting Chart
Yes
Set the value in 08-803 to 2, every 2,000 copies
End
manuals4you.com
5 - 57 RADF HInts
RADF HInts
Symptom
Originals above the bottom original are fed into the RADF first.
Question
Have too many originals been placed on the document tray? Is an original abnormally curled or folded? Is the stack on the document tray composed of different sized originals?
Solution
If yes: Place the correct number of originals in the tray. If yes: Smooth the offending original and realign the stack of originals. If yes: Place only the same size originals on the tray for each copy run. If yes: Place the correct number of originals in the tray. If yes: Smooth the offending original and realign the stack of originals. If yes: Place only the same size originals on the tray for each copy run. If yes: Adjust the gap. If yes: Clean the separation pad. If yes: Clean the rollers. If yes: Adjust the gap. If yes: Replace the rollers. If yes: Clean the roller. If yes: Clean the belt. If not: Properly install the RADF in parallel to the main unit. Also, adjust the skew and properly adjust he height. If yes: Move the guides so that they match the width of the original. If not: Move the document tray either left or right until it is adjusted correctly.
Two or more originals are fed simultaneously through the RADF.
Have too many originals been placed in the document tray? Is an original abnormally curled or folded? Is the stack on the document tray composed of different sized originals? Is the gap between the pressure plate and the feed roller too large? Is the separation pad dirty?
The original is not fed to the registration roller.
Are the pickup and feed rollers dirty? Is the gap between the pressure plate and the feed roller too small? Is the transporting force of the pickup roller and feed roller insufficient?
The original skews on the exposure glass.
Is the registration roller dirty? Is the transport belt dirty? Is the RADF correctly installed?
The side edges of the copy are out of alignment with the side edges of the original.
Are the side guides set too wide in relation to the width of the original?

Symptom
The RADF does not work (excluding paper jams, open cover)
5 - 58 RADF HInts
Question Solution
If not: Reconnect the harness. If not: Check the main unit. If not: Check or replace the logic PWA. If not: Check or replace the exit sensor. If not: Remove any foreign objects if present. Adjust the mechanical load and drive system. If not: Check or replace the logic PWA. If not: Check or replace the logic PWA. If yes: Check or replace the motor. If not: Replace the interface cable. If yes: 1. Check or replace the logic PWA. 2. Check or replace the main unit logic PWA.
Is the interface harness correctly connected? Is 24V DC being supplied to CN2? Is the voltage across TP 26 and TP 43 + 5V DC? Is the voltage measured at EMP-SNS (TP30) +5V when there is no paper?
Motor error
Is a normal load placed on the motor shaft?
Is voltage being supplied to the motor connection? Is an excitation pattern signal being supplied to the motor connector? Communications error Is the interface cable normal?
Defective size detection
Is the voltage measured at SIZE-SNS1 (TP9) + 5V when there is paper? Is the voltage measured at SIZE-SNS2 (TP29) + 5V when there is paper? Is the original slipping at the registration roller?
If not: Check or replace size sensor 1. If not: Check or replace size sensor 2. If not: Check or replace the logic PWA. If yes: 1. Check or replace the registration roller. 2. Check and adjust the roller pressure.
Defective original leading edge stop position
Is the voltage measured at REG-SNS (TP25) + 5V when there is paper? Is the reflection mirror at the registration sensor normal?
If not: Check or replace the registration sensor. If not: Check or replace the reflection mirror. If yes: Check or replace the logic PWA.
manuals4you.com
5 - 59 F580/F580S
F580/F580S
Finisher Unit
Communication error between the finisher and the copier. Cause
Finisher logic PWA Copier Main logic PWA Wiring Finisher logic PWA Copier Main Logic PWA
Step
1
Checks
Turn the copier OFF, and then ON. Is the problem corrected?
Yes/No
Yes End.
Action
2 3
Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the copier Main Logic PWA normal? Replace the finisher logic PWA and the copier Main Logic PWA. Is the problem corrected?
Yes Yes
Correct it. End.
Communication error between the finisher and the saddle stitcher. Cause
Finisher logic PWA Saddle stitcher logic PWA Wiring Power supply Saddle stitcher logic PWA
Step
1
Checks
Turn the copier OFF and then ON. Is the problem corrected?
Yes/No
Yes End.
Action
2 3
Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the saddle stitcher logic PWA normal? Measure the voltage between J3-2 (+) and J3-1 (-) on the finisher logic PWA. Is it +24V DC?
No No Yes
Correct it. Replace the finisher logic PWA. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Faulty paper stack height sensor (S402) Cause
Finisher logic PWA
5 - 60 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
Yes End.
Step
1
Action
Turn the copier OFF and then ON. Is the problem corrected?
Wiring Power supply Paper stack height sensor (S402) Connector
2 3
Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the sensors normal? Measure the voltage between J6-2 (+) and J6-4 (-) on the finisher logic PWA. Is it 5V DC?
No No Yes
Correct the wiring. Replace the finisher logic PWA. Adjust the sensor. If an error occurs again, replace the sensor.
Is J6 on the finisher logic PWA, J114 on the height sensor, or J212 on the relay connector disconnected? Measure the voltage between J6-2 (+) and J6-4 (-) on the finisher logic PWA. Is it 5V DC?
Yes
Connector the connector.
Power supply
No
Replace the finisher logic PWA.
Paper stack height sensor (S402) Wiring Adjustment
Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and sensor normal?
Yes No
Replace the sensor. Correct the wiring. End.
Try making adjustments using the Dip switch. Is the problem corrected?
Yes
Wiring Power supply Paper stack height sensor (S402)
2 3
Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the sensors normal? Measure the voltage between J6-2 (+) and J6-4 (-) on the finisher logic PWA. Is it 5V DC?
No No Yes
Correct the wiring. Replace the finisher logic PWA. Replace the sensor.
manuals4you.com

Faulty back-up RAM Cause
Finisher logic PWA
5 - 61 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
Yes Yes End. End.
Step
1 2
Action
Turn the copier OFF and then ON. Is the problem corrected? Replace the finisher logic PWA. Is the problem corrected?

Faulty exit delivery motor (M402) Cause
Delivery roller
5 - 62 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No
Step
1
Action
Correct the mechanical problem.
Manually turn the delivery roller. Does it rotate smoothly?
Swing guide mechanism
Manually turn the delivery motor in the reverse direction. Does the swing guide move up and down? Check the tray position safety switch. Is the switch operating normally? Is the safety range detecting switch pressed correctly? Check the paper delivery motor timing sensor (S410). Is the sensor operating normally? Is the swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406) operating normally? Is the swing guide open sensor operating normally? Does the voltage between J11-6 and J11-7 on the finisher logic PWA change to 24V as soon as the delivery motor starts to rotate? Does the exit delivery motor rotate in the reverse direction at a specific rpm? Check the swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406). Is the switch operating normally? Is the swing guide closed switch 2 pressed correctly?
No
Correct the problem in the swing mechanism.
Tray position safety switch (SW403)
3 4
No No No No No No Yes No Yes No
Replace the switch Correct the mechanical problem. Replace the sensor. Replace the switch Replace the sensor. Check the wiring from the motor to the finisher logic PWA. If normal, replace the motor. Replace the motor. Replace the finisher logic PWA Replace the switch.
Paper delivery motor timing sensor (S410) Swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406) Paper tray home position sensor (S408) Finisher logic PWA
5 6 7 8
Exit delivery motor (M402) Finisher logic PWA Swing guide closed switch 2 (SW406) Finisher logic PWA
10
11
No Yes
Correct the mechanical problem. Replace the finisher logic PWA.
manuals4you.com

Faulty Alignment motor (M403) Cause
Alignment guide home position sensor (S406)
5 - 63 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No
Step
1
Action
Replace the sensor.
Check the alignment guide home position sensor. Is its operation normal?
Wiring Alignment guide Alignment motor (M403) Finisher logic PWA
2 3 4
Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the alignment motor (M403) normal? Is there any mechanical obstacle in the path of the alignment guide? Replace the alignment motor (M403). Is the problem corrected?
No Yes Yes No
Correct the wiring. Remove the mechanical obstacle. End. Replace the finisher logic PWA.
Faulty stapler cam drive motor (M406) Cause

Wiring Stapler Finisher logic PWA
Step
1 2
Checks
Is the wiring between the stapler and the finisher logic PWA normal? Replace the stapler. Is the problem corrected?
Yes/No
No Yes No Correct the wiring. End.
Action

Faulty stapler positioning motor (M404) Cause
Stapler home position sensor (S407)
5 - 64 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No
Step
1
Action
Replace the sensor.
Check the stapler home position sensor (S407). Is the sensor operating normally?
Wiring Stapler shift base Stapler positioning motor (M404) Finisher logic PWA
2 3 4
Is the wiring between the finisher logic PWA and the stapler positioning motor normal? Is there any mechanical obstacle in the path of the stapler shift base? Replace the stapler positioning motor (M404). Is the problem corrected?
No Yes Yes No
Correct the problem. Remove the mechanical obstacle. End. Replace the finisher logic PWA.
manuals4you.com

Faulty tray drive motor (M405) Cause
Paper tray height automatic adjustment Paper tray home position sensor (S408) Tray position -
5 - 65 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
Yes No
Step
1
Action
Continue with troubleshooting Correct the problem. Replace the sensor. Lower the tray. Go to step 2. Go to step 4. Correct the problem. Replace the switch. Go to step 3 Replace the finisher logic PWA. Replace the finisher logic PWA.
Do the trays drive to the correct positions?
2 3 4
Check the tray home position sensor. Is its operation normal? Is the tray at the tray upper limit switch? Does the tray move up/down?
No Yes No Yes
Tray lift mechanism Tray upper limit safety switch (SW405) Finisher logic PWA
5 6 7
Check the tray lift mechanism. Is its operation normal? Check the tray upper limit safety switch SW405 Is its operation normal? Is the motor supplied with power by the finisher logic PWA as soon as the tray moves up/down? Is the tray drive motor (M405) supplied with 24V DC by the finisher logic PWA, as soon as the tray is driven? Check the wiring from the finisher logic PWA to the tray upper limit detecting switch. Is the wiring normal? Is there a fault in the tray lift mechanism?
No No Yes No No
Finisher logic PWA
Wiring Finisher logic PWA Tray lift mechanism Tray drive motor (M405) Wiring Tray drive motor (M405)
No Yes Yes No
Correct the wiring. Replace the finisher logic PWA. Correct the lift mechanism problem. Replace the tray drive motor. Correct the wiring. Replace the tray drive motor.
10
11
Check the wiring from the finisher logic PWA to the tray drive motor. Is the wiring normal?
No Yes

Cause
Tray drive motor timing sensor 1 (S409) & tray drive motor timing sensor 2 (S419) Finisher logic PWA
5 - 66 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No
Step
12
Action
Replace the defective sensor.
Are both tray drive motor timing sensor 1 (S409) and tray drive motor timing sensor 2 (S419) operating normal?
Yes
Faulty feed motor 2 (M408) Cause

Feed motor 2 (M408) Tray position safety switch (SW403)
Step
1 2 3
Checks
Does the feed motor rotate in the reverse direction at a specific rpm? Check the safety range switch. Is its operation normal? Is the safety range detecting switch pressed correctly? Are the shutter and the shutter upper/lower bar engaged correctly? Manually turn the feed roller 2 in the reverse direction. Does the shutter upper/lower bar move up/ down? Check the shutter closed switch (SW404). Is its operation normal?
Yes/No
No No No No No
Action
Replace the feed motor or the finisher logic PWA. Replace the switch. Correct the mechanical problem. Engage them correctly. Correct the problem by checking the mechanism from the shutter upper/lower bar to the gear of the feed roller 2. Replace the switch. Replace the finisher logic PWA. Replace the sensor. Replace the finisher logic PWA. Correct the mechanical problem. Replace the finisher logic PWA.
Shutter mechanism
4 5
Shutter closed switch (SW404) Finisher logic PWA Shutter sensor (S405) Finisher logic PWA Finisher logic PWA
No Yes
Is the shutter sensor (S405) operation normal?
No Yes
Is the shutter closed switch pressed correctly?
No Yes
manuals4you.com

Saddle Stitcher Unit
Faulty paper positioning plate Cause
Stitcher paper positioning guide home position sensor (S427) Saddle stitcher Logic PWA Paper positioning guide motor (M412) 3 Saddle stitcher logic PWA
5 - 67 F580/F580S
Step
1
Checks
Check the stitcher paper positioning guide home position sensor (S427). Is its operation normal? Does the paper positioning plate operate at specific intervals?
Yes/No
No
Action
Replace the sensor.
Yes No
Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Check the positioning plate drive mechanism. If a fault is found, correct it, otherwise go to step 3. End. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
Replace the paper positioning guide motor (M412). Is the problem corrected?
Yes No
Faulty paper folder motor (M410) Cause

Folder motor timing sensor (S424) Saddle stitcher Logic PWA Paper folder motor (M410)
Step
1 2
Checks
Check the folder motor timing sensor (S424). Is its operation normal? Does the paper folder motor (M410) operate at a specific rpm?
Yes/No
No Yes No
Action
Replace the sensor. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Check the folding roller drive mechanism. If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, go to step 3. End. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
3 Saddle stitcher logic PWA
Replace the paper folder motor. Is the problem corrected?
Yes No

Faulty shutter guide motor (M411) Cause
Shutter guide home position sensor (S433) Saddle stitcher logic PWA Shutter guide motor (M411)
5 - 68 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No
Step
1
Action
Replace the sensor.
Check the shutter guide home position sensor (S433). Is it operating normally? Does the shutter guide motor operate at a specific rpm?
Yes No
Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Check the guide plate drive mechanism. If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, got to step 3. End. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
Replace the shutter guide motor (M411). Is the problem corrected?
Yes No
Faulty aligning motor (M413) Cause

Stitcher alignment guides home position sensor (S425) Saddle stitcher logic PWA Aligning motor (M413)
Step
1
Checks
Check the stitcher alignment guides home position sensor (S425). Is the sensors operation normal? Does the aligning motor (M413) operate at a specific rpm?
Yes/No
No
Action
Replace the sensor.
Yes No
Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Check the alignment plate drive mechanism. If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, go to step 3. End. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
Replace the aligning motor. Is the problem corrected?
Yes No
manuals4you.com

Faulty stitcher Cause
Stitcher (installation) Stitching stapler 3 cam home position switch (SW409) and stitching stapler 2 cam home position switch (SW410) Saddle stitcher logic PWA
5 - 69 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No No
Step
1 2
Action
Install them correctly. Replace the front or rear stitcher.
Are the front and rear stitchers and bases installed correctly? Are front and rear stitching stapler 3 cam home position switch (SW409) and stitching stapler 2 cam home position switch (SW410) operating correctly? Do the front and the rear stitchers operate at specific intervals?
Yes
Check the wiring between the stitchers and the saddle stitcher logic PWA. If operation is normal, replace the logic PWA. Replace the front or the rear stitcher.
Stitcher stapler 3 motor (M414) - rear, and stitcher stapler 2 motor (M415) front
No

Faulty paper pushing plate motor (M416) (1) Cause
Paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434) Saddle stitcher logic PWA Paper pushing plate home position sensor (S435) Saddle stitcher logic PWA Paper pushing plate home position sensor (S421) Saddle stitcher logic PWA Paper pushing plate motor (M416) 4 3 2
5 - 70 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No Yes No Yes No Yes No
Step
1
Action
Replace the sensor. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Replace the sensor. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Replace the sensor. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Check the paper pushing plate drive mechanism. If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, go to step 3. End. End. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA. Check the butting plate drive mechanism. If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, go to step 3. End. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
Check the paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434). Is its operation normal? Check the paper pushing plate home position sensor (S435). Is its operation normal? Check the paper pushing plate home position sensor (S431). Is its operation normal? Does the paper pushing plate motor (M416) operate at a specific rpm? Replace the paper pushing plate motor. Is the problem corrected?
Yes Yes No Yes No
Saddle stitcher logic PWA
Replace the paper pushing plate motor (M416). Is the problem corrected?
Saddle stitcher logic PWA Paper pushing plate motor (M416)
Does the paper pushing plate motor operate at a specific rpm?
Replace the paper pushing plate motor (M416). Is the problem corrected?
Yes No
manuals4you.com

Disconnected shutter guide home position sensor (S433) connector Cause
Disconnected shutter guide home position sensor (S433) Wiring Power supply Ground
5 - 71 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No
Step
1
Action
Connect the connectors.
Are the connectors of the guide home position sensor (S433) and the saddle stitcher logic PWA connected? Is the wiring between the sensor and the saddle stitcher logic PWA broken? Is 5V DC present at J9-7 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA? Is J9-8 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA grounded correctly?
2 3 4
Yes No No
Correct the wiring. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
Disconnected paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434) connector Cause
Disconnected paper pushing plate home position sensor (S434) Wiring Power supply Grounded
Step
1
Checks
Are the connectors of the paper pushing plate home position sensor and the saddle stitcher logic PWA connected correctly? Is the wiring between the sensor and the saddle stitcher logic PWA broken? Is 5V DC present at J9-10 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA? Is J9-11 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA grounded correctly?
Yes/No
No
Action
2 3 4
Yes No No
Correct the wiring problem. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.

Disconnected paper pushing plate extended position sensor (S435) connector Cause
Disconnected paper pushing plate extended position sensor (S435) Wiring Power supply Ground
5 - 72 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No
Step
1
Action
Are the connectors of the paper pushing plate leading edge sensor and the saddle stitcher logic PWA connected correctly? Is the wiring between the sensor and the saddle stitcher logic PWA broken? Is 5V DC present at J9-13 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA? Is J9-14 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA grounded correctly?
2 3 4
Yes No No
Correct the wiring problem. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
Faulty entrance guide interlock switch (SW411) or stitcher entrance guide interlock sensor (S429) Cause
Switch actuator
Step
1
Checks
Check the switch actuator of the entrance guide. Do the switch and sensor operate correctly?
Yes/No
No
Action
Entrance guide interlock switch (SW411) Stitcher entrance guide interlock sensor (S429)
Check the inlet door switch. It its operation normal?
No
Replace the switch.
Measure the voltage at J10-8 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA with the door open. Is it 5V?
Yes
The sensor is faulty. Replace it.
Power supply, Wiring
Measure the voltage between J19-1 (+) and J19-2 (-) on the finisher logic PWA. Is it +24V?
No Yes
Replace the finisher logic PWA. Check the wiring between J19 on the finisher logic PWA and J1 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA. If a fault is found, correct it; otherwise, replaced the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
manuals4you.com

Faulty lower front door interlock switch (SW412) or lower front door interlock sensor (S422) Cause
Switch actuator
5 - 73 F580/F580S
Checks Yes/No
No Replace the switch
Step
1
Action
Check the switch actuator of the front door. Do the switch and the sensor operate correctly?
Lower front door interlock switch (SW412)
Check the lower front door interlock switch (SW412). Is its operation normal?
No
Replace the sensor.
Lower front door interlock sensor (S422)
Measure the voltage at J11-12 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA with the front door open. Is it +5V?
Yes
The sensor is faulty. Replace the sensor.
No
Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
Faulty exit cover interlock switch (SW413) or stitcher exit cover interlock sensor (S423) Cause
Switch actuator
Step
1
Checks
Check the delivery door switch actuator. Do the switch and the sensor operate correctly?
Yes/No
No
Action
Exit cover interlock switch (SW413) Stitcher exit cover interlock sensor (S423)
Check the delivery door switch. Is its operation normal?
No
Replace the switch.
Measure the voltage at J11-9 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA with the delivery door open. Is it +5V?
Yes No
The sensor is faulty. Replace the sensor. Replace the saddle stitcher logic PWA.
5 - 74 F580/F580S Operational Checks
F580/F580S Operational Checks

Saddle Stitcher Paper Feed Motor (M409)
This mode is for driving the saddle stitcher paper feed motor. 1. Set dip switch 1 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from low speed (170 mm/ sec) - to high speed (420mm/sec) - to stop.
Paper Folder Motor (M410)

This mode is for driving the paper folder motor. 1. Set dip switch 1 on the logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from forward rotation to reverse rotation to stop.
manuals4you.com

Paper Pushing Plate Motor (M416)
This mode is for driving the paper pushing plate motor. 1. Set dip switch 1 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from forward rotation - to reverse rotation - to stop.
Aligning Motor (M413)

This mode is for driving the aligning motor. 1. Set dip switch 1 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from 10 mm from the papers edge to papers edge to home position.

Paper Positioning Guide Motor (M412)
This mode is for driving the paper positioning guide motor. 1. Set dip switch 1 on the logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from folding position to stapling position to home position.
Shutter Guide Motor (M411)

This mode is for driving the shutter guide motor. 1. Set dip switch 1 on the logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from stapling position to the home position. 3. Press SW1 to stop operational check.
manuals4you.com

Aging Mode
This mode is for simulated running of the stitcher unit. 1. Set dip switch 1 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. Aging starts. Note: Operation in each of the operation modes is repeated. 3. Press SW2 to stop the operational check.
Alignment Motor (M403)

This mode is for driving the alignment motor. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW1. Note: Pressing SW1 additional times will cycle the motor from the forward direction to the reverse direction to stop.

Stapler Positioning Motor (M404)
This mode is for driving the stapler positioning motor. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from the forward direction to the reverse direction to stop.
Entrance Paper Feed Motor (M407)

This mode is for driving the entrance paper feed motor. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2. 3. Press SW2 to stop the operational check.
manuals4you.com

Tray Drive Motor (M405)
This mode is for driving the tray drive motor. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the saddle stitcher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW1 to drive the trays up. 3. Press SW2 to drive the trays down.
Tray Shift Time

This check verifies that the tray shift time is within a specified period of time. It self adjusts for 1500 sheets of Letter/A4 20lb/80gm/m2 paper or equivalent. 1. Place 1500 sheets of LT/A4 paper in tray 2. 2. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
3. Press SW1. Note: When SW1 is pressed, the time required for tray shift is calculated, and LED 2 lights or goes out according to the following conditions. That tray movement is canceled when the current position is tray 2. When the shift occurs within a normal period of time, LED 2 lights. When an abnormal period of time is required for the shift, LED 2 goes out. 4. Return dip switch 3 switches to their pretest positions. 5. Turn the machine OFF for 10 seconds and then back ON to return to normal operation.

Exit Delivery Motor (M402)
This check verifies that the exit delivery motor speed is 650 mm/sec when the motor is ON. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW1. Note: The exit delivery motor rotates, the number of pulses from the encoder fed by the exit delivery motor is calculated, and LED 1 lights or goes out according to the following conditions. When the exit delivery motor speed is equivalent to 650 mm/sec (normal condition) LED 1 lights. When the exit delivery motor speed is less than the equivalent to 650 mm/sec (abnormal condition) LED 2 goes out. Note: When SW1 is pressed, the ability of the exit delivery motor to perform its functions is checked. 3. Press SW1 to stop the motor. Note: Pressing SW2 performs the same test except it is for the reverse.
manuals4you.com

Finisher Aging Mode
This mode is for simulated running of the stacker unit, the saddle stitcher is not operated on the F580S. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2 to start aging. 3. The tray is lowered to its home position. Note: The task in each of the operation modes is repeated. 4. Press SW2 to stop the aging mode. Note: When SW2 is pressed the second time, the finisher will complete its operation before stopping.
Finisher Stapler Cam Drive Motor (M406)

This mode is for simulated running of the multi-position stapler cam drive motor. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW1. Note: The cam drive motor will make one revolution and stop.

Feed Motor 1 (M401)
This mode is for operating feed motor 1. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2 to start feed motor 1 operation. Note: Pressing SW2 additional times will cycle the motor from 100 mm/sec to 350 mm/sec etc. Also operation is controlled cyclically during this time. 3. Press SW1 to stop the check.
Tray Drive Motor Shift Up (M405)

This mode raises the tray. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW2 to raise the trays. 3. When the tray is at the tray 2 home position and SW2 is pressed, tray movement is canceled.
manuals4you.com

Tray Drive Motor Shift Down (M405)
This mode lowers the tray. 1. Set dip switch 3 on the finisher logic PWA to the following:
2. Press SW1 to lower the trays. 3. When the tray is at the tray 1 home position and SW1 is pressed, tray movement is canceled.
5 - 84 F580/F580S Electrical System
F580/F580S Electrical System

F580 Logic PWA
The figure on this page shows the F580 logic PWA and service technician access and adjustment areas. Note: The VRs and check pins not described in this section are for factory use only. Making adjustments and checks using these will require special tools and instruments and a high level of accuracy. Do not touch these components in the field.
Switch SW1
Function This switch adjusts the paper stack height sensor (S402), guide position, stapler position, and moves the trays down. This switch adjusts the paper stack height sensor (S402), alignment guide position, stapler position, and move the trays up. This dip switch sets conditions to preform various checks and normal operation of the finisher.
SW2
DIPSW3
manuals4you.com

F580S Logic PWA
The figure on this page shows the F580S logic PWA and service technician access and adjustment areas. Note: The VRs and check pins not described in this section are for factory use only. Making adjustments and checks using these will require special tools and instruments and a high level of accuracy. Do not touch these components in the field.
5 - 85 F580/F580S Electrical System
Switch DIPSW1 Switches 1-2 DIPSW1 Switches 6-8 SW2
Function These switches start correction of discrepancy between stitching position and folding position. These switches allow corrected settings for stitch stapling position and folding position. This switch starts correction of discrepancy between stitching position and folding position. It also initiates the motor checks.
F580/F580S Punch Unit

Transmission Sensor Sensitivity Level
This test determines how dirty the sensor is and if it needs cleaning. 1. Remove the rear cover of the finisher. 2. Set dip switch 3 bits 1 to 6 as shown in the figure below.
3. Press SW1 of the finisher logic PWA. 4. This starts the sensor test. 5. Observe how many times LED1 flashes. Sensitivity Level
Sensor not dirty Sensor slightly dirty Sensor dirty
Number of times LED1 flashes

1 2 3
6. If the sensor is dirty you must clean it. 7. Set all dip switch 3 dip switches to OFF. 8. Turn the machine OFF for 10 seconds and then back ON to return to normal operation.
manuals4you.com
5 - 87 PC-80/NIC-80 Error Messages
PC-80/NIC-80 Error Messages

Error Messages
Error Message Displayed
Printer is initializing. Wait Add paper Wait adding toner Install LCC Close LCC Door Remove the paper from duplexer Wait Reboot the machine Invalid password. Try again. Printer error (Error code: P05) Printer error (Error code: P09) Printer error (Error code: P51) Printer error (Error code: P52) Printer error (Error code: P54) Printer error (Error code: P55) Wait for the warming up is completed Wait for the warming up to complete. Add paper to the empty Paper Drawer. Please add toner. Close the LCC Close the door of the LCC. Remove the paper from the duplexer. Wait for a few moments. Turn OFF power to the copier and restart the copier again. Press the CLEAR key in the password screen of the Control Panel. The error occurred at the interface connecting the printer unit and the copier. Turn OFF the power of the copier and restart again. The error occurred at the interface connecting the printer unit and the copier. Turn OFF the power of the copier and restart again. The lack of memory for the printer unit occurs. The error is automatically recovered. It is recommended to install the extra memory if the error often occurs. The error occurred in the non-volatile memory of the printer unit. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel. The default settings are restored. The error occurred in the Network Interface Card. Perform the Printer Reset from the COntrol Panel or turn OFF the power of the copier and restart again. The error occurred in the communication between the printer unit and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power of the copier and restart again. The error occurred in the print unit. Perform the Printer Reset from the COntrol Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and restart again.
Action
Printer error (Error code: P56)

Error Message Displayed
Printer error (Error code: P57) Printer error (Error code: P00) Printer error (Error code: P50)

Action
The error occurred in the extended memory of the printer. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power and restart again. The error occurred in the communication between the printer and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power and restart again. The error occurred in the communication between the printer and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power and restart again.
manuals4you.com

Lanier Access Error Messages
Message
READY Warming up Reboot the Machine Wait Set Developer Unit Set Main Charger Unit Dispose of Used Toner Misfeed in Copier. Finisher not Ready Stapler not Ready. Examine Stapler Set Staple Cartridge Add Toner Please Dispose of Hole Punch Dust Close Cover Add Paper Call for Service Time for Periodic Maintenance Printer Error: P05 Printer Error: P09 Printer Error: P52 The printer is working normally. The printer is being started. Wait
Action
Turn OFF the power of the copier and then turn it back ON. Wait. Call for service. Call for service. Replace used toner container. Remove paper misfeeds. Refer to HELP. The finisher is normally not installed or the tray load capacity exceeded. Check the stapler. Remove any jammed staples Install staple cartridge. Add toner. Remove chad container and empty the chad. Close the open cover. Add paper to the empty Paper Drawer. Call for service Call for service. The error occurred in the interface connecting the printer unit and the copier. Turn OFF the power of the copier and then turn it back ON. The error occurred in the interface connecting the printer unit and the copier. Turn OFF the power of the copier and then turn it back ON. The error occurred in the non-volatile memory of the printer unit. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel.

Message
Printer Error: P54 Printer Error: P55

Action
The error occurred in the Network Interface Card. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power of the copier and then turn it back ON. The error occurred in the communication between the printer and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and then turn it back ON. The error occurred in the Printer. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and then turn it back ON. The error occurred in the extended memory of the printer. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and then turn it back ON. The error occurred in the communication between the printer and the copier. Perform the Printer Reset from the Control Panel or turn OFF the power to the copier and then turn it back ON.
Printer Error: P56 Printer Error: P57 Printer Error: P50
Lanier Access Errors Without Messages

Check Item
Is a wrong URL (IP address of the machine) entered? Is the TCP/IP installed in the computer?
Action
Enter the correct URL (IP address of this machine). Ask the administrator about the IP address of this machine. TCP/IP is required when using Lanier Access. Install TCP/IP in the computer.
manuals4you.com

Printing Problems
Note: Use the table below for none print problems from a computer.
Check Item
Is the power ON? Is the printer cable disconnected? Is an appropriate printer cable used? Is it online? Is paper set? Is any error message displayed?
Action
Turn ON the power of the copier. Correctly connect the printer cable. Use the appropriate printer cable. Press the ON/OFF tab in the Control Panel, then press the ONLINE key. Set paper in the required paper drawer. Confirm the error message, then perform the required action to clear the error.
manuals4you.com
Section 6
Component Diagrams
6-1
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Section 6: Component Diagrams
Copier System........................................................................ 6-3 Overview ........................................................................... 6-3 Copier Options .................................................................. 6-4 Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1) ........................................................................ 6-6 Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 2) ....................................................................... 6-14 Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View) ........................................................................... 6-16 Copier Electrical Components Location/Description....... 6-21 Control Panel .................................................................. 6-21 Scan Unit PWAs ............................................................ 6-22 Scan Unit (DC Electrical Components) (LT) ................... 6-23 Scan Unit (DC Electrical Components) (A4) ................... 6-24 Scan Unit Motors ............................................................ 6-25 Scan Unit AC Electrical Components ............................. 6-26 Laser Unit PWAs ............................................................ 6-27 Laser Unit Electrical Components .................................. 6-28 Laser Unit Motors ........................................................... 6-29 System Unit PWAs ......................................................... 6-30 System Unit Motors ........................................................ 6-31 Duplexer PWA ................................................................ 6-32 Duplexer DC Electrical Components .............................. 6-33 Duplexer Motors ............................................................ 6-35 Copier Upper Unit PWA .................................................. 6-36 Copier Upper Unit DC Electrical Components ................ 6-37 Copier Upper Unit Motors ............................................... 6-40 Copier Upper Unit AC Electrical Components ................ 6-42
6-2
Lower Unit PWAs ...........................................................6-44 Lower Unit DC Electrical Components ............................6-45 Lower Unit Motors ...........................................................6-48 Lower AC Electrical Components ..................................6-50 RADF Components ..............................................................6-51 RADF Mechanical/Electrical Components ......................6-51 RADF Electrical Components Motors, Solenoids, Sensors, Switches & PWAs ............................................6-54 RADF Drive Components ................................................6-56 F580/F580S............................................................................6-57 Finisher Overall View .....................................................6-57 Finisher Sensors .............................................................6-58 Finisher Switches ............................................................6-59 Finisher Motors ...............................................................6-60 Finisher Solenoids ...........................................................6-61 Finisher PWAs ................................................................6-62 Saddle Stitcher Overall View ...........................................6-63 Saddle Stitcher Sensors ..................................................6-64 Saddle Stitcher Switches ................................................6-66 Saddle Stitcher Motors ....................................................6-67 Saddle Stitcher Solenoids ...............................................6-68 Saddle Stitcher PWAs .....................................................6-69 Punch Unit Overall View .................................................6-70 Punch Unit Sensors ........................................................6-70 Punch Unit Switches .......................................................6-71 Punch Unit Motors ...........................................................6-71 Punch Unit PWAs ............................................................6-72
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Component Diagrams
6-3 Copier System
Copier System
Overview
Copier Model #
5555AG (120V 20 Amp 50/60Hz) 5565AG (120V 20 Amp 50/60Hz) 5580AG (120V 20 Amp 50/60Hz)
Accessories Packed With Copier I.D. #

479-1221 479-1224 479-1227
Item
Unpacking Instructions Operators Installation Manual Operators Manual Pocket Drum Service Bag Original Feed Tray Drawer Size Sheet
Quantity
1 1 1 1 1 1
5555AHP (230-240V 10 Amp 50/60 Hz) 479-1223 5565AHP (230-240V 10 Amp 50/60 Hz) 479-1226 5580AHP (230-240V 10 Amp 50/60 Hz) 479-1229
Finisher F580 F580S
Key Counter Kit
Staple Cartridge SC85 SC20 (2)

Copier Options
Item
Finisher Finisher Hole Punch 80 US Hole Punch 80 EU2 Exit Tray Key Counter Kit 24V Damp Heater Kit AG (Standard on AH & AHP) Hecon
6-4 Copier System
Model No.
F580 F580S
I.D. #
479-1230 479-1231 481-0300 481-0301 C2017-1534 C78-8035-2715-5 C2090-6517
Finisher F580 F580S
Key Counter Kit
Staple Cartridge SC85 SC20 (2)
manuals4you.com

Copier Supplies
Item
Drum Developer Used Toner Container Staple Cartridge SC85 SC20
6-5 Copier System
Model #
I.D. #
480-0024 480-0022 117-0185 117-0232 117-0233
Part #
C480-0024 C480-0022 1 1 1
Qty
1 (F580 Finisher) 1 (F580S Finisher) 2 (F580S Finisher)
Note: SC20 cartridges come with black caps when shipped with the finisher. Replacements will have green caps.
SC85
Used toner container
SC20
5555/5565/5580 Service Information 6-6 Component Diagrams Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)
Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)

1 13 14 10 6 19 17 15 16 18 67 66 68 71 70 74 69 72 73 80 82 75 83 92 104 90 84 76 85 87 103 5 4 3 2 9 1211 29 31 30 7 8 34 23 24 27 120 28 26 20 22 21 25
121
49 48 50 51 55 56 57 58 59 105
112 113 117 115 116 114 122 37 109 40 39 41 35 118 111 108 119 110 54 53 52 123
32 33 38 36
42 44 4745 43 46 64 65
60 61 62
63
101
97
99 100 102 96
94 93 91 89 107 106
77
manuals4you.com
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CCD L1 TH2
Symbol
Carriage 1 Mirror 1 Reflector
Component
Function
Assembly used for scanning the original Reflects the light from the original to mirror 2 Directs the light from the lamp to the original, insuring the maximum amount of light reaches the original A 180 watt halogen lamp provides the light to exposure the original Provides protection for the copier should the exposure lamp remain on and overheat Assembly used to direct the reflected light from the original to the Charge Coupled Device (CCD) Directs the reflected light from the original to mirror 3 Directs the reflected light from mirror 2 to the lens Located at the focal point of the fixed lens, the CCD converts the analog reflected light into an electrical voltage (photo-voltanic conversion) Provides the controls for the scanning system Focused the light reflected from mirror 3 on the CCD The original rests on this glass during the exposure/scan process Cools the optics area Cools the scanner logic PWA
Exposure Lamp Thermofuse (Exposure Lamp Overheat - do not reset) Carriage 2 Mirror 2 Mirror 3 CCD PWA
10 11 12 13 14
SLG
Scanner Logic PWA Lens Exposure Glass
M3A & M3B M4
Scanner Optical Cooling Fans Scanner Logic (SLG) PWA Cooling Fan
Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)(continued)
#
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ATS SW12
Symbol
Toner Hopper Toner Stirrer
Component
Toner Hopper Empty Detection Lever
Function
Measure level of toner in toner hopper Contains the new toner supply Stirs the toner Detects level of the toner supply Transports the toner supply to the developer Using magnets inside the aluminum roller, the rollers form the developer material into a brush to apply to the drum. In the dual roller system used in the 5555/5565, the upper roller works with the lower roller. Moves the developer material into contact with the magnet rollers Trims the developer material on the transport roller so the correct amount of developer material is moved to the magnet rollers Mixes the developer material with the toner Moves the mixed developer material to the transport roller and returns the unused material from the magnet rollers to the mixing area Monitors the ratio of toner to developer. When the toner level drops, a fixed amount of toner is added from the toner hopper.
Toner Hopper Empty Switch (Reed type switch) Toner Hopper Auger Toner Transport Auger Developer Upper Magnet Roller Developer Lower Magnet Roller Developer Transport Roller Doctor Blade Auger 1 Auger 2 Supply/Recovery Paddle Roller (Developer) Auto Toner Sensor
manuals4you.com
Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1) (continued)
#
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 IDS
Symbol
Component
Cleaning Brush (Drum) Cleaning Blade (Drum) Discharge LED Array Charge Corona Charge Corona Wire Cleaner Drum Image Density Sensor Separation Fingers (Drum Paper) Used Toner Recovery Auger Recovery Blade Transfer Belt Transfer Belt Drive Roller Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush Transfer Belt/Toner Recovery Auger Transfer Belt Charge Roller
Function
Removes residual toner from the drum after image transfer Removes residual toner from the drum after image transfer Uses a LED array to remove the remaining charge on the drum after the image is transferred to the copy paper Use to applied the high negative charge to the drum Cleans the charge corona wire each time the on/off switch is turned on or after every 2000 copies An OPC drum which uses it photoconducitivity to form the latent image Measure the reflectivity of the toner on the drum to maintain the correct image density Makes sure the copy paper separates from the drum after image transfer Carries used toner to the used toner container Directs any toner not collected by the cleaning blade or cleaning brush to the used toner auger Flat conductive rubber belt used to transfer the image from the drum to the copy paper Provides drive for the transport belt Cleans excess toner off the belt Removes used toner to the used toner container Applies the positive charge to the transfer belt
5555/5565/5580 Service Information 6 - 10 Component Diagrams Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Front View 1)
#
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 S6 S8 S5 S7 S3
Symbol
DH3
Component
Lower Damp Heater AH (Option AG) Lower Damp Heater Cover Transfer Belt Idler Roller Transfer Belt Discharge Roller Exit Roller (drive & idler) Exit/Duplexer Gate Duplexer Reversing Transport Roller Duplexer Reversing Selector Gate Duplexer - Transport Sensor 1 Duplexer Stack Tray Empty Sensor Duplexer - Transport Sensor 2 Duplexer Entrance/reversing Roller Duplexer Separation Belt Duplexer Paper Feed Sensor Duplexer Registration Sensor Duplexer Registration Roller Duplexer Feed Roller Duplexer Pickup Roller
Function
It maintains a preset temperature/moisture control around the transfer unit Cover for the damp heater Provides tension and tracking for the transfer belt The transport belt discharges Provides drive for the copy paper exiting the fuser Sets the path for the copy paper to exit the copier or enter the duplexer Drives paper into the duplexer or out to reverse the paper Selects path for the paper entering the duplexer Detects the position of the paper Detects paper in the stack tray Detects the position of the paper Drives paper into the duplexer stack tray or out to reverse the side of the paper Separates paper entering the duplexer Detects paper being fed from the duplexer stack area Detects leading edge of paper being fed to the registration rollers Aligns paper being fed from the duplexer Feeds paper from the duplexer Feeds paper to the duplexer feed roller
manuals4you.com
#
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 S26 S39
Symbol
Component
Duplexer - Paper Transport Roller 1 Duplexer - Paper Transport Roller 2 Duplexer - Paper Transport Roller 3 Duplexer - Paper Transport Roller 4 Bypass Pickup Roller Bypass Feed Roller Bypass Feed Separation Roller LCC Paper Empty Sensor LCC Tray Up Sensor (LCC Sensor PWA) Bypass Feed Guide LCC Feed Roller LCC Pickup Roller LCC Separation Roller Registration Roller LCC Tray LCC (Large Capacity Cassette)
Function
Transport paper from the duplexer
Feeds paper from the bypass feed tray Separates the paper being fed from the bypass feed tray Detects paper in the LCC Detects tray up status Aligns paper in the bypass feed tray Feeds paper from the LCC Separates the paper being fed from the LCC Aligns paper entering the transport belt assembly LCC paper tray 4000 sheet paper cassette Detects tray down status in the LCC Aligns paper fed from the upper paper drawer Feeds paper from the upper paper drawer Aligns paper fed from the middle paper drawer
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 80 82 83 S40
LCC Tray Down Sensor Upper Drawer Registration Roller Upper Drawer Feed Roller Middle Drawer Registration Roller
#
84 85 86 87 89 90 91 92 93 94 96 97 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 S36 S32
Symbol
S28
Component
Upper Drawer Paper Start Sensor Upper Drawer Separation Roller NO ITEM 86 Lower Drawer Registration Roller Middle Drawer Paper Start Sensor Middle Drawer Separation Roller Lower Drawer Paper Start Sensor Middle Drawer Feed Roller Lower Drawer Separation Roller Lower Drawer Feed Roller Lower Drawer Pickup Roller Upper Drawer Tray Lift Lever Middle Drawer Pickup Roller Middle Drawer Tray Lift Lever Upper Drawer Pickup Roller Lower Drawer Tray Lift Lever Lower Drawer Middle Drawer Upper Drawer LCC Tray Cable Rewind Pulley Pulley for the tray lift cable
Function
Detects paper being fed from the upper drawer Separates the paper fed from the upper drawer Aligns paper fed from the lower drawer Detects paper being fed from the middle drawer Detects paper being fed from the middle drawer Detects paper being fed from the lower drawer Feeds paper from the middle drawer Separates the paper fed from the lower drawer Feeds paper from the lower drawer Lifts the upper drawer paper tray Feeds paper from the middle drawer Lifts the middle drawer paper tray Feeds paper from the upper drawer Lifts the lower drawer paper tray 500 sheet paper drawers
manuals4you.com
#
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 M13 M7 M22 S10 L2 L3 TH4
Symbol
M30
Component
LCC Tray Drive Motor Fuser Pressure Roller Fuser Thermofuse Fuser Cleaning Roller 3 Fuser - Separation Finger (Lower) Fuser - Separation Finger (Upper) Fuser Lamps (1 & 2) Fuser Roller Fuser Cleaning Roller 1 Fuser Cleaning Roller 2 Exit Rollers Fuser Exit Sensor Fuser Cleaning Roller 4 Charge Corona Cooling Fan System Cooling Fan Duct Intake Cooling Fan Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade
Function
Provides drive for the LCC paper tray lift A rubber covered roller which evens out the heat and pressure during the fusing process Protects the fuser from overheating A felt roller containing silicon oil used to clean and lubricate the pressure roller Removes the copy paper after fusing from the fuser and pressure roller Two lamps inside the fuser roller used to provide heat for the fuser A heated aluminum roller which fuses the image to the copy paper A felt roller which removes toner and dirt from the fuser roller A felt roller containing silicon oil used to clean and lubricate the fuser roller Feeds the paper out of the fuser Detects when the paper has exited the fuser A metallic roller which removes toner and dirt from the pressure roller Cools the charge corona area Cools the system logic PWA Cools the laser unit Removes excess toner from the transfer belt

126 127 136 130 129 133 125 128 132
137 138 131
134 139 140 141
135
manuals4you.com
#
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 CL5 CL2 SOL1 CL1 SOL4 M8 M9 M11
Symbol
Component
Fuser Cleaning Roller 2 Drive Gear Fuser Cleaning Roller 1 Drive Pulley Fuser Roller Drive Gear Drive Belt, Used Toner Auger Charge Corona Cleaning Motor Used Toner Recovery Auger Drive Gear Toner Transport Auger Cleaning Brush Roller Drive Gear Developer Transport Roller Drive Gear Exit/Duplexer Gate Solenoid Duplexer Length Guide Motor Duplexer - Width Guide Motor Duplexer - Feed Roller Drive Gear Duplexer Feed Clutch Duplexer - Reversing Clutch Duplexer - Feed Gate Roller Solenoid Duplexer - Transport Roller Clutch
Function
Provides drive for cleaning roller 2 Provides drive for cleaning roller 1 Provides drive for fuser roller Provides drive for used toner auger Drives charge corona cleaning unit Provides drive for used toner auger Moves used toner to the used toner container Provides drive for the cleaning brush Provides drive for developer transport roller Controls the exit/duplexer gate Drives the paper length guides Drives the paper width guides Provides drive for the duplexer feed roller Provides drive for the duplexer feed roller Provides reverse drive to the duplexer entrance roller Releases the feed gate roller drive clutch Provides drive to the duplexer transport rollers
6 - 16 Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View)
Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View)

150 149 148 146 145 147
208 151 209 199 198 178 197 196 195 194 193 192 191
156 153 152 155 154 157 159 158 200
205 160 175 176 177
204 206 207 163 162 167
161 201203 202
169168
164
165 174 173 172 171 170 166 179 180 181 182 183 184 186 185
190 189
manuals4you.com
Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View)

#
145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 M25 M26 M12 M16 M14
Symbol
M1
Component
Scanner Drive Motor Scanner Drive Belt Scanner Drive Pulley Scanner Follower Pulley Scanner Drive Cable Toner Drive Motor Toner Transport Auger Developer Drive Motor Supply/Recovery Paddle Roller (Developer) Developer Upper Magnet Roller Developer Lower Magnet Roller Developer Mixer Roller Drum Drive Motor Drum Drive Pulley Drum Drive Belt Transfer Belt Drive Motor Transfer Belt Up/Down Cam Motor
Function
Provides drive for the optical system
Drives the toner transport auger Transport toner to the developer Provides drive for the developer assembly Moves the mixed developer material to the transport roller and returns the unused material from the magnet rollers to the mixing area Using magnets inside the aluminum roller, the rollers form the developer material into a brush to apply to the drum. In the dual roller system used in the 5555/5565/5580, the upper roller works with the lower roller. Mixes the developer and the toner Provides drive for the drum assembly
Provides drive for the transport belt Provides drive for the transport belt positioning cam
Copier Mechanical/Electrical Components (Rear View) (continued)

#
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 CL6 M18 M15 M24 CL5 CL4
Symbol
Exit Roller
Component
Duplexer Reversing Transport Roller Coupling Duplexer Registration Clutch Duplexer Registration Roller Duplexer Drive Motor Duplexer Feed Clutch Duplexer Separation Belts Duplexer Feed Roller Duplexer Transport Roller 1 Duplexer Transport Roller 2 Duplexer Transport Roller 3 Duplexer Transport Roller 4 Upper Fuser Roller Drive Pulley Fuser Drive Belt Fuser Drive Motor Used Toner Transport Motor Upper Drawer Paper Feed Roller Upper Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Upper Drawer Separation Roller Provides drive for the fuser Feeds paper in the duplexer
Function
Feeds the copy out of the copier Provides drive for the duplexer Provides drive to the registration roller to align paper Aligns paper in the duplexer Provides drive for the duplexer Provides drive the duplexer feed roller Separates paper exiting the duplex area Transports paper from the duplexer
Provides drive for the used toner transport auger Feeds paper from the upper drawer Provides drive for the upper drawer paper feed Separates paper fed from the upper drawer
manuals4you.com

#
182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 M32 CL7 CL8 M31 CL9 CL11 CL10
Symbol
Component
Middle Drawer Paper Feed Roller Middle Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Middle Drawer Separation Roller Lower Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Lower Drawer Paper Feed Roller Lower Drawer Separation Roller Drawer Paper Drive Motor Lower Drawer Registration Roller Clutch Lower Drawer Registration Roller Middle Drawer Registration Roller Clutch Middle Drawer Registration Roller Upper Registration Roller Clutch Upper Drawer Registration Roller LCC Separation Roller LCC Pickup Roller LCC Tray Drive Motor Bypass Feed Separation Roller Bypass Pickup Roller
Function
Feeds paper from the middle drawer Provides drive for the middle drawer paper feed Separates paper fed from the middle drawer Provides drive for the lower drawer paper feed Provides drive for the lower drawer paper feed Separates paper fed from the lower drawer Provides drive for the paper drawers (1, 2, 3) Provides drive for the lower drawer registration rollers Aligns the paper fed from the lower drawer Provides drive for the middle drawer registration rollers Aligns the paper fed from the middle drawer Provides drive for the upper drawer registration rollers Aligns the paper fed from the upper drawer Separates paper fed from the LCC Feeds paper form the LCC Provides drive for the LCC paper tray lift Separates paper fed from the bypass tray Feeds paper form the bypass tray

#
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 M17 M23 M19 M20 M27 M6 M21
Symbol
Component
Bypass Paper Feed Roller LCC Feed Roller Registration Rollers Registration Motor Duct Exhaust Fan Motor Drum Cleaner Cooling Fan Motor Fuser Fan Motor Exit Fan Motor Laser Unit Fan Motor Developer Fan Motor Feeds paper from the LCC
Function
Feeds paper from the bypass tray Aligns the paper entering the transport belt assembly Drives the registration rollers Pulls air out of the upper unit for cooling Cools the drum and Cleaner area Cools the area above the fuser Cools the paper exit area Cools the laser area Cools the developer area
manuals4you.com
6 - 21 Copier Electrical Components Location/Description
Copier Electrical Components Location/Description

Control Panel
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LCD
Symbol
Component
Control Panel Display Cover Right Keypad PWA Touch Screen Left Keypad PWA Liquid Crystal Display Unit Display Cover Control Panel Display Cover
Function
It is the location where the operator interfaces with the machine. It displays all functions
2 1 3 5 4

Scan Unit PWAs
No.
1 2 3
Symbol
CCD SLG SDV
Component
CCD (Charge Coupled Device) Scanner Logic PWA Scan Drive Motor PWA
Function
It (a PWA) controls CCD image pre-processing It controls the scanning optical system It controls the Scan Drive Motor
manuals4you.com

Scan Unit (DC Electrical Components) (LT)
No.
1 2
Symbol
S1-1, S1-2, S1-3, S1-4, S2
Component
APS1-4 Sensors Scanner Home Position Sensor
Function
The four sensors are used to automatically detect paper size It detects the scanner home position

Scan Unit (DC Electrical Components) (A4)
No.
1
Symbol
S1-1, S1-2, S1-3, S1-4, S1-5, S1-6 S2
Component
APS1-6 Sensors
Function
The six sensors are used to automatically detect paper size It detects the scanner home position
Scanner Home Sensor
manuals4you.com

Scan Unit Motors
No.
1 2 3 4
Symbol
M1 M2 M3A & M3B M4
Component
Scanner Drive Motor Original Size Indicator Motor Scanner Optical Cooling Fans Scanner Logic (SLG) PWA Cooling Fan
Function
It drives the optical system It drives the Original Size Indicator They cool the Optical System It cools the SLG PWA

Scan Unit AC Electrical Components
No.
1 2 3 4
Symbol
DH1 DH2 --TH1
Component
Optics Damp Heater (Right) AH (option AG) Optics Damp Heater (Middle) AH (option AG) Fuse PWA Thermostat (Damp Heaters)
Function
It maintains a preset temperature/moisture control around the optical system It maintains a preset temperature/moisture control around the optical system It provides over current protection for the damp heaters It opens/closes automatically to control the damp heater temperature Provides overheat protection for the scan unit Exposure lamp for the scan unit It regulates the Exposure Lamp
5 6 7
TH2 L1 LRG
Thermofuse (exposure lamp) Exposure Lamp Lamp Regulator PWA
manuals4you.com

Laser Unit PWAs
No.
1 2 3 4
Symbol
PLG POL SNS LDR
Component
Image Processing/Print Control Logic PWA Polygonal Mirror Motor PWA HSYNC PWA (laser synchronization) Laser Logic PWA
Function
It controls the Laser Unit It controls the Polygonal Mirror Motor It detects the laser beam position It drives the Laser

Laser Unit Electrical Components
No.
1
Symbol
GLV Galvanic Mirror
Component
Function
Its components control the location of the laser beam
manuals4you.com

Laser Unit Motors
No.
1 2
Symbol
M5 M6
Component
Polygonal Mirror Motor Laser Unit Fan Motor
Function
It drives the Polygonal Mirror It cools the Laser Unit

System Unit PWAs
No.
1 2 3 4 5
Symbol
SYS MTB HDD LAN NIC
Component
System Logic PWA Mother (Logic) PWA Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Print Controller PWA or SCSI PWA (option) NIC PWA (option - for Print Controller PWA)
Function
It is the interface for optional Print Controller and NIC PWAs It provides the connection for the Print Controller and the NIC PWAs It provides memory for copy and print jobs
manuals4you.com

System Unit Motors
No.
1
Symbol
M7
Component
System Cooling Fan Motor
Function
It cools the System Logic PWA

Duplexer PWA
No.
1
Symbol
ADM Duplexer PWA
Component
Function
It controls the Duplexer
manuals4you.com

Duplexer DC Electrical Components

Duplexer DC Electrical Components
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Symbol
S3 S4 S5 CL1 CL3 SOL1 CL2
Component
Duplexer Transport Sensor 2 Duplexer Length Guide Home Position Sensor Duplexer Transport Sensor 1 Duplexer Transport Roller Drive Clutch Duplexer Forward Rotation Clutch Duplexer Gate Roller Solenoid Duplexer Reversing Clutch
Function
It detects the position of paper It detects the home position for the Length Guide It detects the position of paper It provides drive to the duplexer transport rollers It provides drive to the entrance roller to stack paper in the duplexer It releases the gate roller drive clutch It provides reverse drive to the entrance roller to turn duplexed copies over before exiting them to the finisher or the exit tray It detects paper being fed from the duplexer It detects when paper is in the duplex stack tray It detects the leading edge of paper to stop the registration roller from turning It stops the registration roller from turning, to align paper It provides drive to the feed roller It detects the home position for the width guide
8 9 10 11 12 13
S6 S7 S8 CL4 CL5 S9
Duplexer Paper Feed Sensor Duplexer Stack Tray Empty Sensor Duplexer Registration Sensor Duplexer Registration Clutch Duplexer Feed Clutch Duplexer Width Guide Home Position Sensor
manuals4you.com

Duplexer Motors
No.
1 2
Symbol
M8 M9
Component
Duplexer Length Guide Motor Duplexer Width Guide Motor
Function
It drives the paper Length Guide It drives the paper Width Guides

Copier Upper Unit PWA
No.
1
Symbol
MOT
Component
Motor Control PWA
Function
Provides control for the main motor
manuals4you.com
Copier Upper Unit DC Electrical Components
REAR
Copier Upper Unit DC Electrical Components

No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17A SOL1 S17 S18 S19
Symbol
S10 SOL3 SW11 ATS SW12 S13 SW14 SW15 SW16 TH-1, TH-2, TH-3
Component
Fuser Exit Sensor Drum Separation Finger Solenoid Toner Supply Switch (Reed type) Auto Toner Sensor Toner Hopper Empty Switch (Reed type) Paper Stop/Registration Sensor Developer Locked Switch Used Toner Container Full Sensor Charge Corona Cleaning Switch Fuser Roller Thermistor (3 thermistors) Developer Bias HVPS PWA Charge Corona/Transfer Belt High Voltage Power Supply PWA Exit/Reversing Sensor Reversing Sensor Exit Door Closed Sensor Discharge LED Array Duplexer Feed Gate Roller Solenoid
Function
It detects paper exiting the fuser It drives the Drum Separation (stripper) Fingers It detects Toner Supply Cover opening/closing It is a (magnetic) Toner concentration sensor It detects a LOW Toner state in the Toner Hopper It is used for stopping the Aligning Roller It detects latching position of the Developer Unit It detects a Waste (Used) Toner Full state The Charge Corona wire Cleaning Pad home position is detected They detect the temperature of the Fuser Roller (TH-1 upper center, TH-2 upper rear, TH-3 lower) It develops high voltage for the Developer Bias It develops high voltage for the Charge Corona/Transfer Belt It detects paper exiting from the standard paper path or from the reversing paper path It detects the leading and trailing edge of paper when turning duplexed copies over - it also detects jams It detects when the exit door is open or closed It is the LED array used to discharge the Drum It drives the duplexer feed gate
manuals4you.com
Copier Upper Unit DC Electrical Components (continued)

No.
17B 18 19 20 21
Symbol
SOL4 S43 S44 IDS TH-4
Component
Exit/Duplexer Gate Solenoid Transfer Belt Up Sensor Transfer Belt Down Sensor Image Density Sensor Drum Thermistor
Function
It drives the exit duplexer switching gate It detects when the transfer belt is in its up position It detects when the transfer belt is in its down position It detects the density of toner in a latent image on the drum surface It detects the temperature on the drums surface

Copier Upper Unit Motors
manuals4you.com

Copier Upper Unit Motors
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 16 18
Symbol
M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16 M17 M18 M19 M20 M21 M22 M23 M24 M25 M26 M27
Component
Cleaning Brush Roller Motor Charge Corona Cleaning Motor Drum Drive Motor Charge Corona Cooling Fan Motor Toner Drive Motor Used Toner Transport Motor Developer Drive Motor Registration Motor Fuser Drive Motor Drum/Cleaner Cooling Fan Motor Fuser Fan Motor Developer Fan Motor Duct Intake Fan Motor Duct Exhaust Fan Motor Duplexer Drive Motor Transfer Belt Drive Motor Transfer Belt Up/Down Cam Motor Exit Fan Motor
Function
It drives the Drum Cleaning Brush Roller (Cleaner Unit) It drives the Charge Corona wire cleaner It drives the Drum It cools the Charge Corona It drives the Toner Supply Auger It transports Toner to the Used Toner Container It drives the Developer Unit It drives the Registration Rollers It drives the Fuser Roller It cools the Drum and Cleaner area It cools the area directly above the fuser It cools the Developer area and directs suspended (floating) toner particles toward the developer toner filter for removal It pulls air into the Upper Unit, providing cooling for the laser unit, mother PWA, HDD, and options PWAs It pulls air out of the Upper Unit, providing cooling for the laser unit, mother PWA, HDD, and options PWAs It drives the Duplexer It drives the Transfer belt It drives the Transfer Belt positioning cam It cools the paper exit area
Copier Upper Unit AC Electrical Components
manuals4you.com
Copier Upper Unit AC Electrical Components

No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 L2, L3 TF SW45 SW46 DH3
Symbol
SW41 SW42
Component
Front Door Interlock Switch Main Power Switch Fuse PWA Damp Heater (lower) (option AG) Thermostat Fuser Lamps Fuser Thermofuse (181 C) Exit Door Interlock Switch Fuser Interlock Switch
Function
It shuts off AC power when the door is open It is the main power ON/OFF switch It protects the damp Heater AH (option AG) It maintains a preset temperature/moisture control around the drum, transfer belt and charge corona It regulates the temperature of 3 Damp Heaters They are used to heat the Fuser Roller for fusing It is used as a thermofuse to prevent fire (not resettable) It shuts off the AC power in the machine when the door is opened It disconnects AC power to the fuser connector when the transfer unit is opened or when the fuser unit is not installed

Lower Unit PWAs
No.
1 2
Symbol
LGC LCC
Component
Main Logic PWA LCC PWA/LCC Tray Down Switch It controls the entire copier It displays LCC tray ready
Function
manuals4you.com

Lower Unit DC Electrical Components

Lower Unit DC Electrical Components
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Symbol
CL6 S20 CL7 CL8 CL9 SW21 SOL5 S22 SW23 SW24 S25 S26 S27 S27 S28 S29 S30 S31 S32 S33
Component
Upper Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Upper Drawer Closed Sensor Upper Drawer Registration Clutch Middle Drawer Registration Clutch Lower Drawer Registration Clutch Bypass Paper Width Detection Switch Bypass Pickup Solenoid Bypass Feed Sensor LCC Position Switch LCC Door Switch 1 LCC Paper Start Sensor LCC Paper Empty Sensor Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor Upper Drawer Paper Stop Sensor Upper Drawer Paper Start Sensor Upper Drawer Paper Empty Sensor Upper Drawer Tray Up Sensor Middle Drawer Paper Stop Sensor Middle Drawer Paper Start Sensor Middle Drawer Empty Sensor
Function
It provides upper drawer paper feed roller drive It detects when the upper drawer is not closed It transfers drive to the upper Registration Roller It transfers drive to the middle Registration Roller It transfers drive to the lower Registration Roller It detects paper width in the Bypass Tray It drives the Bypass Pickup Roller It detects Bypass feed It detects when the LCC is moved out from the machine It detects opening/closing of the LCC door It detects paper being fed from the LCC It detects when the LCC is empty It stops paper from the upper drawer, for registration It stops paper from the upper drawer, for registration It detects paper being fed from the upper drawer It detects a No Paper state in the upper drawer It detects when the upper tray is up, and signals logic to move the tray up as paper is used It stops paper from the middle drawer, for registration It detects paper being fed from the middle tray It detects a No Paper state in the middle tray
manuals4you.com
Lower Unit DC Electrical Components (continued)

No.
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
Symbol
S34 S35 S36 S37 S38 S39 S40 CL10 CL11 S47 S48 SW49 SO SW17
Component
Middle Drawer Tray Up Sensor Lower Drawer Paper Stop Sensor Lower Drawer Paper Start Sensor Lower Drawer Empty Sensor Lower Drawer Tray Up Sensor LCC Tray Up Sensor LCC Tray Down Sensor Middle Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Lower Drawer Paper Feed Roller Clutch Middle Drawer Closed Sensor Lower Drawer Closed Sensor LCC Door Switch 2 Main Power Switch Turnoff Solenoid Exit Door/Reverse Interlock Switch
Function
It detects when the middle tray is up, and signals logic to move the tray up as paper is used It stops paper from the lower drawer, for registration It detects paper being fed from the lower drawer It detects a No Paper state in the lower drawer It detects when the lower tray is up, and signals logic to move the tray up as paper is used It detects the top of the paper stack and signals logic to move the tray up as paper is used It detects when the LCC tray is down It provides middle drawer paper feed roller drive It provides lower drawer paper feed roller drive It detects when the middle drawer is not closed It detects when the lower drawer is not closed It disconnects power to the LCC tray drive motor when the door is open

Lower Unit Motors
manuals4you.com

Lower Unit Motors
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Symbol
M33 M28 M29 M30 M31 M32 M34 M35
Component
Upper Drawer Tray Lift Motor Middle Drawer Tray Lift Motor Lower Drawer Tray Lift Motor LCC Tray Drive Motor Drawer Paper Drive Motor LCC/Bypass Feed Motor Lower Cooling Fan (Switching Power Supply) Upper Cooling Fan (Switching Power Supply)
Function
It drive the upper drawer tray vertical movement It drives middle drawer tray vertical movement It drives lower drawer tray vertical movement It drives the LCC tray It drives all rollers in the feed and transport systems for the drawers It drives the LCC feed roller and bypass feed roller It cools the components on the power supply The fan is not replaceable - separately It cools the components on the power supply The fan is not replaceable - separately

Lower AC Electrical Components
No.
1 2 3 4 4
Symbol
SSR1 SSR2
Component
Solid State Relay Solid State Relay Circuit Breaker Noise Filter Switching Power Supply PWA Switching Power Supply PWA
Function
It switches the main fuse lamp ON and OFF (16 amps) It switches the sub fuser lamp ON and OFF (8 amps) It provides power line protection It provides filtering of RFI from the machine onto the power line The AG version (115V) provides DC power for the copier and the finisher The AH/AHP version (230V) provides DC power for the copier and the finisher
manuals4you.com
6 - 51 RADF Components
RADF Components
RADF Mechanical/Electrical Components
6 5
4 3 2 1
25 25
24 24
23 23
7 8 9
11
10 12
13 14 13 14 15 16 15 16
17 17
18 18
16 16
19 19
18 18
20 20
21 21
22 22

RADF Mechanical/Electrical Components
#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 SW201 S203 SW202 S202 S204, S205 S201
Symbol
Pressure Plate
Component
Pickup Roller/Feed Roller Drive Motor Original Tray Paper Present Sensor Actuator Original Present Sensor Separation Pad Paper Feed Cover Switch (reed type) Registration/Paper Length Sensor Original Width Sensor 1 Original Width Sensor 2 Size Sensors Actuator Timing Sensor Registration Roller Feed Roller Belt Drive Roller Belt weight roller (pressure) RADF Open/Closed switch (reed type) Transport belt hold down roller Transport belt Transport belt hold down roller Assist in feeding the original Feeds the original Turns the sensor on/off
Function
Detects the present of an original Separates the original being fed Detects the open/closed of the feed section Detects the original for registration Detects the width of the original on the tray Activates the width size sensors Detects the initial alignment position of the original Aligns the original Feeds the original
Detects if the RADF is open or closed Feeds the original
manuals4you.com

RADF Mechanical/Electrical Components (continued)
#
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 S206 SW203
Symbol
SW204
Component
Auto paper size (APS)/Auto magnification size switch Belt idler roller Reversing roller Exit Reversing sensor Exit cover switch (reed type) Exit/Reversing gate Exit roller Detects original size Feeds the original
Function
Reverse the original for duplexing Detects original in the exit/reversing section Detects the open/closed state of the exit/reversing section Controls the feed direction of the original Feeds the original out of the RADF

RADF Electrical Components Motors, Solenoids, Sensors, Switches & PWAs
3 4 2 1 13 10 9 7 8
14 15 5 11 16 6
12
manuals4you.com

RADF Electrical Components - Motors, Solenoids, Sensors, Switches & PWAs
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Symbol
M201 M202 M203 M204 SOL201 S201 S202 S203 S204 S205 S206 SW201 SW202 SW203 SW204
Component
Pickup Roller/Feed Roller Drive Motor Transport Belt Drive Motor Reversing Motor RADF Fan Motor Exit/Reversing Gate Solenoid Original Present Sensor Registration/Paper Length Sensor Timing Sensor Original Width Sensor 1 Original Width Sensor 2 Exit Reversing Sensor RADF open/closed Switch (reed type) Paper Feed Cover Switch (reed type) Exit Cover Switch (reed type) Auto Paper Size (APS)/Auto Magnification Size Switch RADF Logic PWA
Function
It drives pickup rollers, feed roller and registration rollers - pulse motor It drives the Transport Belt - pulse motor It drives the Reverse Roller and the Exit Roller - pulse motor It cools the RADF LOGIC PWA It drives the reverse guide It detects the original on the Document Tray It detects the original for registration It detects the initial alignment position of the original It detects the width of paper on the Document Tray It detects the width of paper on the Document Tray It detects originals in the exit/reversing section It detects open/close of the RADF unit It detects open/close of the feed section It detects open/close in the exit/reversal section Auto Paper Size (APS) Start Switch It controls the RADF

RADF Drive Components
Component
Pickup Roller Feed Roller Registration Roller Pressure Plate Transport Belt Exit Roller Reversing Roller Exit/Reversing Gate
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6 Front
Reversing Motor Rear 1 4
Transport Motor
Lock
Feed Motor
3 Free
Stop
manuals4you.com
6 - 57 F580/F580S
F580/F580S
Finisher Overall View
Item
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Tray 1/2 Shutter Delivery Roller Swing Guide Feed Roller 2 Paper Stack Height Sensor (S402) Wrap Gate Buffer Roller Buffer Entrance Gate Saddle Stitcher Gate Entrance Feed Roller Feed Roller 1 Vertical Path Stapler Knurled Belt Tray Drive Motor (M405) Saddle Stitcher Unit Latch Unit Entrance Feed Section
Component

Finisher Sensors
Symbol
S401 S402 S403 S404 S405 S406 S407 S408 S409 S410 S411 S412 S414 S415 S416 S417 S418 S419 S420 S421
6 - 58 F580/F580S
Component
Paper Entrance Sensor Paper Stack Height Sensor Paper Delivery Sensor Staple Tray Paper Sensor Shutter Sensor Alignment Guide Home Position Sensor Stapler Home Position Sensor Paper Tray Home Position Sensor Tray Drive Motor Timing Sensor 1 Paper Delivery Motor Timing Sensor Tray 1 Paper Sensor Tray 2 Paper Sensor Buffer Path Paper Sensor Finisher Interlock Sensor Front Door Interlock Sensor Buffer Path Entrance Paper Sensor Swing Guide Sensor Tray Drive Motor Timing Sensor 2 Stapler Cam Home Position Sensor Swing Motor Timing Sensor
Function
It detects paper in the entrance area. It detects the height of the paper stack on the tray. It detects paper in the delivery area. It detects paper on the stapling tray. It detects when the shutter is open. It detects the alignment guide plate at home position. It detects the stapler at the home position. It detects the tray at home position. It detects tray drive motor timing pulses 1 (on sensor PWA). It detects delivery motor timing pulses. It detects paper on tray 1. It detects paper on tray 2. It detects paper in the buffer path. It detects when the finisher is attached to the copier. It detects when the front door is open. Detects paper at the entrance to the buffer. It detects when the swing guide is open. It detects tray drive motor timing pulses 2 (on sensor PWA). It detects stapling home position (inside stapler). Detects swing guide timing pulses.
S418
S402
S417
S410
S414 S403 S411 S416 S412
S421 S406 S419
S408 S415 S401 S420 S409 S407
S405
manuals4you.com

Finisher Switches
Symbol
SW401
6 - 59 F580/F580S
Component
Front Door/Upper Cover Interlock Switch Swing Guide Closed Switch 1 Tray Position Safety Switch
Function
It detects when the front door and the upper cover are open. It detects when the swing guide is closed. It monitors the tray positions to prevent the shutter from opening at the wrong place or time. It detects the open/closed state of the shutter. It detects the tray at the upper limit It detects when the swing guide is closed. When open, it disables the stapler cam drive motor It detects the presence/ absence of staples (inside stapler).
SW405
SW402 SW403
SW406
SW402
SW404 SW405 SW406
Shutter Closed Switch Tray Upper Limit Safety Switch Swing Guide Closed Switch 2
SW408 SW403
SW408
Staple Cartridge Empty Switch
SW401 SW404

Finisher Motors
M408
6 - 60 F580/F580S
Symbol
M401 M402
Component
Feed Motor 1 Paper Delivery Motor Alignment Motor
Function
It is a stepper motor that drives paper feed rollers It drives the delivery roller and the swing guide up and down It drives the alignment guide which offsets the first copy of a non stapled set 30mm, and aligns sets for stapling It drives the stapler to the various stapling positions It drives the trays up and down It drives the cam to staple paper It drives the transit path rollers to drive paper to the trays or to the stitcher unit It is a stepper motor that drives paper feed rollers and the shutter up and down
M401 M407 M402 M403
M403
M404 M405 M406 M407
Stapler Positioning Motor Tray Drive Motor Stapler Cam Drive Motor Entrance Paper Feed Motor Feed Motor 2
M405 M409 M406 M404
M408
manuals4you.com

Finisher Solenoids
SOL405 SOL403
6 - 61 F580/F580S
SOL402
Symbol
SOL401 SOL402 SOL403 SOL405 SOL406 SOL407
Component
Gate Solenoid Buffer Entrance Solenoid Buffer Outlet Solenoid Paddle Solenoid Front Guide Solenoid Belt Disengage Solenoid
Function
It moves the gate to change the paper path It opens and closes the buffer entrance solenoid It opens and closes the buffer exit solenoid It rotates the paddles It pulls the guide plate down
SOL406 SOL407
SOL401

Finisher PWAs
Item
1
6 - 62 F580/F580S
Component
Finisher Logic PWA
Function
Communicates with the copier and controls the finishers operations. Contains the tray lift motor timing sensors (S409 & 419)
2 3 4
Ribbon Cable PWA Tray Lift Motor Encoder PWA Ribbon Cable PWA
manuals4you.com

Saddle Stitcher Overall View
Item
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
6 - 63 F580/F580S
Component
Guide Plate Folding Roller Delivery Guide Plate Holding Roller Stapler (Front & Rear) Entrance Roller Number 1 Gate Number 2 Gate Stapling Plate (Front & Rear) Paper Pushing Plate Paper Positioning Roller Paper Positioning Plate

Saddle Stitcher Sensors
Symbol
S421
6 - 64 F580/F580S
Component
Paper Pushing Plate Motor Timing Sensor Lower Front Door Interlock Sensor Stitcher Exit Cover Interlock Sensor Folder Motor Timing Sensor Stitcher Alignment Guides Home Position Sensor Stitcher Tray Paper Present Sensor Stitcher Paper Positioning Guide Home Position Sensor Paper Positioning Guide Paper Present Sensor Stitcher Entrance Guide Interlock Sensor Paper Delivery Sensor Pickup Roller Position Sensor Shutter Guide Home Position Sensor Paper Pushing Plate Home Position Sensor
Function
It detects timing pulses from the paper pushing plate motor It detects when the front door is open It detects when the exit cover is open It detects timing pulses from the folder motor It detects the alignment guides at home position It detects paper on the stitcher tray It detects the paper positioning guide at home position Detects paper on the paper positioning guide It detects when the entrance guide is open It detects paper in the delivery area It detects the position of the pickup roller It detects the shutter guide at home position It detects the paper pushing plate at home position
S422 S423 S424 S425
S443 S437
S440 S439 S438
S436
S426 S427
S422 S431
S429
S428 S429 S431 S432 S433 S434
S434 S426
S435 S423 S425 S424 S421 S427 S428 S433 S432
manuals4you.com

Symbol
S435
6 - 65 F580/F580S
Function
Component
Paper Pushing Plate Extended Position Sensor Stitcher Stapler Unit Interlock Sensor Stitcher/Folder Paper Present Sensor Trail Edge Sensor 1 Trail Edge Sensor 2 Trail Edge Sensor 3 Paper Folder Home Position Sensor
It detects the paper pushing plate at its extended top position. It detects the in or out position of the stitcher stapler unit. It detects paper in the paper path at the stitcher and folder. It detects paper (No. 1, on paper sensor PWA). It detects paper (No. 2, on paper sensor PWA). It detects paper (No. 3, on paper sensor PWA). Detects the home position of the folding rollers.
S436 S437
S438 S439 S440 S443
S443 S437
S440 S439 S438
S436
S422 S431
S429
S434 S426
S435 S423 S425 S424 S421 S427 S428 S433 S432

Saddle Stitcher Switches
Symbol
SW409
6 - 66 F580/F580S
Component
Stitching Stapler 3 Cam Home Position Switch Stitching Stapler 2 Cam Home Position Switch Entrance Guide Interlock Switch Lower Front Door Interlock Switch Exit Cover Interlock Switch Stitcher Stapler 3 Staple Present Sensor Stitcher Stapler 2 Staple Present Sensor
Function
It detects stitching stapler cam home position (rear) It detects stitching stapler cam home position (front) It detects when the entrance guide is open It detects when the lower front door is open It detects when the exit cover is open It detects the presence of staples in the rear stapler. It detects the presence of staples in the front stapler.
SW410
SW411 SW412 SW413 SW441 SW442
SW411 SW442 SW441
SW412
SW409 SW410
SW413
manuals4you.com

Saddle Stitcher Motors
Symbol
M409 M410 M411 M412
6 - 67 F580/F580S
Component
Stitcher Paper Feed Motor Paper Folder Motor Shutter Guide Motor Paper Positioning Guide Motor Aligning Motor
Function
It drives the intermediate feed and pickup rollers It drives the paper folding rollers It drives the shutter guide up and down It drives the paper positioning guide for stitching and folding It drives the alignment guide to position the paper in the correct horizontal position It drives the stitcher stapler 3 cam to staple the paper at the rear position It drives the stitcher stapler 2 cam to staple the paper at the rear position It drives the pushing plate to its extended and home position
M412 M414 M415
M413
M414
Stitcher Stapler 3 Motor (rear) Stitcher Stapler 2 Motor (front) Paper Pushing Plate Motor
M415
M416
M409 M410 M416 M413 M411

Saddle Stitcher Solenoids
Symbol
SL1S SL2S SL4S
6 - 68 F580/F580S
Component
Number 1 Paper Deflecting Plate Solenoid Number 2 Paper Deflecting Plate Solenoid Feed Plate Contact Solenoid
SOL407
SOL408
SOL409
manuals4you.com

Saddle Stitcher PWAs
Symbol
PWA1
6 - 69 F580/F580S
Component
Saddle Stitcher Controller PWA Paper Sensor PWA
Function
Communicates with the finisher and copier and controls the saddle stitchers operations. Contains the trail end sensors S438, S439, & S440.
PWA2
PWA2
PWA1

Punch Unit Overall View
Item
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Cam Hole Punch Blade Die Photo-sensor PWA LED PWA Horizontal Registration Motor Scrap-full Detector PWA Unit Punched Scrap Container
6 - 70 F580/F580S
Component
Punch Motor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Punch Unit Sensors

Symbol
PI1P PI2P PI3P
Component
Horizontal Registration Home Position Sensor Punch Motor Clock Sensor Punch Home Position Sensor
Function
Horizontal registration home position detection Punch motor clock detection Punch home position detection
manuals4you.com

Punch Unit Switches
Symbol
MS2P
6 - 71 F580/F580S
Component
Front Door Switch
Function
Front Door Open Detection
Punch Unit Motors

Symbol
M1P M2P
Component
Punch Motor Horizontal Registration Motor

Punch Unit PWAs
Item
1 2 3 4
6 - 72 F580/F580S
Component
Punch Driver PWA Photo-sensor PWA LED PWA Scrap-full Detector PWA
manuals4you.com
< TRAINING MENU > < SERVICE MENU > < PARTS MENU > < USER MENU >
Section 7
Electrical Diagrams
* SERVICE MENU *
7-1
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Section 7: Electrical Diagrams
AC Input ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-3 DC to PWAs ............................................................................................................................................................................... 7-4 RADF .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-5 Document Scanning ................................................................................................................................................................. 7-6 Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 1 of 4) .................................................................................................. 7-7 Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 2 of 4) .................................................................................................. 7-8 Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 3 of 4) .................................................................................................. 7-9 Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 4 of 4) ................................................................................................ 7-10 Developer ................................................................................................................................................................................ 7-11 Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 1 of 2) .......................................................................................................................... 7-12 Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 2 of 2) .......................................................................................................................... 7-13 Fuser/Copy Exit ...................................................................................................................................................................... 7-14 Duplexer .................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-15 Control Panel .......................................................................................................................................................................... 7-16 Optional Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2) ........................................................................................................................................ 7-17 Optional Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2) ........................................................................................................................................ 7-18 F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 1 of 2) ....................................................................................................................................... 7-19 F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 2 of 2) ....................................................................................................................................... 7-20 F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 1 of 2) ........................................................................................................................... 7-21 F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 2 of 2) ........................................................................................................................... 7-22 F580/F580S Punch Unit (Sheet 1 of 1) .................................................................................................................................. 7-23 F580/F580S Punch Unit Signal Abbreviations & Names .................................................................................................... 7-24
7-2
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Electrical Diagrams
7-3 AC Input
AC Input
A B C D E
J510 2
SW42 MAIN POWER SWITCH J510 PIN LAYOUT FRONT

1
BLUE 3 WHITE 24V + BROWN 6 HEAVY GAUGE WHITE LIGHT GAUGE WHITE 2 1 BLUE RETURN HEAVY GAUGE BLACK LIGHT GAUGE BLACK 5 4
F
J401 (BLACK) 4 F2 12A, 250V
REAR 3 4 MAIN POWER SWITCH 4 5 2 6 1 3 (LIGHT GAUGE BLACK) J510 6 5 CRIMP CONNECTOR 1 J600 J725 2 2 1 1 1 HEATER SWITCH
J501 J60 2 (WHITE) 2
DAMP HEATER J60 (UPPER) 1 DH1 DH2 (AH/AHP STANDARD) (AG OPTION)
J501 24
NOISE FILTER PIN LAYOUT
1 2
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PWA (AG 115V) (AH 230V/ AHP 240V)
4 J501 2 24 J60 1 FUSE THERMOSTAT PWA (DAMP HEATERS) F12 TH1
TERMINAL BLOCK
2
GND
LINE
CIRCUIT BREAKER (BLACK) CB1 250 VAC, 65 VDC 20A
4 3
NOISE FILTER
2 1
J510 4 3
(LOWER) DAMP HEATER (OPTION AG)) DH3 3 23
SW50
3 SW42 MAIN POWER SWITCH TURNOFF SOLENOID
TERMINAL BLOCK NEUTRAL F11 250 VAC 1A
(BLACK) (BLUE) (GREEN)
OUTLET FOR FUTURE SC2 (365-2) OPTION
(WHITE) J600 6 (BROWN) J510 8 J600 4 J739 2 EXIT DOOR/REVERSE INTERLOCK SWITCH 4 3 SW17 FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH 3 4 SW41 EXIT DOOR/REVERSE INTERLOCK SWITCH 1 2 SW17 FUSER LAMP J503 (RED) J739 4 J511 3 J739 1 J725 4 J510 7 J600 3 5
1 6 F1 12A, 250V
FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH J511 1 2 4 SW41 1 J739 3
3
LINE
GND CIRCUIT BREAKER CB1 250 VAC, 65 VDC 10A 2 1 GND NEUTRAL (BLACK) F11 250 VAC 1A NOISE FILTER
115V/120V
3
(BLUE) 3
3 (WHITE) 4 (BLACK) OUTLET FOR FUTURE SC2 (365-2) OPTION
725 F (BLUE) 6 SSR-2 (SUB)
J501 13
J514
L3 (SECONDARY LAMP) 600W 2,3 OHMS FUSER LAMP C SSR-1 (MAIN) E (BLUE) 5 J502 12 (RED) J513
FUSER THERMOFUSE (NOTo RESETTABLE) (181 C) (BLACK) TF1
(BLUE) (GREEN) 220V/230V/240V
4
J501 1 J50 1 5 (EXPOSURE) LAMP REGULATOR PWA
GND
L2 (PRIMARY LAMP) 700W 2,0 OHMS
7-4 DC to PWAs
DC to PWAs
A
J408
B
J73 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 12 12
C
J7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PWA (AG 115V) (AH 230V/ AHP 240 INPUT)
F8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J404 5 6 1 2 3 4 36VA 36VB GND GND 1 2 3 4
VDD VDD GND GND +3.3V GND +12V DG12V +24V DG J71 1 2 3 4 SCAN DRIVE MOTOR PWA
SCANNER LOGIC PWA
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PWA (AG 115V) (AH 230V/ AHP 240 INPUT)
CN500 1 2 SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY LOWER COOLING FAN M34 SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY UPPER COOLING FAN M35
CN550 1 2
PART OF POWER SUPPLY
125 VAC 3,15A
F3 125 VAC 4A F4 125 VAC 3,15A J207
J402 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 J406 1 2 3 4 5 VDD VDD GND GND +24VG +24VA +24VB +24VC DG DG DG +36VA +36VB DG36 DG36
J333 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16
F5 125 VAC 3,15A
J403 1 2 5 6 7 8 4 NOT CONNECTED 3 NOT CONNECTED J407 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 VDD +5VDD GND DG5V +3,3V +12V DG12 GND +24VD DG DG DG +5VB DG5B
J201 13 12 16 15 6 8
F7
125 VAC 3,15A
IMAGE PROCESSING/ PRINT J208 CONTROL PWA
J227 LASER PWA RIBBON CABLE J227 LASER PWA J227 LASER PWA J227 LASER PWA
F6 125 VAC 4A
MAIN LOGIC PWA
J209 RIBBON CABLE 1 5 3 7 2 9 11 4
J210 RIBBON CABLE
RIBBON CABLE
F9 125 VAC 4A F10
J409 1 +24VF 2 3 4 +24VH GND 1 2 1 2 (RED) (BLUE)
CN31 1 2 J1 11 12
RADF FINISHER
4
125 VAC 10A
E
manuals4you.com
7-5 RADF
RADF
A
CN8 4 3 2 1 5 6 A A B B PM+24V PM+24V 1 5 7 11 3 9
B
CN9 4 3 2 1 6 5 CN10 4 3 2 1 6 5
C
A A B B PM+24V PM+24V A A B B PM+24V PM+24V 1 5 7 11 3 9 1 5 7 11 3 9
D
CN4
E
CN15 3 2 CN16 3 2 CN15 1 CN16 1
F
CN4 SIZES2 3
RADF LOGIC PWA
(BLACK) (WHITE)
PICKUP ROLLER/FEED ROLLER DRIVE MOTOR M201
RADF LOGIC PWA
(BLACK) (WHITE)
TRANSPORT BELT DRIVE MOTOR M202
RADF LOGIC PWA
1 2
SIZES2+5V SGND
ORIGINAL WIDTH SENSOR 2 S205 ORIGINAL WIDTH SENSOR 1 S204
GROUND TO RADF FRAME CN7 6 +5V
4 5
SIZES1+5V SGND
SIZES1
RADF LOGIC PWA
CN23
CN7 CN23 EXITS 5 EXIT/REVERSING 3 2 SENSOR 1 EXITSLED 7 S206
REVERSING MOTOR
M203
PGND
EXIT COVER SWITCH (REED) CN29 CN30 CN30CN29 1 3 1 3 DFSW2 1 SW203 EXIT REVERSING GATE 0V ON SOLENOID SOL201 AUTO PAPER SIZE (APS)/ AUTO MAGNIFICATION CN3 SIZE SWITCH APS 1 SW204 CN1 CN32 DF-ACK 1 9 1 8 2 DF-REQ 2 REQ 7 3 3 CNT 6 4 4 RXD 5 5 5 4 6 SGND 6 TXD 3 7 7 SGND 8 2 8 ACK 1 9 9 CN31 1 DC24V 2 PGND CN2 1 2 CN24CN25 3 1 1 3
GROUND TO COPIER PAPER TRANSPORT FRAME CN6 +5V 1
CN19 3 CN20 3
REGISTRATION/ PAPER LENGTH SENSOR S202 TIMING SENSOR S203
CN19 2 1 CN20 2 1
CN6 REGS REGLED 2 3
CN5 1 2 EMP+5V SGND
CN17 3 2
3 4 CN3 2
+24V RSOL +24V
ORIGINAL PRESENT SENSOR S201
CN17 1
CN5 EMPS 3
2
DTS DTSLED 5 6
+5V
AGND
DFSW2
CN28 CN27 1 2
PAPER FEED COVER SWITCH (REED) CN27 CN28 1 2 DFSW1 SW202
DFSW1
CN22 CN21 1 2
RADF OPEN/ CLOSED SWITCH (REED) CN21 CN22 1 2 DFSW SW201
COPIER
TP17 +24V TP26 +5V
CN11 1 3 FAN PGND
CN33CN34 2 2 1 3
RADF FAN MOTOR M204
FG
FG
7-6 Document Scanning
Document Scanning
A B
SIDT0-0A SIDT2-0A SIDT4-0A SIDT6-0A GND SHDEN-0A SVDEN-0A HSYNC-0 GND STXD-0A SCTS-0A EXPOON-0C SYSRST-0 SRXD-0A SRST-0 SCNT-0 HSNC4-0 GND SDCLK-0 GND SIDT7-0A SIDT5-0A SIDT3-0A SIDT1-0A J40 4 1 3 2 2 1 J31 8 6 1 3 3 4 J33 3 1 J32 3 1 P33 3 1 P32 APS1 3 SENSOR 1 S1-1 FAN3SP-0A FAN3ON-0A P34 3 1 P35 3 1 APS4 SENSOR S1-4 APS3 SENSOR S1-3 APS2 SENSOR S1-2 2 P32 2 J18 1 2 J17 1 2 P33 SCANNER OPTICAL COOLING FAN M3B SCANNER OPTICAL COOLING FAN M3A J33 J31 2 2 7
J108 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 J10 1 +24V 2 3 +24V 4 5 7 VDD GND
J12 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12
C
J9 24 25 26 27 28 VDD EXPEN-0A EXPWM-1A EXPON-0A GND J52 5 4 3 2 1 LAMP REGULATOR PWA CONVERTS 160 VDC OUTPUT BY PWM J72 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 VDD GND H.OFF SCNRST SCNDIR SCNCLK GND STEP-3 STEP-2 STEP-1 STEP-0 GND SCANVREFA 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J16 3 1
D
J51 2 1 (BLUE) EXPO-OUT(RED) EXPO-OUT+ J57 2 2 1 1 THERMOFUSE (85 o C) TH2 EXPOSURE LAMP K Q L1 70 VDC M
61.25 VDC
1
J6 J3 +3,3V GND +5VA GND VDD GND +12V GND (+12V)
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA
SCANNER LOGIC PWA
J70 SCAN DRIVE MOTOR PWA 1 4 3 2 5 J71 1 2 3 4 MOT-A MOT-D MOT-C MOT-B MOT-E
J56 1 2 3 4 5 J73
SCAN MOTOR M1
+36V +36V GND GND
1 2 3 4
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PWA (AG 115V) (AH 230V/ AHP 240V) J9
SCANNER LOGIC PWA

14 16
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 NOT USED 8 FRAME GROUND J4 J1 80 PIN RIBBON CABLE 1 1 80 80
CCD (CHARGE COUPLED DEVICE)
15 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
GND VDD DCMD-0A DCMB-0A DCMC-0A DCMA-0A +24V +24V
SCANNER HOME POSITION SENSOR S2
J16 2 J21 6 5 4 3 2 1
SCHOM-0 (ORANGE) (BLUE) (WHITE) (RED) (YELLOW) (BROWN)
NOT USED
J8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 DFRAK-0A DFRRQ-0A DFRQ-0A DFCNT-0A DFRXD-0A GND DFTXD-0A GND DFAK-0A
J10 APS2-0 6
ORIGINAL SIZE INDICATOR MOTOR M2
SCANNER LOGIC PWA
J23 9 1 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 5 4 6 3 7 2 8 1 9
RADF
8 10 11 12
VDD GND
5 3 2 1
4 6 7 8
J32 2
APS1-0
J10 9
13 VDD 15 GND 16 VDD 18 GND
J34 3 1 J35 3 1
J19 2 1 1 2 P34 J34 2 2 P35 2
NOTE: FOR A4 SERIES P36 VDD 19 3 GND 21 1 VDD GND P36 3 1
P36 APS5 S1-5 P36 APS6 S1-6 2 2
NOTE: NOT USED FOR LT SERIES APS5-0
J10 20
SCANNER LOGIC PWA COOLING FAN M4 APS3-0
14
22 24
APS6-0
23
NOTE: AH/AHP VERSION MACHINES ONLY J35 2 APS4-0 17
E
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7-7 Electrical Diagrams Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 1 of 4)
Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 1 of 4)

A
J323 A3 A4 +24VA CHF-0A J651 2 1 1 2
B
J711 1 2 CHARGE CORONA COOLING FAN MOTOR M13 DUCT INTAKE FAN MOTOR M22 J628 1 1 2 2
D
J341 A7 TCMTA-0A A8 TCMTD-0A J549 8 1 7 2 J621 2 1
E
TRANSFER BELT CONTACT/ RELEASE CAM MOTOR M26 J341 J622 J549 TRCS1-1A A10 4 5 2
MAIN LOGIC PWA
A5 A6 J331 B1 B2
+24VA OCTIF-0A
J652 1 2
FURMT-0A FURMT-1A
J675 B16 B1 B15 B2
MAIN LOGIC PWA

J207 J227 LASER LOGIC PWA RIBBON CABLE J227 LASER LOGIC PWA J227 LASER LOGIC PWA J227 LASER LOGIC PWA
A9 A11
VDD GND
6 4
3 5
J622 TRANSFER BELT UP 1 SENSOR 3 (GREEN BOARD) S43
MAIN LOGIC PWA
CLEANING ROLLER MOTOR M10
A12 A14 B10 B11
VDD GND
3 1
6 8
AUGMT-1A AUGMT-0A
J623 TRANSFER J623 BELT DOWN 1 SENSOR 2 3 (SILVER BOARD) S44 J709 1 2
TRCS2-0A A13
USED TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR M15
2
J330 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 MVDEN-0A GND PLRST-0A LSBSY-1A LCTS-0A LRTS-0A LRXD-0A LTXD-0A GND J637 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 20 1 J202 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
IMAGE PROCESSING/ J208 PRINT CONTROL LOGIC PWA J209
2
J325 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A15 A16 B1 B2 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B15 B16 +36VA +36VA TRMA-0A TRMC-0A TRMB-0A TRMD-0A VDD DRCLK-1A DG36 DG36 DG36 DG36 GND DRMTA-0A DRMTC-0A DRMTB-0A DRMTD-0A +36VB +36VB J420 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A10 A11 B1 B2 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B15 B16 J659 1 2 J421 1 2 3 4 5 6 J422 1 2 3 4 5 6
RIBBON CABLE
J210 RIBBON CABLE
MOTOR CONTROL PWA
DRUM DRIVE MOTOR

M12
3
NOTE: CHARGE CONTROL SIGNAL VARIES DEPENDING ON THE SETTING OF THE 05 ADJUST MODE AND THE MODE SELECTED (TEXT/PHOTO).
RIBBON CABLE
TRANSFER BELT DRIVE MOTOR

M25
J324 HVTBB-0A 1 HVTVR-1A 2 HVTT-0A 3 HVMVR-1A 4 5 HVTM-0A DG 6 +24VB 7
TRANSFER BRUSH BIAS ON SIGNAL 0V = ON +5V = OFF TRANSFER OUTPUT CONTROL SIGNAL 0 TO 5V ~2.6V WHEN COPYING TRANSFER ON/OFF 0V = ON +5V = OFF CHARGE OUTPUT CONTROL SIGNAL 0 TO 5V ~1.8V WHEN COPYING CHARGE OUTPUT ON/OFF 0V = ON 5V = OFF
J657 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CHARGE CORONA/ TRANSFER BELT HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PWA
CHARGE CORONA TRANSFER BELT
A10 A11
+24VA SCRP-0A
DRUM SEPARATION FINGER SOLENOID SOL3
98 OHMS
B10 B11
J662 +24VA 1 DCTOF-0A 2
DUCT EXHAUST 2,670 OHMS FAN MOTOR M23

A B C D E F
1
J331 CHARGE CORONA CLEANING SWITCH (REED) C J635 4 3 5 6 4 3 5 6 2 1 2 1 SW16 DISCHARGE LED ARRAY NO J331 MCLSW-0A 1
MAIN LOGIC PWA

2
+/-24 VDC DEPENDING ON DIRECTION OF ROTATION
GND
J675 15 2
J631 2 2
J631 1 1
J675 1 16
+24VB 4 13 4 LOW ERASE LAMP ON 14 3 3 5 6 CLMTA-0A CLMTB-0A 12 5 11 6
MAIN LOGIC PWA
SWITCHING J406 POWER SUPPLY PWA 7

J407 9
J333 PWRDN 15
MAIN LOGIC PWA

2
8 10 11 12 13 14
GND ENABLE CTDVR-1A CTDS-1A VDD GND
J728 3 3 15 15 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7
7 10 6 5 4 3 11 12 13 14
CHARGE CORONA CLEANER 201 OHMS MOTOR M11 DRUM J60 THERMISTOR J60 1 2 1 2 t TH-4 51.2 KOHMS AT ROOM TEMPERATURE (JUMPER) J730 J629 4 1 1 IMAGE DENSITY 3 2 2 SENSOR 2 3 3 1 4 4 IDS (WHITE) (BLUE) MAIN POWER SWITCH TURN OFF SOLENOID CLEANING BRUSH ROLLER MOTOR M10
J201 PWRDN-1 10
J728 2 2 1 1
7 10 9 8
ORTH-0A CLSWI-0
7 9
J109
J204 IRCLK-1A GND IHDEN-0A IDCLK-1A GND IDT1-1A IDT3-1A IDT5-A IDT7-A IDT6-1A IDT4-1A IDT2-1A IDT0-1A GND HSNC4-0B HSYNC-0B IHSNC-0A IVDEN-0B A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA
15 16
+24VB SOLENOID ON LOW
2 15 1 16
J512 1 1 2 2 J628 1 2
MAIN POWER SWITCH SW42
17 18
FURMT-0A FURMT-1A
32 17 31 18
46.8 OHMS NOTE: ALSO DRIVES AUGER AND STRIPPER FINGER CAM
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9
IMAGE PROCESSING/ PRINT CONTROL PWA

3
E
manuals4you.com

A B C D E F
1
J207 J227 +5VB +5VB DG5B BILV0-1 WRLV0-1 DG5B SMP1-1D SMPD0-1A DOISD-1A NOT CONNECTED POSD-1A SCRST-1D CALOD-0A DG5B LDVPO-1A GND PDTD0-1A PDTD2-1A PDTD3-1A PDTD4-1A PDTD5-1A PDTD6-1A PDTD7-1A DG5B PPCKD-0 PPCKD-1 DG5B DG5B +5VB +5VB RIBBON CABLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 J208 J227 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NOT CONNECTED 10 POSD-1A 11 SCRST-1D 12 CALOD-0A 13 DG5B 14 LDVPO-1A 15 GND 16 PDTD0-1A 17 PDTD2-1A 18 PDTD3-1A 19 PDTD4-1A 20 PDTD5-1A 21 PDTD6-1A 22 PDTD7-1A 23 DG5B 24 PPCKD-0 25 PPCKD-1 26 DG5B 27 DG5B 28 +5VB 29 +5VB 30 RIBBON CABLE LASER UNIT COOLING FAN MOTOR M6 +5VB +5VB DG5B BILV0-1 WRLV0-1 DG5B SMP1-1D SMPD0-1A DOISD-1A J209 J227 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NOT CONNECTED 10 POSD-1A 11 SCRST-1D 12 CALOD-0A 13 DG5B 14 LDVPO-1A 15 GND 16 PDTD0-1A 17 PDTD2-1A 18 PDTD3-1A 19 PDTD4-1A 20 PDTD5-1A 21 PDTD6-1A 22 PDTD7-1A 23 DG5B 24 PPCKD-0 25 PPCKD-1 26 DG5B 27 DG5B 28 +5VB 29 +5VB 30 RIBBON CABLE +5VB +5VB DG5B BILV0-1 WRLV0-1 DG5B SMP1-1D SMPD0-1A DOISD-1A J210 J227 +5VB +5VB DG5B BILV0-1 WRLV0-1 DG5B SMP1-1D SMPD0-1A DOISD-1A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
IMAGE PROCESSING/ PRINT CONTROL LOGIC PWA

2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 J213 1 3
LASER PWA (1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
LASER PWA (2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
LASER PWA (3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 NOT CONNECTED 11 POSD-1A 12 SCRST-1D 13 CALOD-0A DG5B 14 LDVPO-1A 15 GND 16 PDTD0-1A 17 18 PDTD2-1A 19 PDTD3-1A 20 PDTD4-1A 21 PDTD5-1A 22 PDTD6-1A 23 PDTD7-1A DG5B 24 PPCKD-0 25 26 PPCKD-1 DG5B 27 DG5B 28 +5VB 29 +5VB 30
LASER PWA (4)
J226 +24V (BLUE) 1 FAN-0A (BLUE) 2
RIBBON CABLE
5555/5565/5580 Service Information 7 - 10 Electrical Diagrams Photo Conductor Unit (PCU)/PCU Exposure (Sheet 4 of 4)

A B C D E F
1
J211 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 VDD VDD BMCK-1 BMCK-0 OUTAB-1 OUTAB-0 DASCO-1A DASC1-0A DAWR-0A OFFST-0A BUSY-0A GND WUL-0A WLL-0A SNSCK-1A BMSW2-0 BMAD0-0 BMAD1-0 BMAD2-0 BMAD3-0 BMAD4-0 BMAD5-0 BMAD6-0 BMAD7-0 BMAD8-0 BMAD9-0 BMAD10-0 BMAD11-0 GND GND J232 30 30 28 28 26 26 24 24 22 22 20 20 18 18 16 16 14 14 12 12 10 10 8 8 6 6 4 4 2 2 1 1 3 3 5 5 7 7 9 9 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 19 21 21 23 23 25 25 27 27 29 29 J215 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 J211 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 BMRST-0 B9 BMSW0-0 B10 BMSW1-0 BMDA0-0 BMDA1-0 BMDA2-0 BMDA3-0 BMDA4-0 BMDA5-0 BMDA6-0 BMDA7-0 VDD VDD GND GND J233 1 1 3 3 5 5 7 7 8 9 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 19 20 20 18 18 16 16 14 14 12 12 10 10 8 8 6 6 4 4 2 2 J215 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B25 B24 B23 B22 B21 B20 B19 B18 B17 B16 J212 J218 1 2 J216 1 2 J217 1 2 J219 1 2 CN2 GALVANIC MIRROR 4 GALVANIC MIRROR 1 GALVANIC MIRROR 2 GALVANIC MIRROR 3

2
HSYNC PWA
HSYNC PWA
1 2
GLV0C-1 GLV1C-1
(ORANGE) (BLUE)
3 GLV0A-1 4 GLV1A-1
(BROWN) (BLUE)
5 6
GLV0B-1 GLV1B-1
(RED) (BLUE)
7 8 J208
GLV0D-1 GLV1D-1 CN1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
(YELLOW) (BLUE)
+24V 1 +24V 2 DG 3 DG 4 PMBRK-0A 5 6 PMON-0A 7 PMOK-0A 8 PMCLK-0A
POLYGONAL MIRROR MOTOR PWA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
POLYGONAL MIRROR MOTOR M5
E
manuals4you.com
7 - 11 Developer
Developer
A B
J341 B1 NOTE: TURN ON SIGNAL B2 NOTE: TURN ON SIGNAL B3 B4 B5 HVDVR-1A HVDAC-0A HVDDC-0A DG +24VB VDD GND J675 21 28 J675 29 20 27 22 26 23 30 19 25 24 J633 1 1 J728 12 12 9 9 10 10 14 14 13 13 J729 12 9 10 14 13 (RED) (BRO (YELLOW) JUMPER J648 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 DEVELOPER HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
C
DEVELOPER BIAS
MAIN LOGIC PWA
PP2 B12 B13 J331 28 GND +24VB ATSVR GND ATSSW GND
FG
1
J653 1 2 USED TONER CONTAINER FULL SENSOR S15 J653 3 J341 TFUSW-1A B14 J331 J675 DEVSW-0A 27 27 22 J675 21 28 ATS-1A
MAIN LOGIC PWA

NOTE: ANALOG INPUT TO MAIN LOGIC CPU E2 IC35 TP2
DEVELOPER LOCKED SWITCH B J632 2 4 5 1 6 J650 1 2 CN1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 AUTO TONER SENSOR ATS SW14 A J632 3 (ORANGE) J729 11
J633 2 2 J728 11 11
22 NOTE: 19 CONTROL VOLTAGE SIGNAL 20 24 23 J323 A1 A2 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13
21
+24VA DEVF-0A +24VA +24VA DG DG DEVCK-1A VDD GND DEVON-0A NOT CONNECTED J654
DEVELOPER FAN MOTOR M21
1 10 2 9 3 8 4 7 5 6 6 5 7 4 8 3 9 2
DEVELOPER DRIVE MOTOR

M16
J323 10 10 1 DEVBK-0A B15
A11 TNRMT-0A A10 +24VA
2 1
2 1
OVERCURRENT J626 SAFETY SWITCH 1 2 TONER HOPPER EMPTY SWITCH (REED)
TONER DRIVE MOTOR M14 J654 3 3 TEMP-0A A12
A13
GND
J624 2 J625 2
A15
GND
SW12 TONER HOPPER SUPPLY (COVER) SWITCH (REED) J625 1 SW11
J624 1
HOPSW-1A A14
7 - 12 Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 1 of 2)
Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 1 of 2)

A
J338 32 33 +24VC PLFDC-0A J700 1 2 J701 1 2 J702 1 2
B
LOWER DRAWER FEED CLUTCH CL11 MIDDLE DRAWER FEED CLUTCH CL10 UPPER DRAWER FEED CLUTCH CL6 146 OHMS
J341 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 B7 B9 J336 A1 A2 +24VA +24VA RGTA-0A RGTC-0A RGTB-0A RGTD-0A VDD GND
D
J706 1 2 6 4 5 3 J705 1 3 3 1 J686 1 2 J687 1 2 J688 1 2 J689 1 2 J690 1 2 J691 1 2 UPPER DRAWER TRAY LIFT MOTOR M33 MIDDLE DRAWER TRAY LIFT MOTOR M28 LOWER DRAWER TRAY LIFT MOTOR M29 UPPER DRAWER REGISTRATION 146 OHMS CLUTCH CL7 MIDDLE DRAWER REGISTRATION 146 OHMS CLUTCH CL8 LOWER DRAWER REGISTRATION 146 OHMS CLUTCH CL9 5 2 6 4 3 1 1 3
REGISTRATION MOTOR M17 PAPER STOP/ REGISTRATION SENSOR S13 J712 J705 2 2 J341 B8
MAIN LOGIC PWA
30 31
+24VC PWFDC-0A
146 OHMS
28 29
+24VC PUFDC-0A
146 OHMS
MAIN LOGIC PWA
J712
MAIN LOGIC PWA
2 PSTPS-1
PUTRM-1A PUTRM-0A
J153 VDD 1 1 B1 B3 GND 3 3 B6 VDD 6 B7 GND 7
J141 1 1 3 3
J144 UPPER DRAWER J144 J141 TRAY UP PUEMP-1A 2 2 1 SENSOR/ 2 UPPER DRAWER 3 EMPTY SENSOR 4 PUTOP-1A 4 4 S30/S29 J150 2 3 J148 UPPER DRAWER PAPER START SENSOR S28 J150 1 J148 2 PUFED-1A 5 5
J153 2 2 4 4
J338 B2 B4
A3 A4
PMTRM-1A PMTRM-0A
6 7
6 7
6 7
B5
A5 A6
PLTRM-1A PLTRM-0A
B8 VDD 8 8 B10 GND 10 10 J163 VDD 1 1 A8 A10 GND 3 3 A13 VDD 6 A14 GND 7
8 8 10 10 J141 1 1 3 3
MIDDLE DRAWER 1 PAPER STOP SENSOR 3 S31
PWRGT-1A 9
B9
A7 A8
PURGC-0A +24VC
J144 MIDDLE DRAWER J144 TRAY UP 1 SENSOR/ 2 PMEMP-1A MIDDLE DRAWER 3 EMPTY SENSOR 4 PMTOP-1A S34/S33 J150 MIDDLE DRAWER 2 PAPER START SENSOR 3 S32 1 3 LOWER DRAWER PAPER STOP SENSOR S35 J150 1 J148 2 PMFED-1A
J141 2 2 4 4
J163 2 2 4 4
A9 A11
A9 A10
PWRGC-0A +24VC
6 7
6 7
6 7
A12 A11 A12
A15 VDD 8 8 A17 GND 10 10 J155 VDD 1 1 A1 A3 GND 3 3
J148 8 8 10 10 J143 1 1 3 3
PLRGC-0A +24VC
PLRGT-1A
A16
4
A6 VDD 6 A7 GND 7 6 7 6 7 6 7
J148 LOWER DRAWER J148 TRAY UP 1 SENSOR/ 2 PLEMP-1A LOWER DRAWER 3 EMPTY SENSOR 4 PLTOP-1A S38/S37 J152 2 3 LOWER DRAWER PAPER START SENSOR S36 J152 1 PLFED-1A
J143 2 2 4 4
J155 2 2 4 4
NOTE: 5480 ONLY
A13 B13 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 +36VA +36VA DG36 DG36 PFMCK-1A VDD GND PFMOM-0A GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A2 A4
A5
DRAWER PAPER DRIVE MOTOR

M31
E
manuals4you.com
7 - 13 Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 2 of 2)
Paper Feed/Paper Transport (Sheet 2 of 2)

A
J335 2 5 6 GND GND VDD GND J680 13 A13 A2 10 A10 A5 9 A9 A6 11 A11 A4 J731 2 3 4 J683 2
B
J682 2 J684 LCC DOOR SWITCH 1 SW24 J682 1
C
J731 1 5 J683 1
D
J680 A1 A14 14 A7 A8 8 J335 LCDOR-1A 1 LCBTM-1A 7 J337 1 3 GND VDD
E
J694 3 1 J695 3 1 J696 3 1 UPPER DRAWER CLOSED SENSOR S20 MIDDLE DRAWER CLOSED SENSOR S47 LOWER DRAWER CLOSED SENSOR S48 J694 2 J695 2 J696 2 PCSTU-1A J337 2
MAIN LOGIC PWA
J684 LCC TRAY 3 2 DOWN SENSOR 1 S40 LCC POSITION SWITCH SW23 UPPER DRAWER PAPER STOP SENSOR S27 LCC PAPER START SENSOR S25 LCC TRAY UP SENSOR S39 LCC PAPER EMPTY SENSOR S26 BYPASS FEED SENSOR S22 LCC PWA INDICATES DOOR CLOSED/TRAY UP SWITCH MOVES TRAY DOWN FOR PAPER LOADING BYPASS PICKUP SOLENOID SOL5 BYPASS PAPER WIDTH DETECTION SWITCH SW21 LCC/ BYPASS FEED MOTOR M32 39.8 OHMS J716 2 J719 2 1 J685 2 J714 3 J715 2
2 J685
A3 A12 12
LCSET-1A 3 PURGT-0A 8
MAIN LOGIC PWA
4 6
GND VDD
PCSTM-1A
9 10
VDD GND
6 A6 A9 5 A5 A10 J681 A1 A14 A2 A13
1 3 J714 1 2 J715
A8 A7 7
7 9
GND VDD
PCSTL-1A
MAIN LOGIC PWA
12 13
VDD GND
3 A3 A12 2 A2 A13
J681 A12 A3
A14 A1 1
LCFED-1A 14
2
11 VDD 4 A4 A11 A4 A11 A5 A9
2
A10 A5 B1 B14 14 LCTOP-1A 15
1 3 J716
A9 A6 A7 A8 VDD GND J717 2 3 3 1 1 2
3 1 J719 1 3 J1 2 1 3 J718 1 2 2 1 J720 2 3 4 5 1 J646 4 3 2 1 5 2 3 4 5 1 J721 2 1
A7 A8
B2 B13 13
LCEMP-1A 16
B1 B14 B3 B12
B13 B2
B7 B8 8
SFBSW-1A 21
3
18 17
LCLED-1A LCKEY-1A
11 B11 B4 12 B12 B3
A11 A4 A12 A3 A10 A5
INTO COPIER B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 2 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 1 3 CONNECTOR J680 PIN ASSIGNMENTS
S1
19 20 22 23 24 25 26 +/- VOLTAGE DEPENDING ON CW OR CCW ROTATION 27 28
SFBSL-0A +24VC SFBSO-1A SFBS1-1A SFBS2-1A SFBS3-1A
10 B10 B5 9 B9 B6 7 6 5 4 3 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12
A13 A2 A14 A1 J681 B5 B10 B6 B9 B7 B8 B8 B7 B4 B11 B9 B6 B10 B5
STACK FEED BYPASS FEED

15.4 OHMS
MAIN LOGIC PWA
J336 B11 LCTRM-1A B12 LCTRM-0A
J693 1 1 2 2
J680 1 1 2 2 3 3
J731 6 7
J723 1 1 2 2
J723 3 3
LCC DOOR SWITCH 2 2 SW49 1
J723 4 4
C 1 2 LCC TRAY DRIVE MOTOR M30 4,6 OHMS
LCTRM-1A LCFDM-1A
2 B2 B13 1 B1 B14
TO CHASSIS
7 - 14 Fuser/Copy Exit
Fuser/Copy Exit
A
J326 A1 A3 VDD GND J501 4 4 17 17 J505 2
B
J509 1 3 FUSER ROLLER THERMISTOR (UPPER CENTER)
t TH1 FUSER ROLLER THERMISTOR (UPPER REAR)
o o
C
FUSER EXIT SENSOR S10 J505 3 J509 2 J326 J501 EXTSW-1A A2 5 5 J325
D
J660 A12 +24VA2 1 A13 EXITF-0A 2 DRUM/ CLEANER COOLING FAN MOTOR M19 J639 3 1 J641 3 1 J640 4 6 3 1 EXIT SENSOR S17 REVERSING SENSOR S18 EXIT DOOR CLOSED SENSOR S19 J639 2 J641 2 J640 2 5
MAIN LOGIC PWA
A4 THMU+-1A 7
19 19 THMU--1A
A5
MAIN LOGIC PWA
J332 3 5 6 8 9 11
A8 STHU+-1A 8 B2 +5VSW 6 A6 THML+-1A 9 GND A10 USSR+-1A A11 GND A12 SSSR+-1A A13 +36VA B4 +36VA B5 DG36 B6 DG36 B7 HTRCK-1A B8 VDD B9 GND B10 HTRMT-0A B11 GND B12 HTRML-0A B13
8 6 9 J726 2 1 4 3 CN1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 t TH2 6 PRESSURE ROLLER THERMISTOR J507 (LOWER) J507 TH3 1 2 t SSR1 (BLACK) + SOLID (YELLOW) SSR2 - STATE RELAY (BLUE) + SOLID (WHITE) - STATE RELAY
o
4 1
STHU 20 20 A9 FUSSW-1A B3 18 18 21 21 THML A7
J637 GND 3 3 VDD 1 5 J638 GND 6 1 VDD 4 3 GND 3 VDD 1
J332 J637 TRNSW-0A 4 4 2 J638 2 5 EXCSW-0A 7
MAIN LOGIC PWA
2 TRNES-0A 10
FUSER DRIVE MOTOR

M18
DETAILED ON 7.1 AC INPUT.

FUSER LAMP
3
L3 (SECONDARY LAMP) 600W 2,3 OHMS FUSER LAMP
L2 (PRIMARY LAMP) 700W 2,0 OHMS
E
manuals4you.com
7 - 15 Duplexer
Duplexer
A
J329 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 B1 B5 B6 B7 B8 +36VA +36VA DG36 DG36 ADUCK-1A VDD GND ADMON-0A GND +24VC HTRF-0A +24VC RVSF-0A CN1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J661 1 2 J740 2 1 J516
J413 14 13 ATRCOA +24V
MAIN LOGIC PWA
DUPLEXER DRIVE MOTOR M24 FUSER FAN MOTOR M20 EXIT FAN MOTOR M27 +24V DG
DUPLEXER PWA
12 10
GND VDD
DUPLEXER TRANSPORT 145 ROLLER OHMS CLUTCH CL1 J413 J607 J607 DUPLEXER ADRGT-1A 11 3 REGISTRATION 2 1 SENSOR S8 2 1 J606 3 1 J605 2 1 J604 DUPLEXER PAPER FEED SENSOR S6 DUPLEXER GATE ROLLER SOLENOID SOL1 DUPLEXER REVERSING CLUTCH CL2 DUPLEXER FORWARD ROTATION CLUTCH CL3 J606 2 ADFED-1A 8
J608
D
J416 1 3 VDD GND +24V ENDMA0A ENDMC0A ENDMB0A ENDMD0A +24V SIDMA0A SIDMC0A SIDMB0A SIDMD0A J713 1 1 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 J612 1 3 J613 1 2 3 4 5 J614 1 2 3 4 5 J615 14 14 16 16 1 3
E
DUPLEXER LENGTH GUIDE HOME POSITION SENSOR S4 J612 2 ADEND-1A J713 2 2 J416 2
DUPLEXER PWA
9 7 6 5 J419 1 2 J414 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 2 1 J415 1 2 4 3
GND VDD AGIDSOA +24V
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
DUPLEXER LENGTH GUIDE MOTOR M8
DUPLEXER PWA
170 OHMS
J671 B3 +24VC 1 1 B4 DG 2 2 J328
DUPLEXER WIDTH GUIDE MOTOR M9 J615 DUPLEXER STACK TRAY 2 ADEMP-1A EMPTY SENSOR S7 15 15 15
1 2 3 NOT CONNECTED 4
1 2 3 4 NOT CONNECTED
REVCLOB +24V
2 1
145 OHMS
14 16
VDD GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 NOT CONNECTED
STKCL-0A ENDMD-0A ENDMC-0A ENDMB-0A ENDMA-0A SIDMD-0A SIDMC-0A SIDMB-0A SIDMA-0A ADCNT-1A GND GND +5VSW VDD NOT USED ADFED-1A ADTR2-1A ADTR1-1A ADEND-1A ADRGT-1A ADSID-1A ADEMP-1A AFEDC-0A AGIDS-0A APIKS-0A ARGTC-0A ATRC-0A
A14 A14 A1 A1 A13 A13 A2 A13 A12 A12 A3 A3 A11 A11 A4 A4 A10 A10 A5 A5 A9 A9 A6 A6 A8 A8 A7 A7 A7 A7 A8 A8 A6 A6 A9 A9 A5 A5 A10 A10 A4 A4 A11 A1 A3 A3 A12 A12 A2 A2 A13 A13 A1 A1 A14 A14 B1 B1 B14 B14 B2 B2 B13 B13 B3 B3 B12 B12 B4 B4 B11 B11 B5 B5 B10 B10 B6 B6 B9 B9 B7 B7 B8 B8 B8 B8 B7 B7 B9 B9 B6 B6 B10 B10 B5 B5 B11 B11 B4 B4 B12 B12 B3 B3 B13 B13 B2 B2 B14 B14 B1 B1
STKCL-0A ENDMD-0A ENDMC-0A ENDMB-0A ENDMA-0A SIDMD-0A SIDMC-0A SIDMB-0A SIDMA-0A ADCNT-1A GND GND +5VSW VDD NOT USED ADFED-1A ADTR2-1A ADTR1-1A ADEND-1A ADRGT-1A ADSID-1A ADEMP-1A AFEDC-0A AGIDS-0A APIKS-0A ARGTC-0A ATRC-0A REVCL-0B
J603 STKCLDA 2 +24V 1 J609 +24V ARGTCOA 1 2 J610
145 OHMS
17 19
VDD GND
17 17 19 19
J616 DUPLEXER J616 WIDTH GUIDE ADSID1A 1 HOME POSITION 2 SENSOR 3 S9 J617 1 3 DUPLEXER TRANSPORT SENSOR 1 S5 J617 2 ADTR1-1A
18 18
18
DUPLEXER REGISTRATION 148 OHMS CLUTCH CL4 DUPLEXER FEED CLUTCH CL5 DUPLEXER TRANSPORT SENSOR 2 S3 149 OHMS J618 2 J417 ADTR2-1A 2
20 22
VDD GND
20 20 22 22
21 21
21
3 4 J417 3 1
+24V AFEDCOA
1 2
GND VDD
J618 1 3
J332
MAIN LOGIC PWA
1 STKSL-0A 2 +24VA 3 5 GND VDD
J637 5 1 4 2 J639 3 1 3 5 3 1 J640 3 1
J636 2 1 1 2 REVERSING SENSOR S18 REVERSING/ EXIT SENSOR S17
EXIT/ DUPLEX GATE 75 OHMS SOLENOID SOL4 J332 J639 J637 TRNSW-0A 4 2 2 4 J640
MAIN LOGIC PWA

4
9 11
GND VDD
J638 3 4 1 6
2 TRNES-0A
J638 5 2
10
Control Panel
A B C D E F
MAIN LOGIC PWA

2
NOTE: CUT BLACK JUMPER WIRE WHEN INSTALLING KEY COUNTER KIT J323 J655 KEY COUNT PULSE 1 B1 COUNTER (OPTION) +24VA B2 2 ENABLE B3 3 GND C 4 B4 J331 29 30 31 32 J330 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 EXPON-0 (NOT CONNECTED) GND GND SYSRST-0 VDD SERR-0A SACK-0A SBSY-0A STS-0A CERR-0A CACK-0A CBSY-0A CMD-0A DG +24VA +24VB CTRON-0A CTRON-1A GND J675 20 29 19 30 18 31 17 32 J729 2 2 1 1 5 5 3 3 CN6 (ORANGE) 2 1 5 3 TOTAL COUNTER J102 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1
J105 2 29 24 19 17 VDD VDD GND GND VDD 14 29 24 19 17 A2 B14 B9 B4 B2 J733 A14 B14 B9 B4 B2 J733 A15 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 B15 B13 B12 B11 B10 B8 B7 B6 B5 B3 B1 INV5V (ORANGE) SG5 LDON0-0A LDON1-0A LDLTH-1A LDDAT-1A LDCLK-1A CPPOW-1A BZON-0A INVGND YD-1A WF-1A LP-1A XSCL-1A LCDEN-1A UD0-1A UD1-1A UD2-1A UD3-1A RXD0-1A TXD0-1A CTS0-0A RTS0-0A CPRST-0A LED5V (BLUE) A1 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 B1 B3 B4 B5 B6 B8 B9 B10 B11 B13 B15 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 28 30 J105 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 30 28 27 26 25 23 22 21 19 17 16
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA
CONTROL PANEL
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA

2
E
manuals4you.com
7 - 17 Optional Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2)
Optional Equipment (Sheet 1 of 2)

A B C D E
GND PCCNT3-0A CTS3-0A DTR3-0A DSR3-0A RTS3-0A RXD3-1A TXD3-1A CN1 B37 B38 B39 B40 B41 B42 B43 B44 B45 B46 B47 B48 B49 B50 B51 B52 B53 B54 B55 B56 B57 B58 B59 B60 B61 B62 PRINT CONTROLLER PWA (OPTION) J120 5 1 8 4 6 7 2 3
J1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A32 A33 A34 A35 A36 A37 A38 A39 A40 A41 A42 A43 A44 A45 A46 A47 A48 A49 CONNECTED CONNECTED CONNECTED CONNECTED VDD LANINT-0A NOT CONNECTED VDD NOT CONNECTED VDD LANCNT-0 GND GND PWRON2-1 PRST-0 VDD SCSCNT-0 GND LANID-1 AD30-1 +3,3V AD28-1 AD26-1 GND AD24-1 SCSID-1 +3,3V AD22-1 AD20-1 GND AD18-1 AD16-1 +3,3V FRAME-0 GND TRDY-0 GND STOP-0 +3,3V SDONE-1 SBO-0 GND PAR-1 AD15-1 +3,3V AD13-1 AD11-1 GND AD9-1 NOT NOT NOT NOT
CN1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A32 A33 A34 A35 A36 A37 A38 A39 A40 A41 A42 A43 A44 A45 A46 A47 A48 A49
J1
CN1 A50 A51 A52 A53 A54 A55 A56 A57 A58 A59 A60 A61 A62 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 B33 B34 B35 B36
J103 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J1
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA
MOTHER LOGIC PWA
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA
FLASH ROM (BOOT)

2
A50 NOT CONNECTED A51 NOT CONNECTED CBE0-0 A52 +3,3V A53 AD6-1 A54 AD4-1 A55 GND A56 AD2-1 A57 AD0-1 A58 VDD A59 REQ64-0 A60 VDD A61 VDD A62 NOT CONNECTED B1 B2 NOT CONNECTED GND B3 NOT CONNECTED B4 VDD B5 VDD B6 SCSINT-0A B7 B8 NOT CONNECTED B9 NOT CONNECTED LANREQ-0 B10 NOT CONNECTED B11 GND B12 GND B13 PCICLK4 B14 GND B15 PCICLK5 B16 GND B17 SCSREQ-0 B18 VDD B19 AD31-1 B20 AD29-1 B21 GND B22 AD27-1 B23 AD25-1 B24 +3,3V B25 CBE3-0 B26 AD23-1 B27 GND B28 AD21-1 B29 AD19-1 B30 +3,3V B31 AD17-1 B32 CBE2-0 B33 GND B34 IDRY-0 B35 +3,3V B36
MOTHER LOGIC PWA
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA
PERSONAL COMPUTER
DVSL-0 B37 GND B38 LOCK-0 B39 PERR-0 B40 +3,3V B41 SERR-0 B42 +3,3V B43 CBE1-0 B44 AD14-1 B45 GND B46 AD12-1 B47 AD10-1 B48 GND B49 NOT CONNECTED B50 B51 NOT CONNECTED AD8-1 B52 AD7-1 B53 +3,3V B54 AD5-1 B55 AD3-1 B56 GND B57 AD1-1 B58 VDD B59 ACK64-0 B60 VDD B61 VDD B62
MOTHER LOGIC PWA
NIC CARD (OPTION)
J405
J140 3VSYS 3VSYS SG3SYS SG3SYS 5VSYS 5VSYS SG5SYS SG5SYS PWRDN-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PWA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7 - 18 Optional Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2)
Optional Equipment (Sheet 2 of 2)

A
J1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 J110 1 3 +24V GND IORST-0A GND DATA7-1A DATA8-1A DATA6-1A DATA9-1A DATA5-1A DATA10-1A DATA4-1A DATA11-1A DATA3-1A DATA12-1A DATA2-1A DATA13-1A DATA1-1A DATA14-1A DATA0-1A DATA15-1A GND NOT CONNECTED IDREQ-1A GND DIOWR-0A GND DIORD-0A GND IOCRDY-1A NOT CONNECTED IDACK-0A GND HIREQ-1A NOT CONNECTED ADR1-1A NOT CONNECTED ADR0-1A ADR2-1A CSA0-0A CSA1-0A DASP-0 GND CN1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
C
J327 J1 GND VDD AD0 AD2 AD4 AD6 1/00 1/02 1/04 1/06 GND WE CSIP2-0A VDD IPCSW-0 GND VDD AD1 AD3 AD5 AD7 1/01 1/03 1/05 1/07 GND OE IPRRST-0A VDD GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA
HARD DISK DRIVE (HDD)
MAIN LOGIC PWA
IPC-PWA FINISHER INTERFACE ON MAIN LOGIC PWA
2
J2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 JS1 1 2 3 4 9 10
GND
FINISHER
3
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PWA
J409 4 3 GND 24V 1 2 1 2 11 12 VIEW INTO REAR OF COPIER 1 2 TOP 7 6 5 4 3 12 11 10 9 8 BOTTOM CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS
SYSTEM COOLING FAN MOTOR M7
E
manuals4you.com
7 - 19 F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 1 of 2)
F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 1 of 2)
J12A 10 11 J12B 9 10 12B J12B 6
J24 7 8 EXIT L
A 5 9 2
A 4 J208 DELAY 8 J11 1 J11 2 9 J6 4 J6 1 11
J208 3
5 J9A
J20 A
J9A
4 3 J17 7 8
J12B
2 J17 7 8
+24VDC BELT DISENGAGE J500 2 1 1 2 J501
2 1 1 2
10
7 8
5 4 J9B 10 9 8 7 6 J9A +24V ESCPSL
3 4
SOL407 BELT DISENGAGE 1 SOLENOID
J20 B
6 A
J9B 1 2 +24V PDLSL
J20 B
7 - 20 F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 2 of 2)
F580/F580S Finisher (Sheet 2 of 2)

A
J2 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 1 4 5 2 3 NOT CONNECTED 6 NOT CONNECTED 7 NOT CONNECTED NOT CONNECTED J1 NOT CONNECTED +24 1 GND 2 FG1 FG1 NOT CONNECTED RXD GND TXD GND J7 1 4 5 J12 13 C
B
J206 1 SHUTTER CLOSED SWITCH C NC NO
C
J206 3 2 J7 NC NO 3 2
D
J16 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 3 4 5 6 1 J8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 +24 +24 FEED 2 MOTOR BFEED 2 MOTOR AFEED 2 MOTOR B FEED 2 MOTOR A +24 PASS MOTOR BPASS MOTOR APASS MOTOR B PASS MOTOR A NOT CONNECTED J138 6 1 5 2 4 3 3 4 2 5 1 6 J300 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 5 4 3 2 1
COPIER
SW404 CORE J115 CORE SHIFT MTR + 2 TRAY DRIVE SHIFT MTR - 1 MOTOR M405 TRAY DRIVE MOTOR THERMAL J135 J135 LIMIT SWITCH GND 1 2 THERMOSW TSW401
FEED MOTOR 2 M408
J12 14
FINISHER LOGIC PWA

CB1 125 VAC 3,15A
6 5
+5V GND J202 +5V 9 1 GND 8 2 J117 3 2
J130 1 2
PAPER TRAY J130 HOME 3 POSITION SENSOR S408 FINISHER INTERLOCK SENSOR S415 J117 1
ENTRANCE PAPER FEED MOTOR M407 J304 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 J305 J307 5 5 9 9 6 6 10 10 7 7 1 1 3 3 2 2 4 4 8 8 11 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 FG11
TRAY H.P. SNS
TO COPIER 12 7 2 11 6 10 5 9 4 8 3 1 FINISHER CABLE CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS
1 2
3 2
1 JOINT SNS
J202 3 7
FINISHER LOGIC PWA

STPL MOVE MOTOR A STPL MOVE MOTOR B STPL MOVE MOTOR ASTPL MOVE MOTOR BSTPL MOVE MOTOR +24V READY CONNECT STAPLE H.P. NO CARTRIDGE HOOK SENSE STAPLE MOTOR +5V STAPLE MOTOR GND STAPLE MOTOR V STAPLE MOTOR W STAPLE MOTOR Y
J301
CORE J302
STAPLE UNIT
STAPLE PWA4
RIBBON CABLE
STAPLE PWA3
J306 1 2 STAPLER 3 POSITIONING MOTOR 4 M404 5
FINISHER LOGIC PWA

2
10 +5V 11 GND J15 10 +5V 11 GND 4 NOT USED 5 NOT USED 6 NOT USED 1 +5V 2 GND J203 7 +5V 5 1 8 GND 4 2
J400 TRAY DRIVE J400 MOTOR TIMING 3 SENSOR 1 S409 2 TRAY DRIVE MOTOR ENCODER PWA 6 TRAY DRIVE 4 5 MOTOR TIMING SENSOR S419
SHIFT CLK 1
12 J15
STAPLER CAM DRIVE MOTOR M406
SHIFT CLK 2
12
3
J210 J12 3 1 9 J14
J113 3 2 J110 3 2
FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SENSOR S416 BUFFER PATH PAPER SENSOR S414
J113 1 J110 1
J12 DOOR SNS 3
J210 +5V 3 1 7 8 GND 2 2
J129 3 2 3 2
STAPLER HOME POSITION SENSOR S407 J101 3 2 J102 3 2
J129 1 1
FG10 STAPL MOVE H.P. SNS
J203 3 3
BUFFER SNS
13 NOT CONNECTED 14 NOT CONNECTED
WIRE J14 J201 JACKETJ1010 1 +5V 6 1 3 1 2 GND 5 2 2 2 4 +5V 3 5 GND 2 J1020 3 1 2 2 FG7
TRAY 1 PAPER SENSOR S411 TRAY 2 PAPER SENSOR S412
J101 1 J102 1
NOT CONNECTED 7 WIRE NOT CONNECTED 8 J1010 JACKET J201 3 1 3 4 1ST TRAY SNS 3
4 5 FG6
J1020 1 1
1 2ND TRAY SNS 6 NOT CONNECTED 9
FG6
FG7
manuals4you.com
7 - 21 F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 1 of 2)
F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 1 of 2)
J18
J130
PAPER FOLDING HOME POSITION SENSOR S443
J130
J18
7 - 22 F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 2 of 2)
F580/F580S Saddle Stitcher (Sheet 2 of 2)
PICKUP
J3 J400 J206 COMMUNICATION
SHUTTER
NOT CONNECTED NOT CONNECTED J10 J500 J207 2 1 1 2
NOT CONNECTED NOT CONNECTED J1
SWITCH SW
SWITCH SW
manuals4you.com
7 - 23 F580/F580S Punch Unit (Sheet 1 of 1)
F580/F580S Punch Unit (Sheet 1 of 1)
7 - 24 F580/F580S Punch Unit Signal Abbreviations & Names
F580/F580S Punch Unit Signal Abbreviations & Names

Puncher Unit Abbreviation
DFULL FDROPN LEDON LEDON1 LEDON2 LEDON3 LEDON4 LEDON5 PAEND PUNCHHP PUNCHCLK SREG1 SREG2 SREG3 SREG4 SREGHP UDROPN
Signal Name
DUST FULL DETECT Signal FRONT DOOR OPEN DETECT SWITCH Signal LED ON Signal LED1 ON Signal LED2 ON Signal LED3 ON Signal LED4 ON Signal LED5 ON Signal PAPER END DETECT Signal PUNCH HOME POSITION DETECT Signal PUNCH MOTOR CLOCK DETECT Signal SIDE REGISTRATION DETECT Signal 1 SIDE REGISTRATION DETECT Signal 2 SIDE REGISTRATION DETECT Signal 3 SIDE REGISTRATION DETECT Signal 4 SIDE REGISTRATION HOME POSITION DETECT Signal UPPER DOOR OPEN DETECT SWITCH Signal
manuals4you.com
Section 8
Preventive Maintenance
8-1
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Section 8: Preventive Maintenance
Copier .................................................................................... 8-3 General Precautions ......................................................... 8-3 Copy PM Inspection ......................................................... 8-8 Copy Overhaul .................................................................. 8-9 Periodic Inspection Check List Symbols ......................... 8-10 Periodic Inspection Check List ....................................... 8-11 Periodical Maintenance Parts List .................................. 8-29 Periodical Maintenance Kits ........................................... 8-30 F580/F580S Finisher ............................................................ 8-32 Finisher Assembly .......................................................... 8-32 Saddle Stitcher Assembly ............................................... 8-32 Photoconductor Replacement............................................ 8-33
8-2
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Preventive Maintenance
8-3 Copier
Copier
General Precautions
1. Use the following precautions when storing copier supplies: A. Toner and developer should be stored in a place where the ambient temperature is between 50 to 95F (10 to 35 C) (no condensation), and should also be protected against direct sunlight during transportation. B. OPC drums should be stored in a dark place where the ambient temperature is between 50 to 95F (10 to 35 C) (no condensation). Drums should not be stored where they can be subjected to high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes. C. Drum cleaning blades should be stored in a flat place where the ambient temperature is between 50 to 95F (10 to 35 C), and should also be protected against high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes. D. Fuser and pressure rollers should not be subjected to high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes. E. Cleaning rollers should not be subjected to high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes. They should also be stored in a flat place. F. Copy paper should not be stored in places where it may be subjected to high humidity. After a package is opened, be sure to store it in a storage bag. 2. Examine and clean the OPC Drum: A. Wear gloves to prevent fingerprints or oil from adhere to the drum surface, the characteristics of the photosensitive drum may degrade, affecting the quality of the copy image. DO NOT touch the drum surface with your bare hands! B. The OPC drum surface is very sensitive, be sure to handle the drum carefully when installing and removing it to prevent surface damage. C. Lubricating powder should be applied to the entire surface of the drum and separation fingers on the cleaner before installing the drum in the machine. When the drum has been replaced with a new one, the drum life counter (Setting mode/code 08-401) must be cleared to 0 (zero).

Note: The application of lubricating powder reduces friction between the drum, cleaning blade, and separation fingers. If the application of lubricating powder is neglected, the drum and cleaning blade may be damaged. Note: When paper fibers adhere to the cleaning blade edge, they may reduce the cleaning efficiency and, in addition, may damage the blade and the drum. Be sure to remove any fibers found adhering to the blade. D. Install the copier and store the drum where they are not subjected to high temperature, high humidity, chemicals and/or their fumes. DO NOT leave drums in a brightly lit area. Otherwise the drum will fatigue, and will not produce sufficient image density immediately after being installed in the machine. The degradation of the drums surface may decrease over a period of time. E. Clean the drum at periodic maintenance calls. Remove your rings and wristwatch and wear gloves before starting cleaning work to prevent accidental damage to the drum. Wipe the entire surface of the drum clean using the designated cleaning cotton. Use sufficiently thick cleaning cotton (dry soft pad) to prevent scratching the drum surface. Do not use alcohol, selenium refresher and other organic solvents or silicon oil as they will have an adverse effect on the drum. F. If the OPC drums surface is scratched severely enough to expose the aluminum substrate, no copy image will be produced on this area. The cleaning blade will be damaged so replacement with a new drum will be necessary. G. Follow local rules/regulations when collecting used OPC drums for disposal.
8-4 Copier
manuals4you.com

3. Examine and clean the drum cleaning blade and the transfer belt cleaning blade: A. The length of life for each cleaning blade is determined by the condition of its edge. Refer to the following handling procedures: 1). Do not allow hard objects to hit or rub against the blades edge. Do not rub the edge with a cloth or soft pad. 2). Avoid getting or leaving oil (or fingerprints, etc.) on the edge. 3). Do not apply solvents such as paint thinner to contact the blade. 4). Do not allow loose thread or dirt to contact the blade edge. 5). Do not place the blade near a heat source. B. Clean the blade edge with a cloth moistened with water and then squeezed lightly. 4. Examine, clean, and replace the fuser cleaning and oiler rollers: A. Never allow solvents such as paint thinner to contact or adhere to the cleaning rollers. B. The following conditions can cause poor removal of toner from the fuser roller: 1). The condition of the fuser rollers cleaning roller 1 (dust roller) can be determined by the amount of toner deposited on the fuser roller. If toner adheres to the fuser roller, replace cleaning roller 1. 2). When the cleaning roller has heavy toner deposits, the fuser rollers surface may be stained with toner. If this condition exists, replace the cleaning roller. 3). Due to being constantly subjected to heat from the fuser roller (over a long period of time) cleaning rollers will gradually be degraded. 4). Cleaning rollers should be replaced after approximately 400,000 (5565), 340,000 (5555), and 440,000 (5580) copies have been made.
8-5 Copier

5. Examine and clean the fuser roller and the pressure roller: A. Use the following precautions/procedures when checking and handling the fuser roller. 1). Do not leave oil (fingerprints, etc.) on the roller. 2). Be extremely careful not to allow a sharp or pointed object to hit or rub against the fuser roller because the thin Teflon layer coated on the aluminum substrate is easily damaged, and if damaged, will result in defective fusing. 3). Also check the condition of the cleaning rollers. B. Use the following precautions/procedures when checking, handling the pressure roller 1). Do not leave oil (fingerprints, etc.) on the pressure roller. 2). Check for staining and damage on the roller. Clean or replace as necessary. 3). Clean the stripper fingers and check for damaged fingers. 4). Check the condition of the cleaning roller. 5). Check the thermistors for proper contact with the fuser and pressure roller. 6). Check the fused condition of the toner image. 7). Check the pressure between the fuser roller and the pressure roller using a nip print. 8). Check the fuser and pressure rollers for proper rotation. C. When the fuser and pressure rollers becomes dirty, they may cause paper jams. Use the following procedures to clean the rollers: 1). Carefully wipe the roller surface clean with cotton moistened in alcohol. For more effective cleaning, clean the roller while it is still warm. Note: Be careful not to rub the Teflon coated surface of the fuser roller with your fingernails or hard objects because it is easily damaged.
8-6 Copier
manuals4you.com

6. Examine, clean, and replace the transfer belt: A. DO NOT touch the belt surface with your bare hands. B. Be very careful that oil or other foreign matter does not come into contact with the belts surface. C. DO NOT let alcohol or other organic solvents contact the belt. D. Be very careful when examining, handling, and/or replacing the belt that its surface does not receive any scratches. E. Replace the belt when necessary and when its replacement cycle is due. 7. Examine, clean, and replace the transfer belt charge roller: A. DO NOT touch the charge roller surface with your bare hands. B. Be careful not to scratch or hit the charge surface. C. Replace the roller when necessary and when its replacement cycle is due. 8. Examine, clean, and replace the transfer belt cleaning brush: A. DO NOT touch the surface of the brush with your bare hands. B. Replace the brush when necessary and when its replacement cycle is due. 9. Examine, clean, and install the transfer belt cleaning blade: A. Do not touch the edge of the blade with bare hands. B. Replace the cleaning blade when necessary or when its replacement cycle is due.
8-7 Copier

Copy PM Inspection
Copy PM Inspection 340,000 (5555), 400,000 (5565), and 440,000 (5580) 1. Preparation A. Consult the copier operator about present machine conditions and take notes. B. Before starting maintenance, make a few sample copies for comparison during servicing. C. Turn the power switch OFF and disconnect the power cord plug. 2. Periodic inspection should be conducted in accordance with the Periodic Inspection Check list. Perform the inspection by referring to the figures, as well as appropriate Service Manual explanations. 3. After completing the inspection, plug the machine in and turn the power switch ON. Check the general operation by making a few copies and comparing them to those made previously.
8-8 Copier
manuals4you.com

Copy Overhaul
Copy Overhaul 680,000 (5555), 800,000 (5565), and 880,000(5580) 1. Replace all consumables. 2. Replace any damaged components in the drive sections (gear, pulley, timing/drive belt, etc.). 3. Replace damaged components affected by peeling of adhered parts (tape, Mylar sheet, etc.). 4. Check and replace any switches and sensors that do not operate properly. 5. Thoroughly clean the inside of the machine. Note: 1. Before inspecting and overhauling the 3-drawer feed section, remove the drawer top aligning assembly and drawer feed assembly from the copier. 2. When lubricating components, do not allow oil to come into contact with the rollers, belts, or belt pulleys. 3. The consumable replacement cycle refers to the number of sheets fed through each system. 4. The first number value indicates the 5565, and the second number value (***) is for the 5555 with the 5580 number value appearing last without parentheses. Example: Specification 5565
value value
8-9 Copier
(5555)
(value) (value)
5580
value value
The service explanations for numbers preceded by an asterisk (example: *22) in the Notes column are found on following pages.

Periodic Inspection Check List Symbols
Clean
A = Alcohol C = Soft pad, cloth, or vacuum cleaner
8 - 10 Copier
Lubrication
ZO = Zoom Oil SO = Silicon Oil WG = White grease (Krytox GPL 206)
Replacement
R = Replace in event of deformation or other damage 100: Every 100,000 copies 340: Every 340,000 copies 400: Every 400,000 Copies 440: Every 440,000 Copies
Operation Checks
CH = Check for abnormalities after cleaning or replacement with the copier ON.
Note: Refer to the symbols above when cleaning, lubricating, or replacing components.
manuals4you.com

Periodic Inspection Check List
Note: The 5565 digital copier should be cleaned 1 time between 200,000 and 400,000 copies. Note: The 5555 digital copier should be cleaned 1 time between 170,000 and 340,000 copies. Note: The 5580 digital copier should be cleaned 1 time between 220,000 and 440,000 copies. Clean 5565 at 400,000 copies, 5555 at 340,000 copies, 5580 at 440,000 copies
C 400 (340) 440 100 C R 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 WG C C C C C 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440
8 - 11 Copier
Category
Component(s)
Lubricate 5565 at 400,000 copies, 5555 at 340,000 copies, 5580 at 440,000 copies
Replace Number of copies x 1,000

5565 (5555) 5580
Operation Check CH
Cleaner assembly
1. Overall assembly 2. Drum cleaning blade 3. Used toner container 4. Recovery blade 5. Separation Fingers (Drum) 6. Drum cleaning roller 7. Toner transport auger drive 8. Cleaner Assembly lower guide 8-1. Image density sensor 8-2. Drum shaft bearing
see note1
see note 2 CH see note 3 see note1 see note13
see note 22 see note 22
Drum
9. Discharge lamp (LED array) 10. Drum shaft 11. Drum 12. Ozone filter (for exit fan)
see note 4

Clean 5565 at 400,000 copies, 5555 at 340,000 copies, 5580 at 440,000 copies
C or A C C C C C C R CH CH C C or A C C/A C R C 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 C 400 (340) 440 CH
8 - 12 Copier
Category
Component(s)

5565 (5555) 5580
Operation Check CH
Scanner
13. Exposure glass 14. Exposure glass retainer 15. Mirror 1 16. Mirror 2 17. Mirror 3 18. Reflector 19. Lens 20. Exposure lamp 21. Copy area indicator 22. Automatic paper-size detector 23. Carriage Slide sheet (front, rear) 24. Intake Air filter 24-1. White reference sheet
see note 5
Charge Corona
25. Case 26. Charge corona wire 27. Rear terminal contact 28. Charge corona wire cleaning pads 29. Grid
see note 6 CH see note 6
Slit Glass
30. Copier slit glass
see note 20
manuals4you.com

C 400 (340) 440 C WG C or A C R R 400 (340) 440 WG A C C R R R R 800 (680) 880
8 - 13 Copier
Category
Component(s)

5565 (5555) 5580
Operation Check CH
Developer
31. Complete developer assembly 32. Developer material 33. Front mylar shield 34. Oil seal (9 positions) 35. Guide rollers 36. Intake duct filter 37. Toner filter 38. Toner hopper drive worm gear
see note 7
see note16
see note 5
Paper Feed System Main assembly
42. Registration roller 43. Paper guide 44. Paper dust brush 46. Surfaces of feed system drive gear teeth 47. Aligning assembly support brushing and pressure leaf spring
WG
see note 11

Clean 5565 at 400,000 copies, 5555 at 340,000 copies, 5580 at 440,000 copies Lubricate 5565 at 400,000 copies, 5555 at 340,000 copies, 5580 at 440,000 copies
8 - 14 Copier
Category
Component(s)

5565 (5555) 5580
Operation Check CH
Fuser assembly
69. Fuser roller (Teflon roller) 70. Pressure roller (rubber roller) 71. Upper separation finger 72. Lower separation finger 73. Cleaning roller 1 (dust) 74. Cleaning roller 2 (oiler/cleaner) 75. Cleaning roller 3 (main cleaning roller for the pressure roller) 75-1. Cleaning roller 4 (sub cleaning roller for the pressure roller) 76. Upper and lower thermistors 77. Fuser roller entrance guide 78. Fuser roller exit guide 79. Paper dust recovery bracket 80. Exit roller 81. Fuser roller/cleaning roller drive gear 82. Cleaning roller bushing A A A C A SO SO R R
400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440
see note 8 see note 8 see note 9 see note 9
400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440
see note10 see note10 see note10 see note10
manuals4you.com

8 - 15 Copier
Category
Component(s)

5565 (5555) 5580
Operation Check CH
Transfer Belt
83. Transfer belt 84. Transfer belt charge roller 85. Transfer belt cleaning brush roller 86. Transfer belt drive roller 87. Transfer belt follower roller 88. Transfer belt separation support roller 89-1. Transfer belt cleaning blade 89-2. Flicker plate C A A A R R R
400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440
see note 6 see note 7 see note 8
400 (340) 440
Note: When cleaning the flicker plate use

a brush. Pressing down on it with a vacuum cleaner nozzle will deform it. 89-3. Brass and plastic bushings 89-4. Transfer belt separation auxiliary roller bearing and brass bushing A ZO ZO

A A A A A ZO WG A 100 100 WG A C WG WG ZO 100 R
8 - 16 Copier
Category
Component(s)

5565 (5555) 5580
Operation Check CH
Duplexer (ADM)
90. Pickup roller 91. Feed roller 92. Separation belt 93. Transport rollers (1 through 4) 94. Registration roller 95. Brass and plastic bushings 96. Drive gear tooth surfaces 97. Exit/duplexer gate and main assembly exit section/duplex entrance roller
R R R R R
Drawers (1, 2, and 3)
48. Pickup roller 49. Feed roller 50. Separation roller 51. Registration roller 52. Paper guide 53. Tray drive worm shaft and gear (tooth surfaces) 54. Drive gear (tooth faces) 55. Brass and plastic bushings
see note14
see note 12
manuals4you.com

8 - 17 Copier
Category
Component(s)

5565 (5555) 5580
Operation Check CH
RADF
98. Pickup roller 99. Feed roller 100. Separation pad 101. Transport belt 102. Registration roller 103. Reversing roller 104. Empty sensor 105. Registration sensor 106. Size sensor 107. Exist sensor 108. Timing sensor 109. Transport belt cleaning brush A A C C C C C C
400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440

8 - 18 Copier
Category
Component(s)

5565 (5555) 5580
Operation Check CH
LCC
56. LCC pickup roller 57. LCC feed roller 58. LCC separation roller 59. Bypass pickup roller 60. Bypass feed roller 61. Bypass separation roller 62. Paper guide 63. Paper feed system drive gears 64. Brass and plastic bushings 65. Gear 66. Worm gear 67. Worm shaft 68. Wire pulley shaft C WG ZO WG WG WG WG WG WG 100 100 100
400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 400 (340) 440 see note 14
see note 14
see note15 see note15 see note15 see note15
manuals4you.com

Note: 1. Drum cleaning blade and cleaning roller: If proper cleaning of paper dust, etc. does not take place, the edge of the blade might be worn or damaged. Replace the blade regardless of the number of the copies made. Also, replace the cleaning roller at the same time. 2. Recovery blade: If the edge of the blade is worn or damaged, replace the blade regardless of the number of copies made. 3. Drum separation finger: If the tip of the separation finger has been damaged (e.g. worn coating) or finger marks are apparent in the copied image, replace the finger. To clean a separation finger, lightly wipe it with a dry cloth to remove bits of lint or debris. Always apply drum powder (lubricant) to a separation finger after cleaning, when installing a new one, and when replacing a drum. 4. Drum: Refer to General Precautions number 2. Examine and Clean the OPC Drum. 5. Air and dust filter: Replace the filter if it is dirty. 6. Charge corona wire and case: Carefully clean with a cloth that has been moistened with water and then squeezed lightly. 7. Developer material: After replacing the developer material, be sure to perform the auto-toner sensor adjustment. 8. Fuser roller and pressure roller: Refer to General Precautions number 5. Examine and Clean the fuser roller and pressure roller.
8 - 19 Copier

9. Fuser roller stripper fingers: Replace stripper fingers if: The edge of the finger is chipped. If toner is adhering to the fingers edge (The edge may be damaged if toner is forcibly scraped off). If its edge is heavily coated with toner. 10. Fuser cleaning and oiler rollers: Refer to General Precautions number 4. Examine, clean, and replace the fuser cleaning and oiler rollers. 11. Aligning assembly support bushing and pressure leaf spring:
Apply one drop of white grease to the inner surface of the bushings
8 - 20 Copier
Apply one drop of white grease to the surface of the pressure leaf spring
manuals4you.com

12. Apply white grease (Krytox GPL 206) to the tray drive worm shaft and to the surfaces of the gear teeth.
8 - 21 Copier

13. Toner transport auger drive section: Apply white grease (Krytox GPL 206) to the toner transport auger drive section (shown by arrow).
8 - 22 Copier
manuals4you.com

14. Drawer/LCC/Bypass Separation Rollers: Apply white grease to the separation roller shoulder.
8 - 23 Copier
Apply one drop of white grease to each of the metal shoulders 3 grooves.

15. LCC Drive assembly: Lubricate with the appropriate lubricants
oil
8 - 24 Copier
white grease oil oil
white grease
manuals4you.com

16. Oil Seal: Item
Mixer shaft Paddle shaft Developer magnet roller (U) Developer magnet roller (L) Transport roller 4 2 1 1 1 (mixer nozzle)
8 - 25 Copier
Qty
Replace the 9 oil seals on the developer shafts every 800,000 copies. During replacement, coat each oil seal with white grease (Krytox GPL 206). 1). Push in a new oil seal parallel to the mounting hole of the developer frame or outside of the mixer nozzle. Pay attention to the direction in which the oil seal is installed (refer to the illustration above). 2). Apply an even coat of grease to the inside of the oil seal. Amount: About two small drops 3). Wipe off any excess grease that oozes from the inside.
8 - 26 Copier
Mixer Shaft Apply a coating of white grease to the entire surface of the mixer shaft before installing the bearing.
17. Transfer belt: Refer to General Precautions number 6. Examine, Clean, and Replace the Transfer Belt. 18. Transfer belt charge roller: Refer to General Precautions number 7. Examine, Clean, and Replace the Transfer Belt Charge Roller. 19. Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush: Refer to General Precautions number 8. Examine, Clean, and Replace the Transfer Belt Cleaning Brush.
manuals4you.com

20. Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade: Refer to General Precautions number 3. Examine and Clean the Drum Cleaning Blade and the Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade.
8 - 27 Copier
21. Copier Slit Glass (between the optics and drum): Remove the slit glass, and clean the front and back sides.

22. Cleaning Assembly: Before using a vacuum cleaner to clean the cleaner assembly, connect a ground lead to the aluminum die cast on the rear of the cleaner (exit side). Carefully wipe the image density sensor with a cotton cloth or tissue. If the cleaner assembly is not grounded, static electricity may damage the image density sensor. If the sensors window is dirty, the sensor may not function properly.
8 - 28 Copier
Image density sensor
Use a cloth to carefully wipe the drums shaft bearing. If toner adheres to and then cakes up on the bearing surface, the drum shaft may bind, causing difficulty in removing the drum.
Bearing surface (for drum shaft)
manuals4you.com

Periodical Maintenance Parts List
The following table provides a list of contents of the Periodical Maintenance parts. Part Number
C480-0022 C480-0024 C2080-7814 c2080-7822 C2080-2450 C2080-2468 C2032-1378 C2090-4157 C2031-2666
8 - 29 Copier
Description
Developer, black Drum Image Process Area Kit Fuser PM Kit Filter/Paper Feed Kit RADF PM Kit Drawer Pick Up Roller Assembly Drawer Separation Roller Assembly Drawer Feed Roller Assembly
Life 5565/(5555)/5580
400/(340)/440 400/(340)/440 400/(340)/440 400/(340)/440 400/(340)/440 400/(340)/440 100 100 100

Periodical Maintenance Kits
The following tables provide a list of the Periodical Maintenance Kits. Image Process Area PM Kit (C2080-7814); Part Number
C2090-8513 C2050-8974 C2090-8570 C2069-5011 C2089-9308 C2074-6111 C2090-8588 C2080-7756 C2090-8604 C2090-8612
8 - 30 Copier
Description
Drum Cleaning Blade Drum Stripper Fingers Drum Cleaning Brush Charge Corona Wire Charge Corona Cleaning Pad Grid, Charge Corona Transfer Belt Transfer Belt Charge Roller Transfer Belt Cleaning Roller Brush Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade
Qty
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fuser PM Kit (C2080-7822): Part Number

C2090-8521 C2090-8539 C2083-7019 C2090-8547 C2090-8562 C2090-8554 C2080-7764
Description
Fuser Roller Pressure Roller Stripper Finger, Fuser Roller Fuser Roller Oiler Cleaning Roller #1 Fuser Dust Roller #3 Pressure Roller Cleaning Roller #2 Pressure Roller Sub Cleaning Roller #4
Qty
1 1 6 1 1 1 1
manuals4you.com

Filter/Paper Feed PM Kit (C2080-2450): Part Number
C2089-6619 C2090-6559 C2031-2732 C2031-2724 C2090-4165
8 - 31 Copier
Description
Ozone Filter Toner Air Filter (developer) Pick Up Roller LCC Feed Roller, LCC Separation Roller, LCC
Qty
1 1 1 1 1
RADF PM Kit (C2080-2468): Part Number

C2090-5170 C2090-5147 C2090-5410 C2090-5980
Description
Pick Up Roller, RADF Feed Roller, RADF Separation Pad, RADF Transport Belt, RADF
Qty
1 1 1 1
F580/F580S Finisher
Finisher Assembly
The finisher assembly does not have components that have set periodic replacement intervals. It does have components that have estimated life spans and they should be checked after reaching the estimated number of operations/copies to see if replacement is required. Name
Stapler Paddle Roller
Estimated Life
500,000 operations 1,000,000 copies
The components listed in the following table require periodic service. Name
Knurled feed belt Paddle roller
Interval
Copiers minimum servicing interval Cleaning
Work
Remarks
Use a moist cloth (alcohol)
Saddle Stitcher Assembly

The saddle stitcher assembly does not have components that have set periodic replacement intervals. It does have components that have estimated life spans and they should be checked after reaching the estimated number of operations/copies to see if replacement is required. Name
Stitcher
Estimated Life
200,000 operations
manuals4you.com
8 - 33 Photoconductor Replacement
Photoconductor Replacement
Note: Failure to reset the drum counter to zero (0) will cause the automatic system that compensates for drum life to be incorrect and result in copy quality that is not optimum. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Remove the developer assembly from the copier. Remove the charge corona. Remove the cleaner assembly (which contains the drum). Remove the drum thermistor. Rotate the service cam until it locks to move the cleaning blade away from the drum. Remove the drum shaft. Remove the drum from the cleaner assembly. Remove the 3 front flange screws from the drum assembly and remove the flange. Hold the drum in a vertical position by the rear flange and remove the drum. Install the new drum into the flanges.
Note: Keep the drum covered. The next three steps contain replacement parts found in the 5555 340K, 5565 400K, and 5580 440K PM kits. 11. Replace the drum cleaning blade. 12. Replace the drum cleaning brush. 13. Replace the drum stripper fingers. 14. Clean the ID sensor. 15. Perform a 340K/400K/440K PM if necessary. 16. Install the drum and drum shaft into the cleaner assembly. 17. Rotate the service cam back to release the cleaning blade.
8 - 34 Photoconductor Replacement
18. Lubricate the drum using the lubrication powder. Rotate the drum manually. Lubricate the drum using the lubrication powder twice. Do not get lubrication powder on the surface of the ID sensor. 19. Reassemble all assemblies and install them into the machine. 20. Reset the drum counter to zero (0) using the 08 mode code 401. 21. Perform the charge corona grid voltage adjustments (codes 05-210-0, 05-210-1, 05-210-2, and 05-212). 22. Perform the Auto-Toner sensor adjustment if the developer material was replaced. 23. Perform the developer bias adjustments (codes 05-205-0, 05-205-1, 05-205-2, 05-203, 05-207, and 05-216).
manuals4you.com
Section 9 Audit Information

9-1
5555/5565/5580 Service Information Audit Information
9-2 Change Record
Change Record
Update Number Date
February, 2001
Chapter affected
All All
Pages affected
Comments (reason for update)

Initial issue
manuals4you.com
Parts Information
5555/5565/5580
5555/5565/5580 Digital Copier
Illustrated Parts Manual

* PARTS MENU *
IPB - 1
manuals4you.com
Table of Contents
5555/5565/5580 Digital Copier Illustrated Parts Manual
Cover Assembly 1 ................................................................... 4 Cover Assembly 2 ................................................................... 7 Cover Assembly 3 ................................................................... 9 Control Panel ........................................................................ 11 Base Frame .......................................................................... 14 Lower Frame 1 ...................................................................... 16 Lower Frame 2 ...................................................................... 19 PFP Drive 1 .......................................................................... 21 PFP Drive 2 .......................................................................... 23 PFP Drive 3 .......................................................................... 26 PFP Feeder 1 ....................................................................... 28 PFP Feeder 2 ....................................................................... 31 LCF Frame ............................................................................ 34 LCF Drive .............................................................................. 37 Feed Guide ........................................................................... 40 LCF Feeder ........................................................................... 42 LCF Feeder Stay .................................................................. 45 Manual Feeder Drive ............................................................ 48 Manual Tray .......................................................................... 51 ADD Frame ........................................................................... 54 ADD Drive ............................................................................. 57 ADD Open Guide .................................................................. 60 ADD Stacking ....................................................................... 62 ADD Feeder .......................................................................... 65 ADD Aligning ........................................................................ 68 Aligning Roller ....................................................................... 71 TRU Drive ............................................................................. 73 Transport Belt 1 .................................................................... 76 Transport Belt 2 .................................................................... 79 Fuser/ADU Drive ................................................................... 82 Fuser 1 ..................................................................................84 Fuser 2 ..................................................................................87 Fuser 3 ..................................................................................90 Front Frame ..........................................................................92 Rear Frame 1 ........................................................................95 Rear Frame 2 ........................................................................97 Laser OPT .............................................................................99 Aligning Guide/DEV Stay ....................................................103 Optical Frame ......................................................................106 Optical Drive ........................................................................109 CRG 1 .................................................................................111 CRG 2 .................................................................................113 Optical Electric ....................................................................115 Size Indicator ......................................................................117 Charger Drive ......................................................................119 Main Charger ......................................................................121 Drum/Drum Drive ................................................................123 DEV Drive/Duct ...................................................................126 Developer 1 .........................................................................128 Developer 2 .........................................................................130 Developer Cover .................................................................133 Hopper ................................................................................135 Auger ...................................................................................138 Cleaner 1 .............................................................................140 Cleaner 2 .............................................................................143 Cleaner 3 .............................................................................146 Used Toner .........................................................................149 Copy Reverse .....................................................................152 Paper Exit ............................................................................155 Cassette ..............................................................................157 Exit Fan/Fin CON ................................................................159 Electric ................................................................................161 Harness 1 ............................................................................165 Harness 2 ............................................................................167
IPB - 2
Table of Contents
RADF Feed Paper .............................................................. 169 RADF Feed Drive ............................................................... 173 RADF Reverse .................................................................... 175 RADF Belt ........................................................................... 178 RADF Cover ....................................................................... 180 RADF Tray .......................................................................... 183 RADF Harness .................................................................... 185 PWA LGC ........................................................................... 187 PWA SYS 1 ........................................................................ 189 PWA SYS 2 ........................................................................ 191 PWA PLG ........................................................................... 193 PWA MTB ........................................................................... 195 PWA SDV ........................................................................... 197 PWA SLG ........................................................................... 199 PWA MOT ........................................................................... 201 PWA LCF ............................................................................ 203 PWA ADU ........................................................................... 205 Accessories ........................................................................ 207 Replace Unit ....................................................................... 209 Decals 1 .............................................................................. 211 Decals 2 .............................................................................. 213
IPB - 3
manuals4you.com
Section 1
5355/5365/5480 Digital Copier Section 1 Cover Assembly 1
Cover
Assembly 1
IPB - 4
5555/5565/5580 Digital Copier Section 1

Cover Assembly 1
Item Lanier #
1 D 1 E 1 F 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 A 27 B 28 29 C2081-6567 C2081-6575 C2081-6583 C2089-5868 C2089-5769 C2089-5736 C2089-5777 C2090-6632 C2089-5876 C2089-5744 C2090-6657 C2089-6031 C2089-5959 C2089-6023 C2089-5967 C2041-4504 C2090-6699 C2089-7856 C2090-6798 C2090-6681 C2090-6756 C2090-6764 C2089-5942 C2089-5934 C2090-6988 C2089-6007 C78-8034-9908-2 C78-8034-9857-1 C2090-6996 C2090-5022 C2090-6830 C2053-0994
Description
DOOR, RIGHT FRONT - 5555 DOOR, RIGHT FRONT - 5565 DOOR, RIGHT FRONT - 5580 K-HINGE-F-R HOLDER-HINGE-FR BKT-PUSHER-SW-R BRKT-CHTCH-F K-COV-F-L-M HINGE-COV-F-L PUSHER-SW-L COVER-FRONT-L-L K-COV-IN-L COVER-IN-CENTER K-COV-IN-R COVER-IN-LOW MG-CATCH-22 COV-TOP-LEFT-M FILTER-SCAN-FAN COV-CONNECT-M COVER-TOP-C-M COVER-TOP-R-M K-COV-TNR-M HINGE-COV-HOP-R HINGE-COV-HOP-F F-FIX-GLASS-M SCREW-SET-COV LBL-DRUM-M-2 LBL-DRUM-AH GUID-FIX-GLS-M LBL-CAU-LSR-300 COVER-SCREW-M LBL-CLOSE-LID
IPB - 5
30 32 A
manuals4you.com

Cover Assembly 1
Item Lanier #
33 A 39 40 41 101 102 104 105 106 107 108 109 C2032-2673 C2090-7069 C2089-5751 C2041-4827 C78-8010-8795-4 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8008-7096-2 C2070-2858 C2005-0126 C78-8010-8725-1 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8034-2962-6
Description
LABEL, LANIER TONER (AG, AHP) LBL-TNR-INST-M PUSHER-SW-DOOR SCREW-BKT-DEV PAN40*08MSZN3AI TZPAN4008MSZN3L ERR040SKZN3A TBIDS-40*08-CP PTBR30*06MSZN3A BID40*08MSCR1AI TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPPAN4008MSZN3A
4 manuals
you.com
IPB - 6
Section 2 Cover Assembly 2

101 22 101 101 101
101
101
101
Cover Assembly 2
101 14 4A-1 15 16 17 1 101 4B-1
23 20 24 21 5 24 101 25 3
101 7 26 102 101 101
101
102 9
12
10
8 102 11
102
101
IPB - 7
manuals4you.com

Cover Assembly 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 A 4 B 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 A 16 A 17 A 20 22 101 102 C2090-6731 C2090-6665 C2090-6780 C2080-4126 C2080-4134 C2090-6749 C2090-6715 C2090-6822 C2090-6723 C2090-6707 C2090-8414 C2089-6403 C2089-6437 C2090-8448 C2050-0211 C2090-8422 C2032-9371 C2005-5091 C2090-6970 C2070-2858 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
COVER-RIGHT-U-M COV-RIGHT-R-U-M COVER-RIGHT-F-M K-COV-REAR-M K-COV-REAR-M-B COV-EXIT-REAR-M COVER-EXIT-U-M COV-EXIT-REV-M COV-EXIT-LOW-M COVER-EXIT-F-M TRAY, COPY EXIT K-COV-FRM-EX-L COV-SLOT-EXIT LBL-LASER LBL-FCC LBL-CDRH LABEL-CANADA (AG) LABEL-SERVICE-G BOOK-HOLDER-M TBIDS-40*08-CP TPAN40*08MSZN3L
21 23 24 25 26
C2027-8461 C2079-9417 C2079-9425 C2079-9433 C2094-5986
LABEL, ENERGY STAR GASKET, 10-10-90 (AH/AHP) GASKET, 10-10-135 (AH/AHP) GASKET, 10-10-500 (AH/AHP) BRACKET, LOWER RIGHT COVER
IPB - 8

Cover Assembly 3
Section 3 Cover Assembly 3
IPB - 9
manuals4you.com

Cover Assembly 3
Item Lanier #
3 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 17 A 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 52 57 58 59 60 C2090-6673 C2089-5900 C2058-1856 C2051-3834 C2069-4477 C2090-6939 C2058-1872 C2058-1112 C2090-7051 C2050-5558 C78-8034-9603-9 C2089-6015 C2058-1138 C2058-1146 C2058-1161 C2058-1187 C2058-1153 C2058-1179 C2088-9440 C2009-4157 C78-8023-6797-5 C2040-5031 C78-8034-5717-1 C78-8022-7205-0
Description
COV-RIGHT-R-L-M BRKT-HINGE-U DOOR-LCF-M WINDOW-DOOR-LCF K-HINGE-LCF COVER-LCF-M LBL-LMT-LCF-C7M CUSH-COVER-LCF LBL-USED-TNR-M SCREW-COV-U-TNR LBL-WARNING K-MG-U-TNR BASE-KNOB-LCF-1 BASE-KNOB-LCF-2 BRKT-HINGE-LCF SPE-DOOR-LCF PIN-DOOR-LCF BRKT-STOPPER KNOB-DOOR-LCF PTBR30*08MSZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L PTBR40*08MSZN3A TZPAN3008MSZN3L TBID40*10MSCR3C
IPB - 10

Control Panel
Section 4 Control Panel
IPB - 11
manuals4you.com

Control Panel
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 A 13 B 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21A 21B 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 C2090-6533 C2089-6049 C2089-6064 C2089-6072 C2089-6056 C2001-9907 C2017-4959 C2047-3138 C2083-7563 C2078-5531 C2089-5983 C2090-7911 C2094-6422 C2094-6414 C2047-3310 C2090-6541 C2090-6558 C2090-6566 C2090-6574 C2090-6582 C2090-6590 C2090-6608 C2081-1634 C2089-6080 C2089-6098 C2089-6106 C2089-6114 C2089-6122 C2089-0836 C2083-3935 C2089-6130 C2090-8174
Description
COV-CONPANE-LNR STAY-CONPANE BRKT-COV-CONP-1 BRKT-COV-CONP-2 BRKT-STAY-CONP CLP/W-LWS-1U CLP/W-LWS-3U BD/W-EDH-18U BD/W-EDH-11U WIRE/B-EHS-18U COVER-IN-UPPER WH-DCFRONT-300 COVER, CONTROL PANEL UNIT (AH, AHP) COVER, CONTROL PANEL UNIT (AG) PLATE-MG-DF KEY, START KEY, STOP KEY, TEN KEY, FUNCTION CLEAR KEY, COPY/PRINTER/NETWORK KEY, INTERRUPT/ENGERY SAVER KEY, HELP (AG) KEY, INFO (AH, AHP) COVER, LED LEFT COVER-LED-RIGHT MYLAR-SHIELD-R MYLAR-SHIELD-L K-BRKT-CONP K-LCD-TOUCH-230 CTR-E760B-213 SPACER-PWA WH-SYS-DSP-300
IPB - 12
29 30

Control Panel
Item Lanier #
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 C2090-8133 C2090-7127 C2090-7135 C2080-2013 C2009-4918 C2069-6217 C2089-0844 C2090-6830 C2040-5031 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8023-6806-4 C2027-6911 C78-8018-2803-5 C2009-5774 C2089-6148
Description
WH-DSP-LCD-300 PWA, KEYS RIGHT PWA, KEYS LEFT PWA, DISPLAY CONTROL CLP/W-LS-10 LCD TOUCH SCREEN CFL-LCD-230 COVER-SCREW-M PTBR40*08MSZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN4008MSZN3L FLT40*10MSCR3C PAN30*06MSZN3A PTBR30*12MSZN3A SCREW-20*06
IPB - 13
manuals4you.com
Section 5 Base Frame

19 12 13 12 10 1 9 11 18 101 8 2
101
Base Frame
10 101 101 10 2-1 16 14 105
101
17 101
10 105 101 105 6 104 102 101 6 104 102 7 4 101 101 5 103 4 5 5 103 6 101 104 103 104 5 103 6 101 7 3 14 15 105
IPB - 14

Base Frame
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 101 102 103 104 105 C2089-6155 C2080-3201 C2089-6171 C2089-6189 C2089-6197 C2089-6205 C2042-0667 C2051-5029 C2089-5918 C2089-6213 C2045-6521 C2051-7827 C2005-6040 C2051-3651 C2090-4215 C2090-4223 C2090-4207 C2042-1566 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8010-8542-0 C78-8023-6823-9 C2042-4115 C78-8022-7206-8
Description
FRAME-BASE STAY-BASE-FR STAY-BASE-RL STAY-CASTER CASTER-300 K-BRKT-ADJ-300 FOOT-PD BKT-PUSH-LEV BRKT-HINGE-L HANDLE-BASE CLP/W-WS-3U CLP/W-WS-4U CLP/W-LWS-4U RAIL-LCF BRKT-RAIL-LCF-F BRKT-RAIL-LCF-R BASE-LCF PUSHER-LEV-ELV TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPAN40*10MSZN3L ZPAN50*12MSZN3A 7/0NUT10MSZN3A TPAN40*06MSZN3L
106 19
C78-8010-854200 C2094-5952
TPAN40*10MSZN3L GASKET, 2-10-300 AH/AHP
IPB - 15
manuals4you.com
Section 6 Lower Frame 1
102 22 102 101 29 25 23 102 101 102 18
102 16
15 19 102
14
17 102 101
Lower Frame 1
20 21 24
105 102
105
21 21 105 20
105
21 13-1
12
101
104
27
101
11 10
28
101 101
101
101
101
33
26
28
30 4 103 3 102 8 9 7 9 1 1
103 5 102
3 102
101 2101
6 101
1 2101
101 31 101 2 101
IPB - 16

Lower Frame 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C2089-6445 C2051-5128 C2090-2847 C2090-2854 C2090-2862 C2089-6411 C2089-6304 C2005-6040 C2001-3488 C2089-6551 C2090-2748 C2089-6452 C2080-3169 C2089-6536 C2090-4488 C2090-4496 C2090-4512 C2090-4520 C2090-4504 C2090-0668 C2090-0676 C2089-6494 C2089-6502 C2089-6510 C2089-6528 C2089-6569 C2090-2730 C2032-8779 C2089-6544 C2090-2870 C2042-1566 C2089-6577
Description
BEAM-F-CST-300 HOLDER-CST-F150 SPL-GUIDE-OPEN BKT-HOLDER-ROLL SHAFT-GUIDE-OP FRAME-AGL-F-C FRAME-EXIT-L CLP/W-LWS-4U CLP/W-LWS-2U STY-RAIL-ADU-EN RAIL-BEAM-R TRAY-TNR-TRU HOLDER-ADU-2-17 STY-RAIL-TRU-EN K-BRKT-HOLD BRKT-SLIDE SLIDER-F SLIDER-R SPE106-080-0356 RAIL-ACCURD-TRU STUD-RAIL-TRU STAY-FR-U-H/R STAY-H/R-FR SHIELD-STAY-H/R PLT-GUARD-H/R STY-RAIL-ADU-EX RAIL-BEAM-L ROLL-CST-19S STY-RAIL-TRU-EX ROLL-GUIDE-OPEN PUSHER-LEV-ELV GASKET-1-10-35
IPB - 17
31 33
manuals4you.com

Lower Frame 1
Item Lanier #
101 102 103 104 105 106 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8022-7206-8 C78-8010-8725-1 C78-8034-2231-6
Description
TPAN40*08MSZN3L TBID3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A TPAN40*06MSZN3L BID40*08MSCR1AI TZPAN3006MSZN3L
IPB - 18

Lower Frame 2
Section 7 Lower Frame 2
IPB - 19
manuals4you.com

Lower Frame 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 7 9 C2090-4678 C2042-4495 C2090-4694 C2042-4412 C2090-4686 C2090-8471
Description
K-RAIL-CST-L SHEET-CST-L SHEET-CST-L-90 MYLAR-RAIL-U K-RAIL-CST-R SENSOR UPPER DRAWER CLOSED (S20) MIDDLE DRAWER CLOSED (S47) LOWER DRAWER CLOSED (S48) ACTR-SW-CST HLDR-ACTR-CST STAY-CNCT-CST BKT-CNCT-CST K-RAIL-CST-L-S K-RAIL-CST-R-S WH-PFP-DRW-150 SCREW-SOCKET WH-PFP-DRWL-150 TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPAN40*06MSZN3L TZPAN3006MSZN3L
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 40 42 43
C2090-4603 C2042-0725 C2051-5003 C2051-5011 C2090-4819 C2090-4827 C2051-6894 C2029-0391 C2051-6886 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8022-7206-8 C78-8034-2231-6
IPB - 20

PFP Drive 1
Section 8 PFP Drive 1
IPB - 21
manuals4you.com

PFP Drive 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 C2090-4538 C2090-4736 C2090-7317 C2051-4428 C2051-4436 C2051-4451 C2051-4444 C2051-4584 C2051-4592 C78-8034-1696-1 C78-8008-7056-6 C78-8034-8890-3 C2029-2553
Description
K-FRAME-DRV-PFP BRKT-MOT-PFP MOTOR, PAPER DRAWER DRIVE (M31) GEAR-05-64H-CRO GEAR-1.0-Z28 PLY-Z29-Z25-3M PLY-Z25-3M-DBL BELT-3M-Z103 BELT-3M-Z82 GEAR-25 BUSHING GEAR-0.8-25 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY UPPER DRAWER PAPER FEED (CL6) UPPER DRAWER REGISTRATION (CL7) MIDDLE DRAWER PAPER FEED (CL10) MIDDLE DRAWER REGISTRATION (CL8) LOWER DRAWER PAPER FEED (CL11) LOWER DRAWER REGISTRATION (CL9) SFT-CLT-FEED BRG-608ZZNR PIN CLP/W-WS-3U TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPAN40*10MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A ERR070SKZN3A 9HSS30/03MSFB
16 17 18 21 51 52 53 54 55
C2051-4568 C78-8034-8783-0 C78-8010-8552-9 C2045-6521 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8010-8542-0 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8035-6142-8
IPB - 22

PFP Drive 2
IPB - 23
manuals4you.com

PFP Drive 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 C2090-4629 C2090-4637 C2090-4850 C2051-3958 C2051-3966 C2045-2843 C2051-4022 C78-8008-7056-6 C2042-1517 C2042-1509 C78-8008-7072-3 C2032-1709 C2042-1418 C2058-1310 C2051-3974 C2051-3982 C2090-4595 C2090-4553 C2051-2232 C2090-4645 C2090-4777 C2090-4546 C2051-3891 C2090-4769 C2090-4710 C2051-4576
Description
FRAME-STY-UNT-F FRAME-STY-UNT-R STAY-ELV-CST ARM-STY-ELV-F ARM-STY-ELV-R SHAFT-ELV-PD LEVER-ELV-CST BUSHING GEAR-1.0-144 PIN-4-43 SPRING-MG LVR-ELV-124S SPE-6.3-0.4 GUIDE-PAPER-C4 K-GUIDE-F/S-F K-GUIDE-F/S-R STY-UNIT-ALIN K-GUIDE-P-3 SUPPORT-GUIDE-P STD-U-AL-UNIT-F SPL-GUIDE-P1-P3 HOLDER-LOCK-LCF BKT-POST-LCF GROMET-KG016-95 K-BRKT-MOT-TRAY K-MOT-ELV-150 UPPER DRAWER LIFT (M33) MIDDLE DRAWER LIFT (M28) LOWER DRAWER LIFT (29) WHEEL-28/G-14 SL-GEAR-20 GEAR-35-ARBOR
IPB - 24
28 29 30
C2032-1543 C2042-1541 C2032-1550

PFP Drive 2
Item Lanier #
31 32 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 61 62 63 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 C2032-4125 C2042-1533 C2042-1590 C2051-4519 C2051-4402 C78-8034-7614-8 C2090-4660 C2090-4652 C2090-7788 C2089-6221 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8013-8428-6 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8037-0086-9 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8034-2962-6 C2058-2847 C78-8034-5717-1 C78-8010-8864-8
Description
SPR-13.6R-13.5A GEAR-15-ARBOR GEAR-1.0-25-PD STUD-WORM-TRAY STD-BKT-MOT-TRY Z-MA-LS-10 BRKT-CONECT-PFP SCREW-SOCKET-LR WH-LGC-LCF-300 COV-WH-BASE-C TBID3006MSZN3L PAN40*06MSZN3AI ERR070SKZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L PAN26*04MSZN3AI ERR050SKZN3A TPPAN4008MSZN3A THPAN3008MSZN3L TZPAN3008MSZN3L BID30*06MSCR1AI
IPB - 25
manuals4you.com

PFP Drive 3
IPB - 26

PFP Drive 3
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 51 52 C2051-4378 C2051-4352 C2051-4410 C78-8036-8836-1 C2019-4742 C2051-4485 C2051-4469 C2032-3713 C2032-3721 C2051-4477 C78-8036-0148-9 C2090-4728 C2090-4611 C2090-4868 C2090-4744 C2090-4751 C2090-4561 C2090-4579 C2090-4587 C2032-1717 C2051-4261 C2017-0536 C78-8035-5130-4 C2042-1715 C78-8035-1378-3 C78-8058-3252-0 C2042-1244 C78-8029-4783-4 C2042-1236 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8037-0598-3
Description
K-BKT-JOINT-FED K-ARM-JOINT-FED GEAR-08-20-L27 GEAR-0.8-25 GEAR-08-25-070 SPE-JOINT GUIDE-FS-UNIT K-BRKT-JNT-RGT K-ARM-JNT-RGT ROL-GUIDE-RGT GEAR-08-30 K-BRKT-JN-RGT-U K-BRKT-ALIN-GID K-GUIDE-AL SPE055-060-0205 SPD088-120-R FRAME-U-AL-F FRAME-U-AL-R GUIDE-U-AL-UNIT ROLLER, UPPER DRAWER METAL REGISTRATION ROLLER UPPER DRAWER RUBBER REGISTRATION GEAR-08-20-LA5 GEAR-20-0.8-D6 COLLER-GAP-GEAR BUSH-6-GCB BUSH-D6-GCB SPRING-550 NPIN2-8 SPRING-815 TPAN40*08MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L
IPB - 27
53
manuals4you.com

PFP Feeder 1
Section 11 PFP Feeder 1
IPB - 28

PFP Feeder 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 C2051-4238 C2051-4121 C2040-5122 C2051-4139 C2051-4253 C2051-4337 C2058-1336 C2041-4033 C2080-2005 C2011-0417 C78-8029-4783-4 C2051-4311 C78-8035-1378-3 C2029-2140 C2031-2666 C78-8036-0234-7 C2051-4410 C2051-4220 C2090-8703 C2058-1260 C2042-1053 C2042-1186 C78-8035-1347-8 C2042-1020 C2042-1046 C78-8036-0927-6 C2032-1725 C2042-3943 C2051-4170 C2051-4071 C2051-4154 C2051-4162
Description
K-FRAME-F/S-UNT BKT-WH-F/S BD/W-EDS-1 COV-SW-F/S STAY-FEED-F/S BKT-FEED-ROL GUIDE-PA-2-F/S PIN-BKT-CON-H SFT-FED-F/S-300 K-PLY/T-2M NPIN2-8 BELT-214-2M BUSH-6-GCB CLUTCH-6-L FEED ROLLER ASSEMBLY (ALL DRAWERS) STOP-RING-6 GEAR-08-20-L27 BKT-SPT-SFT-FED BRG-696ZZ1NR SFT-PICK-F/S LVR-ARM-PICK-UP SPR-PICK-UP BUSH-6 ARM-PICK-550 PLY-20-2M BLT/T-Z71 ACTR-PICK-150 SNAP-PIN JOINT-PULLY-F/S K-GEAR-22-08-OW HLDR-F/S-UNT-F HLDR-F/S-UNT-R
IPB - 29
37 38
manuals4you.com

PFP Feeder 1
Item Lanier #
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 C2051-4212 C2058-1344 C2080-9232 C2051-4113 C2032-1378 C2051-4329 C2041-4355
Description
BKT-FRM-F/S GUIDE-PA-3-F/S GUIDE-PA-1-F/S CUSH-GUIDE-PA-1 ROLLER, PICKUP (ALL DRAWERS) SPL-PUSH-GUIDE SENSOR0 UPPER DRAWER PAPER EMPTY (S29 UPPER DRAWER TRAYUP (S30) MIDDLE DRAWER PAPER EMPTY (S33) MIDDLE DRAWER TRAYUP (S34) LOWER DRAWER PAPER EMPTY (S37) LOWER DRAWER TRAYUP (S38) Z-MA-LS-10 WH-FS-UNIT-150 WH-FS-UNITL-150 ARM-PICK-150 ROL-FEED-1 TPAN3006MSZN3L TZPAN3008MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L
46 47 A 47 B 48 49 81 82 83 84
C78-8034-7614-8 C2051-6910 C2051-6902 C2051-4055 C2031-2740 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8034-5717-1 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8023-6797-5
IPB - 30

PFP Feeder 2
Section 12 PFP Feeder 2
IPB - 31
manuals4you.com

PFP Feeder 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 C2051-4246 C2051-4766 C2051-2026 C2051-4204 C2041-9826
Description
K-STAY-SEP-F/S LEV-ROL-SEP-U/D SPE-SEP-907 BKT-FEED-SW-F/S SENSOR UPPER DRAWER PAPER START (S28 MIDDLE DRAWER PAPER START (S32) LOWER DRAWER PAPER START (S35) SPE063-080-0427 NPIN2-8 BUSH-6-GCB STOP-RING-6-5 GEAR-08-30 GUIDE-PAPER-ENT ROLLER, MIDDLE & LOWER DRAWERS RUBBER REGISTRATION GEAR-20-0.8-D6 BUSH-D6-GCB SPRING-550 SPRING-815 ROLLER, MIDDLE & LOWER DRAWERS METAL REGISTRATION GEAR-08-20-LA5 COLLER-GAP-GEAR K-SFT-SPT-F/S K-ROL-SPT-CCW-S ARBOR-16-POM-S SPR-1.0-1560RF SLEEVE-FEED CLUTCH SEPARATION ROLLER ASSEMBLY (UPPER, MIDDLE, & LOWER) ASM-ARM-SET-ROL
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
C2050-5277 C78-8029-4783-4 C78-8035-1378-3 C78-8058-3093-8 C78-8036-0148-9 C2090-4702 C2051-4261 C78-8035-5130-4 C78-8058-3252-0 C2042-1244 C2042-1236 C2032-1717 C2017-0536 C2042-1715 C2051-4097 C2090-4173 C2010-2828 C2051-4790 C2005-8335 C2090-4157 C2051-4758
IPB - 32
30

PFP Feeder 2
Item Lanier #
32 C2042-0055
Description
SENSOR MIDDLE DRAWER PAPER STOP (S301) LOWER DRAWER PAPER STOP (S35) BKT-BLIND-F/S-L RUBBER-ARM-SET2 ROLLER, SEPARATION (UPPER, MIDDLE, & LOWER) TPAN3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A ERR070SKZN3A
33 34 35 71 73 74
C2051-4147 C2051-4774 C2032-1402 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8008-7079-8
36
C2005-3773
CLIP
IPB - 33
manuals4you.com

LCF Frame
Section 13 LCF Frame
IPB - 34

LCF Frame
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 19 21 22 23 24 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 C2090-3761 C2090-3746 C2090-3753 C2090-3779 C2040-5130 C2090-7937 C2011-0839 C2058-1070 C2090-3969 C2090-3944 C2090-3928 C2058-0726 C2058-0734 C2089-5892 C2090-3951 C2058-0775 C2090-3936 C2047-4797 C2090-9883 C78-8036-8929-4 C2058-1088 C2058-1104 C2026-5468 C2032-1964 C2058-2912 C2058-2409 C2057-9074 C2032-4091 C2058-0957 C2058-0965 C2058-0973 C2058-1021
Description
FRAME-M-LCF FRAME-F-LCF FRAME-R-LCF STAY-LOW-LCF BD/W-EDS-2 WH-LCF2-300 GMT-OBC-625 COVER-BASE-LCF BRKT-CNT-LCF-R COVER-IN-F GUIDE-PAPER-LCF GUIDE-SIDE-F GUIDE-SIDE-R KNOB-LCF COVER-WH-LCF-R BRKT-POSITION BRKT-SCREW-LCF SCREW-FRAME WIRE/B-LT-11U HOLDER-WH K-BRKT-SW-LCF COV-SW-DOOR SPL-SW-LCP SWITCH 1, LCC DOOR (SW24) SWITCH 2, LCC DOOR (SW49) WH-LCF-DOOR-152 SENSOR, LCC TRAY DOWN (S40) LBL-LCF-CAUTION BRKT-HOLD-BTM BRKT-SW-BTM ACT-BTM-SW SPRING-040-40
IPB - 35
38 39
manuals4you.com

LCF Frame
Item Lanier #
40 41 101 102 103 104 106 107 108 109 110 C2090-3894 C2090-7796 C78-8022-7206-8 C2070-2858 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8023-6797-5 C2005-5257 C78-8036-9048-2 C78-8035-1478-1 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8010-8549-5
Description
BRKT-CONECT-LCF WH-LCF1-300 TPAN40*06MSZN3L TBIDS-40*08-CP TBID3006MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L THPAN3006MSZN3L TPAN3014MSZN3L PAN20*10MSZN3AI PAN30*06MSZN3A ERR030SKZN3A
C2005-3773
CLIP
IPB - 36
Section 14
5555/5565/5580 Digital Copier Section 14 LCF Drive
LCF Drive
IPB - 37
manuals4you.com

LCF Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 49 51 52 C2058-0908 C2058-0981 C2026-8694 C2047-3039 C2019-3975 C78-8010-8552-9 C2058-0940 C2069-4469 C2069-4451 C2058-1039 C2058-1047 C2058-0999 C2058-1013 C2058-1005 C2058-0874 C2058-0833 C2090-3977 C2058-0916 C2090-3910 C2058-0841 C2058-0882 C2058-0825 C2058-0767 C2058-0759 C2058-0742 C2026-4909 C2028-0152 C78-8040-3205-6 C78-8014-5325-5 C78-8010-8547-9 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8022-7206-8
Description
BRKT-DRIVE-1 SHAFT-WORM WORM-1.0-16 BRG-688ZZNR STOPPER-WORM PIN PLY/T-3GT-22 FLANGE-ROL-GEAR GEAR-1.0-70-ROL CABLE, TRAY DRIVE (LONG) CABLE, TRAY DRIVE (SHORT) BRKT-DRIVE-2 STUD-DRIVE-1 WORM-WHEEL-74 STUD-PLY-2 PULLEY-LCF MOTOR, LCC TRAY DRIVE (M30) BLT/T-3GT123-60 BRKT-PLY-LCF STUD-PLY-1 GUIDE-ROPE-ELV GUIDE-TARY-LCF STAY-TRAY-LCF GUIDE-TRAY TRAY-LCF EDGING-E012-044 K-BASE-TRAY-LCF TPPAN4006MSZN3A 9HSS30/04MSFB 9HSS40/04MSFB TBID3006MSZN3L TPAN40*06MSZN3L
IPB - 38
53 54

LCF Drive
Item Lanier #
55 56 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8034-2231-6
Description
ERR070SKZN3A TZPAN3006MSZN3L
27
C78-8036-0210-7
BRAKE PAD
IPB - 39
manuals4you.com

Feed Guide
Section 15 Feed Guide
IPB - 40

Feed Guide
Item Lanier #
2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 101 102 103 104 105 C2058-0791 C2051-4741 C2058-0809 C2051-4642 C2041-4033 C2051-4667 C2090-4066 C2051-4675 C2042-0055 C2051-4691 C2090-4140 C2051-4824 C2090-3670 C2051-4832 C2090-4116 C2090-4108 C2090-4959 C2058-0817 C2090-3985 C2090-4132 C2090-4058 C2051-4634 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8035-1478-1 C78-8010-8725-1 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8008-7079-8
Description
GUIDE-PA-OPEN-1 SCREW-LINK-M3 GUIDE-PA-OPEN-2 LINK-GUIDE-OP PIN-BKT-CON-H BKT-SPE-LOCK SHAFT-LOCK-LCF LEV-GUIDE-OP-F SENSOR, UPPER DRAWER PAPER STOP (S27) SPE-LOCK-LCF HOOK-LOCK-LCF-R K-BRKT-SW-LCF SWITCH, LCC POSITION (SW23) SPL-SW-LCF BRKT-HOOK-LVR BRKT-SW-RGT-PFP LABEL-E GUIDE-PA-OPEN-3 GUIDE-PA-OP-UP HOOK-LOCK-LCF-F LEVER-AL-SW SPE-GUIDE-OPEN TBID3006MSZN3L PAN20*10MSZN3AI BID40*08MSCR1AI ERR030SKZN3A ERR070SKZN3A
IPB - 41
manuals4you.com

LCF Feeder
Section 16 LCF Feeder
IPB - 42

LCF Feeder
Item Lanier #
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 101 C2090-3803 C2090-3795 C2040-5130 C2090-3738 C78-8035-1378-3 C2090-9859 C78-8036-0234-7 C2051-2455 C78-8036-0148-9 C78-8035-5130-4 C78-8029-4783-4 C2047-2932 C2051-2463 C2051-3602 C2088-9416 C2080-3417 C2090-3902 C2051-2232 C2090-8265 C2090-3696 C2051-2521 C2090-3704 C2051-2513 C2051-2489 C2051-2471 C2051-2505 C2090-4181 C2010-2828 C2001-4411 C78-8022-7206-8 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
FRAME-DRV-F-LCF K-FRM-DRV-R-LCF BD/W-EDS-2 K-SHAFT-SEP-LCF BUSH-6-GCB CLP/W-UAMS070 STOP-RING-6 GEAR-22-08-D6 GEAR-08-30 GEAR-20-0.8-D6 NPIN2-8 CLUTCH-6-R PLY-Z30-3M-D6 K-GEAR-20-08-OW ROLLER, BYPASS SEPARATION WH-SFB-300 GUIDE-P-MNAL-L SUPPORT-GUIDE-P VARISTOR BRKT-MOT-FEED MOTOR, LCC/BYPASS FEED (M32) K-BRKT-PLY-FEED PLY27-3M-D6 K-G18-P78 BELT-73078-3.5 BELT-106110-3 SEPARATION/BYPASS ROLLER ASSEMBLY ARBOR-16-POM-S COVER-SP-CL TPAN40*06MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 43
102 103
manuals4you.com

LCF Feeder
Item Lanier #
104 105 106 C78-8036-9050-8 C78-8010-8874-7 C78-8037-0598-3
Description
TBID3008MSZN3A PAN30*04MSZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L
IPB - 44

LCF Feeder Stay
Section 17 LCF Feeder Stay
IPB - 45
manuals4you.com

LCF Feeder Stay
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 C2090-3787 C2090-3837 C2058-2862 C2090-3712 C78-8035-1378-3 C78-8029-4783-4 C2040-6468 C2047-2932 C2031-2724 C2090-3811 C2041-6780 C2041-6772 C2051-2117 C2051-2125 C2041-6764 C2051-2133 C2051-2141 C2041-6855 C2031-2732 C78-8036-0234-7 C2090-3829 C2090-3878 C2051-7280 C2090-3886 C2051-2018 C2032-1493 C2090-8471
Description
K-STAY-FEED-LCF STUD-TRAY-SFB GROMET-EHP-6U SHAFT-FEED-LCF BUSH-6-GCB NPIN2-8 PLY-20-ROL CLUTCH-6-R LCC FEED ROLLER ASSEMBLY SFT-PICK-UP ACT-EMP-L LEV-ACT-EMP-L BELT-106096-2.5 JOINT-D6-L20 ARM-PICK-L K-SFT-ROL-PICK WEIGHT-PICK-UP BELT-106057-2.5 ROLLER, LCC PICKUP STOP-RING-6 BRKT-SFT-PICK BRKT-SW-PRE-FED SENSOR, LCC PAPER START (S25) BRKT-SW-EMP LEV-ROL-SEP SPE-SEP-784 SENSOR LCC TRAY UP (S39) LCC PAPER EMPTY (S26) K-STY-FEED-L K-BRKT-SEP-RO-L SPE-SEP-907
IPB - 46
28 29 30
C2090-4017 C2090-4025 C2051-2026

LCF Feeder Stay
Item Lanier #
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 44 45 46 101 102 103 104 105 C2090-4009 C2090-4033 C2090-4041 C2090-3993 C2090-3738 C2090-4082 C2090-4074 C2090-4124 C2090-4090 C2090-4165 C2090-9859 C2032-1402 C2010-2828 C2001-4411 C2031-2740 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8010-8864-8 C2005-0126 C78-8022-7206-8
Description
LEV-OPEN-SEP-F LEV-OPEN-SEP-R LINK-OPEN-SEP SPE080-100-0767 K-SHAFT-SEP-LCF BUSH-GUIDE-P-4 K-GUIDE-P-4 SPC080-045-0155 STOP-RING-4 LCC SEPARATION ROLLER ASSEMBLY CLP/W-UAMS070 ROLLER, LCC SEPARATIO ARBOR-16-POM-S COVER-SP-CL ROLLER, LCC FEED ERR050SKZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L BID30*06MSCR1AI PTBR30*06MSZN3A TPAN40*06MSZN3L
IPB - 47
manuals4you.com

Manual Feeder Drive
Section 18 Manual Feeder Drive
IPB - 48

Manual Feeder Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C2090-3860 C2058-2862 C2048-0414 C2090-3688 C2032-2228 C2051-2653 C2051-2786 C2028-8965 C2090-3720 C78-8035-1378-3 C2032-8563 C2040-6468 C78-8029-4783-4 C2051-2760 C2032-1436 C78-8036-0234-7 C2051-2679 C2047-1652 C2032-1444 C78-8058-3093-8 C2032-2210 C2051-2596 C2051-2604 C2032-9744 C2011-0136 C2051-2612 C2051-2620 C2090-8471 C2090-3845 C2090-3852 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8010-8864-8
Description
K-STAY-DRV-SFB GROMET-EHP-6U ACT-BYPASS SOLENOID, BYPASS PICKUP (SOL5) SPE-SND-BYPASS BKT-BYPASS-US CUSH-BYPASS-US SPACER-BYPASS SHAFT-FEED-SFB BUSH-6-GCB ARM-PICK-UP PLY-20-ROL NPIN2-8 BELT-106105-3SZ ROLLER, BYPASS FEED STOP-RING-6 SFT-ROLL-PICK-U PLY-20 ROLLER, BYPASS PICKUP STOP-RING-6-5 WEIGHT-M-PICK K-BKT-STOPPER ARM-STOPPER ARM-STOPPER-SUB PAD-8*2 K-BKT-PAPER-SW LEVER-PAPER-SW SENSOR, BYPASS FEED (S22) GUIDE-P-SFB-U-F GUIDE-P-SFB-U-R ERR030SKZN3A BID30*06MSCR1AI
IPB - 49
101 102
manuals4you.com

Manual Feeder Drive
Item Lanier #
103 104 105 106 107 C78-8036-9050-8 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8018-2899-3 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8022-7206-8
Description
TBID3008MSZN3A ERR050SKZN3A PAN30*08MSZN3AI TBID3006MSZN3L TPAN40*06MSZN3L
IPB - 50

Manual Tray
Section 19 Manual Tray
IPB - 51
manuals4you.com

Manual Tray
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 A 27 B 28 C2090-6848 C2015-0686 C2051-2778 C2090-6855 C2090-6863 C2090-4876 C2090-6871 C2090-6889 C2058-1849 C2090-4884 C78-8035-1182-9 C2090-4892 C2090-8455 C2090-4900 C2090-6897 C2047-1751 C2048-3152 C2090-6905 C2090-6913 C2070-0787 C2090-4918 C2090-6921 C2051-3859 C2090-4926 C2090-7101 C2090-7846 C2051-1382 C2051-1374 C2090-7077 C78-8037-0598-3 C2009-4157
Description
TRAY-SFB-M PAD-BRAKE CUSH-TRAY-SFB GUIDE-F-SFB-M GUIDE-F-EX-M K-RACK-BYPASS GUIDE-R-SFB-M GUIDE-R-EX-M LBL-STK-SFB-C7M RACK-BYPASS PINION-18-395 K-PLATE-PINION SWITCH, BYPASS PAPER WIDTH DETECTION (SW21) K-HINGE-TRAY-F TRAY, STACK FEED BYPASS PIN-TRAY-M-FE SPC-PIN-TRAY-N COV-OPEN-SFB-M TRAY-SFB-M-M BUSH-IDLER K-HINGE-TRAY-R COV-RIGHT-SFB-M K-KEY-LCF MYLAR-SHIELD-TD LCC/LCC TRAY DOWN SWITCH PWA WH-SFB-SIZE-300 LBL-SIZE-SFB-AH LBL-SIZE-SFB-AG LBL-PUSH-CAU-M TBID3006MSZN3L PTBR30*08MSZN3A
IPB - 52
101 102

Manual Tray
Item Lanier #
103 104 105 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8035-5219-5 C2058-2847
Description
TZPAN4008MSZN3L TZPAN3006MSZN3A THPAN3008MSZN3L
IPB - 53
manuals4you.com

ADD Frame
Section 20 ADD Frame
IPB - 54

ADD Frame
Item Lanier #
Description
K-FRAME-ADU-F BRKT-SHAFT-ADU SHAFT-LEVER HANDLE-ADU GEAR-10S020-06 LEVER-D-IN GEAR-10S020-06 STUD-LEVER-D-IN GP10S020-2GT040 BLT/T-180-2GT-5 BRKT-DRIVE-IN SHAFT-DRIVE-IN SPE-JOINT PWZ-SPLSN-6U CLP/W-LWS-4U LATCH-ADU-PC SPE-LATCH-CST K-FRAME-ADU-R K-BRKT-FRM-L BRKT-SPL-RGT SPL-RGT-ROL BRKT-FRM-END K-BRKT-FRM-R GUIDE-PASS-TR GUIDE-WH-ADU GROMET-EHP-6U RAIL-ADU-L RAIL-ADU-R K-COV-FEED-ADU K-COV-IN-ADU ROLL-CST-19S HANDLE-FEED-ADU
IPB - 55
32 33
manuals4you.com

ADD Frame
Item Lanier #
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 C2090-3209 C2090-5006 C2090-4967 C2090-4975 C2090-4991 C2090-5014 C2090-3654 C2090-1955 C2090-2995 C2090-9859 C78-8040-2933-4 C78-8034-2234-0 C2090-7143 C2017-4959 C78-8010-8855-6 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8034-2961-8 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8034-5717-1 C78-8022-7227-4
Description
SENSOR, DUPLEXER REGISTRATION (S8) LBL-CAU-ADU-JAM LABEL-F LABEL-G LABEL-I LBL-ADU-JAM BRKT-SPRING SHAFT-FEED-U SPC090-100-0350 CLP/W-UAMS070 GMT-OBC-375 GMT-OCB-875 DUPLEXER PWA CLP/W-LWS-3U ZPAN30*08MSZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A TPPAN3006MSZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN3008MSZN3L ZPAN30*12MSZN3A
IPB - 56

ADD Drive
Section 21 ADD Drive
IPB - 57
manuals4you.com

ADD Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 C2090-2557 C2070-1322 C2070-1314 C2090-1666 C2090-7721 C2090-2334 C2080-7277 C78-8040-2933-4 C2005-6040 C2058-2862 C2090-1872 C2090-2532 C2090-2235 C2090-2219 C2090-2268 C2090-2300 C2090-2292 C2090-2326 C2090-3159 C2090-2227 C2051-2901 C2090-3142 C2090-2318 C2090-2342 C2090-2243 C2090-2250 C2090-2987 C2090-2342 C2090-2284 C2090-2276 C2090-2359
Description
BRKT-CLT-TR CLUTCH, DUPLEXER TRANSPORT ROLLER DRIVE (CL1 CLUTCH, DUPLEXER REGISTRATION DUPLEXER FEED (CL5) BRKT-CNT-ADU WH-ADU-LGC-300 PLATE-DRIVE-ADU MYLAR-DRV-ADV GMT-OBC-375 CLP/W-LWS-4U GROMET-EHP-6U GEAR-10S028-06 SHAFT-DRIVE-A ROLLER, DUPLEXER TRANSPORT 2 & 3 ROLLER, DUPLEXER TRANSPORT 1 & 4 SHAFT-DRIVE-ADU SHAFT-DRIVE-R SHAFT-H-ROL GEAR-10S032-06 PLY/T-2GT040-08 PYT/T-2GT040-06 BELT-106159-3Z BLT/T-180-2GT-5 GEAR-10S022-06 GEAR-10S028-06 K-BKT-DRIVE-ADU BRKT-STUD-SUB HOLDER-CLU-UP GEAR-10S028-06 SPC200-100-350 WHEEL-DRIVE-ADU BLT/T-264-2GT-3
IPB - 58

ADD Drive
Item Lanier #
35 36 37 38 50 55 60 70 71 72 73 75 C2090-7739 C2090-7754 C2045-6521 C2090-9859 C2004-4673 C78-8035-1378-3 C78-8036-9789-1 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8014-5325-5 C2048-3285
Description
WH-ADU-RGT-300 WH-ADU-TR2-300 CLP/W-WS-3U CLP/W-UAMS070 BUSH-6L BUSH-6-GCB BRG-696ZZNR ERR050SKZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L 9HSS30/04MSFB HPIN20/12SUSH7
IPB - 59
manuals4you.com

ADD Open Guide
Section 22 ADD Open Guide
4 manuals
you.com
IPB - 60

ADD Open Guide
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 101 102 103 C2090-2482 C2090-2896 C2090-2904 C2090-2888 C2090-2508 C2090-2524 C2090-2516 C2090-2490 C2090-2912 C2070-4235 C2070-4243 C2090-3217 C2090-9859 C2041-4033 C78-8037-0598-3 C2009-4157 C78-8010-8551-1
Description
K-GUIDE-OPEN HOLDER-OPEN-L HOLDER-OPEN-R BRKT-GUIDE-OPEN SHAFT-LEVER-L WIRE-GUIDE-OPEN SPA057-080-R LEVER-LOCK HOLDER-STAY ROLLER, DUPLEXER IDLER TRANSPORT SPE-052-070-620 SENSOR, DUPLEXER TRANSPORT (S3) CLP/W-UAMS070 PIN-BKT-CON-H TBID3006MSZN3L PTBR30*08MSZN3A ERR050SKZN3A
IPB - 61
manuals4you.com

ADD Stacking
Section 23 ADD Stacking
34 1 05 31 1 02
32
1 05 10 5 29
38 28 37
38
37 30 38 33 37 33 33 38 39 36
3 21
10 4 33
19 39 C 1 04
1 01 27 22 B 102 12 A 25 104 9 10 2 23 18 23 2 3 24 102 17 1 01 A 103 B 4 14 4 10 1 02 10 3 102 15 7 1 02 13 16 10 2 10 3 6 1 03 5 1 03 11 20 C 10 2 1 02 26 4 6 35 8 10 2 7
22
IPB - 62

ADD Stacking
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 C2080-7269 C2090-2599 C2090-2607 C2004-7486 C2069-8924 C2017-0122 C78-8036-9959-0 C2090-2680 C2090-2706 C2080-3151 C2090-2664 C2090-2698 C2051-3123 C2090-2631 C2080-3136 C2080-3144 C2090-2672 C2090-2656 C2057-9041 C2090-2078 C2080-1965 C2069-5433
Description
K-GUIDE-STK-ADV GUIDE, FRONT PAPER STACK WIDTH GUIDE, PAPER LENGTH PULLEY-Z23 BLT/T-2GT810X30 PLY-48-2M BELT-HTD-76-2M K-BRKT-MOT-P-E BRKT-CNT-MOT BRKT-SW-E-G BRKT-END-SW BRKT-WH-STK BELT-106348-3SZ K-BRKT-MOT-P-S BRKT-ACT-SW-S BRKT-SW-E BRKT-EMP-SW STAY-SW-STACK CAM-ADJ-LENS BRKT-SW-TR1 GUIDE-P-END MOTOR DUPLEXER LENGTH GUIDE (M8) DUPLEXER WIDTH GUIDE (M9) SENSOR DUPLEXER LENGTH GUIDE HOME POSITION (S4) DUPLEXER STACK TRAY EMPTY (S7) DUPLEXER WIDTH GUIDE HOME POSITION (S9) SENSOR 1, DUPLEXER TRANSPORT (S5) WH-ADU-END1-300 PWZ-WLS-14-0 CLP/W-LWS-2U
23
C2090-8471
24 25 26
C2070-1934 C2090-7747 C2090-9842 C2001-3488
IPB - 63
27
manuals4you.com

ADD Stacking
Item Lanier #
28 29 30 31 32 37 38 39 40 101 102 103 104 C2090-2755 C2080-1973 C2090-3050 C2090-3068 C2090-3076 C2080-2146 C2080-9067 C2081-0750 C2080-9075 C78-8037-0598-3 C2009-4157 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8034-5717-1
Description
WALL-STACK-R GUIDE, PAPER STACK WIDTH - REAR GUIDE-STACK-U LEVER-STACK-ADU SHAFT-STACK-ADU MYLAR-ADU-E-G MYLAR-STK-SIDE MYLAR-GUIDE-STK MYLAR-STK-UP TBID3006MSZN3L PTBR30*08MSZN3A ERR030SKZN3A TZPAN3008MSZN3L
33 36 105
C2041-4033 C2094-6265 C78-8010-8551-1
SHOULDER SRCEW MYLAR, STK-C ERR050SKZN3A
IPB - 64

ADD Feeder
Section 24 ADD Feeder
102 16 102 16 105
104 50 102 105 21 49 4
101
45 102 101 20 5
18
102 16
48 102 15 102 56 101 19 59 2 1 41 102 6 101 101 101 8 9
103 37 103
3 104 26105 101 101 50 49 48102 7 101 101 54 23 30 32 103 57 102 22 29 101 103 103 37 103 103 37 103 103 37 103 34 55 102 36 47105 57 33 10 11102 57 101 40 101 13 106 27 12 35 51 106 102 46 105 101 102 57102 57 101 101 28 106 12 101 17 101 105 102 103 37 103 16 105 102 42 43 44 42 25 21 102 16 105 16 102
101
102 106 102 47 46 105 102 27 60 102 47 102 101
31 57
103
39 38
101
52 54
54 24 52 52
48 102 102 53 57 102
58 52
IPB - 65
manuals4you.com

ADD Feeder
Item Lanier #
1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 A 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 C2090-1724 C2032-1360 C2032-1360 C2090-1732 C2090-1948 C2090-1930 C2090-1963 C2080-9026 C2090-4983 C2080-9000 C2090-2185 C2029-2140 C2070-1322 C2080-2120 C2081-3432 C2090-1799 C2090-1807 C2090-1815 C2090-1740 C2080-9034 C2090-1690 C78-8035-9897-4 C2080-2302 C2090-1708 C2090-1773 C2090-1757 C2090-1849 C2080-6592 C2090-1831 C2090-1856 C2090-1880
Description
GUIDE-IN-U BRUSH-SUS-E BRUSH-SUS-E GUIDE-IN-L LEVER-FEED-U SHAFT-LOCK-F LEVER-OPEN-F GUIDE-SUB-FEED LABEL-H ROLLER, DUPLEXER GATE ARBOR-SEP CLUTCH-6-L CLUTCH, DUPLEXER REVERSING (CL2) CLUTCH, DUPLEXER FORWARD ROTATION (CL3) SZ-FED-ADU-F300 SENSOR, DUPLEXER PAPER FEED ARM-GATE-F GEAR-10S024-06 ARM-GATE-R ROLLER, DUPLEXER ENTRANCE ROLLER, DUPLEXER IDLER ENTRANCE FRAME-FEED-R SPRING-850 K-GUIDE-FEED-U FRAME-FEED-F K-BRKT-FEED-F GEAR-10S020-08 SHAFT-DRIVE-IN CLR-GEAR-24-6 BRKT-FEED-CLT BRKT-SPT-SFT SHAFT-PLY-SPT
IPB - 66
30 31

ADD Feeder
Item Lanier #
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 43 44 45 46 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 59 60 101 102 103 104 C2090-1898 C2048-2402 C2090-2177 C2090-1906 C2090-2433 C2090-1914 C2090-1716 C2090-1922 C2090-2060 C2080-9042 C78803690730 C2080-9018 C2090-3167 C2090-1872 C2004-4673 C78-8058-3252-0 C78-8008-7056-6 C2080-9224 C2090-9859 C78-8034-2233-2 C2058-2862 C2090-3092 C2080-1981 C78-8035-1378-3 C2080-8994 C2080-9059 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8008-7096-2 C78-8008-7079-8 C2048-3285 C78-8014-5325-5
Description
BRKT-SPT-BLT PLY-SEPARATE BELTS, DUPLEXER SEPARATION SHAFT-SEP-IDLE CLR-GEAR-20-IN CLR-SEP-LOC K-GUIDE-SPT-U SPL-PRESS-SEP BRKT-SZ-FED SHAFT-DRV-GATE SPRING-CLUTCH-L SLEEVE-P/U-80 SPRING-100-10 GEAR-10S028-06 BUSH-6L BUSH-D6-GCB BUSHING SOLENOID, DUPLEXER FEED GATE (SOL1) CLP/W-UAMS070 GMT-OBC-500 GROMET-EHP-6U SHAFT-SPT-BLT ARM-P-EMP-ADU BUSH-6-GCB K-BKT-SHEET-X1B CLR-GEAR-FEED TBID3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A ERR040SKZN3A ERR070SKZN3A HPIN20/12SUSH7 9HSS30/04MSFB
IPB - 67
105 106
42
C2081-4612
manuals4you.com
ARBOR-P/U

ADD Aligning
Section 25 ADD Aligning
41 103 36 102 103 10 103 37
106
30 101 106 107 35 102 3 26 101 1 103 41 10 103 103 24 34 106 23 101 40 7 40 106 29 7 11 9 9 9 8 21 2 102 8
27 102 102 22 25 29
39
12 14 13 104 106 31 101 106 32 104 13 14 106 20 106 40
1 06
103 103
19
28
38
16 105 105 16 15 105 105 16
18
32
106
103 17 103
IPB - 68

ADD Aligning
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 C2090-1989 C2090-2102 C2080-3631 C78803690730 C2090-2409 C2029-2140 C78-8058-3093-8 C2090-3175 C2004-4673 C2090-1997 C2090-2003 C2090-2011 C2090-2029 C2090-2037 C2090-2045 C2090-3001 C2090-3019 C2090-3126 C2090-2136 C2090-1872 C2090-2094 C2080-3649 C2090-2367 C2090-2375 C2090-1864 C2090-2193 C2051-4485 C2090-2086 C2090-2201 C78-8034-8783-0 C2004-4673 C2080-4183
Description
GUIDE-FEED SHAFT-P/U GEAR-10S020-06C SPRING-CLUTCH-L ROLLERS, DUPLEXER PICK-UP CLUTCH-6-L STOP-RING-6-5 BRKT-CUSHION BUSH-6L GUIDE-RGT-L ROLL-D10*L22 SFT-ROL-10*13.8 K-GUIDE-RGT-O ROL-D14*L22 ROLLER, DUPLEXER IDLER REGISTRATION MYLAR-ALGN-IN-F MYLAR-ALGN-IN-R ROLLER, DUPLEXER FEED K-LEVER-P/U GEAR-10S028-06 GEAR-0S020-08 CLR-GEAR-31 K-LEVER-D-B CLR-GEAR-20-B GEAR-10S020-06 ROLLER, DUPLEXER REGISTRATION SPE-JOINT GEAR-10S024-08 GEAR-10S022-08 BRG-608ZZNR BUSH-6L BUSH-8-15
IPB - 69
33 34
manuals4you.com

ADD Aligning
Item Lanier #
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 C2090-2391 C78-8035-1378-3 C2090-3118 C2080-1999 C2090-3134 C2004-4863 C2090-3183 C2048-3285 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8008-7076-4 C78-8008-7096-2 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8008-7056-6
Description
SPC140-080-200 BUSH-6-GCB MYLAR-G-P/U MYLAR-ALGN-IN-C SHAFT-FEED BUSH-8 CUSHION-ADU HPIN20/12SUSH7 ERR050SKZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L ERR020SKZN3A ERR040SKZN3A ERR070SKZN3A BUSHING
IPB - 70

Aligning Roller
Section 26 Aligning Roller
IPB - 71
manuals4you.com

Aligning Roller
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 101 102 103 C2090-4280 C2051-2356 C2051-2364 C2090-4363 C2090-4298 C78-8034-8890-3 C2048-3286 C78-8036-8615-9 C2090-4306 C2090-4322 C2090-4314 C2090-4389 C2090-4348 C2090-4330 C2090-4371 C2090-4397 C2090-4355 C2090-8471 C2090-7770 C2090-4405 C78-8008-7076-4 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
FRAME-RGST-UNIT ACTUATOR-RGST SPL-ACT-RGT BRKT-SW-RGST ROLLER, REGISTRATION RUBBER GEAR-0.8-25 PIN BRG-1680ZZ-S BUSH-RGST-D CLIP-RGST SPRING-1150 K-GUIDE-P-1 GUIDE-TR SPL-PUSH-RGST BUSH-RGST-UNIT SPL-ROL-RGST K-BKT-BRS-RGT-L SENSOR, PAPER STOP (S13) WH-RGT-SW-300 K-JOINT-RGT ERR020SKZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 72

TRU Drive
Section 27 TRU Drive
IPB - 73
manuals4you.com

TRU Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C2090-1435 C2090-1443 C2090-1450 C2090-1468 C2090-1534 C2090-1476 C2090-1484 C2090-1492 C2090-1500 C2090-1518 C2058-0536 C2026-8447 C2009-0742 C2001-5442 C2090-1526 C2090-1369 C2090-1377 C2090-1385 C2090-1393 C2090-1401 C2090-1419 C2090-1427 C2004-4673 C78-8035-1378-3 C2070-2874 C78-8034-2233-2 C2090-7614 C2090-8471 C2057-9074 C2051-0004 C78-8058-3093-8
Description
K-BRKT-DRV-U BRKT-DRV-D IDLER-DRV-TRU CAP-IDLE-DRV BRKT-MOT-U SPE100-100-0335 BRKT-STUD-DRV K-BASE-DRV-TRU K-GR-10H024-08B K-GP10H24/3GT21 BELT, TRANSFER UNIT DRIVE DAMPER, MOTOR BRKT-MOTOR BUSH-BRKT-SCAN MOTOR, TRANSFER BELT DRIVE (M25) BRKT-CAM-MAIN CAM-LEVER-R SHAFT-CAM GEAR-08S035-06 ACTR-CAM STUD-CAM GG08H028/08S014 BUSH-6L BUSH-6-GCB HPIN20/08SUSH7 GMT-OBC-500 WH-TR-CAM-300 SENSOR, TRANSFER DOWN (S44) SENSOR, TRANSFER UP (S43) MOTOR, TRANSFERBELT CONTACT/RELEASE CAM (M26) STOP-RING-6-5
IPB - 74
31

TRU Drive
Item Lanier #
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8010-8542-0 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8034-2961-8 C78-8037-0086-9 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8864-8 C78-8022-7023-7
Description
TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPAN40*10MSZN3L TZPAN4008MSZN3L TBID3006MSZN3L TPPAN3006MSZN3A PAN26*04MSZN3AI ERR050SKZN3A BID30*06MSCR1AI TPAN4012MSZN3L
IPB - 75
manuals4you.com

Transport Belt 1
Section 28 Transport Belt 1
IPB - 76

Transport Belt 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C2090-0619 C2090-0627 C2090-0700 C2090-0718 C2090-0940 C2090-0932 C2090-0692 C2090-0643 C2090-0650 C2090-0684 C2090-0726 C2090-0775 C2090-0809 C2004-4863 C2069-6381 C2080-3110 C2090-0841 C78-8058-3093-8 C2090-0924 C2090-0890 C2090-0791 C2090-0882 C2090-0635 C2090-0742 C2040-5130 C2001-9907 C78-8040-2050-7 C2090-7622 C2090-8026 C2090-0817 C2090-0734 C2090-0759
Description
K-FRAME-F-TRU K-FRAME-R-TRU SHAFT-LOCK-HDL SPC089-070-0200 BRKT-STOP-SFT ACTR-STOP-SFT SCREW-ACTR-TRU STAY-RAIL-R STAY-RAIL-L SHAFT-STAY TERMINAL-TRU KNOB-STAY-L-TRU SFT-HANDLE-TRU BUSH-8 STOP-RING-8 GEAR-10S019-06 CAM, FRONT TRANSFER BELT STOP-RING-6-5 BRKT-LINK-STOP K-BRKT-LINK-F HANDLE-TRU SPE080-100-0530 FRAME-BASE-TRU STUD-CNT-TRU BD/W-EDS-2 CLP/W-LWS-1U SKB-BAND-1 WH-TR-TERM-300 WH-TR-BRUSH-300 SCREW-STOP-H PLATE-TERM-TRU1 PLATE-TERM-TRU2
IPB - 77
31 32
manuals4you.com

Transport Belt 1
Item Lanier #
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 A 40 B 41 A 41 B 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 C2090-1294 C2090-1302 C2090-0825 C2048-3285 C2090-0908 C2090-0916 C2090-0783 C2090-8281 C2090-8299 C78-8036-9984-8 C78-8036-9985-5 C2028-9757 C2078-1423 C2018-9338 C2090-0767 C2090-0866 C2090-0874 C2089-8425 C2090-0858 C2090-4934 C2090-4942 C78-8034-2962-6 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8010-8795-4 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8010-8723-6 C2070-2866 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8023-6805-6 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8018-2803-5
Description
COLLAR-STP-HDL SCREW-HANDLE GEAR-10S022-08 HPIN20/12SUSH7 K-BRKT-LINK-H PLATE-LINK-H BRKT-D-HEATER-L HEATER, OPTIONAL LOWER DAMP (DH3) (AG) HEATER, LOWER DAMP (DH3) (AH/AHP) OPTIONAL FUSE PWA (DH) (AG) FUSE PWA (DH) (AH/AHP) THERMOSTAT, DAMP HEATER (T1) PWZ-SPLSN-6U BAND-PS100 COVER-DH-L STAY-GUIDE-TRU GUIDE-P-TRU K-COV-FUS-LOW-B K-COV-IN-TRU LABEL-A LABEL-B TPPAN4008MSZN3A ERR050SKZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L PAN40*08MSZN3AI TZPAN4008MSZN3L PAN40*16MSZN3A SCREW-M4-7-R ERR070SKZN3A TZPAN4006MSZN3L TZPAN4008MSZN3L PAN30*06MSZN3A
IPB - 78
110 111
Section 29
5555/5565/5580 Digital Copier Section 29 Transport Belt 2
Transport Belt 2
IPB - 79
manuals4you.com

Transport Belt 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C2090-1153 C2090-1278 C2090-1260 C2090-1252 C2090-1245 C2090-1286 C2090-1351 C2090-8604 C2090-1112 C2090-1120 C2069-6381 C78-8037-1612-1 C78-8058-3093-8 C2090-1229 C2090-1138 C2090-1146 C2090-1161 C78-8035-9760-4 C2090-1211 C2090-1179 C2090-1203 C2090-1310 C2090-1328 C2090-1187 C2090-1336 C2090-1195 C2090-8612 C2090-1237 C2090-0957 C2081-1600 C2090-1021 C2090-0981
Description
K-CASE-TRU K-LEVER-CAM K-LEVER-HANDLE ARM-BELT-TRU HOLDER-ARM-TRU SPC075-080-0315 SCRPR-BRUSH-TRU BRUSH, TRANSFER BELT CLEANING BUSH-BRS-F-TRU GEAR-08H025-06 STOP-RING-8 BUSH-6-MU STOP-RING-6-5 GG08H021/08H031 PLATE-BRS-TRU K-GUIDE-C-TRU AUGER, TRANSFER BELT TONER RECOVERY BUSH-4 GEAR-08H028-04 NOZZLE-TRU-IN SPC284-090-1220 SHTR-NZL-TRU SEAL-SHTR-TRU NOZZLE-TRU-OUT HLDR-S-NZL-TRU SEAL-NOZZLE-TRU CLEANING BLADE, TRANSFER BELT SEAL-R-TRU K-HSG-ROL-TRU ROLLER, TRANSFER BELT FOLLOWER CAP-ROL-IDL-TRU ROLLER, TRANSFER BELT SEPARATION
IPB - 80
31 32

Transport Belt 2
Item Lanier #
33 34 35 36 37 38 A 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 57 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 C2009-4165 C2070-5612 C2090-1054 C2090-1047 C2090-1039 C2080-7756 C2081-1618 C78-8008-7056-6 C2090-0999 C2090-8588 C2090-1005 C78-8034-8783-0 C2090-1013 C2090-1088 C2090-7630 C2048-3285 C2090-1062 C2090-1070 C2090-1104 C2081-1626 C2090-8349 C2090-8166 C2090-1344 C2080-1932 C78-8010-8795-4 C78-8010-8549-5 C2047-3054 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8034-2961-8 C78-8013-8428-6 C78-8008-7079-8
Description
BUSH-4-8-10-5.5 STOPPER-REAR PL-TR-BIAS-F SPC060-050-0120 HOLDER-ROL-CH ROLLER, TRANSFER BELT CHARGE ROLLER, TRANSFER BELT DRIVE BUSHING PLATE-RLR-DRIVE ASM-M5365-BT-TR GEAR-08-H021-08 BRG-608ZZNR RLR-GUIDE-JOINT GEAR-10H024-08 WH-TR-GND-F-300 HPIN20/12SUSH7 BRKT-BRG-R-TRU CLIP-RING-8 PL-ROL-S-EARTH BUSH-ROL-D-TRU WH-TR-GND-SCRPR WH-TR-GND-GUIDE SEAL-BLADE-TRU PLATE-BLADE-TRU PAN40*08MSZN3AI ERR030SKZN3A PTBR40*10MSZN3A PAN30*06MSZN3A TPPAN3006MSZN3A PAN40*06MSZN3AI ERR070SKZN3A
IPB - 81
manuals4you.com

Fuser/ADU Drive
Section 30 Fuser/ADU Drive
105
24 12
8 9
14 13
11 105 105 105 1 5
102 4 6
10
3 2 101 10 5
22 23
21 105 20 105 19
104
103
18 15
105
17 16
IPB - 82

Fuser/ADU Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 A 11 B 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 101 102 103 104 105 C2089-8433 C2089-8441 C2080-4902 C2089-8458 C2090-7309 C2017-4959 C2089-8466 C2089-8474 C2089-8482 C2069-6530 C2090-7929 C2081-3838 C2089-9514 C2078-1423 C2001-9907 C2080-4175 C2090-2821 C2080-3128 C2005-6040 C2090-7317 C2090-2789 C2090-7945 C2090-2797 C2090-2805 C2090-7085 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8542-0 C78-8010-8864-8 C78-8022-7023-7 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
K-BRKT-FUS-MOT K-GR10S/05H50 SPC-075-055-200 COV-FUS-GEAR MOTOR, FUSER DRIVE (M18) CLP/W-LWS-3U BRKT-FRM-R-DR SCREW-D4-18-M3 SPC067-070-140 SWITCH, FUSER INTERLOCK (SW46) WH-LGC-HTR-300 WH-LGC-HTR-300B BRKT-DRV-BOARD PWZ-SPLSN-6U CLP/W-LWS-1U BRKT-MOT-ADU STUD-MOT-ADU WHEEL-252-ADU CLP/W-LWS-4U MOTOR, DUPLEXER DRIVE (M24) BRKT-CNT-REAR WH-LGC-ADD-300 SCREW-SOCKET SPC074-070-0145 MOTOR CONTROL PWA ERR050SKZN3A TPAN40*10MSZN3L BID30*06MSCR1AI TPAN4012MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 83
manuals4you.com

Fuser 1
Section 31 Fuser 1
IPB - 84

Fuser 1
Item Lanier #
Description
FRM-FUSER BRKT-FUS-EXIT-U GUIDE-FUS-ENT-U BRKT-REF-F BRKT-REF-R K-BKT-FRM-FUS-U BRKT-FUS-R-GEAR BRKT-FUS-R-DR BRKT-FUS-FR-HND K-BKT-FUS-SHEET BRG-6907ZZNRC4 COLLER-BRG-HR35 BLT/T-276-3GT-7 RING-STOP-HR-2 PULLY-72-HR55 GEAR-10S060-305 ROLLER, FUSER HEAT BRG-6905ZZC4 ROLLER, FUSER PRESSURE K-ARM-PRESS-F K-ARM-PRESS-R BRKT-THERMO-H/R COLLER-BRG-HR SPC-PRESS-100 WAS-15-45-FUS K-PLY/GEAR-29 STUD-REAR-GEAR STUD-FUS-REAR STUD-ARM-PRESS BKT-THMS-U HLDR-PRESS THERMOFUSE, 181oC (TF1)
IPB - 85
31 32
manuals4you.com

Fuser 1
Item Lanier #
33 C2090-7424
Description
THERMISTOR UPPER CENTER (TH1) UPPER REAR (TH2) WH-FUSER-R-300 WH-FUSER-F-300 SENSOR, FUSER EXIT (S10) WIRE/B-LT-11U CLP/W-PLWSI-46B LAMP, 115V 700W MAIN FUSER (L2) (AG) LAMP, 230V 700W MAIN FUSER (L2) (AH) LAMP, 240V 700W MAIN FUSER (L2) (AHP) LAMP, 115V 600W SUB FUSER (L3) (AG) LAMP, 230V 600W SUB FUSER (L3) (AH) LAMP, 240V 600W SUB FUSER (L3) (AHP) BKT-LAMP-U COVER-FUS-REAR K-COV-FUS-F-5L SCREW-FUSER-M4 LBL-HOT-5L-PET CLP/W-UAMS05L46 TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN4008MSZN3L BID30*06MSZN3AI PAN40*04MSZN3AI PAN40*25MSZN3AI BID40*08MSCR1AI ERR070SKZN3A TPAN40*10MSZN3L TPPAN4006MSZN3A PAN 30*10 MSZN 3A TPPAN4008MSZN3A PTBR30*06MSZN3A TPAN3006MSZN3L TBIDS-40*08-CP
34 35 36 37 38 39 A 39 B 39 C 40 A 40 B 40 C 41 43 44 45 46 47 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113
C2090-7648 C2090-7655 C2090-8471 C2090-9883 C2026-6227 C2090-7549 C2090-7564 C2080-6162 C2090-7531 C2090-7556 C2080-6170 C2089-8003 C2089-8417 C2089-8391 C2032-2061 C2089-8409 C2058-2979 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8033-9177-6 C2058-2995 C78-8018-2627-8 C78-8010-8725-1 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8010-8542-0 C78-8040-3205-6 C78-8010-8944-8 C78-8034-2962-6 C2005-0126 C78-8023-6799-1 C2070-2858
IPB - 86
114

Fuser 2
Section 32 Fuser 2
IPB - 87
manuals4you.com

Fuser 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 C2089-8169 C2089-8177 C2089-8185 C2069-8189 C78-8060-0299-0 C2069-8197 C2069-8171 C2053-0937 C2050-7562 C2050-7554 C2047-5349 C2050-7596 C78-8058-3093-8 C2050-7752 C2089-8193 C2089-8201 C2089-8219 C2089-8235 C2089-8243 C2083-7019 C2050-7562 C2080-4910 C2089-8276 C2089-8292 C2089-8284 C2029-8998 C2032-2061 C2089-8490 C2089-8508 C2057-9561 C2041-4827 C2070-2924
Description
BRKT-SCRAPER-L ACT-EXIT-FUS ROLLER, LOWE FUSER EXIT CLUTCH-HDL-FUS PIN-2-10 SPC-090-100-150 HANDLE-FUS-210 GUIDE-PAPER-FU SPE-SCRAPER-L FINGERS, PRESSURE ROLLER SEPARATION GEAR-25-1.0 SPE-SW-EXIT STOP-RING-6-5 BUSH-6 GUARD-FUS-LEVER BRKT-EX-ROL-UP BRKT-SCRAPER-U2 BRKT-LEV-HND-C COV-FUS-HND-C FINGERS, UPPER SEPARATION SPE-SCRAPER-L SPE-050-050-216 STUD-LEV-CRANK STUD-CL-ROL-U-R SFT-LEV-HND-C SPC-050-300-FLT SCREW-FUSER-M4 SHEET-FUS-LEV SPL-FUS-EX-BKT ROLLERS, UPPER FUSER EXIT SCREW-BKT-DEV SCREW-CON-DEV-V
IPB - 88
32 33

Fuser 2
Item Lanier #
34 35 36 37 A 38 39 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 C2089-8227 C2089-8326 C2089-8334 C2080-7764 C2089-8128 C2057-9470 C78-8010-8725-1 C78-8010-8918-2 C78-8010-8700-4 C78-8034-2231-6 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8010-8725-1
Description
K-BRKT-LEV-R SCREW-M4-D6-6.5 SCREW-M4-D6-12 ROLLER, PRESSURE ROLLER CLEANING METAL SPE-P/R-CL-H400 BUSH-6-11 BID40*08MSCR1AI ZPAN40*08MSZN3A ZPAN30*06MSZN3A TZPAN3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A ERR030SKZN3A BID40*08MSCR1AI
IPB - 89
manuals4you.com

Fuser 3
Section 33 Fuser 3
IPB - 90

Fuser 3
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 A 11 B 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 101 102 103 104 105 106 C2089-8078 C2089-8086 C2050-7752 C2032-8217 C2090-8547 C2089-8110 C2090-8562 C2089-8136 C2089-8144 C2089-8151 C2080-9091 C2080-9091 C2089-8318 C78-8010-8552-9 C2089-8359 C2089-8367 C2090-8554 C2057-9470 C2089-8383 C2057-9660 C2090-7432 C2089-8375 C2032-2061 C2029-8998 C2029-8998 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8700-4 C78-8010-8944-8 C78-8033-9177-6 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
GR10S17/25/17 GEAR-10S22-6-P BUSH-6 GEAR-27-CL-FUS ROLLER-2, FUSER CLEANER (OILING/CLEANING) K-BRKT-LEV-CL-U ROLLER-1, FUSER ROLLER (DUST) CLEANING BRKT-ROL-UP-FED BRKT-ROL-UP-EX GUARD-FUS-CLN-U SPC-055-400-OIL SPC-050-400-OIL STUD-FUS-CLN-U PIN GUIDE-FUS-ENT-L BRKT-FUS-ENT-L ROLLER, PRESSURE ROLLER SILCONE CLEANING BUSH-6-11 SPE-P/R-CL-800 BRUSH-SUS-HR THERMISTER, PRESSURE ROLLER (TH3) COV-THMS-HT-FUS SCREW-FUSER-M4 SPC-050-300-FLT SPC-050-300-FLT TPAN3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A ZPAN30*06MSZN3A PAN 30*10 MSZN 3A BID30*06MSZN3AI TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 91
manuals4you.com
Section 34
5555/5565/5580 Digital Copier Section 34 Front Frame
Front Frame
IPB - 92

Front Frame
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 C2089-6296 C2089-6759 C2089-7260 C2089-7278 C2090-0130 C2015-1825 C2089-5884 C2090-3530 C2090-3555 C2079-8948 C2090-7887 C2089-5975 C2089-6429 C2089-5991 C2047-3138 C2089-9092 C2089-9118 C2089-9126 C2032-4000 C2089-9134 C2089-9100 C2018-9338 C2090-0320 C78-8037-0048-9 C2090-8059 C2089-5850 C2089-5827 C2069-6530 C2090-7879 C2089-5819 C2089-5801 C2089-5835
Description
FRAME-FRONT BRKT-FRM-SCN-F DAMPER, SCANNER FOOT SCREW-DAMPER BUSH-DEV SCREW-LOCK-ARM K-HINGE-F-L STUD-HOOK-STOP STUD-REV-OPEN SWITCH, MAIN POWER (SW42) WH-MAIN-SW-300 COVER-IN-F-HNS BKT-SLOT-SUB BRKT-COV-IN BD/W-EDH-18U K-BRKT-BRSH-MOT K-GEAR15-PLY53 GEAR15-55 GEAR-25-F BELT, CLEANING ROLLER DRIVE MOTOR, CLEANING ROLLER (M10) BAND-PS100 BRKT-SW-DEV SWITCH, DEVELOPER (SW14) WH-DEVSW-300 K-BRKT-SW-DOOR K-PLT-SW-DOOR SWITCH, FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK (SW41) WH-DOOR-SW-300 K-BKT-SHUT-DOOR ACTR-SHUT-DOOR SPL-SW-DOOR
IPB - 93
33 34
manuals4you.com

Front Frame
Item Lanier #
35 37 38 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 C2041-4504 C2089-5843 C2089-9142 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8040-3205-6 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8874-7 C78-8035-1478-1 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8022-7206-8
Description
MG-CATCH-22 BRKT-MG-F-L REINF-BRSH-MOT TBID3006MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPPAN4006MSZN3A ERR050SKZN3A PAN30*04MSZN3A PAN20*10MSZN3AI PAN30*06MSZN3A TPAN40*06MSZN36
39 40 109 110
C2094-5994 C2094-5945 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8023-6806-4
SPL-SHLD-FRONT SHIELD, WIN ERR030SKZNBA TZPAN4008MSZN3L
IPB - 94
Digital Copier
5555/5565/5580 Digital Copier Section 35 Rear Frame 1
Rear Frame 1 Section 35
IPB - 95
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Digital Copier Section 35 Rear Frame 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 35 36 37 38 101 102 103 104 105 C2089-6262 C2089-6601 C2090-7952 C2089-6742 C2089-6270 C2090-3530 C2090-4405 C2090-4470 C2051-2232 C2017-4959 C2017-5006 C2009-4918 C2090-4769 C2089-5793 C2089-5785 C2042-0733 C2005-6040 C2051-7843 C2090-9875 C2089-6288 C2040-5148 C2089-7260 C2089-7278 C2089-5926 C2090-0130 C2001-3488 C2094-5937 C2081-3812 C2081-3820 C2040-5130 C2001-9907 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8040-3205-6 C78-8034-5717-1
Description
FRAME-REAR STAY-REAR-HOR WH-LGC-RVS-300 BRKT-FRM-R-EN BKT-BASE-COV-LR STUD-HOOK-STOP K-JOINT-RGT K-JOINT-GUIDE-U SUPPORT-GUIDE-P CLP/W-LWS-3U PWZ-SPLS-22U CLP/W-LS-10 GROMET-KG016-95 BRKT-COV-R-EXIT BRKT-COV-R-ENT SPC-CONE-1.6 CLP/W-LWS-4U BD/W-EDS-1717U WIRE/B-EDS-25L GUIDE-WH-I/F BD/W-EDS-3 DAMPER, SCANNER SCREW-DAMPER BRKT-COV-SCREW BUSH-DEV CLP/W-LWS-2U CLP/W-EMT-6N BRKT-TRNS (AH,AHP) COIL-S41-K784R (AH, AHP) BD/W-EDS-2 AH, AHP) CLP/W-LWS-1U (AH, AHP) TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN4008MSZN3L TBID3006MSZN3L TPPAN4006MSZN3A TZPAN3008MSZN3L
IPB - 96

Rear Frame 2
Section 36 Rear Frame 2
IPB - 97
manuals4you.com

Rear Frame 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 101 102 103 106 107 108 109 C2090-0296 C2090-0304 C2069-5334 C2069-5318 C2090-0312 C2026-4305 C2090-1575 C2069-5326 C2089-9423 C2089-9159 C2090-7341 C2050-8107 C2017-6509 C2018-9338 C2052-5465 C2090-1542 C2090-1559 C2090-1567 C2089-6239 C2089-6247 C2089-6254 C2090-3605 C2090-3555 C2090-1575 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8034-2962-6 C2052-0441 C78-8018-2803-5 C2040-5031 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8023-6799-1
Description
BRKT-DRV-SUB TERM-BIAS-SUB PLT-TERMINAL-R1 SPC055-050-0200 SPE060-050-184 SCREW-CH-M TERM-FRAME-TRU PLT-TERMINAL-R2 FRAME, CHARGE CORONA TERMINAL K-BRKT-FINGER-SND SOLENOID, DRUM SEPARATION FINGER (SOL3) LEVER-FINGER-1 LINK-SND-CLN BAND-PS100 J-D-175694-2 K-BRKT-CNT-TRU LEVER-CNT-TRU SPE090-100-0360 BRKT-REV-SW-SPL SFT-REV-SW-SPL SPL-REV-SW BRKT-FRM-PIECE STUD-REV-OPEN TERMINAL, TRANSFER UNIT TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN4008MSZN3L TPPAN4008MSZN3A TBID4008MSZN3L PAN30*06MSZN3A PTBR40*08MSZN3A ERR050SKZN3A ERR070SKZN3A TPAN3006MSZN3L
IPB - 98
110 111
Section 37 Laser OPT
15 101 101 101 1 01 101 101 101 101 32 54 67 101 11 15
Laser OPT
1 03
101 101 1 01 101 101 29
111 56 30 31
35 52 55 111 57
101 D 42 63
63 62 60
101 37 101 D 28 101 18 10 1 22 101 101
23 1 01 101 25 50 14 63 101 13
109
62 63 14 101 12
40 109 51
64 61
10 1 101 25 17 41 20 101 16 3 103 9 34 24 101 26 101
101
B 109 109
27 36
49
101
1 09 102 3 4 102 2
101 109 109 6 1 03 59 1 03 65 10 102
109
109
60 33 1
48 43 39 7 A 38 5 B 5 111 47 58 7 45 44 110 112 11 0 66 111 46 A 109 103 103 C 103 10 3
IPB - 99
manuals4you.com

Laser OPT
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 G 29 H 29 I C2089-6353 C2089-6718 C2069-6001 C2089-6726 C2005-6040 C2089-6734 C2058-2862 C2089-6908 C2089-7013 C2090-7697 C2089-6866 C2089-6940 C2040-5148 C2042-4040 C2089-6965 C2089-6973 C2089-7047 C2089-7088 C2089-7021 C2089-7070 C2089-7062 C2089-6999 C2090-7366 C2089-6981 C2070-6099 C2089-7054 C2081-7136 C2081-6591 C2081-6609 C2081-6617 C2081-4232 C2081-1527
Description
STAY-TOP-L BRACKET MOTOR, FUSER FAN (M20) MOTOR, DUCT INTAKE COOLING FAN (M22) CLP/W-LWS-4U PLT-TOP-L GROMET-EHP-6U SHAFT-LD-OPT LASER COOLING FAN (M6) WH-PLG-FAN-300 ASM-OPT-300 K-BRKT-LD-OPT BD/W-EDS-3 CLP/W-WS-2U SCREW-HOUSING SPC066-080-0100 BASE-SYS-F300 BASE-SYS-SUB BRKT-GUIDE-SCSI BRKT-SYS-BOARD SPL-SHIELD-HDD BRKT-SET-L-PNT MOTOR, SYSTEM COOLING FAN (M7) K-SPL-SLD-300 GROMET-EHP-6 BRKT-HDD-SYS-D HARD DISK DRIVE (HDD) 3.2G FLASH ROM SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (AG) FLASH ROM SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (AHP) FLASH ROM SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (AH) EPROM, LASER LOGIC PWA SRAM, SYSTEM LOGIC PWA MEMORY (AG)
IPB - 100
30 31 A

Laser OPT
Item Lanier #
31 B 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 A 42 B 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 A 49 B 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 C2081-1535 C2089-6395 C2089-6890 C2089-6882 C2090-7168 C2089-7039 C2089-6932 C2089-6916 C2089-6924 C2090-8000 C2090-7176 C2081-5528 C2081-5528 C78-8036-8929-4 C2089-6361 C2090-7374 C2089-6387 C2089-6478 C2052-5465 C2090-8182 C2090-8398 C2015-3565 C2089-7005 C2090-7481 C2090-7192 C2090-7705 C2090-7689 C2090-7960 C2081-5791 C2089-6486 C2089-6379 C2089-6874
Description
SRAM, SYSTEM LOGIC PWA MEMORY (AH, AHP) K-STAY-TOP-U COV-GLASS-DUCT GLASS-SLIT-DUCT LASER LOGIC PWA (PLG PWA) LOUVER-FAN-L-OP RAIL-DUCT-OPT-3 RAIL-DUCT-OPT-1 PAIL-DUCT-OPT-2 WH-SYS-HDD-300 MOTHER (LOGIC) PWA (MTB) SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (SYS) 5555, 5565 SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (SYS) 5580 HOLDER-WH BRKT-FAN-EXIT-L MOTOR, EXIT FAN (M27) SPL-FUS-EX-GRD ROL-12*10 J-D-175694-2 WH-PWR-MTBZ-300 WH-PWR-MB2-300B EDS-1717U DAMPER-HDD-300 POLGONAL MIRROR MOTOR PWA (POL) PWA-F-PLG-300 WH-PLG-SYS-300 WH-PLG-POL-300 WH-PLG-300 WH-PLG-SNS1-300 SHAFT-4*22 GASKET-5-5-425 SPL-FG-PLG
IPB - 101
59 60
manuals4you.com

Laser OPT
Item Lanier #
61 62 63 67 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 C2089-6700 C2089-6957 C2041-4827 C2081-5809 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8037-0079-4 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8023-6799-1 C2090-8679 C78-8010-8874-7 CDY-1142-0041-2 C78-8010-8918-2 C2070-6065 C78-8034-9338-2 C78-8010-8549-5
Description
K-DUCT-SLT CUSHION-60HZ SCREW-BKT-DEV LASER ASSEMBLY (without circuit boards) TBID3006MSZN3L TPAN4030MSZN-3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPAN3006MSZN3L NUT060MSZN3A PAN30*04MSZN3A OSWAS060MSZN3A ZPAN40*08MSZN3A SCREW-MR-M3-6 PAN40*18MSZN3AI ERR030SKZN3A
112 64 65
C78-8040-3204-9 C2079-9508 C2079-9482
TZPAN4012MSZN3L SHEET, DAMP - HDD SCREW-SET-HDD
ls4yo anua m
u.com
IPB - 102

Aligning Guide/ DEV Stay
Section 38 Aligning Guide/DEV Stay
IPB - 103
manuals4you.com

Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 C2090-4439 C2090-4371 C2051-2562 C2090-4462 C2090-4447 C2041-4033 C2090-4249 C2090-4272 C2090-4231 C2090-8695 C2090-4256 C2090-4264 C78-8010-8552-9 C2090-0346 C2090-0379 C2041-4819 C2041-4801 C2090-0353 C2069-5409 C2051-1127 C2051-1135 C2090-4454 C2090-0361 C2051-2232 C2090-4470 C2090-0387 C2058-2441 C2051-2414 C2051-2422 C2090-4413 C78-8036-0073-9 C2045-3809
Description
GUIDE-PAPER-U BUSH-RGST-UNIT SPL-GUIDE-P-2 SPL-GUIDE-P-U GUIDE-P-MNAL-U PIN-BKT-CON-H ROLLER, UPPER ALIGNING METAL GEAR-08S020-08 BUSH-RGST-U BRG-696T12ZZ1 PLY/T-3GT016-06 FLANGE-18 PIN STAY-DEV-300 BKT-SET-DEV-300 HOLDER-PUSHER PUSHER-DEV SPC057-090-0210 HANDLE-SET-DEV SPL-SET-DEV INS-ENT-DRUM K-BKT-BRS-RGT-U PUSHER-GUIDE SUPPORT-GUIDE-P K-JOINT-GUIDE-U MYLAR-STAY-DEV MOTOR, REGISTRATION (M17) PULLEY22-3M FLANGE-23 BRKT-MOT-RGST DAMPER-MOTOR BRKT-MOTOR-547
IPB - 104
32 33

Item Lanier #
34 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 C2090-4421 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8034-9326-7 C78-8036-9048-2 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8010-8795-4 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8034-5717-1 C78-8035-3533-1
Description
BLT/T-174-3GT-4 TBID3006MSZN3L ERR070SKZN3A ERR050SKZN3A 9HSS40/06MSFB TPAN3014MSZN3L TPAN3006MSZN3L PAN40*08MSZN3AI TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN3008MSZN3L 9HSS30/08MSFB
IPB - 105
manuals4you.com

Optical Frame
Section 39 Optical Frame
IPB - 106

Optical Frame
2Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 A 20 B 21 22 23 24 A 24 B 25 26 28 29 C2089-7179 C2089-7237 C2089-7229 C2070-1827 C2090-8034 C2090-8018 C2089-7203 C2089-7211 C2089-7104 C2089-7187 C2089-7286 C2089-7195 C2089-7294 C2070-2882 C2089-7716 C2001-9063 C2089-7724 C2089-7732 C2081-0826 C2080-4613 C2080-4837 C2088-9382 C2089-7138 C2090-7507 C2090-8331 C2090-8323 C2047-5984 C2080-4142 C2080-4845 C2089-7252 C2090-8752 C2090-9818
Description
K-BASE-SCAN FRAME-L-SCAN K-BRKT-BRG-WR FAN, SCANNER OPTICAL COOLING (M3A, M3B) WH-SCN-FAN-300 WH-SYS-MMF-300 FRAME-R-SCAN GUIDE-WIRE BRKT-ADJ-WIRE K-RAIL-SCAN-F BRKT-WIRE-F K-RAIL-SCAN-R BRKT-WIRE-R CLP/W-LWS-05 STAY-GLASS-F CUSH-GLASS MAGNET-DF-SNSR STAY-GLASS-R CCD/LENS ASSEMBLY COV-LENS-UN-LT (AG) COV-LENS-UN-A (AH, AHP) FAN, SCANNER LOGIC PWA COOLING (M4) COVER-APS SENSOR, APS 1-4 (S1, S2, S3, S4) WH-APSFAN-L-300 WH-APSFAN-A-300 CLP/W-UAMS05S COV-STAY-INDI PLATE-WH-SCAN BRKT-FOOT-SCAN RRUD-SD-42-HR Z-MA-TB-2533
IPB - 107
30 31
manuals4you.com

Optical Frame
Item Lanier #
32 33 34 A 34 B 35 37 A 45 101 102 103 104 105 107 108 C2047-5984 C2041-8422 C2090-7036 C2090-7044 C2089-7161 C2032-2699 C2080-1916 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8037-0079-4 C2080-2088 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8018-2808-4 C78-8037-0598-3 C2005-0126
Description
CLP/W-UAMS05S GLASS-477-360-4 LBL-SCALE-X-M (AG) LBL-SCALE-X-M-E (AH, AHP) CLP-WIRE-PRESS LABEL, LANIER (AG) FILM-HOLE-COVER TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPAN4030MSZN-3L JA-JFS-4S-CIN TZPAN4008MSZN3L FLT30*08MSZN3AI TBID3006MSZN3L PTBR30*06MSZN3A
IPB - 108

Optical Drive
Section 40 Optical Drive
IPB - 109
manuals4you.com

Optical Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 101 102 103 104 106 107 C2089-7369 C2061-9029 C2089-7377 C2089-7385 C2089-7328 C2089-7336 C2089-7302 C2089-7310 C78-8034-8783-0 C2081-1162 C2089-7096 C2069-6381 C2089-7146 C2089-7153 C2089-7393 C2040-5130 C2047-3138 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8034-9326-7 C78-8018-2636-9 C78-8034-9343-2 C78-8023-6806-4 C2090-8653
Description
BRKT-MOT-SCAN DAMPER HLDR-MOT-SCAN MOTOR, SCAN DRIVE (M1) SHAFT-DRV-SCAN PLY-WIRE-SCAN CABLE, SCANNER DRIVE FRONT CABLE, SCANNER DRIVE REAR BRG-608ZZNR PULLEY, SCANNER FOLLOWER BELT, SCANNER DRIVE STOP-RING-8 BRKT-DF-R BRKT-DF-L SCREW-PIVOT-MOT BD/W-EDS-2 BD/W-EDH-18U TPAN40*08MSZN3L 9HSS40/06MSFB ERR060SKZN3A BID40*10MSCR1AI TZPAN4008MSZN3L SWAS040MSZN3A
IPB - 110

CRG 1
Section 41 CRG 1
IPB - 111
manuals4you.com

CRG 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 101 102 103 104 C2089-7542 C2089-7674 C2089-7682 C2089-7559 C2050-6457 C2089-7567 C2089-7575 C2089-7591 C2089-7583 C2089-7609 C2089-7625 C2089-7617 C2089-7633 C2090-7580 C2090-8430 C2090-8489 C2089-7641 C2090-7713 C2089-7658 C2089-7666 C2090-8463 C2089-7534 C2053-7973 C78-8037-0598-3 C2090-8638 C78-8018-2619-5 C2005-0126
Description
BASE-CRG1 GUIDE-CRG1-F GUIDE-CRG1-R SHAFT-CRG1 FOOT-CRG-1 HLDR-MIR-CRG1-F HLDR-MIR-CRG1-R REFLECTOR, LOWER REFLECTOR, UPPER K-HLDR-BLADE-F BLADE-LAMP-EXPF K-HLDR-BLADE-R BLADE-LAMP-EXPR WH-EXPO-300 HLDR-THERMO-C1 THERMOFUSE, 85oC NON-RESETABLE MIRROR-1-300 WH-LMP-300 SPL-MIRROR1-F SPL-MIRROR1-R LAMP, EXPOSURE (L1) SCREW-MIR-M3-16 SCREW-M3-TENS TBID3006MSZN3L NUT-WN-5*0.8-D PAN30*06BSDG PTBR30*06MSZN3A
IPB - 112

CRG 2
Section 42 CRG 2
51 51
13 53
11 51 51 3
10
10
14 52 6 12
7 2 5 51 9 51
IPB - 113
manuals4you.com

CRG 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 51 52 53 C2089-7401 C2089-7419 C2080-3078 C2080-3060 C2089-7526 C2089-7476 C2089-7484 C2089-7492 C2089-7500 C2089-7518 C2080-3086 C2089-7443 C2089-7450 C2089-7534 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8010-8795-4 C2080-3219
Description
HLDR-MIR-CRG2 BRKT-SLIDE-F BRKT-SLIDE-R STAY-CRGZ FOOT-CRG2 MIRROR-2 MIRROR-3 SPL-MIRROR2-F SPL-MIRROR3-F SPL-MIRROR2/3-R GUIDE-CABLE-CZ K-BKT-PLY-F-C2 K-BKT-PLY-R-C2 SCREW-MIR-M3-16 TPAN40*08MSZN3L PAN40*08MSZN3AI FLT30*06MSZN3L
IPB - 114

Optical Electric
Section 43 Optical Electric
IPB - 115
manuals4you.com

Optical Electric
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 A 3 B 5 A 5 B 6 7 8 9 B 9 10 A 10 B 11 12 13 14 15 16 B 17 B 18 101 102A 102B 103B C2090-7234 C2090-7275 C2090-7408 C2090-7416 C2090-7499 C2090-7499 C2090-8356 C2090-8364 C2090-7606 C2080-3441 C2090-8372 C2090-8307 C2090-8315 C2090-8042 C2081-7110 C2090-8471 C2089-6338 C2040-5130 C2022-1859 C2089-6346 C2045-6521 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8034-2961-8
Description
SCANNER LOGIC (SLG) PWA SCAN DRIVE MOTOR (SDV) PWA LAMP REGULATOR (LRG) PWA (AG) LAMP REGULATOR (LRG) PWA (AH, AHP) SENSOR, APS 1-4 (AG) (S1, S2, S3, S4) SENSOR, APS 1-6 (AH, AHP) (S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6) WH-LRG-EXP-300A WH-PWR-SLG-300A WH-SLG-DF-300 WH-SLG-SDV-300B WH-SLG-SDV-300A WH-APS-AB-300 WH-APS-LT-300 WH-SCN-GND-300 EPROM, SCANNER LOGIC PWA EPROM, SCANNER LOGIC PWA BRKT-KEY-CTR BD/W-EDS-2 BLIND-KEY-CTR (200V SERIES) BRKT-K-CTR-LID CLP/W-WS-3U TPAN40*08MSZN3L TBID3006MSZN3L TBID3006MSZN3L TPPAN3006MSZN3A
111
Not Available
IPB - 116

Size Indicator
Section 44 Size Indicator
IPB - 117
manuals4you.com

Size Indicator
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 A 14 B 101 102 103 C2089-7740 C2058-0213 C78-8036-9536-6 C2089-7757 C2089-7765 C2089-7773 C2089-7799 C2089-7807 C2089-7815 C2089-7823 C2001-3488 C2089-7781 C2080-7335 C2080-7343 C78-8037-0085-1 C78-8034-2231-6 C78-8010-8725-1
Description
K-STAY-INDI MOTOR, ORIGINAL SIZE (M2) COLLAR-IND BLT/T-900-2GT-2 INDICATOR, FRONT INDICATOR, FRONT GLASS-SHD SHEET, WHITE COVER-INDICATOR SPL-GLASS-SHD CLP/W-LWS-2U SHEET-COVER-IND LBL-SCALE-AG (AG) LBL-SCALE-E-M (AH, AHP) PAN20*04MSZN3AI TZPAN3006MSZN3L BID40*08MSCR1AI
IPB - 118

Charger Drive
Section 45 Charger Drive
IPB - 119
manuals4you.com

Charger Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 C2089-9183 C2058-2862 C2089-9258 C2089-9266 C2089-9340 C2089-9365 C2089-9191 C2051-0004 C2089-9209 C2089-9381 C2090-7473 C2089-9399 C2007-6824 C2090-7895 C78-8040-2050-7 C2018-9338 C2089-9167 C2089-9175 C78-8037-0598-3 C2005-0126 C78-8008-7076-4 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8037-0086-9 C78-8010-8700-4 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8035-1478-1 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
K-BRKT-GUIDE-CH GROMET-EHP-6U RAIL-CH-M-L RAIL-CH-M-R SPL-PRESS-CH-R LEVER-SW GEAR-20H MOTOR, CHARGE CORONA CLEANER (M11) STAY-MOT-CLN HOLDER-LAMP-ERS ARRAY, DISCHARGE LED STOPPER-PWA-PCL SWITCH, CHARGE CORONA CLEANING (SW16) WH-CLN-300 SKB-BAND-1 BAND-PS100 BRKT-RAIL-CLN3 RAIL-CLN3 TBID3006MSZN3L PTBR30*06MSZN3A ERR020SKZN3A ERR050SKZN3A PAN26*04MSZN3AI ZPAN30*06MSZN3A PAN30*06MSZN3A PAN20*10MSZN3AI TZPAN4008MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 120

Main Charger
Section 46 Main Charger
IPB - 121
manuals4you.com

Main Charger
Item Lanier #
500 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 C2089-9217 C2089-9290 C2089-9225 C2089-9274 C2089-9282 C2089-9332 C2001-4809 C2089-9233 C2050-9519 C2089-9308 C2050-9543 C2089-9316 C2050-9600 C2089-9357 C2089-9241 C2089-9324 C2069-5011 C78-8029-4724-8 C2069-5110 C78-8035-1150-6 C2041-7960 C2089-9407 C2089-9415 C2089-9373 C2069-5003 C2069-5094 C2089-9084 C78-8010-8874-7 C78-8018-2803-5 C2005-6628 C2009-4157 C2069-6340 C78-8008-7076-4 C78-8008-7096-2
Description
CHARGE CORONA ASSEMBLY CASE, CHARGE CORONA K-GUIDE-CH-L TERMINAL, FRONT TERMINAL, REAR SPL-PRESS-CH-F FLANGE-10-3-1.5 GEAR-PLY-24-12 BASE-CLN-CH-M PAD, CHARGE WIRE CLEANING HOLDER-BASE-PAD BASE-CLN-CH BELT-2M-800-2 PUSHER-SW-M K-BRKT-PLY-I-M BRKT-PLUG WIRE, CHARGE CORONA SPRING-TENS-CH HANGER-WIRE-CH SPC-7.8-0.8-22 TENSIONER-GRID LID-CH-M-F LID-CH-M-R STOPPER-CH-M GRID, CHARGE CORONA COVER-GRID-F SCREW-SET-CLN PAN30*04MSZN3A PAN30*06MSZN3A PAN30*06PL-T-PA PTBR30*08MSZN3A PAN40*08SSDG ERR020SKZN3A ERR040SKZN3A
IPB - 122

Drum/Drum Drive
Section 47 Drum/Drum Drive
IPB - 123
manuals4you.com

Drum/Drum Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 101 102 103 104 105 C2091-0907 C2089-9522 C2089-9530 C2089-9548 C2089-9555 C2089-9571 C2089-9431 C2089-9449 C2089-9563 C78-8040-3009-2 C2090-8687 C2089-9621 C2089-9639 C2089-9589 C78-8035-1977-2 C2089-9456 C2089-9464 C2089-9480 C2089-9506 C2001-3488 C2026-8447 C2009-0742 C2089-9498 C2040-5148 C2089-9472 C78-8040-3227-0 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8010-8795-4 C78-8010-8918-2 C2090-8745 C78-8034-9326-7 C78-8010-8612-1
Description
DRUM, M5365 END CAP, FRONT DRUM END CAP, REAR DRUM BRKT-JOINT-FLG SPL030-S304-DRV FLANGE-DRM-RC BRKT-DRV-DRUM K-HSG-SFT-BRG SHAFT-DRUM-20-C CRR/S200SKFB BRG-6004ZZ-OUT CLR-COUP-SUB-C SPC-235-180-300 CPG-DRUM-300 CRR/S170SKFB GEAR, DRUM DRIVE FLANGE-FLYWHL MOTOR, DRUM DRIVE (M11) BLT/T-3GT276-60 CLP/W-LWS-2U DAMPER-MOTOR BRKT-MOTOR BRKT-MOT-DRUM BD/W-EDS-3 FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY ZPAN40*08MSZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L PAN40*08MSZN3AI ZPAN40*08MSZN3A HPIN40/30SUSH7 9HSS40/06MSFB ZPAN40*12MSZN3A
IPB - 124
106 107

Drum/Drum Drive
Item Lanier #
108 109 C78-8023-6806-4 C2090-8661
Description
TZPAN4008MSZN3L ZPAN40*12MSZN3A
110
C78-8023-6797-5
TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 125
manuals4you.com

DEV Drive/Duct
Section 48 DEV Drive/Duct
103
21 10 13 14
103
104
104
12
20
106 9 19 104 18 104 103 101 104 104 104 101 102 103
101
5 104 2 102 104 103 1 102 3 8 103 6 7 102 4 11 101
17 16
105 15 105
IPB - 126

DEV Drive/Duct
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 101 102 103 104 105 106 C2090-0254 C2090-0270 C2090-0288 C2090-0262 C2090-7325 C2090-0411 C2090-0429 C2090-9826 C2090-0437 C2080-7111 C2090-7333 C2081-6659 C2090-0403 C2050-7802 C2089-6585 C2070-1827 C2089-6593 C2090-0338 C2090-7457 C2090-8067 C2081-0743 C78-8010-8542-0 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8023-6806-4 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8034-2231-6 C78-8035-0497-2
Description
K-BRKT-DRV-DEV K-GP48-3GT25 K-GP25-3GT25 BLT/T-195-3GT-9 MOTOR, DEVELOPER DRIVE (M16) DUCT-DEV-F300 SEAL-DCT-DEV-F3 CLP/W-LWS-1.5S K-BRKT-FAN-DEV K-CASE-FIL-F300 MOTOR, DEVELOPER FAN (M21) FILTER, DEVELOPER K-COV-CASE-FIL SCREW-CLN-U DUCT-LASER MOTOR, LASER UNIT FAN (M6) BRKT-DUCT-LASER HLDR-HVT-DB DEVELOPER BIAS HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY WH-MT-DEV-300 FIL-DUCT-G100 TPAN40*10MSZN3L ERR070SKZN3A TZPAN4008MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN3006MSZN3L THPAN4008MSZN3L
IPB - 127
manuals4you.com

Developer 1
Section 49 Developer 1
IPB - 128

Developer 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 101 102 103 104 105 107 108 C2089-9654 C2089-9845 C2089-9696 C2089-9852 C2089-9860 C2089-9704 C2089-9712 C78-8029-4952-5 C2089-9779 C2089-9787 C2089-9969 C78-8035-1224-9 C2089-9753 C2089-9803 C78-8060-0299-0 C2089-9985 C2089-9795 C78-8035-4230-3 C2090-0015 C2090-0023 C2090-7663 C2089-9811 C2090-0098 C2090-7465 C2079-9649 C2027-6051 C2091-0220 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8008-7096-2 C78-8034-2231-6 C78-8037-0088-5
Description
K-CASING-DEV300 WALL-MIXER-300 PADDLE, SUPPLY/RECOVERY K-BUSH-PDL-F K-BUSH-PDL-R MIXER-1-300 K-MIXER-2-300 BRG-626DDLY-83 GEAR-08S045-06 GG10H024/08S045 K-NOZZLE-MIXER BUSH-6-GCB GEAR-10H018-PDF GEAR-10H031-PDR PIN-2-10 K-PLATE-DEV-R K-GEAR-10H024-I BRG-626-DD-NXR TERM-BIAS-DEV CONTACT, BIAS WH-BIAS-MG-300 GEAR-10H027-PDR BLADE, DOCTOR SENSOR, AUTO TONER (ATS) SEAL-VC8-12-2.5 SEAL-VC6-10-2.5 BID30*04BSCR3CI ERR050SKZN3A ERR030SKZN3A PAN30*06MSZN3A ERR040SKZN3A TZPAN3006MSZN3L BID30*06BSCR3CI
IPB - 129
manuals4you.com

Developer 2
Section 50 Developer 2
104 4
C 28
2 F
C 10 2 21 10 105 23 22 17 10 5 1 5 104 14 105 32 17 1 05 15 E 27 26 31 36 9 F 36 25 27 10 5 33 37 10 3 10 4 1 05 12 34 103 13 102 30 24 35 7 3 8 31 20 10 4 35 11 5 10 6 19 1 07 6
29
IPB - 130
manuals4you.com

Developer 2
Item Lanier #
Description
ROLLER, DEVELOPER TRANSPORT ROLLER, UPPER MAGNETIC ROLLER, LOWER MAGNETIC BUSH-MGHI-TR-R BRG-688ADD1MC3 SHIELD-MG-U-F K-SHIELD-MG-U-R SHIELD-MG-L-F K-SHIELD-MG-L-R SCRAPER-MG-L K-HLDR-MG-F HLDR-MG-HIGHT-U SPA-PSH-MG-100 K-HLDR-MG-R GEAR-10H017-MG K-GEAR-10H020-R HLDR-PUSH-MG-R GEAR-10H023-TR K-PLATE-DEV-F K-GEAR-10H019-F ROLLER-GUIDE PLATE-BIAS-MG HANDLE-DEV-F SEAL-SIDE-DR-F SEAL-SIDE-DR-R SEAL-SIDE-D-FLT K-SEAL-CORNER K-DUCT-BTM-DEV3 BD/W-T18S SEAL-MG-SIDE2 ROLLER-GUIDE-RL HLDR-PUSH-MG-L
IPB - 131
32 33

Developer 2
Item Lanier #
34 35 36 37 102 103 104 105 106 107 C2090-0122 C2080-2153 C2079-9649 C2080-2179 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8008-7096-2 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8034-2231-6
Description
ROLLER-GUIDE-RU SEAL-HLDR-MG-L SEAL-VC8-12-2.5 ROLLER-GUIDE-FL ERR050SKZN3A ERR030SKZN3A PAN30*06MSZN3A ERR040SKZN3A ERR070SKZN3A TZPAN3006MSZN3L
IPB - 132
manuals4you.com

Developer Cover
Section 51 Developer Cover
IPB - 133

Developer Cover
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 101 102 C2090-0155 C2090-0163 C2051-0632 C2090-0197 C2090-0205 C2090-0189 C2090-0247 C2090-0171 C2090-0213 C2090-0221 C2090-0239 C2009-4157 C78-8033-9056-2
Description
COVER-DEV-300 HANDLE-DEV-U SEAL-COV-1 SEAL-COV-2 SEAL-DOCTOR-1 SEAL-SLEEVE-300 SEAL-DRUM-F300 SEAL-MG-TR SEAL-SIDE-SPACE CAP-COV-DEV SEAL-DOC-SIDE PTBR30*08MSZN3A BID30*08MSCR1AI
IPB - 134
manuals4you.com

Hopper
Section 52 Hopper
IPB - 135

Hopper
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 C2090-0452 C2090-0460 C2090-0478 C78-8034-8665-9 C78-8034-8663-4 C78-8058-3056-5 C78-8010-8552-9 C78-8035-8508-8 C2090-0551 C2090-0502 C2090-0486 C2051-0756 C2090-0494 C2090-0510 C2051-0699 C2051-0780 C2051-0798 C2090-0593 C2051-0806 C2051-0814 C2050-5301 C78-8034-9831-6 C2090-7598 C2090-0536 C2090-0544 C2051-0889 C2090-0528 C78-8040-2050-7 C2090-7002 C2090-0601 C2051-0871
Description
K-HOPPER AUGER-HOP-1 SHAFT-PDL BUSHING-6 BUSH-HOPPER WASHER PIN GEAR-33-M GEAR-35-V GEAR-100 STIRRER, TONER PIN-ARM-T-EMP LEVER, TONER HOPPER EMPTY DETECTION K-BRKT-HOP-DRV MOTOR, TONER DRIVE (M14) GEAR-25-20 GEAR-55-20 SEAL-HLDR-AUG-1 COV-HOP-SLIDE PLATE-COV-HOP SPG-BKT-CON SWITCH, TONER HOPPER EMPTY (REED) (SW12) WH-HOPPER-300 COVER, HOPPER LID-HOP-300 COVER, TONER SUPPLY COVER-STOPPER SKB-BAND-1 STPR-CART-65L STOPPER-LID-3 CUSHION-STP
IPB - 136
30 B 31
manuals4you.com

Hopper
Item Lanier #
32 33 34 35 36 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 C2089-6312 C2089-6460 C2058-2797 C2090-7762 C2089-6320 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8010-8874-7 C2040-5031 C78-8010-8864-8 C78-8023-6806-4 C2009-4157 C78-8037-0079-4 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
STAY-ENT-U BRKT-ENT-FAN FAN, CHARGE CORONA COOLING (M13) WH-SFB-FAN-300 DUCT, CHARGE CORONA FAN ERR050SKZN3A ERR030SKZN3A PAN30*04MSZN3A PTBR40*08MSZN3A BID30*06MSCR1AI TZPAN4008MSZN3L PTBR30*08MSZN3A TPAN4030MSZN-3L TPAN3006MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 137

Auger
Section 53 Auger
IPB - 138
manuals4you.com

Auger
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 40 41 42 43 44 C2090-0569 C2051-0947 C2051-0954 C2090-0585 C2051-0640 C2090-0577 C78-8034-8665-9 C2051-1002 C2051-1028 C2051-1010 C2051-0970 C2019-1052 C78-8037-2118-8 C78-8010-8552-9 C78-8035-1347-8 C2042-4206 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8034-2231-6 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8010-8739-2 C2091-0238
Description
STAY-AUGER HOLDER-AUG-R HOLDER-AUG-L PIPE-16-18-129 SEAL-COV-2 AUGER, TONER TRANSPORT BUSHING-6 LID-AUGER SEAL-HLDR-AUG-2 SPE-45-04-19 SHAFT-HOLDER GEAR-13-HL GEAR-23-B PIN BUSH-6 SPC-DEV-PUSH-05 TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A 1HWAS040MSZN3A ERR030SKZN3A
IPB - 139

Cleaner 1
Section 54 Cleaner 1
IPB - 140
manuals4you.com

Cleaner 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C2089-9001 C2057-9850 C2089-8698 C2089-8706 C2057-9751 C2089-8730 C2089-8714 C2089-8722 C2057-9769 C2089-8748 C2050-8982 C2050-9014 C2022-2444 C2050-8990 C2050-9006 C2050-9022 C2022-2469 C78-8034-8665-9 C78-8060-0299-0 C2057-9892 C2089-8847 C2089-8854 C2089-8789 C2090-8513 C2050-8396 C2050-8388 C78-8040-2376-6 C2089-8995 C2057-9918 C2058-0007 C2089-8904 C2090-7903
Description
K-CASING-CLN-30 SFT-SCRPR-BRSH K-FRAME-CLN-F SEAL-SIDE-CLN-F SEAL-SIDE-BLD-F SEAL-SIDE-DRM-F K-FRAME-CLN-R SEAL-SIDE-CLN-R SEAL-SIDE-BLD-R SEAL-SIDE-DRM-R SHUTTER-NOZZLE SEAL-BASE-NOZ COV-BASE-NOZZLE HOLDER-SEAL-NOZ SEAL-SHTR-NOZ SPC-NOZZLE BASE-NOZZLE-CLN BUSHING-6 PIN-2-10 GEAR-15 K-SEAL-S-REC-F K-SEAL-S-REC-R BLADE, RECOVERY BLADE, DRUM CLEANING BUSH-BLADE-OUT CAP-BUSH-BLADE WASHER SPC-BRSH-CLN-F3 HOLDER-BRUSH KNOB-SFT-BRUSH LEVER-BLADE-300 WH-CLN-UNIT-300
IPB - 141
31 32

Cleaner 1
Item Lanier #
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 101 102 104 105 109 110 C78-8040-2050-7 C2089-8813 C2089-8755 C2089-8763 C2015-1833 C2040-5148 C2089-9027 C2070-2882 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8018-2803-5 C2047-3054 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8014-5336-2 C78-8008-6993-1
Description
SKB-BAND-1 SEAL-CASING SEAL-FRM-CLN-F SEAL-FRM-CLN-R SCREW-ARM-CLN BD/W-EDS-3 MYLAR-AUGER-CLN CLP/W-LWS-05 TPAN40*08MSZN3L PAN30*06MSZN3A PTBR40*10MSZN3A ERR050SKZN3A PAN30*10MSZN3A ZPAN30*08MS
IPB - 142
manuals4you.com

Cleaner 2
IPB - 143

Cleaner 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 102 103 105 111 113 C2026-4842 C2089-9043 C2089-9050 C2089-9068 C2089-9035 C2089-9076 C2089-9019 C2090-7994 C2050-8784 C2050-8792 C2089-8805 C2089-8771 C2050-8966 C2050-8958 C2050-8941 C2089-8953 C2089-8946 C2050-8867 C2058-0049 C2089-8821 C2089-8839 C2090-8570 C2080-4928 C2089-8896 C2089-9084 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8037-0079-4 C78-8022-7225-8 C78-8010-8549-5 C78-8040-3203-1 C78-8010-8551-1
Description
SEAL-ROOF-L PLATE-DRM-GAP SCREW-DRM-GAP K-COV-GAP-F K-PLATE-DRM-GAP K-COV-GAP-R AUGUR, USED TONER RECOVERY WH-DRM-GND-300 GEAR-25 GEAR-17-30 K-PLATE-CLN-300 K-ROOF-CLN-300 CLT-CAM-FINGER COLLAR-CLT-FINGER SPC-FINGER-SLIDE COV-CLT-FINGER-F LEVER-FINGER-F300 SPE-finger-ON-OFF CAM-BLADE HANDLE-CLN-F BRKT-AT-SENSER BRUSH, DRUM CLEANING SPE-050-040-158 SFT-HLDR-BLADE SCREW-SET-CLN TPAN3006MSZN3L PAN30*06MSZN3A TPAN4030MSZN-3L OTWAS040SKZN3A ERR030SKZN3A TPAN3010MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A
IPB - 144
114 115
manuals4you.com

Cleaner 2
Item Lanier #
116 117 C78-8008-7096-2 C78-8018-2636-9
Description
ERR040SKZN3A ERR060SKZN3A
IPB - 145
112
119
7 102
Cleaner 3
33 12 13
8 10
9 8 P .5 5 - F 9 7 102 16 D 14
11
15 18 20 112 21 E 112 34 35 112 22 19 D 34 35 25 112 24 23 E 112 119 112 22 21 112 113 17 112
29 27 112 30
31
28
32 26 1 2 116 3
117 4 115 5 6 112
IPB - 146
manuals4you.com

Cleaner 3
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C2089-8979 C78-8034-8698-0 C2089-8987 C78-8040-2376-6 C2057-9876 C78-8060-0299-0 C2032-1915 C2057-9694 C2080-4936 C2058-0023 C2058-0064 C2010-3859 C2010-4188 C2089-8862 C2089-8870 C2089-8888 C2089-8912 C2089-8920 C2026-6144 C2069-4428 C2050-8974 C2089-8938 C2089-8961 C2051-7355 C78-8040-2050-7 C2089-8797 C2090-7515 C2090-7986 C2089-9597 C2089-9605 C2089-9613 C2018-9338
Description
K-SFT-BRUSH-F3 BUSH PLT-BIAS-BRSH-3 WASHER GEAR-16 PIN-2-10 SPACER-BLADE SEAL-BLD-U1 SEAL-BLD-U2-148 K-BRKT-BLADE SEAL-BRKT-BLADE WEIGHT-BLADE-1 WEIGHT-BLADE-2 K-STAY-CLN-F300 GUIDE-STAY-CLN SEAL-STAY-CLN SFT-FINGER-F300 LEVER-SFT-FINGER GUIDE-PAPER-CLN GUIDE-PAPER-C-R FINGER, SEPARATION HANGER-FINGER-300 BRKT-THMS-DRM THERMISTOR, DRUM (TH4) SKB-BAND-1 BRKT-TNR-SENS SENSOR, IMAGE DENSITY (IDS) WH-TNR-SENS-300 SHAFT-DRUM-F-C BAR-SFT-DRM-F-C SCREW-DRUM-F BAND-PS100
IPB - 147
31 32

Cleaner 3
Item Lanier #
33 102 112 113 115 116 117 118 119 C2090-8406 C78-8010-8874-7 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8018-2636-9 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8010-8612-1 C2040-7318 C78-8018-2899-3
Description
WEIGHT-BLADE-3 PAN30*04MSZN3A PAN30*06MSZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L ERR060SKZN3A TPAN3006MSZN3L ZPAN40*12MSZN3A PTPAN3006MSZN3A PAN30*08MSZN3AI
34 35
C2026-6201 C2026-6177
WHEEL-STAR-CLN SCREW-STAR-WH
IPB - 148
manuals4you.com

Used Toner
Section 57 Used Toner
IPB - 149

Used Toner
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 A 24 B 25 26 27 28 29 C2089-8516 C2089-8532 C2032-3960 C2019-1060 C2089-8623 C2089-8581 C2089-8565 C78-8034-8665-9 C2048-3285 C2050-9287 C2089-8573 C2050-9345 C2089-8557 C2089-8656 C2089-8607 C2089-8599 C2089-8540 C2089-8672 C2089-8631 C2051-7462 C2089-8615 C2050-9378 C2089-8524 C2080-4944 C2089-8649 C2015-1825 C2089-8664 C2070-2882 C2062-3773 C117-0185 C2058-2862 C2089-8680
Description
K-STAY-UTNR-300 MOTOR, USED TONER TRANSPORT (M15) K-GEAR17-PLY72 BLT-190-2M-3 BASE-U-TNR-L K-AUGER-U-TNR TERMINAL-AUG-L BUSHING-6 HPIN20/12SUSH7 GEAR-30 PIPE-20-22-304 SEAL-PIPE TERMINAL-AUG-RL SEAL-TERM-AUG-L STAY-AUG-U-TNR BRKT-AUG-U-300 TERMINAL-AUG-RU SEAL-TERM-AUG-U BRKT-SW-U-TNR SWITCH, TONER FULL (SW15) HANGER-BAG-UTNR RAIL-BAG-U-TNR SET-BAG-U-TNR SPE-U-TNR-800 SPE-U-TNR-883 SCREW-LOCK-ARM BRKT-WALL-TNR CLP/W-LWS-05 CLP/W-LWS-1S CONTAINER, USED TONER GROMET-EHP-6U SEAL-TERM-AUG-U
IPB - 150
30 31
manuals4you.com

Used Toner
Item Lanier #
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 C78-8037-0086-9 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8010-8551-1 C2040-5031 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8034-2231-6
Description
PAN26*04MSZN3AI ERR070SKZN3A TBID3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A PTBR40*08MSZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L TZPAN3006MSZN3L
IPB - 151

Copy Reverse
Section 58 Copy Reverse
IPB - 152
manuals4you.com

Copy Reverse
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 C2090-3225 C2090-7358 C2090-3241 C2058-2862 C2090-3258 C2090-3266 C2058-2946 C2090-3613 C2090-3498 C2090-3274 C2047-3039 C78-8010-8552-9 C2090-3399 C2090-3282 C2090-3290 C2090-3571 C2090-3308 C2090-3381 C78-8008-7056-6 C2090-3407 C2090-3472 C2090-3480 C2090-3415 C78-8035-1378-3 C2090-3456 C2041-5832 C78-8060-0299-0 C78-8058-3093-8 C2088-9341 C2090-3464 C2080-2187 C2090-3647
Description
K-FRM-R-REV SOLENOID, EXIT/DUPLEXER GATE (SOL 4) FRAME-F-REV GROMET-EHP-6U SHAFT-PASS-REV STAY-354N CLP/W-UAMS05W SFT-HINGE-REV SHAFT-TRAY ROLLER, LOWER EXIT BRG-688ZZNR PIN GEAR-10S025-08 GUIDE-REV-OUT BRKT-REV-OUT ASM-SPL-ROL-REV GUIDE-REV-MID ROLLER, DUPLEXER REVERSING TRANSPORT BUSHING GATE, DUPLEXER REVERSING SELECTOR SPA-LVR-REV LVR-GATE GATE, EXIT/DUPLEXER BUSH-6-GCB ARM-GATE-F300 CUSH-ARM-GATE PIN-2-10 STOP-RING-6-5 SPE040-026-182 LINK-SOL-ADD GEAR-24-IDL GEAR-10S026-06
IPB - 153
31 32

Copy Reverse
Item Lanier #
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 C2090-3548 C2090-3522 C2090-3514 C2090-3423 C2090-3431 C2090-3449 C2090-3506 C2090-6814 C2090-3563 C2090-3233 C2090-3316 C78-8018-2803-5 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8010-8795-4 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8010-8551-1 C78-8036-1132-2 C78-8010-8855-6 C78-8035-0498-0 C78-8018-2636-9
Description
BRKT-ARM-REV2 GEAR-10S025-06 STUD-ARM-REV-1 SHAFT-LOCK-REV HOOK-LOCK-REV SPA-HOOK-LOCK-F SPA-HOOK-LOCK-R HNDL-LOCK-REV-M LINK-REV-OPEN PUSHER-REV-SW GUIDE-REV-MID-2 PAN30*06MSZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L ERR070SKZN3A PAN40*08MSZN3AI TBID3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A 12ZPAN3006MSZ3L ZPAN30*08MSZN3A TPPAN3008MSZN3A ERR060SKZN3A
IPB - 154
manuals4you.com

Paper Exit
Section 59 Paper Exit
IPB - 155

Paper Exit
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 101 102 103 C2090-3357 C2090-3340 C2090-3365 C2090-3332 C2032-1360 C2090-7523 C2090-7861 C2090-9859 C2058-2862 C2090-3589 C2090-3571 C2090-3597 C2090-7853 C2090-8471 C78-8034-2233-2 C2090-3373 C2090-3324 C2090-3621 C2090-3639 C78-8037-0598-3 C78-8034-2231-6 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
K-BRKT-EXIT-U COVER-EXIT-U ROLLER, UPPER EXIT GUIDE-EX-UP-300 BRUSH-SUS-E SENSOR, EXIT/REVERSING (S17), REVERSING (S18) WH-EXIT-SW-300 CLP/W-UAMS070 GROMET-EHP-6U K-GUIDE-REV-IN ASM-SPL-ROL-REV SPL-UNIT-PUSH WH-RVS-SW-300 SENSOR, EXIT DOOR CLOSED (S19) GMT-OBC-500 GUID-EX-UP-LD GUIDE-EX-UP-2 MYLAR-EXIT-F MYLAR-EXIT-R TBID3006MSZN3L TZPAN3006MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 156
manuals4you.com

Cassette
Section 60 Cassette
man
you uals4
.com
IPB - 157

Cassette
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 A 20 B 22 A 22 B 23 24 25 26 101 102 103 C2090-6947 C2079-9060 C2079-9078 C2041-4330 C2041-4348 C2022-5454 C2090-6954 C2090-6962 C2090-4785 C2090-4793 C2074-6020 C2041-4124 C2041-4231 C2015-0686 C2042-1939 C2041-4249 C2041-4173 C2041-4132 C2041-4298 C2090-4835 C2090-4801 C2042-4479 C2042-4479 C2090-4843 C2051-1937 C2051-1903 C2051-1911 C78-8010-8918-2 C78-8010-8918-2 C2040-5031
Description
CASSETTE-M BASE-CST-ADJUST TRAY-CST SIDE-WALL-F-1.6 SIDE-WALL-R-1.6 GUIDE-SIDE-BACK COVER-CST-M LATCH-CST-M LEVER-PUSH-P/U SPE050-060-0400 SPE075-080-0264 SPACER-CST CUSHION-CST PAD-BRAKE SHEET-CST-S HOOK-CST-550 MYLAR-CST SCREW-ADJ LABEL-LIMIT SIZE-CST-UC SIZE-CST SIZE-CST-UC (LT SERIES) HOLDER-CST-P (A3, A4) MYLAR-SIZE-CST ASM-PACK-SCREW BASE-BACK-BOARD GUIDE-BACK-BORD ZPAN40*08MSZN3A ZPAN40*08MSZN3A PTBR40*08MSZN3A
IPB - 158
manuals4you.com

Exit Fan/Fin CON
Section 61 Exit Fan/Fin CON
1 03
12
11
10
9 10 1 02
6 1 02
107 2 1 02 1 13 17
10 7 7
4 101
1 01
5 104 18
15
1 05
14 19
22
16 10 7
21
1 07 10 6
20
IPB - 159

Exit Fan/Fin CON
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 C2089-6627 C2040-5122 C2070-1827 C2058-2425 C2089-6668 C2089-6643 C2089-6635 C2089-6676 C2089-6684 C2089-6692 C2089-6619 C2089-6650 C2017-4959 C2080-4159 C2080-4167 C2090-7978 C78-8036-8929-4 C2050-6192 C2094-5978 C2069-6530 C78-8037-0079-4 C78-8037-0598-3 C2009-4157 C2070-2858 C78-8023-6803-1 C78-8035-0497-2 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
BRKT-FAN-EXIT BD/W-EDS-1 MOTOR, DRUM CLEANER COOLING FAN (M19) MOTOR, DUCT EXHAUST (M23) DUCT-FAN-EX-S DUCT-FAN-EX-P DUCT-FAN-EX-R DUCT-FLR-EX-R SEAL-FLR-EX-R-L SEAL-FLR-EX-R-S FILTER, OZONE BRKT-FLR-HOLD CLP/W-LWS-3U BRKT-FINS-CON BRKT-FINS-LID-A WH-LGC-FIN-300 HOLDER-WH COVER-SORT-CNTR BRKT-REV-SW-AC SWITCH, EXIT DOOR INTERLOCK (SW45) TPAN4030MSZN-3L TBID3006MSZN3L PTBR30*08MSZN3A TBIDS-40*08-CP TBID3006MSCR3C THPAN4008MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 160
manuals4you.com

Electric
Section 62 Electric
43 34 33
29
107
29
110 39
30 28 32 31
D E
103 110
31 103 29 37
110 27 3C 36
29 35
C
107 107 10 7
104 3A
3 3
14 13
42 11 2
1 12
C D E B
19 15 16
20 40
20 19 3
12
10
3
16
104
41
17
18A 38
20
16 17
4 5 105 7
16 17
110
A
1 1
8
8
8
19
17
102 101
102 101
6A 17 8 6B
9 AH ,AH P
19
106 AG
106 9
IPB - 161

Electric
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 A 3 B 4 A 4 B 5 A 5 B 6 A 6 B 7 A 7 B 8 9 10 11 12 A 12 B 13 14 15 16 A 16 B 17 A 17 B 18 A 19 20 21 B 22 B C2090-8141 C2089-6783 C2089-6791 C2070-1728 C2091-0204 C2091-0196 C2081-1295 C78-8034-9055-2 C2058-2920 C2042-4784 C2058-2987 C2040-4430 C2090-7812 C78-8034-3528-4 C2042-5377 C2050-5251 C2090-8158 C2090-8158 C2090-9891 C2051-7843 C2090-9446 C2090-8125 C2090-8075 C2090-8117 C2090-7820 C2090-9800 C2090-8109 C2090-8091 C2090-8083 C2090-8083 C78-8034-6009-2 C2042-8116
Description
WH-ACMAIN-300 BRKT-ELEC-AC CORD, 115V MAIN POWER (100V SERIES) CORD, 230V MAIN POWER (200V SERIES) FUSE, HOLDER (100V SERIES) FUSE, HOLDER (200V SERIES) FUSE-1A-ULCSA FUSE-1A-EUR B-NK1D-110-20A B-NRW10-10A-Y FILTER, NOISE (AG) FILTER, NOISE (AH, AHP) WH-BREAKER-300 MARK-EARTH-VDE TSS16J48SR TY-TSS8J48SR WH-1/PK -300 WH-1/PK -300 CLP/W-FLC-10S BD/W-EDS-1717U OUTLET, OPTIONAL PM365 WH-TB-NF-300 WH-INLET-L-300 WH-TB-BRK-300 WH-INLET-G-300E BLOCK, TERMINAL (100V SERIES) WH-OUTLET-G-300 WH-OUTLET-L-300 WH-INLET-N-300E WH-INLET-N-300E GMT-OBC-750 CBL/P-INLET-EUR
IPB - 162
26 27 B
manuals4you.com

Electric
Item Lanier #
27 D 28 29 30 31 32 A 32 B 32 C 32 D 32E 32F C2028-9476 C2089-6858 C2017-4959 C2078-1423 C2090-9867 C2079-9920 C2079-9946 C2080-9109 C2081-3770 C2081-3788 C2081-0000
Description
CBL/P-INLET-UK BRKT-LGC-BASE CLP/W-LWS-3U PWZ-SPLSN-6U PWZ-SPSN-6U MAIN LOGIC PWA (5565 AG) MAIN LOGIC PWA (5555 AG) MAIN LOGIC PWA (5580 AG) MAIN LOGIC PWA (5565 AH/AHP) MAIN LOGIC PWA (5555 AH/AHP) MAIN LOGIC PWA (5580 AH/AHP)
33E
33 F 34 A 34B 34 C 34D 35 36 37 38 A 38 B 39 40 A 40 B 41 42 43 101 102
C2081-6625
C2081-6633 C2090-8216 C2090-8224 C2080-9158 C2080-9166 C2089-6809 C2005-6040 C2090-7440 C2080-4886 C2080-4894 C2089-6817 C2089-6825 C2089-6841 C2089-6833 C2090-9909 C2081-1668 C78-8018-2624-5 C78-8022-7225-8 C78-8035-0497-2 C2058-2847
EPROM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (5580)

EPROM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (5555/5565) SRAM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (5555/5565 AG) SRAM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (5555/65) AH, AHP) SRAM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (5580 AG) SRAM, MAIN LOGIC PWA (5580) AH, AHP) BRKT-LGC-HNS CLP/W-LWS-4U CHARGE CORONA/TRANSFER BELT HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY PWA SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PWA (AG) SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY PWA (AH, AHP) BRKT-HVT-COVER LBL-OUTLET-120 LBL-OUTLET-240 LBL-OUTLET-FUSE CLP/W-FLC-20S CPU / WITH ROM, PAPER FEED (MAIN LOGIC) PAN40*06BSDG OTWAS040SKZN3A THPAN4008MSZN3L THPAN3008MSZN3L
IPB - 163
103 104

Electric
Item Lanier #
105A 107A 107B C78-8023-6804-9 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8033-9275-8
Description
TZPAN3012MSZN3L TPAN40*08MSZN3L TPAN3008MSZN3L
106 110
Not Available Not Available
IPB - 164
manuals4you.com
Section 63 Harness 1
(PS-H VT- TM) ( PWA-F-M O T)
(AD U )
(FAN)
(FAN), ( SND)
(D EV), (C O U N TER )
J3 2 4
( PWA-F-SYS)
J 3 23
Harness 1
14 J 32 5 J 32 6 J 32 7 J 32 8 J 3 29
J 33 0
(PLG ) (D C FR O N T)
(H O PPER ) (TR -C AM) (P S-HVT-DB)
J3 3 1
7
(A UG -M O T), (SNS) (RGT-M OT), (SW)
J3 4 0 J 34 0
J 3 41
J 33 2
PWA-F-LG C -300
3
(PEP- FEED -C LT)
J3 3 8
10
J 33 3 J 33 4
( AC C)
J3 3 7
(PEP-C ST-SW )
J 33 6
J 33 5
(LC F- TR AY-M OT )
1
(PEP-R G T-C LT )
(PEP -TR AY-M O T)
(SLG ) (PWA-F-PLG) (PWA-F-LG C)
(SYS)
12
11
10
13
J 404
J4 03
J402
J4 05
J4 08 J4 07 J4 06
PS-ACC-3 00
J401
IPB - 165
J4 09

Harness 1
Item Lanier #
1 A 1 B 2 3 4 5 6 7 8A 8B 10 11 12 A 12 B 13 A 13 B 14 A 14 B C2094-6471 C2080-6188 C2094-6539 C2094-6489 C2094-6497 C2094-6596 C2080-3425 C2094-6513 C2094-6547 C2094-6760 C2094-6505 C2094-6711 C2094-6778 C2094-6786 C2094-6604 C2094-6745 C2080-3409 C2094-6794
Description
WH-LGC-PFP-300 - 5555/5565 WH-LGC-PFP-301 - 5580 WH-LGC-HVT-300 WH-LGC-FS-300 WH-LGC-PCST-300 WH-LGC-ADMT-300 WH-LGC-HOP-300 WH-LGC-MID-300 WH-LGC-MOT-300 (AG) WH-LGC-MOT-300B (AH, AHP) WH-PWR-LGC-300 WH-PWR-PLG-300A WHA-PWR-SC-300A (AG) WHA-PWR-SC-300B (AH, AHP) WH-PWR-MTB1-300 (AG) WH-PWR-MB1-300B (AH, AHP) WH-SLG-SDV-300A WHA-SYS-LG-300B (AH, AHP)
IPB - 166
manuals4you.com

Harness 2
Section 64 Harness 2
IPB - 167

Harness 2
Item Lanier #
1 A 1 B C2080-3433 C2080-3441
Description
WH-SLG-SDV-300A WH-SLG-SDV-300B
IPB - 168
manuals4you.com
Section 81 RADF Feed Paper
123 108 108 1 4
11 5 1 00 108 1 08 1 0 8 57 12 1 11 9 38 102 24 39
RADF Feed Paper

113 20
11 4
28
1 08 100 1 08 40 61 11 7 121 32 31 17
102 11 5 108 10 8
11 8
2 100 27 111 108 18 19
11 6 37 10 8 61 30
14 29 109 15 33 13 1 20 1 0 8 11 9 11 5 1 06 26 120 120 120 120 1 20 12 0 108 11 5 25 11 119 10 7 12 22 7 8 7 8 7 21 1 08 11 4 11 8 12 0 11 5 115 50 60 43 52 11 5 48 42 46 45 115 11 5 47 45 46 49 122 44 41 11 5 53 54 108 115 55 58 56 11 5 51 22 58 11 9 20 11 3 6 10 8 11 0 16 1 09 10 6 1 00 2 11 2 11 3 3 5 4 35
12 59
23 107
36 34
24 9 1 08 10
24
11 5 26
1 06
IPB - 169
65 70 P8 1 F E ED A S M

RADF Feed Paper
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 C2090-5030 C2070-7410 C2090-5105 C2090-6376
Description
FRM-FEED-794-R SPL-LOCK-JAM FRM-FEED-794-F SWITCH, REED 4A = PAPER FEED COVER (SW202) 4B = RADF OPEN/CLOSED (SW201) COV-SW-OPEN GUIDE-ALGN-IN-L MYLR-ALGN-NIP ROL-ALGN-8*9 SPE-SENS-SIZE LEVER-SENS-SIZE ROLLER, UPPER ALIGNING BRG-1680HH-F SFT-ROL-FED-794 ROL-FEED-794 CLIP-SFT-8 SPC-ROL-FEED SFT-ORG-IN-794 ROL-ORG-IN-794 CLIP-SFT-5 SPE-ALGN ROLLER, LOWER ALIGNING CAM-ALGN-OFF BRKT-SENS-SIZE SENSOR 24A = ORIGINAL PRESENT (S201) 24B = ORIGINAL WIDTH 1 (S204) 24C = ORIGINAL WIDTH 2 (S202) BRKT-SENS-ALGN
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
C2070-6750 C2090-5113 C2070-6495 C2070-6180 C2070-7311 C2070-6503 C2090-5121 C2090-5626 C2090-5139 C2090-5147 C2090-5600 C2070-7733 C2090-5162 C2090-5170 C2090-5618 C2070-6743 C2070-6727 C2027-6887 C2090-5261 C2080-2112
25
C2090-5279
IPB - 170
manuals4you.com

RADF Feed Paper
Item Lanier #
26A 26B
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
Description
REGISTRATION/PAPER LENGTH (S202) TIMING (S203)
GUID-FEED-LOW-L MYLR-FEED-794 GUIDE-WEIT-794 MYLR-WEIT-GUIDE LEVER-SENS-EMP SPR-SENS-EMP PLATE-WEIT-794 MYLR-WEIT-794 LEVER-WEIT-794 SPA-WEIT STAY-FEED-U-794 SEPARATION PAD ASSEMBLY SPE-SPT-PRE BRKT-SENS-EMP COV-FEED-JAM-L MG-JAM-SW CUSH-COV-FEED-1 CUSH-COV-FEED-2 CUSH-COV-FEED-4 CUSH-COV-FEED-5 MIRROR-SEAL-770 MYLAR-COV-FEED GUIDE-FEED-COVF GUIDE-FEED-COVR BKT-PAD-SPT-794 SPC-PAD-SPT-794 K-PAD-SPT-794 GUIDE-ALGN-LO-L MIRROR-SEAL-794 MYLR-MIRROR-794
C2090-6350 C2090-6350
C2090-5295 C2090-5303 C2090-5311 C2090-5329 C2090-5337 C2090-5345 C2090-5352 C2090-5360 C2090-5378 C2070-6578 C2080-5685 C2090-5410 C2070-6602 C2090-5394 C2090-5402 C2051-7645 C2090-5436 C2090-5444 C2090-5451 C2090-5469 C2070-6677 C2070-7725 C2090-5477 C2090-5485 C2090-5493 C2090-5501 C2090-5519 C2090-5527 C2090-5535 C2090-5543
IPB - 171
56

RADF Feed Paper
Item Lanier #
57 58 61 100 102 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 123 C2090-5428 C2070-6669 C2080-5701 C78-8023-6799-1 C2048-3376 C2070-6438 C78-8008-7079-8 C2051-7868 C78-8010-8910-9 C2090-5634 C2051-7900 C2090-5642 C78-8010-8551-1 C2090-5659 C2070-7402 C2042-2549 C2070-6263 C78-8022-7211-8 C2048-3293 C2070-7675 C2090-9834 C2027-7737
Description
SPL-GND-FEED MYLR-ALGN-LOW BKT-SPT TPAN3006MSZN3L ZPAN30*06MSZN3A SCREW-M3-10WAVE ERR070SKZN3A BID30*06MSNI3CI ERR 080 SKZN 3A BUSH-1014*07F-K HPIN20/14MSZN3A BUSH-0610*06F-K ERR050SKZN3A BUSH-0609*09O-K SCREW-M3-10W-P PAN-D4*M3*3 SCREW-M4*3-1.6 PAN40*10MSZN3AI BD/W-EDS-0607M CLP/W-UAMS050 CLP/W-UAMS-02-0 SCREW-M4-8-TRAY
5 60 62 122
C2079-9813 C2094-6331 C0281-5502 C2042-2739
BRUSH-G-ORG CUSH-PAD-SPT SPL-SPT-794 PAN-STD-M3*2.2
IPB - 172
manuals4you.com

RADF Feed Drive
Section 82 RADF Feed Drive
IPB - 173

RADF Feed Drive
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 100 101 102 103 104 105 107 110 111 112 113 121 C2090-5550 C2090-5568 C2090-5576 C2090-5048 C2090-5055 C2090-5063 C2090-5071 C2090-5089 C2090-5097 C2080-2260 C2090-6319 C2090-5154 C2090-5188 C2090-5196 C2090-5204 C2090-5592 C2090-5212 C2090-5220 C2090-5238 C2090-5246 C2090-5253 C2090-5287 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8008-7096-2 C2048-3376 C2042-2978 C78-8037-1577-6 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8008-7079-8 C2090-5634 C2051-7900 C2090-5642 C78-8010-8551-1 C2090-9834
Description
BLT-120-S2M-10 BLT-350-S2M-6 PLY/T-S2M024-06 SFT-FED-IDOL-B K-BRKT-FED-TENS SPR-FED-MOT-TEN K-FED-TENS-BELT ROL-FED-TENS-B SPE-FEED-TENS DAMPER-M/P-10-60 MOTOR, FEED (M201) GEAR-7.5H030-10 GEAR-7.5H033-06 ARBOR-FEED-ALGN PLY/T-S2M024-08 BLT-266-S2M-6 SFT-FEED-794 GEAR-7.5H026-06 GP08S035/P2M050 ASM-CLU-OW-WEIT BRKT-FEED-794 GUIDE-FEED-WH TPAN3006MSZN3L ERR040SKZN3A ZPAN30*06MSZN3A PAN-STUD-M3*3 TBID4006MSCR3C TPAN40*08MSZN3L ERR070SKZN3A BUSH-1014*07F-K HPIN20/14MSZN3A BUSH-0610*06F-K ERR050SKZN3A CLP/W-UAMS-02-0
IPB - 174
manuals4you.com

RADF Reverse
Section 83 RADF Reverse
IPB - 175

RADF Reverse
Item Lanier #
Description
FRAME-RVS-F SPL-LOCK-JAM FRAME-RVS-R CUSH-GATE-RVS GATE-REVERSE GUIDE-RVS-U CUSH-SPT-RVS GUIDE-RVS-M MIRROR-SEAL-200 LEV-GATE-RVS-U LEV-GATE-RVS-L SPE-GATE-RVS ROLLER, REVERSING PPS2M043/P2M041 CLIP-SFT-5 ROLLER, EXIT PLY/T-S2M021-06 BLT-166-S2M-6 BRKT-SOL-RVS SOLENOID, REVERSE (SOL201) GUIDE-RVS-L SPR-ROL-RVS-LOW ROL-RVS-IDLE SENSOR, EXIT (S206) PLATE-EARTH STAY-GUID-RVS-L BRKT-MOT-RVS DAMPER-M/P-794 MOTOR, REVERSING (M203) SWITCH, EXIT COVER REED (SW203) COV-EXIT-794-L MG-JAM-SW
IPB - 176
31 32
manuals4you.com

RADF Reverse
Item Lanier #
33 34 35 36 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 C2070-7048 C2090-5816 C2090-5824 C2090-6483 C78-8023-6799-1 C78-8010-8551-1 C2070-7402 C2002-0491 C2090-5865 C2090-5667 C78-8008-7079-8 C2090-5642 C2088-9325 C2048-3376 C78-8037-1577-6 C78-8023-6797-5 C2051-7868 C78-8022-7211-8 C2048-3293 C2040-5130 C2070-7675
Description
SPR-ROL-RVS-U CUSH-ROL-RVS MYLR-ROL-RVS GSKT-EXIT-794 TPAN3006MSZN3L ERR050SKZN3A SCREW-M3-10W-P HPIN20/10MSZN3A SCREW-M4-5*D2 BUSH-0812*07F-K ERR070SKZN3A BUSH-0610*06F-K ZPAN26*04MSZN3A ZPAN30*06MSZN3A TBID4006MSCR3C TPAN40*08MSZN3L BID30*06MSNI3CI PAN40*10MSZN3AI BD/W-EDS-0607M BD/W-EDS-2 CLP/W-UAMS050
37 38 39 40
C2094-6349 C2094-6356 C2094-6364 C2094-6372
MYLAR-RVS-M SHEET-RVS-M MYLAR-RVS-R MYLAR -RVS-F
IPB - 177

RADF Belt
Section 84 RADF Belt
IPB - 178
manuals4you.com

RADF Belt
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 C2090-5881 C2070-7246 C2090-5899 C2090-5998 C2070-6305 C2070-7162 C2070-6321 C2070-6339 C2080-3193 C2090-5915 C2090-5923 C2090-5931 C2090-5949 C2070-6362 C2090-6004 C2070-6370 C2090-6012 C2090-5956 C2090-5964 C2070-7238 C2090-5972 C2090-5980 C2070-6404 C2090-6020 C2048-3376 C2090-5626 C78-8023-6799-1 C2042-2549 C78-8058-3585-3 C78-8008-7079-8 C78-8023-6797-5
Description
FRAME-BELT-F MG/CATCH-770 HLDR-PRSS-ROL-F SPC-ROL-P-BELT SPCR-PRES-ROL-1 HLDR-ROL-PRES-B SPCR-PRES-ROL-2 SPL-PRES-ROL-2 PLATE-TENS-F K-FRAME-BELT-R HLDR-PRSS-ROL-R PLATE-TENS-R ROL-BELT-L STAY-PRESS-ROL ROL-BLT-PRSS-CR SPL-ROL-PRESS PLY/T-S2M030-05 ROL-BELT-R ROL-PRESS-794 ROL-BELT-PRESS ROL-BELT-PRS-E BELT-DF-794 STPR-RING-BELT SPL-ROL-PRSS-10 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A BRG-1680HH-F TPAN3006MSZN3L PAN-D4*M3*3 ZPAN30*08MSZN3A ERR070SKZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L
IPB - 179

RADF Cover
Section 85 RADF Cover
IPB - 180
manuals4you.com

RADF Cover
Item Lanier #
Description
COV-DF-794-L BRUSH-EXIT CUSH-COV-DF-1 CUSH-COV-DF-2 CUSH-COV-DF-4 CUSH-COV-DF-5 CUSH-COV-DF-6 CUSH-COV-DF-8 K-BKT-TENS-DF BKT-BRUSH-BELT BRUSH-BELT SPR-ROL-EX-IDOL ROL-EXIT-IDOL SPL-GND-EXIT RADF LOGIC PWA HOLDER-WH-794 ASM-HINGE-794-L ASN-HINGE-794RS GUID-WH-HINGE-L GUID-WH-HINGE-R BRKT-BELT-MOT BRKT-RUBBER-M/P K-FED-TENS-BELT ROL-FED-TENS-B SPE-FEED-TENS MOTOR, TRANSPORT (M202) COV-BTM-794-L K-BRKT-BRUSH MOTOR, RADF (M204) BRKT-FAN-MOT COV-DF-HANDLE-L
IPB - 181
35 37
EPROM, RADF

RADF Cover
Item Lanier #
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 C2070-2981 C2070-2999 C2051-7868 C2042-2739 C78-8037-1577-6 C78-8008-7096-2 C2042-2978 C2048-3376 C78-8023-6797-5 C78-8010-8725-1 CDY-1106-0901-2
Description
SCREW-M4-12WAVE SCREW-M3-8-WAVE BID30*06MSNI3CI PAN-STUD-M3*2.2 TBID4006MSCR3C ERR040SKZN3A PAN-STUD-M3*3 ZPAN30*06MSZN3A TPAN40*08MSZN3L BID40*08MSCR1AI ZPAN 40X30 MS
IPB - 182
manuals4you.com

RADF Tray
Section 86 RADF Tray
IPB - 183

RADF Tray
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 50 51 C2090-6236 C2090-6244 C2090-6251 C2090-6269 C2090-6277 C2027-9253 C2070-5687 C2042-3273 C2090-6285 C2090-8497 C2051-5169 C2051-5177 C2070-5828 C2090-6293 C2090-6301 C2070-2999 C78-8058-3585-3
Description
TRAY-ORG-794-L WALL-TRAY-R-L SHEET-GUID-TRAY WALL-TRAY-F-L TRAY-SAB-794-L RACK-BYPASS-166 GEAR-10S014-09 SPL-COV-TRAY STACKER-EXIT794 WEIT-STACKER-EX LBL/W-ORG-AH-D LBL-STACK-ORG-L LBL-SIZE-770-L K-STACKER-EX794 GUIDE-TRAY-BRKT SCREW-M3-8-WAVE ZPAN30*08MSZN3A
IPB - 184
manuals4you.com

RADF Harness
Section 87 RADF Harness
IPB - 185

RADF Harness
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 C2090-6392 C2090-6400 C2090-6418 C2090-6426 C2090-6434 C2090-6442 C2090-6459 C2090-6467 C2090-6475 C2080-6121 C2079-9896
Description
WH-I/F-794-L WH-SNS-794 WH-EMP-794 WH-EXIT-794 WH-FEED-G-794 WH-EXIT-G-794 WH-APS-794 WH-OPEN-794 WH-FAN-794 FLD-SFC-4 FLD-SFC-3
IPB - 186
manuals4you.com

PWA LGC
Section 101 PWA LGC
IPB - 187

PWA LGC
Item Lanier #
0 A 0 B 0 C C2079-9920 C2079-9946 C2080-9109
Description
5565 AG MAIN LOGIC PWA 5555 AG MAIN LOGIC PWA 5580 AG MAIN LOGIC PWA
0D 0E 0F
C2081-3770 C2081-3788 C2081-0000
5565 AH.AHP MAIN LOGIC PWA 5555 AH/AHP MAIN LOGIC PWA 5580 AH/AHP MAIN LOGIC PWA
IPB - 188
manuals4you.com

PWA SYS 1
Section 102 PWA SYS 1
IPB - 189

PWA SYS 1
Item Lanier #
0 C2081-5528
Description
SYSTEM LOGIC PWA (SYS) 5555/5565/5580
IPB - 190
manuals4you.com

PWA SYS 2
Section 103 PWA SYS 2
IPB - 191

PWA SYS 2
Item Lanier #
500 C2090-7192
Description
IMAGE PROCESSING/LASER LOGIC PWA (PLG)
IPB - 192
manuals4you.com

PWA PLG
Section 104 PWA PLG
IPB - 193

PWA PLG
Item Lanier #
500 C2090-7200
Description
MOTHER BOARD PWA (MTB)
IPB - 194
manuals4you.com

PWA MTB
Section 105 PWA MTB
IPB - 195

PWA MTB
Item Lanier #
0 1 C2090-7176 C2090-7184
Description
PWA-F-MTB-300 PWB-F-MTB-300
IPB - 196
manuals4you.com

PWA SDV
Section 106 PWA SDV
IPB - 197

PWA SDV
Item Lanier #
0 C2094-6091
Description
SCAN DRIVE MOTOR PWA (SDV)
IPB - 198
manuals4you.com

PWA SLG
Section 107 PWA SLG
IPB - 199

PWA SLG
Item Lanier #
500 C2090-7234
Description
SCANNER LOGIC PWA (SLG)
IPB - 200
manuals4you.com

PWA MOT
Section 108 PWA MOT
manuals4you.com
IPB - 201

PWA MOT
Item Lanier #
500 C2090-7085
Description
MOTOR CONTROL PWA (MOT)
IPB - 202
manuals4you.com

PWA LCF
Section 109 PWA LCF
IPB - 203

PWA LCF
Item Lanier #
500 C2090-7101
Description
LCC PWA/LCC TRAY DOWN SWITCH
IPB - 204
manuals4you.com

PWA ADU
Section 110 PWA ADU
IPB - 205

PWA ADU
Item Lanier #
500 C2090-7143
Description
DUPLEXER PWA (ADM)
IPB - 206
manuals4you.com

Accessories
Section 201 Accessories
IPB - 207

Accessories
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 6 A 6 B 9 A 9 B C2089-7344 C78-8035-8751-4 C2080-1924 C2089-7872 C2089-7880 C2090-6517 C2090-6525
Description
TOOL, SCAN PULLEY CABLE HOLDING JIG, FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK STD-ADJ-LNSUNIT AREA-SHEET-LETTER PAPER SIZES AREA-SHEET-A/B PAPER SIZES KIT, DAMP HEATER ASSEMBLY (AG) KIT, DAMP HEATER ASSEMBLY (AH, AHP)
11
C2081-4620
KIT-ADU-CLUTCH
IPB - 208
manuals4you.com

Replace Unit
Section 203 Replace Unit
6 5
IPB - 209

Replace Unit
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 A B A B C2079-8724 C2079-8732 C2079-8740 C2080-7798 C2080-7806 C2080-7772 C2080-7780 C2080-2468 C2080-7814 C2080-7822 C2080-2450
Description
MODULE, CLEANER/DRUM MODULE, DEVELOPER-UNIT MODULE, CHARGE CORONA MODULE, MODULE, MODULE, MODULE, FUSER-AG FUSER-AH TRANSFER BELT-AG TRANSFER BELT-AH
RADF PM KIT IMAGE PROCESS PM KIT FUSER PM KIT FILTER-PAPER FEED PM KIT
IPB - 210
manuals4you.com

Decals 1
Section 204 Decals 1
IPB - 211

Decals 1
Item Lanier #
1 B C78-8034-9857-1 1 A C78-8034-9908-2 2 C2090-5022 3 A C2053-0994 4 A C2032-2673 5 C2090-7069 6 C2090-8448 7 A C2050-0211 8 A C2090-8422 9 A C2032-9371 10 A C2080-7335 10 B C2080-7343 11 12 13 C2027-8461 C2058-1872 C2090-7051
Description
LBL-DRUM-AH (AH, AHP) LBL-DRUM-M-2 (AG) LBL-CAU-LSR-300 LBL-CLOSE-LID (AG) LBL-LNR-TONER (AG, AHP) LBL-TNR-INST-M LBL-LASER LABEL-FCC (AG) LBL-CDRH (AG) LABEL-CANADA (AG) LBL-SCALE-AG (AG) LBL-SCALE-E-M (AH, AHP) LBL-ENERGY-M-S LBL-LMT-LCF-C7M LBL-USED-TNR-M LBL-WARNING-2 (AG, AHP) LBL-STK-SFB-C7M LBL-SIZE-SFB-AG (AG) LBL-SIZE-SFB-AH (AH, AHP) LBL-PUSH-CAU-M LBL/W-ORG-AH-D LBL-STACK-ORG-L LBL-SIZE-770-L
14 A C78-8034-9603-9 15 C2058-1849 16 B C2051-1374 16 A C2051-1382 17 C2090-7077 18 C2051-5169 19 20 C2051-5177 C2070-5828
IPB - 212
manuals4you.com

Decals 2
Section 205 Decals 2
ua man
ou ls4y
.com
IPB - 213

Decals 2
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 C2032-4091 C2090-4959 C2090-5006 C2090-4967 C2090-4975 C2090-4991 C2090-5014 C2090-4983 C2041-4298 C2090-4934 C2090-4942 C2089-8409
Description
LBL-LCF-CAUTION LABEL-E LBL-CAU-ADU-JAM LABEL-F LABEL-G LABEL-I LBL-ADU-JAM LABEL-H LABEL-LIMIT LABEL-B LABEL-C LBL-HOT-5L-PET
13
Not Available
IPB - 214
manuals4you.com
5555/5565/5580 Parts Information
Audit Information
5555/5565/5580 Parts Information Audit Information
2 Change Record
Change Record
Update Number Date
February, 2001
Chapter affected
All
Pages affected
All

Initial issue
manuals4you.com
Parts Information
F580/F580S
F580/F580S
Parts Information
* PARTS MENU *
IPB - 1
manuals4you.com
Table of Contents
F580/F580S Parts Information
Finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Attachment Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 External Covers 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 External Covers 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Finisher Main Body 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Finisher Main Body 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Cable Main Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Tray Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Tray Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Feeder Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Feeder Assembly 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Feeder Assembly 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Center Feeder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Buffer Upper Guide Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Inlet Feeder Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Swing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Swing Guide Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Stapler Tray Assembly 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Stapler Tray Assembly 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Stapler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Saddle Assembly 1 (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Saddle Assembly 2 (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Saddle Assembly 3 (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Saddle Assembly 4 (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Saddle Guide Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Stapler Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Pass Lower Guide Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Inner Side Plate Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Saddle Delivery Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Motor Mount Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Latch Assembly (F580S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Hole Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Punch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
IPB - 2
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 1 Attachment Parts
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 C2109-2770 C2109-2788 C2108-9982 C2088-9499 C2109-2796 C2109-2804 C2080-7178 C2078-4765 C2078-4757 C2109-2812 C2071-7179 C2089-0679 C2051-9823 C2089-3590 C2041-3589 C78-8040-2929-2 C78-8023-6820-5 C2089-0794 C2109-2820 C2109-2838
Mfg #
44210691000 44210692000 4402349410 4402349450 44210693000 44210694000 4400598330 4400595360 4400595350 44210695000 4402342500 4402352650 4400576210 4402967700 4407843290 4842040724 7043401213 4402355520 44210696000 44210697000
Description
ASM-LATCH-536-L COV-LATCH-L-L RAIL-SORT-780 STOPPER-780 PLATE-LATCH-L BRKT-PIN-536-L PLATE-SORT-RAIL SPACER-RAIL-773 BRKT-RAIL-773 ASM-STOP-536 LBL-STAPLE-775L IPC PWA PWZ-SPLS SCREW SCREW TPPAN4006MSZN3L BID40*12MSCR1AI SCREW SCREW SCREW
IPB - 4
Section 2
F580/F580S Finisher Section 2
External Covers 1
44
3 512 511 25 32 2 17
External Covers 1
33 508 31 40 502 34 27 26 29 503 19 4 507 1 20 37 502 18 501
501
11 15 15 502 5 10 7
9 6 8
13 501 502 14 35
505
IPB - 5
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 2 External Covers 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 25 26 27 29 31 32 33 34 35 37 40 44 C2089-2469 C2109-2671 C2109-2689 C2109-2846 C2109-2895 C2089-2873 C2109-2903 C2088-9549 C2088-9556 C2089-0893 C2089-2626 C2109-0196 C2109-0204 C2109-2887 C2089-2659 C2089-2683 C2089-2709 C2089-2675 C2109-2994 C2109-2739 C2109-2762 C2089-0919 C2109-3000 C2109-0212 C2071-5181 C2089-2790 C2089-0729 C2089-5116 C2089-0729 C2109-3844 C2027-9956
Mfg #
4402966220 44210669000 44210670000 44210698000 44210705000 4402966760 44210706000 4402349740 4402349750 4402960560 4402966410 44209665000 44209666000 44210704000 4402966450 4402966480 4402966500 4402966470 44210725000 44210683000 44210688000 4402960700 44210728000 44209672000 4400790790 4402966620 4402352940 4402969300 4402352940 44210834000 4402352090
Description
COV-HURDDLE-T-L CAP-536-F-L CAP-536-R-L COV-F-536-L SHUTTER-795-L SHEET-502 PLATE-SHUTTER DAMPER DAMPER-SHUTTER PLATE-SHUTTER GUIDE-HURDLE-LL WIRE-HARNESS SHUTTER SENSOR (S405) ASM-GUIDE-L-L ASM-GUIDE-SLIDE COV-SLIDE-R-L COVER-PLUG-2-L COV-SLIDE-F-L TRAY-536-L LEVER-SENSOR-L COV-TRAY-SENSOR SPRING WIRE-HARNESS WIRE-HARNESS TRAY 1 PAPER SENSOR (S411) TRAY 2 PAPER SENSOR (S412) COVER-PLUG-1-L CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR TRAY-SUB-L SCRW-XB47401207
IPB - 6
501
Item Lanier #
502 503 505 507 508 511 512 C2061-7627 C2052-0375 C2071-4762 C2109-3034 C78-8040-2929-2 C2041-3522 C2015-6311
Mfg #
4402015300 4402015230 4400595930 44210733000 4842040724 7402204008 7043400417
Description
PAN-XB47400809 PAN-SCREW SCREW SCREW TPPAN4006MSZN3L 2TWAS040SSDG BID40*04MSZN3L
IPB - 7
manuals4you.com
Section 3
External Covers 2
F580S
10
20
13 6 7 510 5 14 504 42 15 25 31 27 26 16 509 513 501 21 22 12 4

F580S F580S
External Covers 2
509 35
11
32 513 33
8 513
23 513 9 513 41 40 501 513
43
513
18
509
F580
24 36 513
F580S
30 28
IPB - 8
Item Lanier #
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 21 22 23 24 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 32 C2109-2606 C2080-4829 C2089-2501 C2089-2519 C2109-2747 C2109-2754 C2109-2713 C2089-2550 C2109-2853 C2109-2879 C2109-0188 C2109-2861 C2109-2911 C2089-2691 C2109-2945 C2109-0154 C2109-2952 C2109-2960 C2109-2978 C2109-2986 C2088-9572 C2109-0162 C2089-0877 C2089-2766 C2089-2774 C2109-0170 C2108-9990
Mfg #
44210649000 4402966200 4402966280 4402966290 44210686000 44210687000 44210673000 4402966330 44210700000 44210703000 44209663000 44210701000 44210708000 4402966490 44210715000 44209653000 44210717000 44210719000 44210721000 44210723000 4402349880 44209660000 4402960500 4402966580 4402966590 44209662000 4402349630 4402966350 4402966630 44210729000 44210732000 44210710000
Description
COV-F-536-T CVR-SNSR-L F580S LVR-SNSR-L F580S SPRING F580S COV-FOOT-536-L COV-FOOT-R-L STPR-TRY-L F580S STITCHER TRAY PAPER PRESENT SENSOR (S426) COVER-R-L COV-TOP-536-L WIRE-HARNESS F580S FLAG-SENSOR COVER-R-536-L CVR-BTN-L F580 TRY-STK-L F580S SCREW-M4 COV-F-U-L COV-R-L-L F580S COV-LATCH-A-L F580 COV-LATCH-B-L F580S SPRING SCREW SPACER-795 CVR-REAR-L-L F580S COVER-R-B F580S SPC SPRING HANDLE-L COVER-INNER-F-L COV-F-L-536-T F580 COV-F-L-537-L F580S COV-CONNECT-L
33 C2089-2576 35 C2089-2808 36 A C2109-3018
IPB - 9
36 B C2109-3026 40 C2109-2929
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
41 42 43 501 504 509 510 513 C2109-2937 C2109-2630 C2109-2655 C2027-9956 C78-8010-8725-1 C2089-1123 C2071-7120 C2071-5694
Mfg #
44210712000 44210663000 44210666000 4402352090 7043400813 4402961210 4402015240 4400792330
Description
COV-CONNECT-2-L LBL-JAM-STPL-L LBL-SADDLE-L SCRW-XB47401207 BID40*08MSCR1AI SCREW-M4*8 PAN-XB47300809 SCREW-RS-M4
IPB - 10
Section 4
Finisher Main Body 1
17
25
SEE P19

7
17
7 504 7 504
SEE P8
17
504 1 504
48 17 50
1 1
26 27 17
F580
17
38
49
503
SEE P10, 11
17 508 17 14
F580
17 17
37
10 17 5 17 6 2 17 10 17
F580S SEE P6
IPB - 11
F580
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 4 Finisher Main Body 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 5 6 7 10 14 17 25 26 27 37 38 48 49 50 503 504 508 C2109-3042 C2089-3061 C2089-3053 C2089-2410 C2109-3075 C2109-0238 C2109-0279 C2071-5694 C2089-0513 C2089-3079 C2089-2139 C2109-0337 C2089-1081 C2089-1024 C2109-3752 C2109-3869 C78-8034-9342-4 C78-8040-2929-2 C2015-6352
Mfg #
44210734000 4402966980 4402966970 4402964630 44210738000 44209681000 44209685000 4400792330 4402351760 4402966990 4402963520 44209694000 4402961060 4402960920 44210819000 44211020000 7043300617 4842040724 7043400617
Description
CASTER-536 PLATE-CVR-A F580 K-COV-INNER-L LBL-STAPLE-2-L SCREW PLT-FNSHR F580S COV-WH-FEED F580 SCREW-RS-M4 BRKT-STAPLE PLATE-COVER-B BRKT-FIN-793 BRKT-PCB SPACER-PCB GUIDE-CABLE FINISHER LOGIC PWA FINISHER EPROM BID30*06MSZN3L TPPAN4006MSZN3L BID40*06MSZN3L
IPB - 12
Section 5
3 17 4 502 47 8 28 17 17 29 11 17 9 12 17 30 17 23 16 24 31 501
17
13 17 6
SEE P20, 21, 22, 23
18 17
20 15 22 21
F580 F580S
17
19 32
32
IPB - 13
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 15 C2109-2721 C2109-3059 C2109-3067 C2088-9622 C2088-9630 C2109-0246 C2109-0253 C2109-0261 C2089-2949
Mfg #
44210674000 44210735000 44210737000 4402349970 4402349980 44209682000 44209683000 44209684000 4402966840 4400790790 4400792330 4400792330 44209686000 44209687000 44209688000 4402967010 4402967020 4402349950 4402350120 4402349930 4402350110 4402349940 4402349990 44209689000 4402966870 4842040810 44209690000
Description
SLIDE-536-L SPL COV-INNER-L F580S SPL SPC PLATE-HINGE-U PLATE-HINGE-M PLATE-HINGE-L HANDLE F580S PAPER TRAY HOME POSITION SENSOR (S408) SCREW-RS-M4 F580 SCREW-RS-M4 F580S WIRE-HARNESS F580S PLT-RLS-F F580S PLT-RLS-R F580S SCREW-F502 F580S SPRING F580S BRKT-SENSOR TRAY POSITION SAFETY SWITCH (SW403) HOLDER-SENSOR TRAY UPPER LIMIT SAFETY SWITCH (SW405) HOLDER BRACKET SCREW-RS-M4*12 F580S GUIDE-CABLE-B BID30*08MSZN3L SCREW-M4*6
16 C2071-5181 17 A C2071-5694 17 B C2071-5694 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 28 29 30 31 32 47 501 502 C2109-0287 C2109-0295 C2109-0303 C2089-3087 C2089-3095 C2088-9614 C2088-9697 C2088-9598 C2088-9689 C2088-9606 C2088-9648 C2109-0311 C2089-2972 C2052-0458 C2109-0329
IPB - 14
Section 6
F580/F580S Finisher Section 6 Cable Main Body
Cable Main Body
12
13
F580
F580S
IPB - 15
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 6 Cable Main Body
Item Lanier #
0 A C2109-3083 0 B C2109-3091 1 C2109-3109 12 13 C2109-3117 C2109-3125
Mfg #
44210739000 44210740000 44210741000 44210742000 44210743000
Description
ASM-CABLE-536 F580 ASM-CABLE-537 F580S BUSHING BRKT-536 BRKT-537
IPB - 16
Section 7
F580/F580S Finisher Section 7 Tray Frame Assembly
Tray Frame Assembly
501 3
503 502
501 501 7 503 2 1 9
501
501
501 503 10
4 5
10
503
503 6 503 6
0
IPB - 17
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 7 Tray Frame Assembly
Item Lanier #
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 501 502 503 C2109-0345 C2088-9879 C2088-9887 C2089-3236 C2089-3244 C2089-3251 C2089-9903 C2109-0352 C2089-3269 C2089-1321 C2088-9895 C2015-6352 C2015-6113 C2015-7335
Mfg #
44209706000 4402350710 4402350720 4402967220 4402967230 4402967240 4402350770 44209707000 4402967250 4402961540 4402350760 7043400617 7043300417 4402016800
Description
ASM-FRAME-TRAY GUIDE-SLIDE-A GUIDE-SLIDE-B STAY-TRAY-793 FRAME-TRAY-F FRAME-TRAY-R ROLLER ROLLER PLATE-GUIDE CLIP-CABLE ROLLER BID40*06MSZN3L BID30*04MSZN3L ERRING-5
IPB - 18
Section 8
Tray Drive Assembly
501
Tray Drive Assembly

503
4 2 504
11 6 501 5
8 3 502
10 502 4 503 9 7
IPB - 19
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 8 Tray Drive Assembly
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 501 502 503 504 C2089-1289 C2089-1271 C2088-9853 C2051-9427 C2109-0378 C2088-9838 C2109-0386 C2109-0394 C2109-2242 C2109-2259 C2109-2267 C2089-0253 C78-8034-9342-4 C2015-7350 C2015-7616
Mfg #
4402961390 4402961380 4402350690 4400575620 44209709000 4402350650 44209710000 44209711000 44209996000 44209997000 44209998000 7432301608 7043300617 4402016830 7432201608
Description
PWA-SENSOR CAM WASHER BUSHING GEAR-48T SPRING MOTOR GEAR-22T BRKT-DRIVE-S BRKT-DRIVE SFT-TRAY HPIN30/16SS BID30*06MSZN3L ERRING-6.4 HPIN20/16SS
IPB - 20
Section 9
Feeder Drive
8 2
3 1
Feeder Drive
11 501 9 5
502 10 12 7 9 6
0
IPB - 21
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 9 Feeder Drive
Item Lanier #
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 501 502 C2109-0402 C2089-0331 C2109-0410 C2109-0428 C2014-5884 C2109-0436 C2109-0444 C2109-0451 C2109-0469 C2109-0477 C2109-0485 C2109-2275 C2109-2283 C78-8034-9342-4 C2109-0493
Mfg #
44209712000 4402351470 44209713000 44209714000 4407839560 44209715000 44209716000 44209717000 44209718000 44209719000 44209720000 44209999000 44210000000 7043300617 44209721000
Description
ASM-DRIVE-FEED SCREW WASHER FEED 1 MOTOR (M401) FEED MOTOR 2 (M408) SCREW-M3 GEAR-18T/P28T GEAR-21T/P20/21 GEAR-25T/P85T SPRING BELT BELT K-BRKT-DRIVE K-BRKT-MOT-DRIV BID30*06MSZN3L ERR -XD21200642
IPB - 22
Section 10
Feeder Assembly 1
30 36
507
19 14
SEE P9
Feeder Assembly 1
16 8 19 19 47
SEE P13
SEE P12
15 21
37 1 14 19 41 5 3 19 10
SEE P14
42
18
18 4 2 501 21
IPB - 23
12
19
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 10 Feeder Assembly 1
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 8 10 12 14 15 16 18 19 21 30 36 37 41 42 47 501 507 C2109-0501 C2089-0950 C2089-1032 C2089-0943 C2089-1040 C2109-0519 C2109-0527 C2109-0535 C2109-0543 C2089-0968 C2089-1073 C2109-0204 C2071-5694 C2109-0568 C2088-9655 C2109-0584 C2109-0006 C2109-0592 C2109-3158 C2109-3141 C2015-7335 C2089-0612
Mfg #
44209724000 4402960770 4402960930 4402960760 4402960960 44209726000 44209728000 44209730000 44209732000 4402960800 4402961040 44209666000 4400792330 44209735000 4402350070 44209746000 4402350010 44209749000 44210746000 44210745000 4402016800 4402352080
Description
DUCT-SENSOR HOLDERSWITCH BRKT-SENSOR SPL ROLLER-FEED SPCR-DEFLECTOR GATE WIRE-HARNESS PLATE-PIN GEAR-21T SPE FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SENSOR (S416) SCREW-RS-M4 BEARING CONNECTOR WIRE-HARNESS PAPER STACK HEIGHT SENSOR (S402) FRAME-F FRAME-R STAY-SENSOR ERRING-5 SCREW
IPB - 24
Section 11
Feeder Assembly 2
502
25 35
43 19 20 6 20
20
44
48
49 38 34
9 41 40
19 19
31
33
32
508
IPB - 25
manuals4you.com
505
Item Lanier #
6 9 19 20 25 31 32 33 34 35 38 40 41 43 44 48 49 502 505 508 C2089-1099 C2109-3133 C2071-5694 C2109-0550 C2109-0576 C2109-3174 C2109-3182 C2109-3190 C2088-9655 C2089-0729 C2072-0744 C2109-0600 C2088-9655 C2109-3166 C2089-0984 C2109-2291 C2109-2309 C2015-6113 C2015-6113 C2071-5017
Mfg #
4402961100 44210744000 4400792330 44209734000 44209737000 44210748000 44210749000 44210750000 4402350070 4402352940 4402346920 44209754000 4402350070 44210747000 4402960840 44210002000 44210003000 7043300417 7043300417 4400790620
Description
GUIDE FRAME-C SCREW-RS-M4 SCREW-M4*4.5 BUFFER ENTRANCE SOLENOID (SOL402) BRKT-RB BELT DISENGAGE SOLENOID (SOL407) SPRING CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CLIP WIRE-HARNESS CONNECTOR BRKT-SND GUIDE-CABLE FRAM-BASE-MID FRAM-MID-SUB BID30*04MSZN3L BID30*04MSZN3L SCREW-M4*6
IPB - 26
Section 12
Center Feeder Assembly
502 11 501 1 502 12 501 502 11 27 501 501
Center Feeder Assembly
28
10 502 11
17 12 11 501 501 502
501 502 29
16
14
501 13 504
24 7
23 30 4
19
21 22 501 8 3 505 18 2
503 505
20 5 25 9 506 15
IPB - 27
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 12 Center Feeder Assembly
Item Lanier #
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 C2109-3208 C2109-0618 C2109-0626 C2109-0634 C2089-1727 C2089-1735 C2089-1743 C2109-3216 C2109-0642 C2109-0659 C2089-1784 C2089-1792 C2089-1800 C2089-1818 C2071-5017 C2089-0364 C2089-1099 C2089-1826 C2089-0372 C2089-1834 C2071-5181 C2109-0667 C2062-1454 C2089-0810 C2109-3224 C2088-9655 C2109-0675 C2109-0683 C2072-0744 C2089-1701 C2015-7335 C78-8036-9386-6
Mfg #
44210751000 44209756000 44209757000 44209758000 4402962020 4402962030 4402962040 44210752000 44209760000 44209761000 4402962090 4402962100 4402962110 4402962120 4400790620 4402351520 4402961100 4402962130 4402351530 4402962140 4400790790 44209762000 4408651130 4402355810 44210753000 4402350070 44209763000 44209764000 4402346920 4402962000 4402016800 7432200808
Description
ASM-FEED-C-536 GATE ROLLER SHAFT-ROLLER FLAG-SENSOR SPL BLOCK-GATE GRIP-GUIDE BUFFER EXIT SOLENOID (SOL403) WIRE-HARNESS SHAFT-ROLLER ROLLER-1 ROLLER-2 GEAR-35T SCREW-M4*6 ROLLER-C GUIDE SPE SPL SPRING SWITCH GUIDE-PAPER BUSHING BUSHING LABEL CONNECTOR GATE CUSHION CLIP GUIDE-CENTER ERRING-5 HPIN20/08SSDG
IPB - 28
501 502
F580/F580S Finisher Section 12 Center Feeder Assembly
Item Lanier #
503 504 505 506 C2015-6113 C2015-7608 C2027-9956 C2052-0375
Mfg #
7043300417 7432201408 4402352300 4402015230
Description
BID30*04MSZN3L HPIN20/14SS SCRW-XB47401007 PAN-SCREW
IPB - 29
manuals4you.com
Section 13
F580/F580S Finisher Section 13 Buffer Upper Guide Assembly
Buffer Upper Guide Assembly
6 4 502 6 9 15 14 502 15 2 18 1 502 5 503 24
23
19 12 17
6 4 5 6
11 10
IPB - 30
F580/F580S Finisher Section 13 Buffer Upper Guide Assembly
Item Lanier #
0 1 2 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 14 15 17 18 19 23 24 502 503 505 C2109-3232 C2089-1651 C2089-1669 C2109-0691 C2109-0709 C2109-0717 C2109-0725 C2109-0733 C2109-0741 C2109-0758 C2089-0364 C2089-1636 C2109-0204 C2109-0113 C2109-0147 C2109-0766 C2109-0774 C2052-0375 C2052-0383 C2027-9956
Mfg #
44210754000 4402961950 4402961960 44209767000 44209768000 44209769000 44209772000 44209773000 44209774000 44209775000 4402351520 4402961920 44209666000 44209541000 44209618000 44209781000 44209782000 4402015230 4402015290 4402352300
Description
ASM-BUFFER-536 SPL SPL ROLLER SHAFT-ROLLER SPL SPL FLAG-SENSOR SPRING GUIDE-U ROLLER-C ROLLER-D BUFFER PATH PAPER SENSOR (S414) LABEL-SENSOR COV-SENSOR GUIDE-U COV-WH PAN-SCREW PAN-XB47400609 SCRW-XB47401007
IPB - 31
manuals4you.com
Section 14
F580/F580S Finisher Section 14 Inlet Feeder Assembly
Inlet Feeder Assembly
35 32 503 38 502 33
32 503 51 31
50 24 36 34 2 505 21
506 25
38 14 506 23 21 505 11 50 502 10 50 28 501 27 13 12 505 21 501 1 7 17 B 20 19 18 501 15 16 29 30 26 A 16 8 501 22 50 9 51
501
6 5 504 37
IPB - 32
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 C2109-2465 C2109-2473 C2109-2481 C2109-0220 C2109-3257 C2109-2531 C2109-2580 C2109-1921 C2109-3265 C2109-3273 C2109-2549 C2089-3558 C2089-2147 C2089-3541 C2109-0790 C2109-0204 C2109-0782 C2109-2598 C2108-9909 C2109-3281 C2109-0568 C2109-3299 C2109-2556 C2109-2564 C2109-3307 C2109-2572 C2072-1106
Mfg #
44210628000 44210629000 44210630000 44209675000 44210756000 44210637000 44210643000 44209957000 44210757000 44210758000 44210639000 4402967660 4402963530 4402967650 44209800000 44209666000 44209790000 44210644000 41321091000 44210759000 44209735000 44210760000 44210640000 44210641000 44210761000 44210642000 4402347290 4402346920 4402346920 4402963750 44210762000
Description
FRAME-ENT-F FRAME-ENT-R STAY-ENT-536 SPACER ENTRANCE GATE SOLENOID (SOL401) BRKT-SND-ENT ROLLER SPL GUIDE-FEED GUIDE-FEED-L GATE SPACER-R SPRING SPACER-F BRKT-SENSOR PAPER ENTRANCE SENSOR (S401) FINISHER INTERLOCK SENSOR (S415) ENTRANCE PAPER FEED MOTOR (M407) FLAG-SENSOR-ENT SCREW-M3-STEP SPRING BEARING BELT PULLEY PULLEY BELT BRKT-SENSOR CLIP CLIP F580 CLIP F580S SPL-ROL-GUIDE ROLLER
28 A C2072-0744 28 B C2072-0744 29 C2089-2279
IPB - 33
30
C2109-3315
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 50 C2109-2499 C2109-3323 C2109-2507 C2089-0364 C2109-3331 C2108-9917 C2109-3349 C2089-3590 C2109-2515
Mfg #
44210631000 44210763000 44210634000 4402351520 44210764000 41321122000 44210765000 4402967700 44210635000 44210636000 4400790620 4400790620 7043400617 7043300417 7043300617 4402016800 4402016780
Description
GUIDE-FEED-U MAGNET SPL ROLLER-C MYLAR HANDLE-UP-GUIDE WIRE-HARNESS SCREW SHEET-T1.5 SHEET-T2.0 SCREW-M4*6 F580 SCREW-M4*6 F580S BID40*06MSZN3L BID30*04MSZN3L BID30*06MSZN3L ERRING-5 ERRING-4
51 C2109-2523 501 A C2071-5017 501 B C2071-5017 502 503 504 505 506 C2015-6352 C2015-6113 C78-8034-9342-4 C2015-7335 C2015-7319
IPB - 34
Section 15
Swing Assembly
SEE P16
502
502 42 505 3 507 504 6

SEE P17,18
Swing Assembly
16 18 501 8 9 15
30
C A
1 36 2 2 31
502
25
33
31 14 40 12 502
26 505 21 37 24 505 17 32
504
D
23 34 35 502 39 11 506 12 10 4 13 502 503
22
B
48 509
B A
502 46
5 19 510 50
49
52
38 51 48 509 49
D
47 44 503 45 43
19
IPB - 35
19
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 15 Swing Assembly
Item Lanier #
Mfg #
44209801000 4402961220 44209802000 44209803000 44209804000 4402347410 44209805000 44209806000 44209666000 4402961250 4402350480 44209807000 4402350490 44210766000 44209811000 4402350530 44209812000 4402350550 44209813000 44209814000 4402350570 44209816000 44209818000 44209819000 4407839330 41321298000 4402961280 44209809000 44209810000 4402350070 4402352940 4402961320
Description
GUIDE-CABLE BELT-PAPER-FEED GEAR-15T/31T HOLDER-ROL ROLLER BEARING SWING GUIDE CLOSED SWITCH 1& 2 WIRE HARNESS WIRE-HARNESS SWING GUIDE OPEN SENSOR (S410) FLAG-SENSOR BRKT-SENSOR ROLLER SPRING GUIDE-STPL-536 ROLLER-EXIT CAM-SHUTTER GEAR-23T GEAR-18T ROLLER WIRE-HARNESS PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR (S403) WIRE-HARNESS GUIDE-F GUIDE-R BUSHING CONNECTOR SHEET-B SHEET-F SHEET-R CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CLIP-CABLE
IPB - 36
35 36
F580/F580S Finisher Section 15 Swing Assembly
Item Lanier #
37 38 39 40 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 509 510 C2109-0931 C2088-9655 C2109-0956 C2109-3836 C2109-2317 C2109-3364 C2109-3372 C2109-3380 C2109-3398 C2109-3406 C2109-3414 C2014-5298 C2109-3422 C2109-3430 C2109-3448 C2109-0980 C2015-6113 C2061-7627 C78-8036-9386-6 C2015-7335 C2088-9465 C2088-9812 C2108-9958 C2108-9966
Mfg #
44209815000 4402350070 44209817000 44210832000 44210005000 44210767000 44210768000 44210769000 44210770000 44210771000 44210772000 4407838810 44210773000 44210774000 44210775000 44209820000 7043300417 4402015300 7432200808 4402016800 4402015350 4402350590 4402016730 4402016740
Description
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CUSHION BRKT-SWING K-BRKT-RB-536 BRKT-RB-536 SHEET-RB-536 LINK-RB-536 SFT-RB-536 HOLDER-RB-536 BUSHING LINK-RB COLLAR-A COLLAR-B SCREW-M2.3*14 BID30*04MSZN3L PAN-XB47400809 HPIN20/08SSDG ERRING-5 PAN-XB47401009 WASHER ERR -XD21100172 ERR-XD21100242
IPB - 37
manuals4you.com
Section 16
F580/F580S Finisher Section 16 Swing Guide Assembly
Swing Guide Assembly
14 6 14 3
19 502 16 4 7 15 2 40 43
22 4 15 40
30
505
18
B
24 25 34 44
C
27 36 42 26
42 38 37 41
35 41
38
29
28
C
33
33
11 10 10 20 501 502 23 504 12 503 503 502 17 13 8 5 11
B
23
503
IPB - 38
21
Item Lanier #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 33 C2109-0998 C2088-9929 C2088-9937 C2089-1347 C2109-0014 C2088-9945 C2109-1004 C2088-9960 C2109-3463 C2109-1012 C2109-1020 C2089-9986 C2088-9994 C2089-1412 C2089-1420 C2089-0018 C2109-0022 C2089-0026 C2109-1038 C2109-1046 C2089-0042 C2089-0067 C2089-0638 C2109-1053 C2109-1061 C2109-1079 C2109-3471 C2089-0695 C2089-0687 C2109-1103 C2089-1446
Mfg #
44209823000 4402350800 4402350810 4402961560 4402350830 4402350840 44209824000 4402350860 44210779000 44209826000 44209827000 4402350960 4402350970 4402961670 4402961680 4402350990 4402351000 4402351010 44209828000 44209829000 4402351030 4402351050 4402352400 44209830000 44209831000 44209832000 44210781000 4402352710 4402352700 44209836000 4402961700
Description
ARM-STOP-F LEVER-SWING SPL HOLDER-ROLLER SHAFT SHAFT-ROLLER ARM-STOP-R PLATE-DRIVE ASM-GUIDE-536-L PLATE PADDLE GEAR-21T-A GEAR-21T-B ROLLER ROLLER SPC SPRING SPRING SCREW-RS-M4*8 PADDLE SOLENOID (SOL405) COLLAR-SPRING SPC BUSHING WIRE-HARNESS ARM-AWING-GUIDE SPL-EARTH GUIDE-SWING-L PLATE-EARTH-B PLATE-EARTH-A SPL-EARTH PADDLE
IPB - 39
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
34 35 36 37 38 40 41 42 43 44 501 502 503 504 505 C2109-0089 C2089-1370 C2089-1354 C2109-1087 C2109-1095 C2109-1111 C2088-9556 C2109-1129 C2109-1137 C2109-1145 C2015-6113 C2061-7627 C2015-7335 C78-8036-9386-6 C2089-1461
Mfg #
4402961610 4402961630 4402961580 44209834000 44209835000 44209837000 4402349750 44209838000 44209839000 44209840000 7043300417 4402015300 4402016800 7432200808 4402961720
Description
BRUSH-E BRUSH-FG BRUSH-FH BRUSH BRUSH CUSHION DAMPER-SHUTTER CUSHION PLATE RIB-SWING BID30*04MSZN3L PAN-XB47400809 ERRING-5 HPIN20/08SSDG SCREW-M4*12
IPB - 40
Section 17
F580/F580S Finisher Section 17 Stapler Tray Assembly 1
Stapler Tray Assembly 1
506 13
37 501 51 12 504 36 50 506 34
53 52
34 24
506 506 42
22 43 506 1 29 504 16 31 502 506 15 502 506 21 19 3
17 18 45
504
B
28 38 32 7
A
33 2 28
A
49
14 35 55 35 11 505 503 25 9 11 56 505 10 25 54 503 505
IPB - 41
504
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
Mfg #
44209842000 44209843000 4402351080 44209844000 4402961780 44209846000 44209847000 4402351030 44209848000 4402961820 44209849000 44209850000 44209851000 4402248100 44209852000 4402962890 44209853000 44209854000 4402351300 44209857000 44209858000 4402961870 4402961880 44209859000 44209860000 4402351400 44209861000 44209862000 44209863000 44209864000 44209865000
Description
ROL-EXIT LINK-SHUTTER LINK-SHUTTER-B FLAG-SENSOR LEVER-STOP-F LEVER-STOP-R BUSHING COLLAR-SPRING GEAR-50T LINK SPACER PULLEY SWING GUIDE MOTOR (M409) BUSHING GEAR-25T GEAR-15T/23T PLY-20T/34T PLY-14T/30T SPRING SPRING GEAR-15T/34T DELIVERY MOTOR (M402) HOLDER-STOP-F STOPPER-R GEAR-20T SPRING GEAR-15T SPE SPRING BELT BELT
IPB - 42
Item Lanier #
45 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 501 502 503 504 505 506 C2109-0048 C2109-1392 C2072-1221 C2109-1400 C2089-1628 C2109-1418 C2109-1426 C2109-1434 C2109-1442 C2108-9966 C2015-6113 C2061-7627 C2015-7301 C2052-0409 C2015-7335
Mfg #
4402352930 44209867000 4402347410 44209868000 4402961910 44209869000 44209870000 44209871000 44209872000 4402016740 7043300417 4402015300 4402016760 4402016770 4402016800
Description
SPRING LINK BEARING SPACER SHEET-M FRAME-TRAY-R PLATE-R SHAFT-STOP PLATE-F ERR-XD21100242 BID30*04MSZN3L PAN-XB47400809 ERRING-3.2 ERR-XD21100372 ERRING-5
IPB - 43
manuals4you.com
Section 18
502 502
502
4 58 46 46
30 6 27
59
47 60 28 61 502 20 48 40 57 44 40
503 39 502 5
IPB - 44
26
Item Lanier #
4 5 6 8 20 26 27 28 30 39 40 44 46 47 48 57 58 59 60 61 502 503 C2109-3497 C2109-3505 C2089-0091 C2109-1186 C2089-0190 C2109-1285 C2109-3513 C2089-0604 C2109-0097 C2089-0307 C2109-0204 C2109-1384 C2089-0265 C2089-0570 C2089-0323 C2109-1459 C2109-2325 C2089-1578 C2089-0232 C2089-0596 C2015-6113 C2061-7627
Mfg #
44210784000 44210786000 4402351110 44209845000 4402351280 44209855000 44210788000 4402352030 4402962760 4402351440 44209666000 44209866000 4402351390 4402351940 4402351460 44209873000 44210006000 4402961850 4402351330 4402352020 7043300417 4402015300
Description
GUIDE-536-L SHUTTER-536-L LEVER-SHUTTER SPL GEAR-12T/36T SPRING TRAY-STPL-536-L PUSHER FRONT GUIDE SOLENOID (SOL406) ALIGNMENT MOTOR (M402) ALIGNMENT GUIDE HOME POSITION SENSOR (S406) SPL PAPER DELIVERY MOTOR TIMING SENSOR (S410) SWING GUIDE MOTOR (S421) RING WASHER BRKT BRKT-SENSOR SHEET SEAL CUSHION BID30*04MSZN3L PAN-XB47400809
IPB - 45
manuals4you.com
Section 19
Stapler Assembly
38
22 29 33 26 27 507 504 30 34 FG11 FG10 503 503 35 32 31 503 35 504 503 53 54 55 54 36 36 36 51 50 36 53 506
506
39
Stapler Assembly
52
15
7 9 12 6 1 503 23 9 23 9 12 9 2 16 17 503 19
5 11 13 502 4 18 20 42 19 14 501
10 3 19
25
41 41 40
IPB - 46
24
41
24
F580/F580S Finisher Section 19 Stapler Assembly
Item Lanier #
Mfg #
4402962350 4402351580 4402351590 4402351600 4402351610 4402351620 4402962260 4407838280 4402351640 4402962270 4402351660 4402351670 4402351680 4402962280 4402351700 4402351710 4402351720 4402351740 44209666000 44210791000 4402351880 4402351770 4402351780 44210792000 4402962340 4402962370 44210794000 4402962390 4402962400 4402962410
Description
PLATE-UPPER PLATE-RACK PLATE-GUIDE COVER-SENSOR BELT CAM-STOP COVER-PWA SCREW-M3 GEAR-44T/P16T GEAR ROLLER ROLLER FLANGE ASM-WH-795 STAPLER POSITIONING MOTOR (M404) WIRE-HARNESS WIRE-HARNESS SCREW-RS-M3*6 STAPLER HOME POSITION SENSOR (S407) COV-STPL-536 ROLLER CLAMP-CABLE GROMMET STAPLE-536 WIRE-HARNESS EMPTY CASSETTE BLOCK-STAPLE HANDLE-STPL-536 BRKT-STAPLE-1 BRKT-STAPLE-2 RAIL
IPB - 47
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 19 Stapler Assembly
Item Lanier #
35 36 38 39 40 41 42 50 51 52 53 54 55 501 502 503 504 506 507 C2089-2014 C2051-9229 C2080-0132 C2109-2648 C2089-0380 C2089-0729 C2071-5132 C2089-1883 C2089-1891 C2089-1909 C2088-9374 C2089-1917 C2109-1467 C2015-7335 C2015-7350 C78-8034-9342-4 C2071-7120 C2089-2022 C2015-6352
Mfg #
4402962420 4400575380 4402962850 44210665000 4402351570 4402352940 4400790740 4402962290 4402962300 4402962310 4400590320 4402962320 44209878000 4402016800 4402016830 7043300617 4402015240 4402962440 7043400617
Description
GUIDE-RAIL-C SCREW SPL-STAPLE LBL-CAUTION-L GUIDE-STAPLER CONNECTOR BAND SHEET-A SHEET-B STOPPER BAND MOUNT-CABLE CORE-FERRITE ERRING-5 ERRING-6.4 BID30*06MSZN3L PAN-XB47300809 SCREW-M4*6 BID40*06MSZN3L
IPB - 48
Section 20
F580/F580S Finisher Section 20 Saddle Assembly 1 (F580S)
Saddle Assembly 1 (F580S)
506 63
SEE P28
80
A
106 31 509 67
17
136 99
111
28 33 106 85 506 60 97 28 63
122 509 53
12
135 30 106 90 509 123 106 89 509 93 67 92 99
26
504
71
A
112 506 78 94 107 73
60 86 504 38 63 501
51 56
111
SEE P29
118
111
IPB - 49
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
12 B C2089-2550 17 B C2089-3806 26 B C2089-3897 28 B C2109-1525 30 B C2089-3939 31 B C2089-3947 33 B C2089-3962 38 B C2089-4010 51 B C2089-4143 53 B C2109-1558 56 B C2089-4192 60 B C2062-1454 63 B C2014-5082 67 B C2014-5926 71 B C2089-4267 73 B C2089-4283 78 B C2089-4333 80 B C2089-4358 85 B C2089-4408 86 B C2089-4416 89 B C2089-4440 90 B C2089-4457 92 B C2089-4747 93 B C2089-4739 94 B C2089-4499 97 B C2089-4721 99 B C2089-4549 106 B C2089-4671 107 B C2109-3604 111 B C2071-5694
Mfg #
4402966330 4402967940 4402968030 44209891000 4402968070 4402968080 4402968100 4402968150 4402968290 44209894000 4402968340 4408651130 4407839330 4407839350 4402968410 4402968430 4402968480 4402968500 4402968550 4402968560 4402968590 4402968600 4402968910 4402968900 4402968640 4402968890 4402968690 4402968840 44210798000 4400792330 4402968810 4402962870
Description
FOLDING ROLLER HOME POSITION SENSOR (S443) ROL-INLET F580S RACK-REAR F580S ROLLER F580S PLATE-PRESS-F F580S PLATE-PRESS-R F580S ARM-REAR F580S RACK-FRONT F580S PLATE-TENSION F580S FLAG-SENSOR F580S STITCHER PAPER FEED MOTOR (M409) BUSHING F580S BUSHING F580S SCREW-M4 F580S PULLEY-30T F580S PLY-24T/28T F580S FLANGE F580S FLANGE F580S GEAR-16T/33T F580S GEAR-16T F580S GEAR-16T/56T F580S GEAR-16T F580S SHEET-ROL-GD F580S GUIDE-ROLLER F580S SPRING F580S ARM-FRONT F580S SPRING F580S BEARING F580S BELT F580S SCREW-RS-M4 F580S BELT F580S K-BRKT-MOTOR F580S
IPB - 50
112 B C2089-4648 118 B C2080-0850
Item Lanier #
122 B C2089-3756 123 B C2089-3905 135 B C2109-2333 136 B C2109-2341 501 B C2015-6113 504 B C2052-0458 506 B C2015-7335 509 B C2080-0140
Mfg #
4402967880 4402968040 44210008000 44210009000 7043300417 4842040810 4402016800 4402963890
Description
BRKT-SENSOR F580S SHAFT F580S FRM-SADDLE-F F580S FRM-SADDLE-R F580S BID30*04MSZN3L F580S BID30*08MSZN3L F580S ERRING-5 F580S CRR-XD23100152 F580S
IPB - 51
manuals4you.com
Section 21
15
SEE P24
503
2 12 72 21 63 9 506
504 111 2 15 503 105 16 12 12 111 506 503 60 131 12

SEE P26
502
12 128 12
111 1 111 36
12
91 35 15 2 10 111 34 49 48 102 129 130

SEE P27
111
111 91
111 515
IPB - 52
109 111
Item Lanier #
1 B C2089-3012 2 B C2089-3657 9 B C2089-4622 10 B C2089-3731 12 B C2089-2550
Mfg #
4402966910 4402967780 4402968790 4402967860 4402966330
Description
PLATE F580S HOLDER-SWITCH F580S CONNECTOR F580S BRKT-SWITCH F580S STITCHER ENTRANCE GUIDE INTERLOCK SENSOR (S429)
PAPER PUSHING PLATE EXTENDED POSITION SENSOR (435) PICK-UP ROLLER POSITION SENSOR (S432) PAPER PUSHING PLATE HOME POSITION SENSOR (S434)
15 B C2071-4903
4400790510
SHUTTER GUIDE HOME POSITION SENSOR (S433) STITCHER EXIT COVER INTERLOCK SENSOR (S423) LOWER FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SENSOR (S422) ENTRANCE GUIDE INTERLOCK SWITCH (SW411) LOWER FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH (SW412) EXIT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH (SW413) ROL-WOODRUFF F580S FLAG-ROLLER F580S GUIDE-SIDE-F F580S GUIDE-SIDE-R F580S BRKT-SENSOR F580S WIRE-HARNESS F580S CONNECTOR F580S BUSHING F580S BUSHING F580S PULLEY-39T F580S SCREW-M3*8 F580S SPE F580S BRKT-SWITCH F580S HOLDER-ROL F580S SCREW-RS-M4 F580S SFT-ROLLER F580S SHAFT F580S PLATE F580S BRKT F580S
16 B C2089-3798 21 B C2089-3848 34 B C2089-3970 35 B C2089-3988 36 B C2089-3996 48 B C2109-1533 49 B C2089-0729 60 B C2062-1454 63 B C2014-5082 72 B C2089-4275 91 B C2089-4754 102 B C2109-1608 105 B C2089-4689 109 B C2109-1616 111 B C2071-5694 128 B C2089-3780 129 B C2109-1640 130 B C2109-1657
4402967930 4402967980 4402968110 4402968120 4402968130 44209892000 4402352940 4408651130 4407839330 4402968420 4402968920 44209900000 4402968850 44209902000 4400792330 4402967920 44209908000 44209909000 4402969130
IPB - 53
131 B C2089-4960
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
502 B C78-8034-9342-4 503 B C2071-4762 504 B C2052-0458 506 B C2015-7335 515 B C2108-9966
Mfg #
7043300617 4400595930 4842040810 4402016800 4402016740
Description
BID30*06MSZN3L F580S SCREW F580S BID30*08MSZN3L F580S ERRING-5 F580S ERR-XD21100242 F580S
IPB - 54
Section 22
39 40 77 76 59 43 502 77 13 16 111 14 111 15 13
96
24 514
501 111
25 57 100 96 514 501 111
81 44 45
24 25 57 113 111 11 119 501 506 70 58 41 65 100
139 23 126
12
111
7 506 63
511 74 95
B
506 63
19 22 63 22 20 98 506
42
63 506 66
IPB - 55
manuals4you.com
32
Item Lanier #
Mfg #
44209885000 44209886000 4402966330 4402967890 4402967910 4402969000 4402969010 44209889000 44209890000 4402967990 4402968000 4402968010 4402968020 4402968090 44210671000 4402968180 4402968190 4402968200 44210672000 4402968220 4402968230 4402968350 4402968360 44209896000 4407839330 4402343550 4407838830 4402968400 4402968440 4402968460 4402968470
Description
GATE F580S SHEET F580S STITCHER STPLER UNIT INTERLOCK SENSOR (S436) SPL F580S K-GD-U-502-L F580S BRUSH F580S SHEET F580S SHEET F580S SHAFT-CAM F580S ROL-BACK-UP F580S DEFLECTOR F580S ARM-DEFLECTOR F580S BRKT-SOLENOID F580S LEVER-STOPPER F580S HLDR-PPR-1-L F580S SPRING F580S LINK-ROLLER-1 F580S LINK-ROLLER-2 F580S HLDR-PPR-2-L F580S FLAG-SENSOR F580S SPRING F580S PAPER ENTRANCE GATE 1SOLENOID (SOL407) PAPER ENTRANCE GATE 2 SOLENOID (SOL408) FEED ROLLER CONTACT SOLENOID (SOL409) SPC F580S BUSHING F580S SCREW-M4 F580S SCREW-M4 F580S PULLEY F580S PULLEY-24 F580S ROLLER F580S ROLLER-EXIT F580S
IPB - 56
77 B C2089-4325
Item Lanier #
81 B C2089-4366 95 B C2109-1590 96 B C2089-4515 98 B C2089-4531 100 B C2088-9655 111 B C2071-5694 113 B C2109-1624 119 B C2109-1632 126 B C2089-4929 139 B C2089-4937 501 B C2015-6113 502 B C78-8034-9342-4 506 B C2015-7335 511 B C2015-7525 514 B C2015-7517
Mfg #
4402968510 44209899000 4402968660 4402968680 4402350070 4400792330 44209903000 44209907000 4402969090 4402969100 7043300417 7043300617 4402016800 7435301008 7435300808
Description
SCREW-M3 F580S SPE F580S SPRING F580S SPRING F580S CONNECTOR F580S SCREW-RS-M4 F580S CONNECTOR F580S BRKT-SND F580S STAY-UPPER F580S BRKT F580S BID30*04MSZN3L F580S BID30*06MSZN3L F580S ERRING-5 F580S NPIN30/10SS F580S NPIN30/08SS F580S
IPB - 57
manuals4you.com
Section 23
96 40 77 76 4 502 77 96 100 514
501 111
501 514 111
111
B
111
81
113 111 119 139 12 70 501 506
126
111 506
511 74 95
100
B
506 506 98
506
IPB - 58
Item Lanier #
1 B C2109-3570 2 B C2109-3612 3 B C2089-3665 4 B C2089-3673 5 B C2089-3681 6 B C2089-4945 8 B C2089-3715 9 B C2109-3588 10 B C2109-3596 12 B C2089-2550 18 B C2109-1491 27 B C2089-4606 29 B C2089-3921 37 B C2089-4002 40 B C2088-9663 46 B C2089-4093 47 B C2089-4101 49 B C2109-1541 50 B C2089-4135 51 B C2088-9671 52 B C2089-4150
Mfg #
44210795000 44210799000 4402967790 4402967800 4402967810 4402969110 4402967840 44210796000 44210797000 4402966330 44209888000 4402968770 4402968060 4402968140 4402350080 4402968240 4402968250 44209893000 4402968280 4402350100 4402968300
Description
SHEET-GUIDE F580S PLT-STPL-537 F580S FLAG-SENSOR F580S BRKT-SENSOR F580S SPRING F580S PLATE-BACK-UP F580S PLATE F580S SHEET-GD-U-1 F580S SHEET-GD-U-2 F580S STITCHER STAPLER UNIT INTERLOCK SENSOR (S436) SHEET F580S BRUSH F580S PLATE F580S RAIL-SLIDE-U F580S CONNECTOR F580S FLAG-SENSOR F580S SPRING F580S WIRE-HARNESS F580S WIRE-HARNESS F580S CONNECTOR F580S PAPER SENSE PWA CONTAINING: TRAIL EDGE SENSOR 1 (S438) TRAIL EDGE SENSOR 2 (S439) TRAIL EDGE SENSOR 3 (S440) FLANGE F580S MOTOR BUSHING F580S GUIDE-SADDLE-U F580S SPACER F580S SCREW F580S BUSHING F580S
54 B C2109-1566 55 B C2089-4184 61 B C2051-9427 62 B C2109-1582 64 B C2089-4952 68 B C2089-3582
44209895000 4402968330 4400575620 44209897000 4402969120 4402967690 4402968390
IPB - 59
69 B C2089-4242
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
75 B C2089-4812 79 B C2089-4341 82 B C2109-0055 83 B C2089-4796 84 B C2089-4788 87 B C2089-4424 88 B C2089-4770 92 B C2089-4473 101 B C2089-4556 103 B C2089-4572 104 B C2089-4580 111 B C2071-5694 117 B C2089-4903 127 B C2089-4614 137 B C2089-3905 138 B C2089-4911 140 B C2109-3760 141 B C2109-3877 501 B C2015-6113 502 B C78-8034-9342-4 505 B C2015-6311 506 B C2015-7335 507 B C2015-7301 508 B C2109-3885 510 B C2072-1411 512 B C2015-7350 513 B C78-8040-2929-2 516 B C2109-0105
Mfg #
4402968980 4402968490 4402353400 4402968960 4402968950 4402968570 4402968940 4402968620 4402968710 4402968730 4402968740 4400792330 4402969070 4402968780 4402968040 4402969080 44210820000 44211040000 7043300417 7043300617 7043400417 4402016800 4402016760 7044400817 7432302008 4402016830 4842040724 4402967000
Description
PLATE-HOLDER-2 F580S ROLLER F580S PLATE F580S PLATE-HOLDER-1 F580S PLATE-COVER F580S GEAR-44T F580S BRKT-SENSOR F580S GEAR-22T/48T F580S SPRING F580S SHAFT-ROLLER F580S SHAFT-BACK-UP F580S SCREW-RS-M4 F580S K-BRKT-MOTOR F580S SPACER-SUPPORT F580S SHAFT F580S RAIL-LOWER F580S PWA-LGC-537 F580S PRA-537SRT-00 F580S BID30*04MSZN3L F580S BID30*06MSZN3L F580S BID40*04MSZN3L F580S ERRING-5 F580S ERRING-3.2 F580S FLT40*08MSZN3L F580S HPIN30/20SS F580S ERRING-6.4 F580S TPPAN4006MSZN3L F580S SCREW-M3*6 F580S
IPB - 60
Section 24
F580/F580S Finisher Section 24 Saddle Guide Assembly (F580S)
Saddle Guide Assembly (F580S)
7 3 501 13 5 12 503 6 4 503 11
1 504
2 502
8 10 11
504
9 504
0
IPB - 61
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Finisher Section 24 Saddle Guide Assembly (F580S)
Item Lanier #
0 B C2109-3620 1 B C2109-0139 2 B C2089-2303 3 B C2089-4713 4 B C2109-1665 5 B C2109-1673 6 B C2089-4309 7 B C2109-2457 8 B C2109-2440 9 B C2109-3638 10 B C2109-3646 11 B C2109-3653 12 B C2109-1681 13 B C2109-1699 501 B C2015-6113 502 B C2015-6352 503 B C2109-0550 504 B C2071-5017
Mfg #
44210800000 44209582000 4402963780 4402968880 44209912000 44209913000 4402968450 44210623000 44210622000 44210801000 44210802000 44210803000 44209914000 44209915000 7043300417 7043400617 44209734000 4400790620
Description
ASM-GUIDE-537 F580S LEVER F580S GUIDE-COV-JAM F580S BRUSH F580S SPL F580S BRUSH F580S ROLLER-INLET F580S GD-SDL-2 F580S GD-SDL-1 F580S PLATE-GUIDE-F F580S PLATE-GUIDE-R F580S BUSHING F580S SHEET-1 F580S SHEET-2 F580S BID30*04MSZN3L F580S BID40*06MSZN3L F580S SCREW-M4*4.5 F580S SCREW-M4*6 F580S
IPB - 62
Section 25
F580/F580S Finisher Section 25 Stapler Assembly (F580S)
Stapler Assembly (F580S)
20 20 6 505 8 13 24 9 4 31 503 20 501 3 20 25 2 28 20 19 503 16 20 5 20 18 27 15 15 1 17
12
14
A
23 1 20
502
A
5
20 22
20 21 504
26
20
IPB - 63
11
10 20
manuals4you.com
Item Lanier #
Mfg #
44210804000 4402969610 44209920000 4402969630 4402969810 4402969650 4402969660 4402969670 4402969680 4402969690 4402969700 4402969720 44209923000 4407839350 4402969740 4402969750 4402969760 4402969770 44209924000 44209925000 4400792330 4402969780 4402969790 4402969640 4402969820 4402969860 4402969850 4402969830 4402969840 4402969800 4842040724 4402016830
Description
ASM-STPL-SDL F580S WASHER F580S GUIDE-STPL-2 F580S STAPLER-502 F580S SPCR-STPLR F580S SLIDER-UPPER F580S PLATE F580S SLIDER-LOWER F580S COVER-STAPLER F580S COVER F580S SPL F580S COV-STAPLER-L F580S WIRE-HARNESS F580S SCREW-M4 F580S SCREW-M3*13.6 F580S BUSHING F580S SPRING F580S SPRING F580S GUIDE-STPL-3 F580S GUIDE-STPL-1 F580S SCREW-RS-M4 F580S HANDLE F580S SPL F580S SHAFT F580S BASE-STPL-502 F580S FRAME-STPL-502 F580S GUIDE-STAPLER F580S STOPPER F580S GUIDE F580S SHEET-STAPLER F580S TPPAN4006MSZN3L F580S ERRING-6.4 F580S
IPB - 64
501 B C78-8040-2929-2 502 B C2015-7350
Item Lanier #
503 B C78-8040-2930-0 504 B C78-8034-9343-2 505 B C2015-6311
Mfg #
4842040726 7043401013 7043400417
Description
TPPAN4008MSZN3L F580S BID40*10MSCR1AI F580S BID40*04MSZN3L F580S
IPB - 65
manuals4you.com
Section 26
Pass Lower Guide Assembly (F580S)
16 12
Pass Lower Guide Assembly (F580S)

9
10
25 4 8 18 2 3
502 15 20 21 22 14 6 502
7 16
17 2 16 1 13 15 3 11 501
20
IPB - 66
22
F580/F580S Finisher Section 26 Pass Lower Guide Assembly (F580S)
Item Lanier #
0 B C2109-1749 1 B C2109-1756 2 B C2089-4986 3 B C2089-4754 4 B C2089-4994 5 B C2089-5009 6 B C2089-5017 7 B C2089-5025 8 B C2089-5033 9 B C2089-5041 10 B C2089-5058 11 B C2089-4184 12 B C2109-1764 13 B C2089-5082 14 B C2089-5090
15 B C2089-2550
Mfg #
44209926000 44209927000 4402969160 4402968920 4402969180 4402969190 4402969200 4402969210 4402969220 4402969230 4402969240 4402968330 44209928000 4402969270 4402969280
4402966330
Description
ASM-GUIDE-PASS F580S WIRE-HARNESS F580S BLOCK F580S SCREW-M3*8 F580S ROLLER F580S SPRING F580S GEAR-16T/P32T F580S GEAR-32T/P16T F580S PLT-RACK-REAR F580S PLATE-RACK-F F580S PLATE-RACK-R F580S MOTOR F580S GUIDE-ROL F580S BRKT-SENSOR F580S BELT F580S
Stitcher Paper Positioning Guide Home Position Sensor (S427) Stitcher Alignment Guides Home Position Sensor (S425) SCREW-RS-M4 F580S K-BRKT-MOTOR F580S
16 B C2071-5694 17 B C2089-5124 18 B C2109-1772 20 B C2089-0729 21 B C2089-5116 22 B C2088-9671 25 B C2109-1772 501 B C2015-6113 502 B C2015-7335
4400792330 4402969310 44209929000 4402352940 4402969300 4402350100 44209929000 7043300417 4402016800
GUIDE-L F580S CONNECTOR F580S CONNECTOR F580S CONNECTOR F580S GUIDE-L F580S BID30*04MSZN3L F580S ERRING-5 F580S
IPB - 67
manuals4you.com
Section 27
F580/F580S Finisher Section 27 Inner Side Plate Assembly (F580S)
Inner Side Plate Assembly (F580S)
IPB - 68
F580/F580S Finisher Section 27 Inner Side Plate Assembly (F580S)
Item Lanier #
1 B C2109-1780
Mfg #
44209930000
Description
ASM-PLATE-IN F580S
IPB - 69
manuals4you.com
Section 28
Saddle Delivery Assembly (F580S)
501 11
501 20
Saddle Delivery Assembly (F580S)
503 15 6
5 4 21
0
22 25 1
26 16 503 18 502 10 8 12 24 7 503 17 501 11 1 13 14 27 23 19 9 502
IPB - 70
F580/F580S Finisher Section 28 Saddle Delivery Assembly (F580S)
Item Lanier #
0 B C2109-3679 1 B C2089-5140 2 B C2089-5165 3 B C2089-5173 4 B C2089-2873 5 B C2089-5181 6 B C2089-5199 7 B C2089-5207 8 B C2109-1798 9 B C2089-5223 10 B C2089-5231 11 B C2089-5249 12 B C2089-5256 13 B C2089-5264 14 B C2109-1806 15 B C2062-1454 16 B C2014-5082 17 B C2089-5280 18 B C2089-5298 19 B C2089-2550 20 B C2109-3687 21 B C2089-5314 22 B C2089-5322 23 B C2089-0786 24 B C2071-5017 25 B C2109-1814 26 B C2109-3851 27 B C2089-5348 501 B C78-8034-9342-4 502 B C78-8010-8725-1 503 B C2015-7335
Mfg #
44210807000 4402969350 4402969370 4402969380 4402966760 4402969400 4402969410 4402969420 44209934000 4402969450 4402969460 4402969470 4402969480 4402969490 44209935000 4408651130 4407839330 4402969510 4402969520 4402966330 44210809000 4402969550 4402969560 4402355490 4400790620 44209937000 44210836000 4402969590 7043300617 7043400813 4402016800
Description
ASM-EXIT-SDL F580S BUSHING F580S PADDLE F580S HOLDER-PADDLE F580S SHEET-502 F580S ROLLER-EXIT-L F580S BRKT-EXIT F580S ROLLER-IDLE F580S SPRING F580S CVR-SNSR-L F580S FLAG-SENSOR F580S PLATE F580S PLATE-EARTH F580S PLATE F580S WIRE-HARNESS F580S BUSHING F580S BUSHING F580S GEAR-71T F580S GEAR-71T F580S PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR (S431) HNDL-SDL-L F580S BRUSH F580S SPRING F580S PIN-DOOR-STPL F580S SCREW-M4*6 F580S FRAME-EXIT F580S FRAME-EXIT-L F580S BRKT F580S BID30*06MSZN3L F580S BID40*08MSCR1AI F580S ERRING-5 F580S
IPB - 71
manuals4you.com
Section 29
Motor Mount Assembly (F580S)
3 14 6 21 15 503 502 7 11 502 16 2 10 502 17 18 5 501 16 2 502 10 1

0
13 503 9
Motor Mount Assembly (F580S)
503 12
501 5 20 19 8 503
IPB - 72
F580/F580S Finisher Section 29 Motor Mount Assembly (F580S)
Item Lanier #
0 B C2109-3695 1 B C2109-3703 2 B C2089-4663 3 B C2089-4168 4 B C2089-4176 5 B C2089-0265 6 B C2089-4226 7 B C2089-4234 8 B C2089-4374 9 B C2089-4382 10 B C2089-4390 11 B C2089-4432 12 B C2089-4465 13 B C2089-4481 14 B C2089-4523 15 B C2089-4598 16 B C2071-5694 17 B C2089-4861 18 B C2089-3756 19 B C2089-4069 20 B C2089-3749 21 B C2089-3814 501 B C2015-6352 502 B C2015-7350 503 B C78-8037-0838-3
Mfg #
44210810000 44210811000 4402968830 4402968310 4402968320 4402351390 4402968370 4402968380 4402968520 4402968530 4402968540 4402968580 4402968610 4402968630 4402968670 4402968750 4400792330 4402969030 4402967880 4402968210 4402967870 4402967950 7043400617 4402016830 7432201008
Description
ASM-DRIVE-537 F580S KNOB-537 F580S BELT F580S PAPER FOLDER MOTOR (M410) PAPER PUSHING PLATE MOTOR (M416) PAPER PUSHING PLATE TIMING SENSOR (S421) FOLDER MOTOR TIMING SENSOR (S424) BUSHING F580S BUSHING F580S GEAR-42T F580S GEAR-16T F580S GEAR-24T/P44T F580S GEAR-16T/60T F580S GEAR-60T F580S GEAR-16T F580S SPRING F580S BUSHING F580S SCREW-RS-M4 F580S K-BRKT-MOTOR F580S BRKT-SENSOR F580S BRKT-SENSOR F580S SFT-DRIVE F580S SFT-HANDLE F580S BID40*06MSZN3L F580S ERRING-6.4 F580S HPIN20/10SSDG F580S
IPB - 73
manuals4you.com
Section 30
F580/F580S Finisher Section 30 Latch Assembly (F580S)
Latch Assembly (F580S)
12
9 7
7 9
0
4 6 11
10 1 8
13 14 2
10 3
IPB - 74
F580/F580S Finisher Section 30 Latch Assembly (F580S)
Item Lanier #
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 C2109-2770 C2109-3711 C2109-1822 C2109-3729 C2109-1830 C2109-3737 C2109-1848 C2109-1855 C78-8034-2627-5 C2015-6113 C2015-7335 C2109-3745 C2061-7627 C2088-9465 C2108-9933
Mfg #
44210691000 44210813000 44209942000 44210815000 44209943000 44210816000 44209945000 44209946000 4842040710 7043300417 4402016800 44210818000 4402015300 4402015350 4402016290
Description
ASM-LATCH-536-L PLATE-LATCH-L ARM-LATCH HANDLE-LATCH-L SPE COVER-LATCH-R BRKT-LATCH BRKT-SLIDE TPPAN3006MSZN3L BID30*04MSZN3L ERRING-5 COV-LATCH-L PAN-XB47400809 PAN-XB47401009 OWAS-XD11105235
IPB - 75
manuals4you.com
Section 1
F580/F580S Hole Punch Section 1 Attachments
Hole Punch Attachments
502
9 5
502
505 4 503 4 504 504 10 503 504
IPB - 76
F580/F580S Hole Punch Section 1 Attachments
Item Lanier #
4 5 9 10 502 503 504 505 C2109-0063 C2109-1863 C2109-3778 C2109-3786 C2027-9956 C2071-5694 C2089-0794 C2042-4925
Mfg #
4402356490 44209949000 44210821000 44210823000 4402352090 4400792330 4402355520 7043401613
Description
SCREW-M4-9.4 SCREW-M4 COV-PWA-538-L COV-LATCH-L-L SCRW-XB47401207 SCREW-RS-M4 SCREW BID40*16MSCR1AI
IPB - 77
manuals4you.com
Section 2
F580/F580S Hole Punch Section 2
Punch
SEE P3
501 8
Punch
2 18
501
511 8 7 18
14
506 43 510 511 10
17 13
504 44 42
21 29 37 22 38 27 502 20 504 31 18 9 36 35 33 34 39 19 30 509 11 32 16 503 23 18 511 504
18
18 12
25 4 1
IPB - 78
F580/F580S Hole Punch Section 2 Punch
Item Lanier #
1 2 4 5 7 8 C2109-0154 C2109-2663 C2109-3794 C2109-3802 C2109-1871 C2109-1889
Mfg #
44209653000 44210667000 44210824000 44210826000 44209951000 44209952000 44210657000 44209954000 44209955000 44209956000 44209957000 44209958000 44209959000 4400790510 44209666000 4400792330 4407837720 44209961000 44209962000 44209963000 44209964000 44210828000 44210830000 4402350100 44210658000 44209548000 44209965000 44209968000 4402349880 44209971000 4402349880 44210012000
Description
SCREW-M4 LBL-PUNCH-L DOOR-PUNCH-F-L COVER-TOP-538-L PLATE PLATE TAPE-COV-538-F DUCT-PUNCH F580 DUCT-PUNCH F580S SPL SPL GEAR-16T/25T SPE MICROSWITCH PHOTOINTERRUPTE SCREW-RS-M4 MAGNET-CATCH BOX-DUST PLATE-PUNCH MOTOR SZ-DUST-PUNCH ASM-GUIDE-R-L COV-PUNCH-IN-L CONNECTOR BRKT-538 SEAL HOLDER-SENSOR ARM-SENSOR SPRING LEVER-DOOR-F SPRING SHEET-DUST
9 C2109-2614 10 A C2109-1897 10 B C2109-1905 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 27 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 C2109-1913 C2109-1921 C2109-1939 C2109-1947 C2071-4903 C2109-0204 C2071-5694 C2018-4156 C2109-1954 C2109-1962 C2109-1970 C2109-1988 C2109-3810 C2109-3828 C2089-9671 C2109-2622 C2109-0121 C2109-1996 C2109-2002 C2089-9572 C2109-2010 C2089-9572 C2109-2366
IPB - 79
36 37
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Hole Punch Section 2 Punch
Item Lanier #
38 39 42 43 44 501 502 503 504 506 509 510 511 C2109-2358 C2109-2374 C2109-2382 C2109-2390 C2109-2424 C2109-2028 C2109-0071 C2071-4762 C2015-6352 C2015-7335 C2052-0375 C2108-9941 C78-8034-9342-4
Mfg #
44210011000 44210013000 44210016000 44210017000 44210024000 44209973000 4402356860 4400595930 7043400617 4402016800 4402015230 4402016440 7043300617
Description
FRAME-PUNCH K-BRKT-PUNCH-F BRKT-PUNCH-R BRKT-SENSOR PWA-F-LGC-518 SCREW-TP-M3*4 SCREW SCREW BID40*06MSZN3L ERRING-5 PAN-SCREW OWAS-XD11106232 BID30*06MSZN3L
IPB - 80
Section 3
F580/F580S Hole Punch Section 3 Slide
Slide
504
2 15 10 503 13 6 7 505 503 14 11 11 16 502 7 7 5 501 17 6 12
0
8
9 7 1 6 8
501
502
501
IPB - 81
manuals4you.com
F580/F580S Hole Punch Section 3 Slide
Item Lanier #
0 A C2109-2036 0 B C2109-2044 0 C C2109-2051 0 D C2109-2069 1 C2109-2077 2 A C2109-2085 2 B C2109-2093 2 C C2109-2101 2 D C2109-2119 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 501 502 503 C2109-2176 C2109-2184 C2109-2192 C2041-2953 C2089-0554 C2109-2200 C2109-2218 C2109-2127 C2109-2135 C2109-2143 C2109-2150 C2109-2168 C2109-2432 C2109-2408 C2109-2416 C2052-0375 C78-8034-9342-4 C2015-7335
Mfg #
44209975000 44209976000 44209977000 44209978000 44209979000 44209980000 44209981000 44209982000 44209983000 44209989000 44209990000 44209991000 4407838280 4402351880 44209992000 44209993000 44209984000 44209985000 44209986000 44209987000 44209988000 44210025000 44210019000 44210020000 4402015230 7043300617 4402016800 44209994000 44209995000 44209995000 44209995000
Description
ASM-PUNCH-SLIDE EU2 ASM-PUNCH-SLIDE US ASM-PUNCH-SLIDE EU4 ASM-PUNCH-SLIDE SW KNOB-PUNCH UNIT-PUNCH-E EU2 UNIT-PUNCH-N US UNIT-PUNCH-F EU4 UNIT-PUNCH-S SW PCB HOLDER-SENS-U HOLDER-SENS-L SCREW-M3 ROLLER SCREW-M3 PCB MOTOR PHOTOINTERRUPTE GEAR-47T GEAR-19T/57T ENCODER RACK-SLIDE GUIDE-HARNESS PLATE-SENSOR PAN-SCREW BID30*06MSZN3L ERRING-5 SCREW-M3*8 SCREW-M3*10 EU2 SCREW-M3*10 US SCREW-M3*10 EU4/SW
504 C2109-2226 505 A C2109-2234 505 B C2109-2234 505 C C2109-2234
IPB - 82
F580/F580S
Parts Audit Information
manuals4you.com
IPB Aduit - 1
F580/F580S Parts Audit Information
IPB Audit - 2 Change Record
Change Record
Update Number Date
February, 2001
Sections Affected
All All
Pages Affected

Initial issue

Lanier Digital Copier-Printer 5555, 5565, 5580 Parts &amp; Service

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Lanier Digital Copier-Printer 5555, 5565, 5580 Parts &amp; Service

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Service Information

your document management partner

5555/5565/5580 Service Information

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1-3 Digital Copier General Specifications

Digital Copier General Specifications

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1-4 Digital Copier General Specifications

Paper Size - AH/AHP

Paper Supply Paper Size LCC 5565 (5555) 5580

Drawer 5565 (5555) 5580

Bypass Size Selected 5565 (5555) 5580

No Size Selected 5565 (5555) 5580

Duplexer Re-processing Speed

65 (55) 70 51 (45) 57 44 (39) 50 38 (34) 42

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1-5 Digital Copier General Specifications

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1-6 Digital Copier General Specifications

Adjustable to a nonstandard size

Paper Supply (Systems)

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1-7 Digital Copier General Specifications

Image Fusing Method

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1-8 Digital Copier General Specifications

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1-9 Digital Copier General Specifications

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

Stapling Stapling Position Stapling Capacity

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

Letter Statement-R 20lb/ A4, 80 gr/m B5, A5-R

Letter-R, Legal, Ledger, Computer, FOLIO, A4-R, B4-R, A3-R, B5-R

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

Letter-R, Legal, Ledger, Computer, FOLIO, A4-R, B4, A3, B5-R

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

Staple Capacity per Set

Stapled Sets Stack Capacity

Letter-R, Legal, Ledger, A4-R, B4, A3, B5-R

30 Sets - 2 to 30 copies per set

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1 - 16 F580S Saddle Stitcher

F580S Saddle Stitcher

Power Supply Power Consumption

24V supplied by the finisher. 160W or less

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

1 - 17 F580S Saddle Stitcher

Stapling Stitcher Stack Capacity

Fold Only Stack Capacity

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

Paper Weight Scrap Bin Capacity Hole Diameter

64 - 200 g/m2 5,000 Sheets 6.5 mm (0.25 inches)

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Specifications

5555/5565/5580 Service Information

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Installation

2-3 Unpacking the Copier

Unpacking the Copier

Remove Packing, Tape, and Accessories

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Installation

2-4 Unpacking the Copier

5555/5565/5580 Service Information Installation

Lanier Digital Copier-Printer 5555, 5565, 5580 Parts & Service

Lanier Digital Copier-Printer 5555, 5565, 5580 Parts & Service